HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 55319-PM1PROJECT MANUAL
FOR
THE CONSTRUCTION OF
Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
Water, Sanitary Sewer, Storm Sewer, Pavement & Street L ight Improvements
City Project No. 102660
FID No. 30114-0200431-102660-E07685
X-26460
W-2706
Betsy Price David Cooke
Mayor City Manager
Christopher P. Harder, P.E.
Water Director
William Johnson
Director, Transportation and Public Works Department
Prepared for
The City of Fort Worth
November 2020
TEXAS REGISTRATION F-1386
3017 W. 7th Street, Suite 300
Fort Worth, TX 76107
CSC No. 55319-PM1
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS City Project No. 102660
Revised March 20, 2020
SECTION 00 00 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Division 00 - General Conditions Last Revised
00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders 03/20/2020
00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders 03/20/2020
00 41 00 Bid Form 04/02/2014
00 42 43 Proposal Form Unit Price 05/22/2019
00 43 13 Bid Bond 04/02/2014
00 45 11 Bidders Prequalification’s 04/02/2014
00 45 12 Prequalification Statement 09/01/2015
00 45 13 Bidder Prequalification Application 03/09/2020
00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law 04/02/2014
00 45 40 Minority Business Enterprise Goal 08/21/2018
00 52 43 Agreement 06/16/2016
00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance 07/01/2011
00 62 13 Performance Bond 01/31/2012
00 62 14 Payment Bond 01/31/2012
00 62 19 Maintenance Bond 01/31/2012
00 72 00 General Conditions 11/15/2017
00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions 07/01/2011
00 73 10 Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer
Awarded Projects 01/10/2013
Division 01 - General Requirements Last Revised
01 11 00 Summary of Work 12/20/2012
01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 08/30/2013
01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting 08/30/2013
01 31 20 Project Meetings 07/01/2011
01 32 33 Preconstruction Video 08/30/2013
01 33 00 Submittals 08/30/2013
01 35 13 Special Project Procedures 08/30/2013
01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services 03/20/2020
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 07/01/2011
01 55 26 Street Use Permit and Modifications to Traffic Control 07/01/2011
01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 07/01/2011
01 60 00 Product Requirements 03/20/2020
01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements 04/07/2014
01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization 04/07/2014
01 71 23 Construction Staking 04/07/2014
01 74 23 Cleaning 04/07/2014
01 77 19 Closeout Requirements 04/07/2014
01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 04/07/2014
01 78 39 Project Record Documents 04/07/2014
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS City Project No. 102600
Revised March 20, 2020
Technical Specifications which have been modified by the Engineer specifically for this
Project; hard copies are included in the Project’s Contract Documents
NONE
Technical Specifications listed below are included for this Project by reference and can be
viewed/downloaded from the City’s website at:
http://fortworthtexas.gov/tpw/contractors/
or
https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/
Division 02 - Existing Conditions Last Revised
02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition 12/20/2012
02 41 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment 12/20/2012
02 41 15 Paving Removal 02/02/2016
Division 03 - Concrete
03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 12/20/2012
03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 12/20/2012
03 34 16 Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 12/20/2012
03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 12/20/2012
Division 26 - Electrical
26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 11/22/2013
26 05 10 Demolition for Electrical Systems 12/20/2012
26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 12/20/2012
26 05 43 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 07/01/2011
26 05 50 Communications Multi-Duct Conduit 02/26/2016
Division 31 - Earthwork
31 10 00 Site Clearing 12/20/2012
31 23 16 Unclassified Excavation 01/28/2013
31 23 23 Borrow 01/28/2013
31 24 00 Embankments 01/28/2013
31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 12/20/2012
31 36 00 Gabions 12/20/2012
31 37 00 Riprap 12/20/2012
Division 32 - Exterior Improvements
32 01 17 Permanent Asphalt Paving Repair 12/20/2012
32 01 18 Temporary Asphalt Paving Repair 12/20/2012
32 01 29 Concrete Paving Repair 12/20/2012
32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses 12/20/2012
32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses 12/20/2012
32 11 33 Cement Treated Base Courses 12/20/2012
32 11 37 Liquid Treated Soil Stabilizer 08/21/2015
32 12 16 Asphalt Paving 12/20/2012
32 12 73 Asphalt Paving Crack Sealants 12/20/2012
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS City Project No. 102600
Revised March 20, 2020
32 13 13 Concrete Paving 12/20/2012
32 13 20 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Barrier Free Ramps 06/05/2018
32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 12/20/2012
32 14 16 Brick Unit Paving 12/20/2012
32 16 13 Concrete Curb and Gutters and Valley Gutters 10/05/2016
32 17 23 Pavement Markings 11/22/2013
32 17 25 Curb Address Painting 11/04/2013
32 31 13 Chain Fences and Gates 12/20/2012
32 31 26 Wire Fences and Gates 12/20/2012
32 31 29 Wood Fences and Gates 12/20/2012
32 32 13 Cast-in-Place Concrete Retaining Walls 06/05/2018
32 91 19 Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 12/20/2012
32 92 13 Hydro-Mulching, Seeding, and Sodding 12/20/2012
32 93 43 Trees and Shrubs 12/20/2012
Division 33 - Utilities
33 01 30 Sewer and Manhole Testing 12/20/2012
33 01 31 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 03/03/2016
33 03 10 Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems 12/20/2012
33 04 10 Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 12/20/2012
33 04 11 Corrosion Control Test Stations 12/20/2012
33 04 12 Magnesium Anode Cathodic Protection System 12/20/2012
33 04 30 Temporary Water Services 07/01/2011
33 04 40 Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 02/06/2013
33 04 50 Cleaning of Sewer Mains 12/20/2012
33 05 10 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 12/12/2016
33 05 12 Water Line Lowering 12/20/2012
33 05 13 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings – Cast Iron 01/22/2016
33 05 13.10 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings – Composite 01/22/2016
33 05 14 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to
Grade 12/20/2012
33 05 16 Concrete Water Vaults 12/20/2012
33 05 17 Concrete Collars 12/20/2012
33 05 20 Auger Boring 12/20/2012
33 05 21 Tunnel Liner Plate 12/20/2012
33 05 22 Steel Casing Pipe 12/20/2012
33 05 23 Hand Tunneling 12/20/2012
33 05 24 Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 06/19/2013
33 05 26 Utility Markers/Locators 12/20/2012
33 05 30 Location of Existing Utilities 12/20/2012
33 11 05 Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 12/20/2012
33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe 12/20/2012
33 11 11 Ductile Iron Fittings 12/20/2012
33 11 12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 11/16/2018
33 11 13 Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type 12/20/2012
33 11 14 Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 12/20/2012
33 12 10 Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch 02/14/2017
33 12 11 Large Water Meters 12/20/2012
33 12 20 Resilient Seated Gate Valve 12/20/2012
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS City Project No. 102600
Revised March 20, 2020
33 12 21 AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 12/20/2012
33 12 25 Connection to Existing Water Mains 02/06/2013
33 12 30 Combination Air Valve Assemblies for Potable Water Systems 12/20/2012
33 12 40 Fire Hydrants 01/03/2014
33 12 50 Water Sample Stations 12/20/2012
33 12 60 Standard Blow-off Valve Assembly 06/19/2013
33 31 12 Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP) 12/20/2012
33 31 13 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers 12/20/2012
33 31 15 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe for Sanitary Sewer 12/20/2012
33 31 20 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe 06/19/2013
33 31 21 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Closed Profile Gravity Sanitary Sewer
Pipe 12/20/2012
33 31 22 Sanitary Sewer Slip Lining 12/20/2012
33 31 23 Sanitary Sewer Pipe Enlargement 12/20/2012
33 31 50 Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line 04/26/2013
33 31 70 Combination Air Valve for Sanitary Sewer Force Mains 12/20/2012
33 39 10 Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 12/20/2012
33 39 20 Precast Concrete Manholes 12/20/2012
33 39 30 Fiberglass Manholes 12/20/2012
33 39 40 Wastewater Access Chamber (WAC) 12/20/2012
33 39 60 Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 12/20/2012
33 41 10 Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe/Culverts 07/01/2011
33 41 11 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe for Storm Drain 12/20/2012
33 41 12 Reinforced Polyethlene (SRPE) Pipe 11/13/2015
33 46 00 Subdrainage 12/20/2012
33 46 01 Slotted Storm Drains 07/01/2011
33 46 02 Trench Drains 07/01/2011
33 49 10 Cast-in-Place Manholes and Junction Boxes 12/20/2012
33 49 20 Curb and Drop Inlets 12/20/2012
33 49 40 Storm Drainage Headwalls and Wingwalls 07/01/2011
Division 34 - Transportation
34 41 10 Traffic Signals 10/12/2015
34 41 10.01 Attachment A – Controller Cabinet 12/18/2015
34 41 10.02 Attachment B – Controller Specification 02/2012
34 41 10.03 Attachment C – Software Specification 01/2012
34 41 11 Temporary Traffic Signals 11/22/2013
34 41 13 Removing Traffic Signals 12/20/2012
34 41 15 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon 11/22/2013
34 41 16 Pedestrian Hybrid Signal 11/22/2013
34 41 20 Roadway Illumination Assemblies 12/20/2012
34 41 20.01 Arterial LED Roadway Luminaires 06/15/2015
34 41 20.02 Freeway LED Roadway Luminaires 06/15/2015
34 41 20.03 Residential LED Roadway Luminaires 06/15/2015
34 41 30 Aluminum Signs 11/12/2013
34 41 50 Single-Mode Fiber Optic Cable 02/26/2016
34 71 13 Traffic Control 11/22/2013
00 00 00
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS City Project No. 102600
Revised March 20, 2020
Appendix
GC-4.01 Availability of Lands
END OF SECTION
BURNSCO
00 42 43
DAP - Bm PROPOSAL
Page I of 7
SECTION 00 42 43
Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM
UNIT PRICE BID
Bidder's Application
Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal
Bidlist Item Specificalion Unit of Bid
No. Description Section No. Measure Unit Price Bid Value
Quantity
UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS
1 3305.0109 Trench Safety 33 05 10 LF 6871 $0.1 U $687.10
2 3311.0001 Ductile Iron Water Fittings w/ Restraint 33 11 11 TON 1.91 $8,70U.00 $16,677.00
3 3311.0241 8" Water Pipe 33 11 10, 33 LF 6751 $28.50 $192,403.50
4 3311.0242 8" Water Pipe, CSS Backfiil 33 11 10 LF 120 $41.00 $4,920.00
5 3312.0001 Fire Hydrant 33 12 40 EA 3 $4,500.00 $13,500.00
6 3312.0117 Connection to Existing 4"-12" Water Main 33 12 25 EA 4 $700.00 $2,800.00
7 3312.2003 1" Water Service 3312 10 EA 162 $890.00 $144,180.00
8 3312.3003 8" Gate Valve 3312 20 EA 17 $1,380.00 $23,460.00
9 9999.0001 Water Testing (Excluding Geotech) 00 00 00 LF 6871 $0.20 $1,374.20
10
11
12
13
_ _ ____ ___
14
--- ----__...._.._..� _
15
-- - -, _._._ . . .__._._ ____ _. ��---- _ ___ _ - - - ------
16
17
____ _ -
18
19
20
_ _ _ _ ------_---- -
21
22
23
24 _
_ _ _ _� _ __ __ ___ _
25
26
27
28 --
29 --
__---------- -__ ____.___._ ______------- --__.__.._
30
31
32 �.
_ _ _ _ __ ___
33
_ _ .__--.__. �_ ___.
�
----- _ _� -- - -- _
35
36
_ _____ _—. _
37
38
---- _ _ - - - - - - - -__ _ ------
39
_ .._ _ � _ - _
40
__ __ _ �_ _.--.
41
_ __....____._�-_ ____- -____._ _..._.._ __....._.. __._____...__
42
__ -- - -
43
_ __ -- ._ -.
44
__. _
45
46 SUM $399,941.80
CRY OF FORT WOR7H
STANDARD CONSTRUCT[ON SPECff(CATION DOCUMEN7S - DEVELOPER AWARDED PRO]ECTS
Folm Versian May 22, 2019 00 4? 43_Bid Pmposal_DAP.xIs
00 42 43
DAP - BID PROPOSAL
Page 2 of 7
SECTION 00 42 43
Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM
UNIT PRICE BID
Project Item Information
---No-----
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
IDescription
UNIT II: SANITAI
3301.0002 Post-CCN Inspection
3301.0101 Manhole Vacuum Testing
3305.0106 Manhole Adjustment, Major _
3305.0109 Trench Safety
3305.0113 Trench Water Stop
3331.3101 4" Sewer Service
3331.4115 8" Sewer Pipe (SDR-26, ASTM D3034)
3331.4116 8" Sewer Pipe, CSS backfill
3339.0002 Epoxy Manhole Liner
3339.1001 4' Manhole
3339.1002 4' Drop Manhole
3339.1003 ExVa Depth 4' Manhole
9999.0002 Connect to Existing Manhole
9999.0003 Concrete Encasement
Specification
Section No.
iWER IMPROV
33 01 31
33 01 30
33 05 14
33 05 10
33 05 15
33 31 50
33 11 70, 33
36 39 10, 33
33 39 60
33 39 10, 33
33 39 10, 33
35 39 10, 33
00 00 00
00 00 00
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUC'ilON SPECIFICAT[ON DOCUMEN7'S - DEVELOPER AWARDED PRO]ECTS
Fofm Version May 22, 2019
Unit of
Measure
EMENTS
LF
EA
EA
LF
EA
EA
LF
LF
VF
EA
EA
VF
EA
LF
Bidder's Application
Bidder's Proposal
B�d Unit Price Bid Value
Quantity
4579 $3.60 $16,484.40
21 $120.00 $2,520.00
4 $1,100.00 $4,400.00
4579 $1.00 $4,579.00
6 $300.00 $1,800.00
132 $680.00 $89,760.00
4439 $29.60 $131,394.40
140 $48.00 $6,720.00
12.85 $340.00 $4,369.00
18 $2,600.00 $46,800.00
2 $3,500.00 $7,000.00
59 $150.00 $8,850.00
1 $900.00 $900.00
85 $70.00 $5,950.00
SUM
$331
00 42 43_Bid Proposa]_DAP.xIs
00 42 43
DAP-BID PROPOSAL
P$ge 3 of 7
UNIT PRICE BID
SECTION 00 42 43
Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM
Project Item Information
list Item
No.
Description
1 �0241.2201 Remove HeadwalllSET
2 3305.0109 Trench Safe
3 3341.0201 21" RCP, Class III �
4 3341.0205 24" RCP, Class III
5 3341.0208 27" RCP, Class 111
6 3341.0402 42" RCP, Class III
7 3341.0409 48" RCP, Class III
8 3349.0001 4' Storm Junction Box
9 3349.0002 5' Storm Junction Box
10 3349.5001 1U' Curb Inlet
11 3349.5002 15' Curb Inlet
12
13
----- _...
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27 _ ,
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
�_._...___
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Bidder's Application
Bidder's Proposal
� Specification I Unit of I B�d I Unit Price
Section No. Measure Quantity
UNIT III: DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS
20 41 14 EA 1 $700.00
__ .. _.
33 05 10 LF 1756 $0.50
33 41 10 LF 851 $58.50
--._ _ .
33 41 10 LF � 99 $68.50
— — _. _ —
33 41 10 LF 352 $74.00
33 41 10 LF 275 � $149.00
�334110 LF 179 $180.00
33 49 10 EA 2 $4,800.00
33 49 10 EA 1 $5,400.00
33 49 20 EA 3� $4,000.00
33 49 20 EA 5 $5,350.00
45
46
CRY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONS7RUC770N SPECffICAT10N DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROIECTS
Fomi Veroion May 22, 2019
SUM
Bid Value
$700.00
— $878.00
$49,783.50
$6,781.50
$26,048.00
$40,975.00
$32,220.00
$9,600.00
$5,400.00
$12,000.00
$26,750.00
$211,136.00
00 42 43_Bid Pmposal_DAP.zIs
00 42 43
DAP-BIDPROPOSAL
Page 7 of 7
SECTION 00 42 43
Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM
UNIT PRICE BID
Bidder's Application
Project Item Infortnation BiddersProposal
Bidlist Item Specification Unit of Bid
Na Description Section No. Measure Unit Price Bid Value
Quantity
Bid Summary
UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT III: DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT V: STREET LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT VI: TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS
Total ConstrucHon Bid
This Bid is submitted by the entity oamed below:
BIDDER:
Burnsco Construction,Inc.
6331 Southwest Blvd
Beobrook, Tx 76132
BY:
11TLE: VicePresident
DATE: November 30, 2020
Contractor agrees to complete WORK for FINAL ACCEPTANCE within
CONTRACT commences to run as provided in the General CondiHons.
END OF SECTION
399,941.80
331,526.80
211,136.00
70 worldng days after t6e date when the
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUC170N SPECffICAT10N DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROlEC7S
Form Venion May 22, 2019 00 42 43_B�d Proposal_DAP.xIs
00 45 12 - 1
PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 1 of 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SECTION 00 4512
PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by
identifying the prequalifed contractors and/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the
major work type(s) listed.
Major Work Prequalification
T e Contractor/Subcontractor Company Name Ex iration Date
Water and Burnsco Construction, Inc. 6/30/2021
Wastewater New
Development,
Rehabilitation,
and
Redevelopment
Open Cut and
Trenchless (all
sizes
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
2s
26
27
28
'The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in
the table above are currently prequalified for the work types listed.
BIDDER:
Burnsco Construction, Inc. By: John But
Company (Pl ase Print)
6331 Southwest Blvd. Signature: �
Address
Benbrook, Texas 76132 Title: President
City/State/Zip (Please Print)
Date: /� ��y.��
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
CPN 102660
00 45 26 - 1
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
Page 1 of 1
1 SECTION 00 45 26
2 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
4 Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certiiies that it
5 provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City
6 Project No. 101880. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section
7 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with
8 worker's compensation coverage.
9
l0 CONTRACTOR:
11
12 Burnsco Construction, Inc. By: John Burns
13 Company (Please Print)
14
15 6331 Southwest Blvd. Signature:
16 Address
17
18 Benbrook, Texas 76132 Title: President
19 City/State/Zip (Please Print)
20
21
22 THE STATE OF TEXAS §
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
COUNTY OF TARRANT §
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared
John Burns , known to me to be the person whose name is
subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as
the act and deed of President for the purposes and
consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated.
GIVEN LJNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this �y �' day of
}�ec�r.6e� , 20.�0.
36 ���/�/1 (/�fL� �"i�
�>aY °Oe CESILIA CANALES
37 = � Notary ID #131652996 Notary Public in and for the State of Texas
38 a p My Commission Expires
9'f cr SE� July 24, 2022
39 ND OF SECTION
40
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN 102660
Revised Apri12, 2014
00 52 43 - 1
Developer Awarded Project Agreement
Page 1 of 4
2
3
4
5
G
7
SECTION 00 52 43
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on � Z� Z3 ��0 �- o is made by and between the Developer,
Forestar (USA) Real Estate Group, Inc., authorized to do business in Texas ("Developer") , and
Burnsco Construction Inc. authorized to
do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, ("Contractor").
8 Developer and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as
9 follows:
10 Article 1. WORK
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the
Project identified herein.
Article 2. PROJECT
The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is
generally described as follows:
Trails o Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
CFA20-0137 CPN 102660
FID No.30114-0200431-102660-E07685
Article 3. CONTRACT TIME
3.1 Time is of the essence.
All time limits for Milestones, if any, and Final Acceptance as stated in the Contract
Documents are of the essence to this Contract.
23 3.2 Final Acceptance.
24 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 70 working days after the date
25 when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 12.04 of the Standard
26 City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects.
27 3.3 Liquidated damages
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Developer
will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in
Paragraph 3.2 above, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 10 of
the Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded
Projects. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in
proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the Developer if the Work is not
completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof , Contractor agrees
that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay
Developer Five Hundred Dollars ($S00•00) for each day that expires after the time
specified in Paragraph 3.2 for Final Acceptance until the City issues the Final Letter of
Acceptance.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102660
Revised June 16, 2016
005243-2
Developer Awarded Project Agreement
Page 2 of 4
39 Article 4. CONTRA.CT PItICE
40 Developer agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract
41 Documents an amount in current funds of Nine Hundred Forty-Two Thousand, Six Hundred
42 Four, and 60/100 Dollars ($942,604.60).
43 Article 5. CONTRACT DOCiTMENTS
44 5.1 CONTENTS:
45 A. The Contract Documents which connprise the entire agreement between Developer and
46 Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following:
47 1. This Agreement.
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
2. Attachments to this Agreement:
a. Bid Form (As provided by Developer)
1) Proposal Form (DAP Version)
2) Prequalification Statement
3) State and Federal documents (project specific)
b. Insurance ACORD Form(s)
c. Payment Bond (DAP Version)
d. Performance Bond (DAP Version)
e. Maintenance Bond (DAP Version)
f. Power of Attorney for the Bonds
g. Worker's Compensation Affidavit
h. MBE and/or SBE Commitment Form (If required)
3. Standard City General Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer
Awarded Projects.
4. Supplementary Conditions.
5. Specifications speciiically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment
or, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of
Contents of the Project's Contract Documents.
6. Drawings.
7. Addenda.
8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award.
9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents:
a. Notice to Proceed.
b. Field Orders.
c. Change Orders.
d. Letter of Final Acceptance.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROIECTS CPN 102660
Revised June 16, 2016
005243-3
Developer Awarded Project Agreement
Page 3 of 4
77 Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION
78 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own
79 egpense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all
80 claims arising oat of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed
81 by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees
82 under this contract. This indemni�cation urovision is speci�callv intended to oqerate
83 and be effective even if it is atle�ed or proven that all or some of the dama�es being
84 sou hp t were caused, in whole or in part, by anv act, omission or ne�ti�ence of the citv.
85 This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for
86 costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and
87 causes of actions.
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own egpense,
the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage
or destruction of property of the city, arising oat of, or alleged to arise out of, the work
and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees,
subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemniiication
provision is suecificallv intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged or
proven that all or some of the dama�es beint sought were caused. in whole or in part,
bv anv act, omission or ne�li�ence of the citv.
Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS
99 7.1 Terms.
100 Terms used in this Agreement are defined in Article 1 of the Standard City Conditions of
101 the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects.
102 7.2 Assignment of Contract.
103 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the
104 Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the Developer.
105 7.3
106
107
108
109 7.4
Successors and Assigns.
Developer and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal
representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and
obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
Severability.
110 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or
111 unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all
112 remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon DEVELOPER and
113 CONTRACTOR.
114 7.5
115
116
117
Governing Law and Venue.
This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of
Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the
Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SFECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised June 16, 2016
Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
CPN 102660
00 52 43 - 4
Developer Awarded Project Agreement
Page 4 of 4
118
119 7.6 Authority to Sign.
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement, if other than duly
authorized signatory of the Contractor.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Developer and Contractor have executed this Agreement in multiple
counterparts.
T'his Agreement is effective as of the last date signed by the Parties ("Effective Date")
Contractor:
Burnsco Conslruction, Inc.
B
(Signature)
John Burns
(Printed Name)
Developer:
Forestar (USA) Real Estaie Group, Inc.
B -
(Signature)
`j7b�N �1ZtM
(Printed Name)
Title: President Title: I�EJE �� pMEnrr !%i e� c� �
Company Name: Company name:
Address:Burnsco Construction, Inc. Address:Forestar (USA) Real Estate Group, Inc.
6331 Southwest Blvd. 2221 E. Lamar Blvd., Suite 790
City/State/Zip: Benbrook, TX 76132 City/State/Zip:Arlington, TX 76006
«.f Z�l�.oz� ,Z�����o�o
Date Date
128
CI1'I' OF FORT WORTH Trails ofElizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIPICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102660
Revised June 16, 2016
Liber��ty
Mutua.l�
_........�.�. . _._._..__._...._...._.....
SURETY
TEXAS
IMPORTANT NOTICE
To obtain information or make a complaint:
You may call toll-free for information or to
make a complaint at
1-877-751-2640
You may also write to:
2200 Renaissance Blvd., Ste. 400
King of Prussia, PA 19406-2755
You may contact the Texas Department of
Insurance to obtain information on companies,
coverages, rights or complaints at
1-800-252-3439
You may write the Texas Department of Insurance
Consumer Protection (111-IA)
P. O. Box 149091
Austin, TX 78714-9091
�'AX: (512) 490-1007
Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov
�-mail: ConsumerProtectionnao.tdi.texas. o�v
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES:
Should you have a dispute concerning your
premium or about a claim you should first
contact the agent or call 1-800-843-6446.
If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the
Texas Department of Insurance.
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR
POLICY:
This notice is for information only and does not
become a part or condition of the attached
document.
TEXAS
AVISO IMPORTANTE
Para obtener informacion o para someter una
queja:
Usted puede llamar al numero de telefono gratis
para informacion o para someter una queja al
1-877-751-2640
Usted tambien puede escribir a:
2200 Renaissance Blvd., Ste. 400
King of Prussia, PA 19406-2755
Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de
Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion
acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos o
quejas al
1-800-252-3439
Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros
de Texas Consumer Protection (111-1A)
P. O. Box 149091
Austin, TX 78714-9091
FAX # (512) 490-1007
Web: http://www.tdi.texas.�
E-mail: ConsumerProtection�a�.tdi.texas.gov
DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS O RECLAMOS:
Si tiena una disputa concerniente a su prima o a
un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente o
primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede
entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI)
UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA:
Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion
y no se convierte en parte o condicion del
documento adjunto.
NP70680901
LMS-15292 10/15
�
�
±���i I�.;
n� .
This Power of Attomey limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to
bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated.
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company
West American Insurance Company
Certificate No: 8200743
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of ihe State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a caporaUon duly organized
under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein coliectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, consGtute and appant,
Robbi Morales, Don E. Comell, Sophinie Hunter, Tina McEwan, Tonie Petranek, Ricardo J. Reyna, Joshua Saunders, Kelly A. Westbrook
all of the city of Dallas state of TX each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attomey-in-fact to make,
execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recbgnizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance
of these presents and shall be as binding upon ihe Companies as if they have been duly signed by fhe president and attested by ihe seaetary of the Companies in their own proper
persons.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attomey has been subsaibed by an author¢ed officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed
thereto this 19th day of March , 2019 .
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
P� INSU�iq P�,tY INSV �\NSU,p4 The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company
,�o �oaroa,,,� ti�, yo �owvo� �'Pyy `�P �oa°°a.,,� y� West American Insurance Company
� 3 o c� � 3 o m W 3 o t�
Y91912�� iZ1919��o Q 1991 0 ��,� �
dV1 sB4CHUS�aa � `�NnMPg��aa YS �No�AHP aa / ���
A�� * *a �yl • �� ''M * ti� By:
David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary
State of PENNSYLVANIA
County of MONTGOMERY ss
w�
o�
��
��
N�
�
_-o
c •�
N
O �
L
Qj O
O „4;;
C �p
rnN
(0 �
��
��
o�
v
�
�
a�
c
.y
7
�
On this 19th day of March , 2019 before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknouuledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance o
Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregang instrument for the purposes —�
therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. � w
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subsc�ibed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written.
�a i�,�g
�ti� bA�,��Nyy��r(�`�. COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
�s � Noteriai Seal �
h ci� s � ,/
p� Teresa Pasteila, Notary Pubhc /f ���A�
Upper MerionTwp., Montgomery County B�/: �(�Z�C�.�d�%
�`�" My Cammission Expires March 28, 2021
��n,s,�va�',� eresa Pastella, Notary Public
�� �...aV Member, Pennsylvanla Associal�on oi Notaries
y,�
This Power of Attomey is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual
Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows:
` a� ARTICLE iV— OFFICERS: Section 12. Power of Attorney.
o� My o(ficer or olher offiaal of the Corpora6on aufhorized for that purpase in wri6ng by the Chairtnan or the President, and subject to such limita6on as the Chairman or the
a � President may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the CorporaGon to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety
�� any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forfh in their respective powers of attomey, shall
` have (ull power to bind the Corporation by tl�eir signature and execu6on of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such
Z � instruments shall be as binding as if signed by ihe President and attested to by the Secretary. My power or authority granted to any representative or attomey-in-fact under the
provisions of this artide may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granUng such power or authority.
ARTICLE XIII — Execution of ConVacts: Section 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings.
Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitafions as the chairman or the president may prescribe,
shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,
bonds, recognizances and other surety obliga6ons. Such attomeys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in iheir respective powers of attomey, shall have full power to bind the
Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if
signed by the president and attested by the seaetary.
Certificate of Designation — The President of the Company, acting pursuant to ihe Bylaws of fhe Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Seaetary to appant such attomeys-in-
fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of ihe Campany to make, execute, seal, adcnowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety
obligaGons.
Authorization — By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduoed signature of any assistant secretary of the
Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attomey issued by the Company in connection with surery bonds, shall be valid and binding upon ihe Company with
the same force and effect as though manually affixed.
I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do
hereby certify that the original power of attomey of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attomey executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and
has not been revoked.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of
� 1NSUq ��Y INS� � 1NSU�
j0'Goavo�reync� �JQ'°oavoRyr'4qy� VP OpPGRq�Oy�tc, ��,,��yy
r F' U 1 F' m �?� i����
� 1912 � o= 1919 � o Q 1991 0 " 4,�,�'.
Y 9s, �" 3 i.�y o- y 1 BY:
d�, sqCHUg �a o N4MPg aaa '�s��ND�pNP�,da Renee C. Llewellyn, Assistant Secretary
ei� * 1-� ''Ht * 1� M* 1�
`o�
Q�
O�
N �
O �
1 p
y O
� �
«. �
o a�
��
D QJ
cu �
�o
� N
._-� 00
� N
� M
C �
00
U �
o �Q
LMS-12873 LMIC OCIC WAIC Multi Co 062018
23 December 20
23December20
23 December 20
23December20
23 December 20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
l0
11
l2
13
14
15
16
17
18
l9
20
21
22
23
006219-2
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 2 of 3
WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part
upon receiving notice from the Developer and/or City of the need thereof at any time within the
Maintenance Period.
NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall
remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by Developer or City, to a
completion satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to
remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely
noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the Developer or City may cause any and all such
defective Work to be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne
by the Principal and the Surety under this Maintenance Bond; and
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Sond, venue shall lie in
Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort
Worth Division; and
PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and
successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised January 31, 201
Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
CPN 102660
23December20
GILCO
on a� ya
DAP -I3ID PROPOSA[,
Paec 3 ot 7
SECTION 00 42 43
Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM
UNIT PRICE BID
Project Iczm Infurmation
Bidder's Application
Biddzr's Propo>al
3idlist Item Descnptio� Specification I Unit of B�� Unit Pnce Bid Value
No. Section No. Ivtza,ure Quan[ity
UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS
1 3213.0101 6" Reinforced Conc Pvmt 32 13 13 SY 19005 $33.65 $639,518.25
_ _. __ _ _ - -- - _ _ . _ __ _ _ _
2 3211.0501 6" Lime Treatment 32 11 29 SY 20265 $2.55 $51,675.75
--. _ _ _. _ __ _ _ __ _ __ _.. . _- - _
3 3211.0400 Hydrated Lime (30#/SY per Geotech) 32 11 29 TN 304 $170.00 $51,680.00
___ __ __ _. __ ,_ _ -- _ _ ---- ---
4 3213.0506 Barrier Free Ramp, Type P-1 33 13 20 EA 16 $1,750.00 $28,000.00
__. __ __ _ -- -_ _ __ __ __._ _-
5 3213.0301 4" Conc Sidewalk 32 13 20 SF 3650 $5.75 $20,987.50
-- __ _ �_
6 3291.0100 Topsoil 32 91 19 CY 780 $26.00 $20,280.00
__ __ _ __ ___ _ _. _ __. .__.
7 3292.0100 Block Sod Placement 32 92 13 SY 4680 $1.75 $8,190.00
--._. _ _ _ -- --- --_ __ . _-- _ _ _ _.__. _.._ _ __
8 9999.0013 Remove Barricade & Connect to Existing 00 00 00 EA 4 $500.00 $2,000.0�
_ --- __ _ _ _ _ .- -- --- _ . _ . ..._.
9 9999.0014 Pavement Header 00 00 00 LF 58 $10.00 $580.00
_ _ _ --. __ ___ __
10 9999.0015 Type III Barricade with RipRap 00 00 00 EA 2 $2,500.00 $5,000.00
. _._ _ _ _ -- -- _ . _ _ --- ___
9999.0016 Furnish/install Alum Sig Ground Mount City
11 00 00 00 EA 10
Standard - Stop_ _ $450.00 $4,500.00
. __ __ _ ___ ._ _. _.. _
� 2 9999.0017 Furnish/install Alum Sig Ground Mount City 00 00 00 EA 11
Standard - Street Name Blade Pair $150.00 $1,650.00
13
__ _ _
14 _ _
__ _ _. _ __ _
15 _. _ _ _.
_ - - — - ---- _— _ _ ___ � -- ---
_ _.. _
16 _ _ __ __.
_ ___ _ _ __ __-.. _._ _.--- - ------.---._ -- _
17 _ _ _ __ . _
_ _- -- -- - — -- --� _ . _^ _. —.
18 _ _ __
--- ----- __.__._ ___---__--____�
_—. __
19 _ _ . _
__- __ ._ �- --__._.____._ __. �_
20 V_ _ __ __
_._ � -.__ ___. _ _.�_ .
--- - ---._. _.._ . _
21 _ _.
- __ -- —_ —__ ---- — _--
___. _ _. _ _ _
22 __ _
- -- -- _ _--_ ._ _ __ _ _ _
23 _ _
__ - — -- --- -- _ —_ _—_
_. _ _ _._ _ _ ..
24 _ _ _
_ ._ _ _-- --_. �_ ._._..... ___ ..__ ._
25 __ _
___ ----.___..-- -___ __.,..-
--- .___ _
26 _
- ___ ___. -- __.. _. .-- —._
__._. _
27 _ .
_ _ _._ ..__ .._ __.._.._ --, --_. .--.-
28 -- _ _._ _
_ _ _ _
_ ____----__. ,__. .__�_ ____.___ _ . _
29
_ __ -- ___.... _— --- -- --
___
30 _
_ _. _- -- _ - __ __ .._ __ _...—
_.._— _
31 _ _ _
___ _ _ ... _ � _.—. _ _ ____.._ � _.. .____
__ _ _
3
___ _ --...__-- ---- -,. �_. --. _ _
33 _ _ __ _ . _ - - _
_ __ -- ___ .____ . .--- .--. __
34 _ _ __ _- -
_ _. _...._ _ ..__ ---- -- _.-- . �_
35 _ -- --. _ _ -
__ __ -- �.__ .�._ _.___ _.__. --- ----
36 _ _ __ _- _ _ _
___ __. _-- --. _�__ -•--
__.._ --
37 _ _ __ _
_. __._. _--..._---- ---_ ____
38 _ _ _ __ _. _
_ _ _ _ --_ -- _ _—_ -- --- _
39 - _ _. _..
_ _ ---- -- --_. ._.._ �
40 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ ____ . --.. _—. _._.. __ _.�_
41 - __ -
- - --- ..�__ ____ _.__ ...-- --
_ 42 __ ._ _
_ __._. _ _ ---_ _ --- --- -- . __
43 _ . _ _
__ _..__ .__� ,�_. --- -.� ___
__ _ _ _. _ _ _
44
45
--- --. _ _-- --- -- _ _ __ _
�_-.. __.. . _ _-.._ �. __ _
46 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SUM $534,061.5C
CITY' OF FORT WpRT}I
$T4`lD.4RD CONSiRUCTION SPECIPICATiON DOCUMGhTS - DGVGLOPGR 4W-\RD[D PROIGCTS
Fortn Venion Jtay'_2 2019
00 i2 4__Bid Propusal_D,1P.x�
ou az a3
I)AY -HI�> VROPOSAL
Pa�,e 7 ot'
SECTION 00 42 43
Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM
UNIT PRICE BID
Bidder's Application
Projec[ [tem Information Qiddee's Proposal
Bidlist [rem Description SpeciFication Unit of B�d Unit Pricz Bid Valuz
No. Section No. �fzastve Quantity
Bid Summary
UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS $ -
_-- - - - -. -
� _
UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS -
_ - __ __ _ _ _._ _ _ __ __. _ __ . - ___ _. _ _ _ __ __
UNIT III: DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS $ -
_._ __ _._ _- -
_ ___. __ _... _._. ._ — _. __ _
UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS $ 834,061.50
--- _ __ _ . __—.. __ __ _ __ .._ __ _ __ _ ___._____ .. _ _ _.._
UNIT V: STREET LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS $ -
_ _ _-- -- -- -- - -- _ _ _ __ _..__ _--- -- _ _ _ . ._ - - _
UNIT VI: TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS $
Tutxl Construc[ion Bid
This Bid is submitted by the entity named belo�v:
BIDDER: BY: Charles Mooney
Gilco Contractina, Inc.
6331 Smith�rest Rh�d G, ��/ZQ,(,�
TITLE: Contract Manage
Benbraok, Tx 76132 DATE: 12/02/2020
Contrac[or agrees to complete WORli for FL�IAL ACCF,PT:�NCE wi[hin Sp ti��orl:ing daps after the date when the
CONTRACT commences to run as provided in the General Conditions,
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT R'OR'CFI
SL4tiD:�RD CO\'STRUCTfO\ S°ECR'ICATIOV DOCUMF.NTS � DF.VGLOPER ANAROED PROlECTS
Form Venion .bfay 22, 2U19 00 42 43_Bid Proposa; D.�P.xls
12/09/2020
ooa>?6-�
CONTRACTOR CO��iPLIAhCE l�lITH WORKF,R'S COMPENSATION LAW
Page l of 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
SECTION 00 45 26
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
Pursiiant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it
provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City
Project No. 101880. Contractor fiirther certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section
406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with
worker's compensation coverage.
CONTILACTOR:
Gilco Contractinp, Inc. By:
Company
6331 Sotithwest Blvd. Sig�
Address
Benbrook, Texas 76132 Title
City/State/Zip
THE STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF TARRANT
�
§
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared
Dale R. Gilreath , known to me to be the person whose name is
subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as
the act and deed of President for the purposes and consideration
therein expressed and in the capacity therein statecl.
��
GIVEN UI�'DER MY HAND AND SEAI.OF OFFICE this day of
�(�QfY��('i _.- , 2��
---� —
Not Pn ic in and for the State of Texas
38
39 �a���.ySECTIQ�IA MCQUIEN
_? ',�y�/A��,T,�, �r Notary Public, State of Texas
� �'.. /'V ,.' v�.:
40 ;�9;� cF•� ���` �Omm. Expires 06-26-2022
��nn� Notary ID 125446481
CITY OF FORT �VORTH 7'raits of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STAnDARD CO\STRUCTION SPECIF[CAT[O�I DOGUMEN"CS CPN 102660
Rzvised April 2, Z014
00 52 43 - l
Developer At��arded Project Agreement
Page 1 of4
1 SECT[ON 00 52 43
� AGREEMENT
3
4 THIS AGR�EM�NT, authorized on 12/Z3,zoz.o is made by and between tlie Developer,
5 Forestar (USA) Real Estate Group, Inc., authorized to do business in Texas ("Developer") , and
6 Gilco Contractin Inc. , authorized to do
7 busi�iess in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, ("Contractor").
S Developer and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenauts hereinafter set fortl�, agree as
9 follows:
10 Artide i. WORIC
11 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the
12 Project identified herein.
13 Article 2. PROJECT
14 The project for which the Work uuder the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is
15 generally described as follows:
16 Ti•ails o Eliznbetli Cr•eek Pliase 3
17 CFA20-0137 CPN 102660
18 FID NO 30114-0200431-102660-E07685
19 Article 3. CONTR.ACT TIME
20 3.1 Time is of the essence.
21 All time limits for Milestones, if any, and Final Acceptance as stated in the Contract
22 Documents are of the essence to this Contract.
23 3.2 Final Acceptance.
24 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 50 working days after the date
25 when the Contract Time cotrunences to n�n as provided in Paragraph 12.04 of the Standard
26 City Conditions of the Constniction Contract fur Developer Awarded Projects.
27 3.3 Lic�uidated damages
28 Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Developer
29 will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed �vithin the times specified in
30 Paragrapli 3.2 above, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 10 of
31 the Standard City Conditions of the Consti-�iction Contract for Developer Awarded
32 Projects. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in
33 provuig in a legal proceeding the achial loss suffered by the Developer if the Work is vot
34 completed on time. Accordingly, instead of reqtiiring any such proof , Contracto►• agrees
35 that as liquidated datnages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay
36 Developer Five Hundreci Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time
37 specified in Paragraph 3.2 for Final Acceptance until the City issues the Final Letter of
38 Acceptance.
CITY OF F02T �VORTH Trails of Elizabetli Creek Phnsc 3
STANDARD CO�ISTRUCTION SPEC[FICATfON DOCUMENTS — DEVGLOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPY 102660
Revised June 16, 2016
UO 52 43 - 2
Developer A���arded Project Agreement
Paee 2 of4
39 Article 4. CONTRACT PRICC
40 Developer agrees to pay Cont��actor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract
41 Documents an amowit in current funds of Eight Hundred Thirty-Four Thousand, Sixty-One and
42 50/100 Dollars ($834,061.50).
43 Article 5, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
44 5.1 CONTENTS:
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
A. Thc Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between Developer and
Contractor concerning the Work consist of the fol(owing:
1. This Agreement.
2. Attachments to this Agreement:
a. Bid Form (As provided by Developer)
1) Proposal Form (DAP Version)
2) Przqualification Statement
3) State and Federal docuinents (pr-oject specifrcJ
b. Insurance ACORD Form(s)
c, Payment Bond (DAP Version)
d. Perfoin�ance Bond (DAP Version)
e. Maintenance Bond (DAP Version)
f. Power of Attorney for the Bonds
g. Worker's Compensation Affidavit
h. MBE and/or SBE Commihnent Form (If required)
3. Standard City General Conditions of the Constiliction Contract for Developer
Awarded Projects.
4. Supplementary Conditions.
5. Specifications specifcally made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment
or, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of
Contents of the Project's Contract Documents.
6. Drawings.
7. Addenda.
8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award.
9. The following �vhich may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents:
a. Notice to Proceed.
b. Field Orders.
c. Change Orders.
d. Letter of Final Acceptance.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Traits of Eliznbeth Creek Phase 3
STANDA2D CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICAT[ON DOCU�tENTS — DEVELOPER A�VARDED PROJECTS CP\ 102660
Revised June l6, 20IG
005243-3
De��eloper A�varded Project Agreement
Page 3 of -0
77 Article 6. TNDI.IV[NIFICATION
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
6.l Contractol• covenants and agrees to indeuinif}�, hold harmless ancl defend, at its own
expense, fhe city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all
claims arising out of, or alleged to acise out of, the work and services to be performed
by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees
under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifcallv intended to onerate
and be effective even if it is alle�ed or Uroven that all or some of the dama�es bein�
sou�ht �vere caused, in wliole or in nart, b`� anV act omission or neeli�ence of the citv.
This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for
costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and
causes of actions.
6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its o�vn expense,
the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage
or destruction of property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work
and sei•vices to be performed by the contractor, its ofticers, agents, employees,
subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification
provision is specii►callv intended to operate and be effective even if it is alle�ed or
proven that all or some of the dama�es bein� sou�ht �vere caused in whole or in part,
bY anv act, ornission or negli�ence of the citv.
Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS
99 7, ] Terms.
100 Teims used in this Agreement are defined in Article 1 of the Standard City Conditions of
t01 the Construction Conh•act for Developer Awarded Projects.
102 7.2 Assignment of Contract.
103 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the
104 Contractor withoirt the advanced express �n�itten consent of the Developer.
105 7.3 Successors aud Assigns.
106 Developer and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, st�ccessors, assigus and legal
107 representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and
108 obligations contained in the ConU�act Documents.
]09 7.4 Severabiliry.
110 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to Ue unconstirirtional, void or
i l l unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all
112 remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon DEVELOPER and
113 CONTRACTOR.
114 7.5 Governing Law and Vemie.
I15 This Agreement, inctuding all of the Contract Documents is perforniable in the State of
116 Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United Stltes District Court for the
117 Northern District of Texas, Fort �Vorth Division.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONST2UCTION SPEC[F[CAT[ON DOCU�tEtv'TS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CP\' t02b60
Revised June 16, 2016
UO 52 43 - 4
Developer rlw�rded Project Agreement
Page 4 of 4
iis
119 7.6 Authority to Sign.
120 Contractor shall �ttach evidence of luthority to sign Agreeiuent, if other than duly
121 authorized signatoiy of the Contractor.
122
123 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Developer and Contractor have executed this Agreement in nuiltiple
124 counteiparts.
125
126 This Agreement is effective �s of tl�e last date sigued by the Plrties ("Effective Date").
127 ,� ,
Gilco� on� rac ing, 111C. Developer:
i Fof[FSr��Z(�sA' R�o►� cs7anE C-e�ra I�c.
� �
�
B � I� ' ,'�
� Siguature)
D le R. Gilreath
�(Printed Name)
By: -
(Signahu•e)
S76 f�M Erl
(Printed Name)
Title: President TitIO: �EJELoPMF.r+7� 7�aec�rc
CompanyName: Gilco Contracting, Inc. Company natne: fa�e�r�, (�,•) �r,�� Gsno� C�sar� 1�.
Address: Address: 2221 E. Lar+�z j�L�D,
6331 Southwest Boulevard Srrt. �90
City/St1te/Zip: Benbrook, TX 76132
1� �2.�� �a��
Date
l28
City/St�te/Zip: ARur�G�� , TR 76 oob
Date
12/23/zoz.o
CITY OF FORT 1VORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD COVSTRUCTION SPEC[F[CAI�ION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AIVARDED PROJEC'CS CPN l0?660
Revised June l6, 201G
I
23 December 20
23
December 20
23 December 20
23
December 20
23 December 20
I
2
3
4
!;06? 19-?
�{�i1NCL-'N�1NCt; B()�eD
Page � of 3
dYH�:REAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconshlict tlle N'oi•k in ���hvle or in part
upon receivin�* notice trom the Deve(oper and/or City of [he i�eed thereof at any time witl�in the
Maintenance Period.
� 1lC1:'V `1'HERlFORG, the conditiou of Qiis obligatioa� is sttch that ifPrincipal shall
6 renledy auy tletecti��e 1Vork, fot' �tthich timely noticz was pro�.ided by Devcloper a- City; to a
7 complecion satisfactory to the C'ity, then this ohligation sha11 become null and �oid; othenvise to
8 remain in fiill force ai�d effect.
9
1�� PRQi'TD�D, II��'EVklt, if Principal sl.�all fail so to repair or reconstiuct any timely
t 1 noticed defective ��'ork, it is agreed that the L)eveloper or City may cause any and �ll such
12 dcfective W�,rk to be repaired ancUor reconsUzicted ���ith all associated coscs thcreof being boine
13 by the Pi-incipal and the Surcty under this hlaintenancc Bond; a��d
1 �t
IS
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
PROVIDEll FURTFiER, that if any (egal action be f led an this ti3ond, vern�e shall lie in
Tarrant County, 'I.�eaas or the United States District Cotctt for the Nortl�ern District of T'exa�, Foi1
Worth Uivision: and
PROVIDEll FUI2THER, that this obl.igation shall be conti��uous iu nature and
successive recoveries may be had her�on for successive breaches.
CI7'Y OF FORT tVOR1"11
STANf)ARD CITY C(7\ll(7'[ONS - DEVELOPER .4��'ARpi�.i7 PROIEC'iS T���` of Elizabcd� Crcck I'ha;2 3
Revi>zd lanuary 31. ?Ql CPN 102ot�
23
December 20
- �,�����-y
�Iu�t��.�_
SURETY
TEXAS
IMPORTANT NOTICE
To obtain information or make a compfaint:
You may call toll-free for information or to
make a complaint at
1-877-751-2640
You may also write to:
2200 Renaissance Blvd., Ste. 400
King of Prussia, PA 19406-2755
You may contact the Texas Department of
[nsurance to obtain infonnation on companies,
coverages, rights or cotnp(aints at
1-800-2�2-3439
You may write the Texas Depa��tment of Insurance
Consumer Protection (111-1A)
P. O. Box 149091
Austin, TX 78714-9091
FAX: (512) 490-1007
Web: http://�vww.tdi.texas.Q�v_
F-mail: ConsumerProtection c�i?,tdi.texas.�ov
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES:
Shoufd you have a dispute concerning your
premium or about a claim you should first
contact the agent or call I-800-843-6446.
If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the
Texas Department of Insurance.
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR
POLICY:
"I'his notice is for information only and does not
become a part or condition of the attached
document.
TEXAS
AVISO IMPORTANTE
Para obtener infonnacion o para someter una
queja:
Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis
pa►•a informacion o para someter una queja al
1-877-751-2640
Usted tambien puede escribir a:
2200 Renaissance Blvd., Ste. 400
King oPPrussia, AA 19406-2755
Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de
Seguros de TeYas para obtener informacion
acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos o
quejas al
1-800-252-3439
Puade escribir al Departamento de Seguros
de Texas Consumer Protection (111-1A)
P. O. Box 149091
Austin, TX 78714-9091
FAX # (512) 490-1007
Web: http://www.tdi.texas.Q. ov
E-maiL• ConsumerProtection�tdi.texas.gov
DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS O RECLAMOS:
Si tiena una disputa concerniente a su prima o a
un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente o
primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede
entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI)
UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA:
Cste aviso es solo para proposito de infonnacion
y no se convierte en parte o condicion del
documento adjunto.
N P 70 68 09 01
LMS-15292 10H5
- �.,��e��T
^ N4t�t��.b.
SURETY
This Power of Attorney limits the acts of [hose named herein, and they have no authority to
bind the Company excepl in lhe manner and to the extent herein slated.
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Certificate No: 8200743
West American Insurance Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the Slate of New Hampshire, that
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the 5tate of Massachusetls, and West American Insurance Canpany is a corporaGon duly organized
under the laws of the State ot Indiana (herein collecGvely called the `Companies"), pursuant lo and by authority herein set foRh, does here6y name, constitute and appoint,
Robbi Vlorales, Don L. Corncll, Sorhinie Himter, Tina McE�van, Tonie Petranek, Ricardo J. Rcyna. Joshua Saunders, kelly A. V�lestbrook
all of the city of Dallas state of "I'X each indiwdually if there be more than one named, its t�ue and lawful attomey-irnfacl to make,
execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as iGs act and deed, any and all undertekings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance
of these presents and Shall be as binding upon the Companies as if fhey have been duly signed by lhe president and aKested by the secretary of Ihe Companies in Iheir own proper
persons.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attomey has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official oi the Companies and Ne corporate seals oi the Companies have been affixed
thereto this 19th day of March , 2019 .
Liherty Mutual Insurance Company
P� 1NSUR9 P�'i`t �NSV ��NSU�,q The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company
j GOPP�RI oym e �ORP�RAT�y� `P�,ORP�R9r �� WestAmericanlnsuranceCompany
? F ? F ? F
� om
�� 1912 y o 0 1919 � � 1991 0 '���.. /�
rd, 'pss 5�,�" D3 yO Zi�y �e`' y�0 Q , y'� �/ �i.z.i
V1 4CHU .d NAMPS aD �ls N01nNP aiJ Gi- �i
��> t �� �yt �w �� �M . �� By' r�f
fla�drl AA l:nrev Aecielanf Sacroiary
N
N
N
c
.N
7
�
- `" State of PENNSYLVANIA T
� � County of MONTGOMERY ss �
m
o� c
�� On this 19th day of March 2019 before me personaliy appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assisiant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance o
o� Company, The Ohio Casually Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing insfrument for the purposes —�
�> therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. ccOi w
� � IN WITNESS WHEREOF
_a
c •�
f6
O �
dj O
O �
c�
d �
m �
f0 i
��o._
� �
oc��o
I have hereunto subscribed my name and aKxed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written.
, ,,: .. , :, .
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
ws� � NeWria�Seal ��}-��
� �� (//� y/;��y q�
- Terra� Pastolia, hatary Pu6Lc C j•,�,� /(��d%��-tv.
� � i UGGEr li<_nen Twp.. b:ontgomery Counry 8�7: •C•/L(�'�
}�ic,r % .ty Commissico Expiras Marcb 28.2021 I eresa Pastella, Nota Public
=!:.`i ;Si E�,,,� �- .��'� ry
.;. �tsdrn6s..Pannsylv:�n��:aA�scciaLcnc��ozries
'�r•: > 1.
This Power ot Attomey is made and executed pursuant to and by authorily of the following Bylaws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual
Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolu6ons are now in full force and effect reading as follows:
ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS: Section 12. Power of Atlomey.
My officer or other official of the Corpora6on authorized fw that purpose in writing by the Chairman a the President, and subject to such limita6on as the Chairman or the,
President may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, ezecute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety'
any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact, subject to the limita6ons set forth in fheir respective powers of attomey, shall
have full power to bind the Caporation by their signature and execution of any such insUuments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such
insUuments shali 6e as binding as if signed by the President and aflested to by the Secretary. Any power or auihorily granted to any representative or aKorney-in-fad under the
provisions of ihis article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, lhe President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority.
ARTICLE Xill - Execution of Contracts: Sec6on 5. Surety Bonds and Underiakings.
Any officer of the Company author¢ed for thet purpose in writing by the chairman or ihe president, and subject to such IimitaGons as the chairman or the president may prescribe,
shall appdnt such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behali of the Company to make, execute, seai, acknowledge and deiiver as surety any and all undertakings,
bonds, recognizances and other surety o6ligations. Such attorneys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of atlorney, shall have full power to bind the
Company by their signature and execution of any such insWments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such insWments shall be as binding as if
signed by the presitlent and attested by the secretary.
Certifica[e of Designatlon - The President of the Company, ac6ng pursuant to the Bylaws o( the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attomeys-in-
Fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all underiakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety
obligations.
Authorization - By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directas, lhe Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the
Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attomey issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with
the same force and effect as though manually affixed.
I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty P�lutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do
hereby ceRify that the original power of attomey of which the foregoing is a full, W e and correct copy of the Prnrier of Aflomey executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and
has not been revoked.
IN 7ESTIMONY WIIEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of
P� 1NSURq P�jV INgVA � \NSURq
J���o�ro R� QJ ��pPo�joy�' aP���oR4 oycc�
a F � F 3 F
� 1912 � a 1919 � f 1991 � "�„�'iaQl.��
ti �,o Q o B.
d�9�s4CHU`���.daS' y0 �"hA61Psa`P D `� �'YDlANP � i.
ej� #�� ,�yl *�aa s�,M *�ad Renee C. Llewellyn, Assistant Secretary
�o
M
t�
O�
C
y �
D�
L p
N �
� �
c
o a�
� n'
o y
m�
�o
� N
��
� N
��
�
c °O
00
U �
o C°
LidS12673 LMIC OCIC WAIC Mul�i Co 062018
INDEPENDENT
llll J' j;
U.AP-i31D PROP0�4L
Pn ;of�
SECTION 00 42 43
Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM
UNIT PRICE BID
Project Ltam Infonnation
list Itrnt
Nu. D�scriptiou
UNIT V: STREEI
1 2605.3015 2" CONDT PVC SCH 80(T)
2 3441.3301 Rdwy Illum Foundation TY1
3 3441.3341 Rdwy Illum Poles TY11
4 3441.3401 6-6-6 Triplex Alum Elec Conductor
5 9999.0018 F&I LED Light Fixture 70w ATBO Cobra
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
Bidder's Application
Specilication I Unit of I [3id
Section Vu Mzastuz Qu.mtih
TING IMPROVEMENTS
26 05 33 LF 2033
34 41 20 EA 16
34 41 20 EA 16
34 41 10 LF 2033
00 00 00 EA 16
CI"1'1� OP POR"C 11'OIZ�PIi
S GAND:A!tb COA�STRGC.I IO,V .)PECIfIC-A il0A DOC tAIE'�"C,S - Dll'ELONER:U1�.-AADEU PkOIECTS
Fonn V<rsion AIa� '_'. 'a 19
C3idder, Proposal
Unft Price � Bid Valu�
$12.77
S 1,173.00
$1, 938.00
$3.54
S278.00
S25,961.41
$18,768.00
�31,008.00
�7,196.82
54,448.00
UM
S87,382.23
UO {� ;;_6id P�npos.d_D:\P.�Is
iii� 1' �:
(J�AP-RID PROPOSAl.
Pnu: 7 0l �
SECTION 00 42 43
Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM
UNIT PRICE BID
Bidder's Application
Project [�em Information Biddar's Proposal
Bidlist [tem Specification Uuit of Bid
DescripLon lhiit Price Bid Vnluc
No. Scctiuu A�u. A7easurc C�«ant�t}
Bid Summar�
UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT III: DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEYIENTS
UNIT V: STREET LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS
UNIT VI: TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS
Total Consh uction Bid
'1'his Bid is submitted bv tlie entitc named belo�v:
BIDDF:R:
Independent Ctilih� Construction, Inc.
i109 Sw� �-.dley Drive
Hort �1'orth, "fx 76119
Bl : Richard �� olfe
Y� �
�-
7'ITLG: President
° `TF� 11 /30/2020
Contractor a�rees to complete �� ORI� tin� FI.\:�L .�CCEP"CA\('E �sithin
C'O\TR,�CT cammences to run as p�rorided in the General Condifions.
87
30 wor6ing da�s after the datc h hen thc
E\D OF SECTIO.\
87,38223
CCh� OI� FOKP N�ORTH
Si:\\U.\RD Cq\SIRI'CffO� SP[CIFIC\ll0\ DOC U�IF\TS - DG\'L-:LOPGR.1\1�.\RUED PROJ[ClS
Fomi ��enion \fa. Z'__'_ole U01'_ �:_6fd Prnpa,al_D.�\P.cls
00 45 12 - 1
PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 1 of 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SECTION 00 45 12
PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by
identifying the prequalified contractors and/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the
major work type(s) listed.
Major Work Prequalification
T e Contractor/Subcontractor Company Name Ex iration Date
Street Li hts Inde endent Utili Construction, Inc. 04/03/2021
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in
the table above are currently prequalified for the work types listed.
BIDDER:
Independent Utility Construction, Inc. By: Richard Wolfe
Company ase Print)
/ -
5109 Sun Valle Drive Signature: �
Address
Fort Worth, Texas 76119 Title: President
City/State/Zip (Please Print)
Date: 1 �' � ' �'��
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
CPN 102660
0o as zc - �
CON`L'12At::TOR COMPLIr�NCE V��17'H Vv'(:)IZCC}:sR'S <;(�N1PF_.NSt�TI�IV LAW
P�ge t af 1
r SECTION 00 45 2C�
2 Ct?NTRAC'I'OR CUMPLIANCE, WI"I'H WORKER'S CQMPENSATION LAW
� Pursuani to Texas C,aboi� Code Secti�n �06.096(a), as aznetlded, Contr�7ctor certifies that it
5 provides worker's compensation insurance caverage fo�� all of its ern�loyees empl�yed or� City
f> Project No. 101880. Co3�tractor further c�rtifies that, pursuant to Texas Lab�r C�de, Section
7 40G.096{M), as aniended., it will pravide to City its sul�coiltractor's ce��ti�cates of compliance with
8 �uorker's campensation coverage.
9
10 CON'I'RACT012:
11
1? I_nde�ende��t Utility Construction,_.lric. By: Richard Walfe __
�� _
�..
1 � C;on7pany �` �.�lease Priilt) ,�,,
14 ��� �:° �� f
15 5109 St�n Valley Drive �_ Signature: �``"' � "�; �,��__, � ° ,��
16 A.ddress ��'"'"�✓
17
iS Fort Wort}� Tex�s 761 19 'I'itte: I'resident
19 City/State/Zip � (Please Prii�t)
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
zs
?9
;{�
32
33
34
�s
36
.� %
38
39
�0
�F'HE STATE OF TEhAS §
COUNTY C3F TARRAN'1"
BEFORE ME, the under.signed authority, on this tiay pzrsonally appeared
Ri�hard ��oife ______ , i<��flwn to me to be the pe,rson whose
name is sut�sci�ibed to tl�e foregoin� iristruenc;nt, and ack�aowledged to me that he/she executed th.e
sanie as the �ct a��ci cieed c�f President far tl3e
purposes and consideration therein e�pressed anci in the capacity therein stated��
GIVEN LJNDCR MY HAND ANU SEAL OF O.FFICF this ' fFp�`� _ ciay o.f
� t {�,it� �`� fi` , 20..°�r-�.
C`,�.;�,�1`,? � " �f `._ y,,,.>t�,,�'
.
o1PRYP�B� EL�ZqgETH GRAY Notary � lic in and far the State of exas
2�`� COMM. EXPIRES 4-18-2023
�q��� NOTARY ID 12859298-6
END O�' SECTION
Ci"I'ti' OF FORT WORTH Trai(s of F.(i��twth Creek 1''hase 3
STANC)ARll CONS'CRUC'I"CON SPECIFICATCON DOCUIvtENTS C'PN 102<60
IZevised April 2, zora
00 52 43 - 1
Developer Awarded Project Agreement
Page 1 of 4
2
3
4
5
6
7
SECTION 00 52 43
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on ��- �3 �°ZO is made by and between the Developer,
Forestar (USA) Real Estate Group, Inc., authorized to do business in Texas ("Developer") , and
Inde endent Utilit Construction Inc. , authorized to
do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, ("Contractor").
8 Developer and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as
9 follows:
10 Article 1. WORK
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the
Project identified herein.
Article 2. PROJECT
The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is
generally described as follows:
Trails o Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
CFA20-0137 CPN 102660
PID No. 30114-0200431-102660-E07685
Article 3. CONTRACT TIME
3.1 Time is of the essence.
All time limits for Milestones, if any, and Final Acceptance as stated in the Contract
Documents are of the essence to this Contract.
23 3.2 Final Acceptance.
24 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 30 working days after the date
25 when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 12.04 of the Standard
26 City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects.
27 3.3 Liquidated damages
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Developer
will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in
Paragraph 3.2 above, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 10 of
the Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded
Projects. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in
proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the Developer if the Work is not
completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof , Contractor agrees
that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay
Developer Five Hundred Dolla��s ($.500. DO) for each day that expires after the time
specified in Paragraph 3.2 for Final Acceptance until the City issues the Final Letter of
Acceptance.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102660
Revised June l6, 2016
005243-2
Developer A�varded Project Agreement
Page 2 of 4
39 Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE
40 Developer agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract
41 Documents an amount in current funds of Eighty-Seven Thousand, Three Hundred Eighty-Two
42 and 23/100 dollars ($87,382.23).
43 Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
44 5.1 CONTENTS:
45 A. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between Developer and
46 Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following:
47 1. This Agreement.
48 2. Attachments to this Agreement:
49 a. Bid Form (As provided by Developer)
50 1) Proposal Form (DAP Version)
51 2) Prequalifcation Statement
52 3) State and Federal documents (pr�oject specific)
53 b. Insurance ACORD Form(s)
54 c. Payment Bond (DAP Version)
55 d. Performance Bond (DAP Version)
56 e. Maintenance Bond (DAP Version)
57 f. Power of Attorney for the Bonds
58 g. Worker's Compensation Affidavit
59 h. MBE and/or SBE Commitment Form (If required)
60 3. Standard City General Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer
61 Awarded Projects.
62 4. Supplementary Conditions.
63 5. Speciiications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment
64 or, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of
65 Contents of the ProjecYs Contract Documents.
66 6. Drawings.
67 7. Addenda.
68 8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award.
69 9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the
70 Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents:
71 a. Notice to Proceed.
72 b. Field Orders.
73 c. Change Orders.
74 d. Letter of Final Acceptance.
75
76
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102660
Revised June 16, 2016
005243-3
Developer Awarded Project Agreement
Page 3 of 4
77 Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own
expense, the city, its offcers, servants and employees, from and against any and all
claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed
by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees
under this contract. This indemnification nrovision is speciiicallv intended to onerate
and be effective even if it is allesed or proven that all or some of the dama�es being
sought were caused, in whole or in part, bv anv act, omission or ne�ligence of the citv.
This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for
costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and
causes of actions.
6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense,
the city, its of�cers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage
or destruction of property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the worlc
and services to be performed by the contractor, its of�cers, agents, employees,
subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification
provision is speci�callv intended to onerate and be effective even if it is alleeed or
proven that all or some of the dama�es bein� sought were caused, in whole or in part
bv anv act, omission or ne�ligence of the citv.
Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS
99 7.1 Terms.
100 Terms used in this Agreement are defined in Article 1 of the Standard City Conditions of
101 the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects.
102 7.2 Assignment of Contract.
103 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the
104 Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the Developer.
105 7.3 Successors and Assigns.
106 Developer and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal
107 representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and
108 obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
109 7.4 Severability.
110 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or
i l l unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all
112 remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon DEVELOPER and
113 CONTRACTOR.
114 7.5 Governing Law and Venue.
115 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of
116 Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the
117 Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division.
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102660
Revised June 16,2016
005243-4
Developer Awarded Project Agreement
Page 4 of 4
118
119 7.6 Authority to Sign.
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement, if other than duly
authorized signatory of the Contractor.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Developer and Contractor have executed this Agreement in multiple
counterparts.
This Agreement is effective as of the last date signed by the Parties ("Effective Date")
Contractor:
Inde enden tilit Construction, Inc.
B ��
ature)
Richard Wolfe
(Printed Name)
Developer:
F��ESrA2 (�SA� ��� Fsr� L-t���s� lNc.
By: ��—
b �(Signature)
S�aH� �3ia.M
(Printed Name)
Title: President Title: l��JE�a�r�1e�T ��eacaat
COmpanY NatTle:lndependent Utility Construction, in�. Company name: FoacsrA� (�sA) �+. �srArt t-a��. iNc.
Address: 5109 Sun Valiey Drive Address: ZZ Zi �., t.Ar�t�r� ���D
S�. �9D
City/State/Zip:Fort Worth, TX 76119 City/State/Zip: ��.1�16�►�, "fR 7600b
i �' i � ��-�-C) 12'23/Z,o2o
Date Date
128
CITY OF FORT WORTH Trails of Elizabeth Creek Phase 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICAT[ON DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CPN 102660
Revised June 16, 2016
23 December 20
23 December 20
23 December 20
23 December 20
23 December 20
O(lti:! I�)-�
n�ini.vn:�;��ci: i�c��i�
i����� �� �,r3
Boncl No. 098371I
I
�
3
a
i
(
7
8
9
(0
II
12
13
ia
I�
I6
17
(8
19
20
?�
��
? .i
WH�REAS, Princip<il binds itselPto repair or reconstr�ict the Worl: in ����hole or in part
upon receivin� notice ti�om the Developer andlor City of Che neecl tl�iereof �it any time within the
Maintenance Period.
NOW THER�P'OR�, tlie conclition of this obligation is such tliat if Principal shall
remedy any deFective Work, for which timely notice �vas provided by Developer or City, to a
completion satisfactory to the City, then chis obligation �I18II �I�COIIIC I1LlII 811CI VOf�I; Otll(:I'bV1SG TO
remain in full force and ef'P�ct.
PROVIDrD, I-IOWGV�R, il'Principal shall fc�il so to rep�iir or reconstruct any timely
noticed detective �V'ork, it is ac�reed that the [)eveloper or City may cause any and all such
defective Worl: to be repairecl ai�d/or reconsn•ucteei ���ith all associated costs thereof being bori�e
hy the Principal and the Surety iinder this Maintenance F3ond; <u�d
PROV1llED FURTHEI2, that if any le�al action he tilecl on this I3ond, venue shall lie in
Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for th� Northern Distcict of Tex�s. Fort
Worth Division; and
PROVIDEU T+L'RT'HG.R, that this obligation shall be continuous in nat�.ue and
successive recoveries ii�ay be l�ad hercan for �uccessive breaches.
C�I�II' (�)I� POR�I'GV(1R�fll
��I�t\NlliAl2f) C'I�I 1� CONI)I�flONS — D6V1:L(11'I�:R :�V`,�',1R1)I:I) PRO.IGC l ti
Rc� iscil lanu;iry 31.?fl�'
I r,iil� oi I:IiraL•cth ('rc��k Pliasc ?
C�ih� Pro�ccl No. 10?bOD
23 December 20
IMPORTANT NOTICE
To obtain information or make a complaint
You may call Westfield Insurance Company's
and/or Ohio Farmers Insurance Company's
toll-free telephone number for information or to
make a complaint at:
1-800-368-3597
You may also write to Westfield Insurance
Company and/or Ohio Farmers Insurance
Company at:
555 Republic Drive, Suite 450
Plano, Texas 75074-8848
You may contact the Texas Department of
Insurance to obtain information on
companies, coverages, rights or complaints
at:
1-800-252-3439
You may write the Texas Department of
Insurance:
P. O. Box 149104
Austin, TX 78714-9104
Fax: (512) 475-1771
Web: h�://www.tdi.state_tx.us
E-mail: ConsumerProtection.@tdi.state.tx.us
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES:
Should you have a dispute concerning your
premium or about a claim you should
contact the agent or Westfield Insurance
Company and/or Ohio Farmers Insurance
Comapny first. If the dispute is not resolved,
you may contact the Texas Department of
Insurance.
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR
POLICY: This notice is for information only
and does not become a part or condition of
the attached document.
AVISO IMPORTANTE
Para obtener informacion o para someter una
queja:
Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de
Westfield Insurance Company's ! Ohio Farmers
Insurance Company's para informacion o para
someter una queja al:
1-800-368-3597
Usted tambien puede escribir a Westfield Insurance
Company / Ohio Farmers Insurance Company:
555 Republic Drive, Suite 450
Plano, Texas 75074-8848
Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de
Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca
de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al:
1-800-252-3439
Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de
Texas:
P. O. Box 149104
Austin, TX 78714-9104
Fax: (512) 475-1771
Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us
E-mail: ConsumerProtection(c�tdi.state.tx.us
DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS O RECLAMOS:
Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un
reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente o
Westfield Insurance Company / Ohio Farmers
Insurance Company primero. Si no se resuelve la
disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el
departamento (TDI).
UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es
solo para proposito de informacion y no se
convierte en parte o condicion del documento
adjunto.
THIS POW[R OF ATIURNEY SUPERCED[S qNY Pft[VIOUS POWER E3[E1t�lrv� IHIS JNML
POWER # AND ISSUED PRIOR TO Odl20/11, FOR ANY Pf_RSON OR P[RS�NS NAMED f3[i._UW.
General
Power
of Attorney
CERTfFIED COPY
POWEh NO. 4220052 OG
Westfield Insurance Co.
Westfieid National Insurance Co.
Ohio Farmers Insurance Co.
West(ield Center, Ohio
Know l�ll Men by These Presents, Ihat WEST�IELD INSUftANCL COMPANY, WFSTFIFLD NATIONAL INSUfZANCE COMPANY and OHIO
FARML=RS INSURANCF COMPANY, corporaGons, hereinafter referred fo in<lividually as a"Cornpany` and collectively as "Companie�.,` du'y
organized and existiny under the law; of the State of Ohio, and having its pri�ncipai office in Westfi�ld Center, Mcdina County, Ohio, do by thesc:
presents make, constitute and appoin[
CHARL[S D. SW[ENEY, MICHAEI A. SW[[NEY, KYLE W. SWEENEY, ELIZABETH GRAY, JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY
of FORT WORTH and Slate of TX its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and ai.ithorify hereby conferred in its name,
placc and stead, to execute, acknovdledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other instruments or co�lracts of
sureryship- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
LIMITATION: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAG[ D[FICIENCY, MORTGAGE
GUARANTEE, OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS.
and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to Ihe same extenl as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed wilh the. corporate
seal of the applicable Company and d�,ily at,ested by its Secretary, hereby ratitying and conFirming afl that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in
the.premises. Said appointment is made undcr ancl by authority of the foilowing resolution adopted by the E3oard o( Directors of each of the
WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPAN'�', WESTFI6LD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY:
"Ae It Resolved, that the President, any Senior [xeculive, any Secretary or any Fidelity & Surety Operations Executive or other Executive shall
he and is hiereby vested with full power ar�d aufhority to apF�oint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s)-in-Fact to represent and a;:l tor
and on behaif a( the Conipany subject to th� following provisions:
The Attorney-in-Fact. may be yivcn fult pownr and authority for and in the name of and on behalf ot the Company, to execute, acknowledge and
deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, ayreements of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all
notices and documents canceling or lerminating Uie Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such
Attorney-in-Fact shali be as binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary."
"Be it Further l7rsolved, Ihat the signature oi any surh designated person and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to <my
power of attorney or any certifir,ate relatirig thereto by facsimile, and any power of attomey or cerlificate bearing facsirnile siynatures or facsimile
seal shall be valid and binding upon thc Company with respect to any bond or undertakina to which it is attache.d." (Each adopted at a meeting
held on February 4, 2000).
tn Witness Whereof, WESTFIE�D INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTPIELD NATIONA� INSURANCE COMPANY ancl OII10 FARMERS INSURANCE
COMPANY have caused tliese presents to he sianed by their Senior Executive and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 20t1� day of
APRIL A.D., 2011 .
Corporate �.•e,s����f�.,,
Artixed � �v `�� .aY+ � C p`
-to,
4 Nt ►JAJA7.M "�L
�;y •�'•ti � ,.� :�i
State of Ohio ""'"`
County of Medi�a ss.:
.��� j�ONA(,.�ti'.,
. �� ���•' •. S� �':
s o: ' '•.-n =:
' 4'.� �+ : � c
_�. cL' nT 'c�
_ �- � �7 IyL : m =
❑cn; • -
:..� :-a �
k
j.. 1�48 ;
" .... �.
WESTFIELD �NSURANCE COMPANY
WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE CUMPANY
OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY
�� ` .
By.
Richard L. Kinnaird, Jr., Natiorial Surety Leader ai�d
Senior Exccut�ve
On this 20th day of APRIL A.D., 2011 , before me personally came Richard L. Kinnaird, Jr. to me known, who, being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say, that hr resides in Medina, Ohio; that he is Senior EXecUtiVe of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPAIJY, WF_STFIELD
NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies described in and which executed the above
instrument; that he knows the seals of said Companies; that the seals affixed to said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed
by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies; and that he signed his narne thereto by like order.
Notarial `N�A'���WbN�, ,
Seal .�`�� ��1 A C. ''•., r
Affixed O P\\`t;r�//S� :;
\. �,/,,.y =
,z: _.._; �. _ : � .
• —. • William J. Kahelin, A rney at Law, Notary Public
State of Ohio =,, T d. ��. } o My Commission Does Not E�ire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio Revised Code)
County of Medina ss.: _. Q •t� .-
..Tf oF �.'
I, Frank A. Carrino, Secretary of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFI[LD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS
INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said
Companies, which is still in full force and effecl; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are
in full force and effect.
In Witness NJhereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Westfield Ce�ter, Ohio, this day of
,.�a�\�,='a' kcF '�
�� ��.C9.L� t � �
;ro
��•.._� '�'°`....,�t �
`,v�\ �:���t�n( ;�;SGa .
; �u;r '•yL:n
-�: SEA.L, :�;
?v�=. '�7:
-�. .=p.
M
�: 184$ ;
" •-�-• � •
�i� A i
f�
I t seeretary
Frank A. Garrina, Secrefary
BPOACZ (combined) (06-02)
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS
OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
FOR DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
FOR DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology .......................................................................................................... 1
1.01 Defined Terms ............................................................................................................................... 1
1.02 Terminology .................................................................................................................................. 5
Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ......................................................................................................................... 6
2.01 Before Starting Construction ........................................................................................................ 6
2.02 Preconstruction Conference .......................................................................................................... 6
2.03 Public Meeting .............................................................................................................................. 6
Article 3 – Contract Documents and Amending ............................................................................................... 6
3.01 Reference Standards ..................................................................................................................... 6
3.02 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents .................................................................. 6
Article 4 – Bonds and Insurance ....................................................................................................................... 7
4.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ..................................................................................................... 7
4.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds ........................................................................ 7
4.03 Certificates of Insurance ............................................................................................................... 7
4.04 Contractor’s Insurance .................................................................................................................. 9
4.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ........................................................... 12
Article 5 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................................ 12
5.01 Supervision and Superintendent ................................................................................................. 12
5.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................ 13
5.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ........................................................................................... 13
5.04 Project Schedule .......................................................................................................................... 14
5.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” ....................................................................................................... 14
5.06 Pre-Qualification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors) ..................................... 16
5.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ................................................................... 16
5.08 Wage Rates.................................................................................................................................. 18
5.09 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 19
5.10 Laws and Regulations ................................................................................................................. 19
5.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ....................................................................................................... 19
5.12 Record Documents ...................................................................................................................... 20
5.13 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................. 21
5.14 Safety Representative ................................................................................................................. 21
5.15 Hazard Communication Programs ............................................................................................. 22
5.16 Submittals .................................................................................................................................... 22
5.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee .......................................................................... 23
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
5.18 Indemnification ........................................................................................................................... 24
5.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services .............................................................................. 24
5.20 Right to Audit: ............................................................................................................................ 25
5.21 Nondiscrimination....................................................................................................................... 25
Article 6 – Other Work at the Site ................................................................................................................... 26
6.01 Related Work at Site ................................................................................................................... 26
Article 7 – City’s Responsibilities................................................................................................................... 26
7.01 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals .............................................................................................. 26
7.02 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 26
7.03 Compliance with Safety Program ............................................................................................... 27
Article 8 – City’s Observation Status During Construction ........................................................................... 27
8.01 City’s Project Representative ..................................................................................................... 27
8.02 Authorized Variations in Work .................................................................................................. 27
8.03 Rejecting Defective Work .......................................................................................................... 27
8.04 Determinations for Work Performed .......................................................................................... 28
Article 9 – Changes in the Work ..................................................................................................................... 28
9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................................... 28
9.02 Notification to Surety .................................................................................................................. 28
Article 10 – Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time ................................................................ 28
10.01 Change of Contract Price ............................................................................................................ 28
10.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................................................ 28
10.03 Delays .......................................................................................................................................... 28
Article 11 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ...................... 29
11.01 Notice of Defects ........................................................................................................................ 29
11.02 Access to Work ........................................................................................................................... 29
11.03 Tests and Inspections .................................................................................................................. 29
11.04 Uncovering Work ....................................................................................................................... 30
11.05 City May Stop the Work ............................................................................................................. 30
11.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ................................................................................ 30
11.07 Correction Period ........................................................................................................................ 30
11.08 City May Correct Defective Work ............................................................................................. 31
Article 12 – Completion .................................................................................................................................. 32
12.01 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................... 32
12.02 Partial Utilization ........................................................................................................................ 32
12.03 Final Inspection ........................................................................................................................... 32
12.04 Final Acceptance ......................................................................................................................... 33
Article 13 – Suspension of Work .................................................................................................................... 33
13.01 City May Suspend Work ............................................................................................................ 33
Article 14 – Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................. 34
14.01 Giving Notice .............................................................................................................................. 34
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
14.02 Computation of Times ................................................................................................................ 34
14.03 Cumulative Remedies ................................................................................................................. 34
14.04 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................... 35
14.05 Headings ...................................................................................................................................... 35
00 73 10- 1
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 1 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed
below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof,
and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are
generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with
the definition of a listed-defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether
capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial
capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs,
and the titles of other documents or forms.
1. Agreement - The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Developer
and Contractor covering the Work
2. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is
releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United
States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
3. Business Day – A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business,
generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City.
4. Buzzsaw – City’s on-line, electronic document management and collaboration system.
5. Calendar Day – A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
6. City— The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, acting by,
its governing body through its City Manager, his designee, or agents authorized pursuant to
its duly authorized charter on his behalf.
7. Community Facilities Agreement (CFA) -–A Contract between the Developer and the City
for the Construction of one or more following public facilities within the City public right-of-
way or easement: Water, Sanitary Sewer, Street, Storm Drain, Street Light, and Street Signs.
A CFA may include private facilities within the right-of-way dedicated as private right-of-
way or easement on a recorded plat.
8. Contract—The entire and integrated written document incorporating the Contract
Documents between the Developer, Contractor, and/or City concerning the Work. The
Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or
oral.
9. Contract Documents—Those items that make up the contract and which must include the
Agreement, and it’s attachments such as standard construction specifications, standard City
Conditions, other general conditions of the Developer, including:
a. An Agreement
00 73 10- 2
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 2 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
b. Attachments to the Agreement
i. Bid Form
ii. Vendor Compliance with State Law Non-Resident Bidder
iii. Prequalification Statement
c. Current Prevailing Wage Rates Table (if required by City)
d. Insurance Accord Form
e. Payment Bond
f. Performance Bond
g. Maintenance Bond
h. Power of Attorney for Bonds
i. Workers Compensation Affidavit
j. MWBE Commitment Form( If required by City)
k. General Conditions
l. Supplementary Conditions
m. The Standard City Conditions
n. Specifications specifically made part of the Contract Documents by attachment, if
not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of
the Project’s Contract Documents
o. Drawings
p. Documentation submitted by contractor prior to Notice of Award.
q. The following which may be delivered or issued after the effective date if the
Agreement and, if issued become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents
i. Notice to Proceed
ii. Field Orders
iii. Change Orders
iv. Letters of Final Acceptance
r. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of
subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents.
10. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom Developer has entered into the Agreement.
11. Day or day – A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day.
12. Developer – An individual or entity that desires to make certain improvements within the
City of Fort Worth
13. Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which
graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by
Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined.
14. Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of
Texas performing professional services for the Developer.
15. Final Acceptance – The written notice given by the City to the Developer and/or Contractor
that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of
the City.
00 73 10- 3
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 3 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
16. Final Inspection – Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has
completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in
conformance with the Contract Documents.
17. General Requirements—A part of the Contract Documents between the Developer and a
Contractor.
18. Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes,
and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having
jurisdiction.
19. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or
personal property.
20. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an
intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work.
21. Non-Participating Change Order—A document, which is prepared for and reviewed by the
City, which is signed by Contractor, and Developer, and authorizes an addition, deletion, or
revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on
or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
22. Participating Change Order—A document, which is prepared for and approved by the City,
which is signed by Contractor, Developer, and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or
revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on
or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
23. Plans – See definition of Drawings.
24. Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with
the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising
the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time.
25. Project—The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents.
26. Project Representative—The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to
the Site.
27. Public Meeting – An announced meeting conducted by the Developer to facilitate public
participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project.
28. Regular Working Hours – Hours beginning at 7:00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday
thru Friday (excluding legal holidays).
29. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are
representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such
portion of the Work will be judged.
00 73 10- 4
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 4 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
30. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required
submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related
construction activities.
31. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City or
Developer upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way, permits, and
easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City or Developer which are
designated for the use of Contractor.
32. Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for
materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and
certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto.
Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or,
if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents
(Division 00 00 00) of each Project.
33. Standard City Conditions – That part of the Contract Documents setting forth requirements
of the City.
34. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any
other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site.
35. Submittals—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by
Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work.
36. Superintendent – The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able
to receive instructions from the City and/or Developer and to act for the Contractor.
37. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or
supplements the General Conditions.
38. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having
a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or
equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor.
39. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires,
manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any
encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey
electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications,
cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or
other control systems.
40. Weekend Working Hours – Hours beginning at 9:00 a.m. and ending at 5:00 p.m., Saturday,
Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City.
00 73 10- 5
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 5 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
41. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required
to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing
or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction
including any Participating Change Order, Non-Participating Change Order, or Field
Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such
construction, all as required by the Contract Documents.
42. Working Day – A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or
legal holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other
conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the
principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7
a.m. and 6 p.m.
1.02 Terminology
A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.B through D are not defined but, when used in
the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning.
B. Defective:
1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is
unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it:
a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or
b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or
approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or
c. has been damaged prior to City’s written acceptance.
C. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide:
1. The word “Furnish” or the word “Install” or the word “Perform” or the word “Provide” or
the word “Supply,” or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean
furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment,
and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the
context used.
D. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known
technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in
accordance with such recognized meaning.
00 73 10- 6
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 6 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.01 Before Starting Construction
Baseline Schedules: Submit to City in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting
the Work. New schedules will be submitted to City when Participating Change Orders or Non-
Participating Change Orders occur.
2.02 Preconstruction Conference
Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as
specified in the Contract Documents.
2.03 Public Meeting
Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to Contractor
attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City.
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AMENDING
3.01 Reference Standards
A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations
1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society,
organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or
by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations
in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there
were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
2. No provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or
authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to
undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
3.02 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents
A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in
the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Participating Change Order or a
Non-Participating Change Order.
B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and
deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be
authorized, by one or more of the following ways:
1. A Field Order;
00 73 10- 7
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 7 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
1. City’s or Engineer’s review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5.16.C); or
2. City’s written interpretation or clarification.
ARTICLE 4 – BONDS AND INSURANCE
4.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers
All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by
Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized
in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverage so required.
Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications
as may be provided Section 4.04.
4.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds
A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds in the name of Developer and City, in
accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount
equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of
Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents.
B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in the name of Developer and City in an amount
equal to the Contract Price as security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the
Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two
(2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City.
C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided
otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list
of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and
as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial
Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed
by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney
which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond.
D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or
its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of
Paragraph 4.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event
giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply
with the requirements of Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.02.C.
4.03 Certificates of Insurance
Contractor shall deliver to Developer and City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee
identified in these Standard City Conditions certificates of insurance (and other evidence of
insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to
purchase and maintain.
00 73 10- 8
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 8 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, an as “Additional Insured” on all
liability policies.
2. The Contractor’s general liability insurance shall include a, “per project” or “per location”,
endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City.
3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the
insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in
the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide
4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of
Texas. Except for workers’ compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-:
VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial
strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that
required, written approval of City is required.
5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor
of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the
Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in these Standard City
Conditions. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full
compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency
from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation
to maintain such lines of insurance coverage.
6. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess
Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the
primary coverage.
7. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the “occurrence basis”. If
coverage is underwritten on a claims-made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with
or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall
state that the coverage is claims-made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall
be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final
Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is
longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such
insurance coverage.
8. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the
required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements
are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the
exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance
coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract
price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%.
9. Any self-insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance
coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In
00 73 10- 9
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 9 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk
retention groups, must also be approved by City.
10. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a
first-dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City.
11. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to
make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage’s and their limits when deemed
necessary and prudent by the City based upon changes in statutory law, court decision or the
claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall
be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustments shall be
incorporated into the Work by Change Order.
12. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies
and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or
modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to
conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions,
revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by
law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies.
13. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for
Contractor’s insurance.
4.04 Contractor’s Insurance
A. Workers Compensation and Employers’ Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such
insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers’
Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for
Employers’ Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide
protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s
performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents,
whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly
or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable:
1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit
acts;
2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of
Contractor’s employees.
3. The limits of liability for the insurance shall provide the following coverages for not less
than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations
a. Statutory limits
b. Employer's liability
00 73 10- 10
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 10 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
1) $100,000 each accident/occurrence
2) $100,000 Disease - each employee
3) $500,000 Disease - policy limit
B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability
(bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors,
products/completed operations, personal injury, and liability under an insured contract. Insurance
shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance
Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to
any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General
Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify
premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising
injury, which are normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions
in writing.
1. For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City
may require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no
less than three (3) years following the completion of the project
2. Contractor's Liability Insurance under this Section which shall be on a per project basis
covering the Contractor with minimum limits of:
a. $1,000,000 each occurrence
b. $2,000,000 aggregate limit
3. The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment – Aggregate Limits of Insurance)
making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site.
4. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide “X”, “C”, and “U”
coverage’s. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the
Certificate of Insurance.
C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on “any auto”,
defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages
because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work,
maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable.
1. Automobile Liability, Contractor’s Liability Insurance under this Section, which shall be in
an amount not less than the following amounts:
a. Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any
Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned.
00 73 10- 11
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 11 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
1) $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are
acceptable if limits are at least:
2) $250,000 Bodily Injury per person
3) $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident /
4) $100,000 Property Damage
D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of
railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the following requirements:
1. The Contractor’s construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors,
equipment, and material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks owned and
operated by: ____________________________________________________________
Write the name of the railroad company. (If none, then write none)
2. The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to
interfere with, hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use
or operation of its/their trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may
require that Contractor to execute a “Right of Entry Agreement” with the particular railroad
company or companies involved, and to this end the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the
requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute the right-of-entry (if any)
required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate to the
Contractor’s use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company’s
properties.
3. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions
shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies
satisfactory to the City and to the Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as
the Contractor’s operations and work cross, occupy, or touch railroad property:
a. General Aggregate: _____________________________________
Enter limits provided by Railroad Company (If none, write none)
b. Each Occurrence: : _____________________________________
Enter limits provided by Railroad Company (If none, write none)
4. With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern:
a. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance
policy in the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation
or at-grade crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or
lines of the same railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the
amount stated above.
b. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where
several railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of-
N/A
N/A
N/A
00 73 10- 12
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 12 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
way, the Contractor may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name
of each railroad company.
c. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at-grade crossing, other work or activity is
proposed on a railroad company’s right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the
grade separation or at-grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included
in the policy covering the grade separation.
d. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company’s
right-of-way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even
though the work may be at two or more separate locations.
5. No work or activities on a railroad company’s property to be performed by the Contractor
shall be commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or
policies of the insurance for each railroad company named, as required above. All such
insurance must be approved by the City and each affected Railroad Company prior to the
Contractor’s beginning work.
6. The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad
right-of-way has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the
Contractor. In addition, insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work
performed in the railroad right-of-way. Such insurance must name the railroad company as
the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the railroad company operating over tracks
involved in the Project.
E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation
or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has
been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section.
4.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace
If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance
required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis
of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the Developer and City shall so notify the
Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence
requested). Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance
provided as the Developer or City may reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or
maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Developer or City
shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure
to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage.
ARTICLE 5 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
5.01 Supervision and Superintendent
A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
00 73 10- 13
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 13 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction.
B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent, English-
speaking, Superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. The
Superintendent will be Contractor’s representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on
behalf of Contractor. All communication given to or received from the Superintendent shall be
binding on Contractor.
C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of
construction.
5.02 Labor; Working Hours
A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as
required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and
order at the Site.
B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at
the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work
at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the
performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without
City’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or
electronic communication) to perform Work:
1. for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business
Days prior
2. for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noon of the preceding Thursday
3. for legal holidays request must be made by noon two Business Days prior to the legal
holiday.
5.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment
A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full
responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction
equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary
facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the
performance, Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work.
B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified,
shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All
special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit
of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of
required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment.
00 73 10- 14
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 14 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed,
connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of
the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents.
5.04 Project Schedule
A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.01
and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.
1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.01 and
the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule.
2. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be
submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 9. Adjustments in Contract Time
for projects with City participation shall be made by participating change orders.
5.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals”
A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless
the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent,
or “or-equal” item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other
Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below.
1. “Or-Equal” Items: If in City’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by
Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in
related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an “or-equal” item, in which
case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City’s sole discretion, be
accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of
proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 5.05.A.1, a proposed item of
material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if:
a. City determines that:
1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance,
strength, and design characteristics;
2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results
imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and
3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and
b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work:
1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and
00 73 10- 15
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 15 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the
Contract Documents.
2. Substitute Items:
a. If in City’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does
not qualify as an “or-equal” item under Paragraph 5.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a
proposed substitute item.
b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to
determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that
named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute
items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than
Contractor.
c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item
of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall
comply with Section 01 25 00 and:
1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will:
i. perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general
design;
ii. be similar in substance to that specified;
iii. be suited to the same use as that specified; and
2) will state:
i. the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice
Contractor’s achievement of final completion on time;
ii. whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in
any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract
with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed
substitute item;
iii. whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with
the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and
3) will identify:
i. all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified;
ii. available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and
00 73 10- 16
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 16 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or
indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage
Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change.
B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique,
sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents,
Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure
of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in
City’s sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly
called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for
review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 5.05.A.2.
C. City’s Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each
proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 5.05.A and 5.05.B. City may require
Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of
acceptability. No “or-equal” or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City’s review
is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an
accepted Submittal for an “or-equal.” City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination.
D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special
performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and
against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out
of the use of substituted materials or equipment.
E. City’s Cost Reimbursement: City will record City’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or
submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 5.05.A.2 and 5.05.B. Whether or not City
approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to
reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to
reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents.
F. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or
“or-equal” at Contractor’s expense.
G. Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a substitute
shall be incorporated to the Contract by Participating Change Order.
5.06 Pre-Qualification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors)
A. The Contractor and any subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work types
requiring pre-qualification
5.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others
A. Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance:
00 73 10- 17
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 17 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
Required for this Contract.
(Check this box if there is any City Participation)
Not Required for this Contract.
It is City policy to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business
Enterprises (MWBE) in the procurement of goods and services on a contractual basis. If the
Contract Documents provide for a MWBE goal, Contractor is required to comply with the intent
of the City’s MWBE Ordinance (as amended) by the following:
1. Contractor shall, upon request by City, provide complete and accurate information regarding
actual work performed by a MWBE on the Contract and payment therefor.
2. Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted MWBE without
written consent of the City. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of
Contract and may result in debarment in accordance with the procedures outlined in the
Ordinance.
3. Contractor shall, upon request by City, allow an audit and/or examination of any books,
records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work
performed by an MWBE. Material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for
termination of the Contract. Any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification
of Contractor to bid on future contracts with the City for a period of not less than three years.
B. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as
Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract
Documents:
1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity
any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other
individual or entity; nor
2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys
due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise
be required by Laws and Regulations.
C. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor.
D. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing
any of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor.
E. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of these Contract
00 73 10- 18
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 18 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
Documents, Contractor shall provide City contract numbers and reference numbers to the
Subcontractors and/or Suppliers.
5.08 Wage Rates
Required for this Contract.
Not Required for this Contract.
A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of
Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the
rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in
accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract
Documents.
B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage
shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each
calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates
stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its
administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023.
C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information,
including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas
Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial
determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether
good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the
Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the
City’s determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has
violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or
claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates,
such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination
of the violation.
D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of
Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected
worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General
Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any
affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the
City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to
arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that
arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the
persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is
final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.
E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3)
years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and
00 73 10- 19
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 19 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided
for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be
open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right
to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection.
F. Progress Payments. With each progress payment or payroll period, whichever is less, the
Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the
requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code.
G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at
all times.
H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall
otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above.
5.09 Patent Fees and Royalties
A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited
to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court
or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of
patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from
the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified
in the Contract Documents.
5.10 Laws and Regulations
A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations
applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s
compliance with any Laws or Regulations.
B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws
or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work.
However, it shall not be Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and
Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of
Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.01.
5.11 Use of Site and Other Areas
A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas:
1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and
the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and
shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or
00 73 10- 20
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 20 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to
any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas
resulting from the performance of the Work.
2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is
carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is
necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the
section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional
area of the Site.
3. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the
performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim.
4. Pursuant to Paragraph 5.18, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and
against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or
action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City.
B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work
Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials,
rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other
debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the
clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City or Developer, if the
Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as
the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the
written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and shall be entitled to recover its cost in
doing so. The City may withhold Final Acceptance until clean-up is complete and cost are
recovered.
D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and
the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion
of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment
and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property
disturbed by the Work.
E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded
in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work
or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.
5.12 Record Documents
A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor
and approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change
Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated
to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved
00 73 10- 21
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 21 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference.
Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals,
and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include
accurate locations for buried and imbedded items.
5.13 Safety and Protection
A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve
Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of
their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall
take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work;
2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on
or off the Site; and
3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for
removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction.
B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of
persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and
shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall
notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when
prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal, relocation, and replacement of their property.
C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City’s safety programs, if any.
D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program, if any,
with which City’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site.
E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 5.13.A.2 or 5.13.A.3 caused,
directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any
other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the
Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor.
F. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue
until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work.
5.14 Safety Representative
Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor’s designated safety representative at the Site.
00 73 10- 22
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 22 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
5.15 Hazard Communication Programs
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other
hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or
among employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations.
5.16 Submittals
A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance. Each submittal
will be identified as required by City.
1. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements.
2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions,
specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show City the
services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable City to
review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 5.16.C.
3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for
conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract
Documents unless otherwise required by City.
4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail,
their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and
Specifications.
5. For-Information-Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or
take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.
6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications.
7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers,
the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the
submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 5.16.C.
B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any
related Work performed prior to City’s review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be
at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor.
C. City’s Review:
1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of
Submittals acceptable to City. City’s review and acceptance will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform
to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents.
00 73 10- 23
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 23 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
2. City’s review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or
procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence,
or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract
Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and
acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the
item functions.
3. City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any
variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied
with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each
such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the
Submittal. City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for
complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
5.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee
A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract
Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners,
employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of
Contractor’s warranty and guarantee.
B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor,
Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is
responsible; or
2. normal wear and tear under normal usage.
C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is
not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to
perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents:
1. observations by City;
2. recommendation or payment by City or Developer of any progress or final payment;
3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by
City;
4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City;
5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City;
6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or
00 73 10- 24
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 24 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
7. any correction of defective Work by City.
D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to
other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years
from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall
furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article
4.02.B. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
5.18 Indemnification
A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the
City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or
alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers,
agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. THIS
INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE
AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME
OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY
ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is
intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by
the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions.
B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the City, its
officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of
property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be
performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees
under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY
INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR
PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE
CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF
THE CITY.
5.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services
A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are
specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such
services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures.
B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,
materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City
will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall
cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose
signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and
Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified
by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when
submitted to City.
00 73 10- 25
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 25 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services,
certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified
to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.
D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 5.19, City’s review and acceptance of design calculations and design
drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance
and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City’s
review and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be
only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 5.16.C.
5.20 Right to Audit:
A. The City reserves the right to audit all projects utilizing City funds
B. The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final
payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly
pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating
to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during Regular Working Hours
to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space
in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall
give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits.
C. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that
the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final
payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly
pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to
the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all
Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to
conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give
Subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits.
D. Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the
City. The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate
published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed.
5.21 Nondiscrimination
A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit-
related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without
discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national
origin.
B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of
the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project
receiving Federal assistance.
00 73 10- 26
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 26 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
ARTICLE 6 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
6.01 Related Work at Site
A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City’s employees, or other
City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by
utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice
thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and
B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility
owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City’s employees or other City
contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and
properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of
the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come
together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of
others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that
Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose
work will be affected.
C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work
performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly
report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it
unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s
failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for
integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others.
ARTICLE 7 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES
7.01 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
City’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph
11.03.
7.02 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities
A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for
Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 5.13.
00 73 10- 27
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 27 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
7.03 Compliance with Safety Program
While at the Site, City’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable
requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to
Paragraph 5.13.
ARTICLE 8 – CITY’S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
8.01 City’s Project Representative
City will provide one or more Project Representative(s) during the construction period. The duties
and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City’s representative during construction are
set forth in the Contract Documents.
A. City’s Project Representative will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various
stages of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been
made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on
information obtained during such visits and observations, City’s Project Representative will
determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents.
City’s Project Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections
on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City’s Project Representative’s efforts
will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work
will conform generally to the Contract Documents.
B. City’s Project Representative’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on
authority and responsibility in the Contract Documents.
8.02 Authorized Variations in Work
City’s Project Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of
the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be
binding on City Developer, and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly.
8.03 Rejecting Defective Work
City will have authority to reject Work which City’s Project Representative believes to be defective,
or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will
prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or
testing of the Work as provided in Article 11, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or
completed.
00 73 10- 28
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 28 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
8.04 Determinations for Work Performed
Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City’s Project
Representative will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before
rendering a written recommendation. City’s written decision will be final (except as modified to
reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data).
ARTICLE 9 – CHANGES IN THE WORK
9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work
A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or
from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall
promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable
conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work
shall be memorialized by a Participating Change Order which may or may not precede an order
of Extra work.
B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price on a
project with City participation, a Field Order may be issued by the City.
9.02 Notification to Surety
If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the
general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited
to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s
responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the
effect of any such change.
ARTICLE 10 – CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME
10.01 Change of Contract Price
A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Participating Change Order for projects with City
participation.
10.02 Change of Contract Time
A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Participating Change Order for projects with City
participation.
10.03 Delays
A. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or
damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and
other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by
Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project.
00 73 10- 29
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 29 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
ARTICLE 11 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
11.01 Notice of Defects
Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor.
Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13.
11.02 Access to Work
City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will
have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and
testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of
Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable.
11.03 Tests and Inspections
A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,
tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required
inspections or tests.
B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any
of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or
approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of
inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the
Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR)
inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection
with any inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals required for City’s acceptance of materials or
equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment
submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work.
Such inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations approved by
City.
D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory (“Testing Lab”) to
perform any inspections or tests (“Testing”) for any part of the Work, as determined solely by
City.
1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor;
2. Should any Testing under this Section 11.03 D result in a “fail”, “did not pass” or other
similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests.
Contractor’s cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative
result and require a retest.
00 73 10- 30
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 30 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 11.03 D shall be paid directly to the
Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to
Developer/Contractor.
4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue a letter of Final Acceptance
until the Testing Lab is Paid
E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover
such Work for observation.
11.04 Uncovering Work
A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it
must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City’s observation and replaced at Contractor’s
expense.
11.05 City May Stop the Work
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials
or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to
the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until
the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not
give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent
of any of them.
11.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work
A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to
an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has
been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction
or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such
Work.
B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 11.06 or Paragraph 11.07,
Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City’s special warranty and
guarantee, if any, on said Work.
11.07 Correction Period
A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract
00 73 10- 31
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 31 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or
areas made available for Contractor’s use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as
contemplated in Paragraph 5.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without
cost to City and in accordance with City’s written instructions:
1. repair such defective land or areas; or
2. correct such defective Work; or
3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it
with Work that is not defective, and
4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work
of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom.
B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City’s written instructions, or in an
emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective
Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims,
costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs)
arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including
but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor.
C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or
removed and replaced under this Paragraph 11.07, the correction period hereunder with respect
to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end
of the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor and
Developer should such additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor’s obligations under
this Paragraph 11.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this
Paragraph 11.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any
applicable statute of limitation or repose.
11.08 City May Correct Defective Work
A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective
Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph
11.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,
or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may,
after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor and the Developer, correct, or remedy any such
deficiency.
B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 11.09, City shall proceed
expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude
Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend
Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment
incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are
00 73 10- 32
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 32 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City’s representatives, agents, consultants,
employees, and City’s other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights
and remedies under this Paragraph.
C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution
costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph
13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the
necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be
entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price.
D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City’s rights and remedies under this
Paragraph 11.09.
ARTICLE 12 – COMPLETION
12.01 Contractor’s Warranty of Title
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment will pass to City no later than the time of Final Acceptance and shall be
free and clear of all Liens.
12.02 Partial Utilization
A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed
part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which
City, determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be
used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s
performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to
permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its
intended use, subject to the following conditions:
1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of
the Work ready for its intended use.
2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and
Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of
completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City
will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor.
3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City.
12.03 Final Inspection
A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the
Contract Documents:
00 73 10- 33
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 33 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
1. within 10 days, City will schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor.
2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that
the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are
necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
12.04 Final Acceptance
A. Upon completion by Contractor to City’s satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the
Final Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance upon the satisfaction
of the following:
1. All documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the
evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03;
2. consent of the surety, if any, to Final Acceptance;
3. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are
unsettled; and
4. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to
City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work.
5. after all Damage Claims have been resolved:
a. directly by the Contractor or;
b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor’s
insurance provider for resolution.
6. Issuing Final Acceptance by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or
other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter.
ARTICLE 13 – SUSPENSION OF WORK
13.01 City May Suspend Work
A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written
notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor
shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered
by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will stop contract time on City
participation projects.
B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the
control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by
mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not
00 73 10- 34
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 34 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract
Time, directly attributable to any such suspension.
C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall
store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily
nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or
deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect
temporary structures where necessary.
ARTICLE 14 – MISCELLANEOUS
14.01 Giving Notice
A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will
be deemed to have been validly given if:
1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the
corporation for whom it is intended; or
2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business
address known to the giver of the notice.
B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party.
C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic
notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party.
14.02 Computation of Times
When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last
day of the period.
14.03 Cumulative Remedies
The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies
available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as
a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed
or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the
Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically
in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to
which they apply.
00 73 10- 35
Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects
Page 35 of 35
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS
Revised: January 10, 2013
14.04 Survival of Obligations
All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in
accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the
Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or
termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor.
14.05 Headings
Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these
General Conditions.
01 11 00 - 1
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 01 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 - General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Work Covered by Contract Documents
1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing
all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and
Specifications.
B. Subsidiary Work
1. Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the
project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents in
which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal and the item is
not a typical unit bid item included on the standard bid item list, then the item shall
be considered as a subsidiary item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in
the price bid in the Proposal for various bid items.
C. Use of Premises
1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City.
2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and
equipment stored on the Site.
3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places
or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the
Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City.
a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction
purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid
delay in the construction operations.
01 11 00 - 2
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere
with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed
and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property.
c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such
manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad.
1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in
Division 0 as well as the railroad permit.
D. Work within Easements
1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously
obtained permission from the owner of such property.
2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the
specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the
Contractor and a copy furnished to the City.
3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights-of-way or easements of
obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the
Work as a part of the project construction operations.
4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants,
lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements,
to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or
appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all
other public or private property adjacent to the Work.
5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private
lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work.
a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the
Work.
b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any
corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants,
whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work.
c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting
from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or
execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or
equipment.
6. Fence
a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project
to the original or a better than original condition.
b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is
not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to
provide site security.
c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary
closures and replacement, shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the
project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal.
01 11 00 - 3
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
01 31 19 - 1
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 17, 2012
SECTION 01 31 19
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to
clarify construction contract administration procedures
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination
1. Attend preconstruction meeting.
2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings
shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded.
a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for
future reference.
B. Preconstruction Meeting
1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the
Agreement and before Work is started.
a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City.
2. The Project Representative will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the
meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully
completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting.
3. Attendance shall include:
a. Project Representative
b. Contractor's project manager
c. Contractor's superintendent
d. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire
to invite or the City may request
01 31 19 - 2
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised August 17, 2012
e. Other City representatives
f. Others as appropriate
4. Construction Schedule
a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16 and
provide at Preconstruction Meeting.
b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of
Preconstruction Meeting.
5. Preliminary Agenda may include:
a. Introduction of Project Personnel
b. General Description of Project
c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits
d. Contractor’s work plan and schedule
e. Contract Time
f. Notice to Proceed
g. Construction Staking
h. Progress Payments
i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures
j. Field Orders
k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material
l. Insurance Renewals
m. Payroll Certification
n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing
o. Public Safety and Convenience
p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions
q. Weekend Work Notification
r. Legal Holidays
s. Trench Safety Plans
t. Confined Space Entry Standards
u. Coordination with the City’s representative for operations of existing water
systems
v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
w. Coordination with other Contractors
x. Early Warning System
y. Contractor Evaluation
z. Special Conditions applicable to the project
aa. Damages Claims
bb. Submittal Procedures
cc. Substitution Procedures
dd. Correspondence Routing
ee. Record Drawings
ff. Temporary construction facilities
gg. M/WBE or MBE/SBE procedures
hh. Final Acceptance
ii. Final Payment
jj. Questions or Comments
01 31 19 - 3
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 17, 2012
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
01 33 00 - 1
SUBMITTALS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following
Work-related submittals:
a. Shop Drawings
b. Product Data (including Standard Product List submittals)
c. Samples
d. Mock Ups
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination
1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the
submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Coordination of Submittal Times
a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of
performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time
specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications.
b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by
processing times including, but not limited to:
a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required)
b) Coordination with other submittals
c) Testing
d) Purchasing
e) Fabrication
f) Delivery
g) Similar sequenced activities
c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to
transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work.
01 33 00 - 2
SUBMITTALS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such
sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other
contractor.
B. Submittal Numbering
1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9-character submittal cross-
reference identification numbering system in the following manner:
a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number.
b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each
initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number.
c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e.
A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical
submittal number would be as follows:
03 30 00-08-B
1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete
2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section
3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop
drawing
C. Contractor Certification
1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by
subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following:
a. Field measurements
b. Field construction criteria
c. Catalog numbers and similar data
d. Conformance with the Contract Documents
2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor
with a Certification Statement affixed including:
a. The Contractor's Company name
b. Signature of submittal reviewer
c. Certification Statement
1) “By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified
field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions,
catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each
item with other applicable approved shop drawings."
D. Submittal Format
1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 ½ inches x 11 inches to 8 ½ inches x 11inches.
2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together.
3. Order
a. Cover Sheet
1) Description of Packet
2) Contractor Certification
b. List of items / Table of Contents
c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations
E. Submittal Content
1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions
01 33 00 - 3
SUBMITTALS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
2. The Project title and number
3. Contractor identification
4. The names of:
a. Contractor
b. Supplier
c. Manufacturer
5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and
paragraph(s)
6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such
7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials
8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers
9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents
10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals
11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps
F. Shop Drawings
1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working)
drawings
b. Scheduled information
c. Setting diagrams
d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions
e. Custom templates
f. Special wiring diagrams
g. Coordination drawings
h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including:
1) Performance curves and certifications
i. As applicable to the Work
2. Details
a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure
b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements
1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting
for approval.
G. Product Data
1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City’s Standard Product
List, clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project.
2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Standard
Product List, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily limited to:
a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as
catalog data)
1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation
instructions
2) Availability of colors and patterns
3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability
4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates
5) Catalog cuts
6) Product photographs
01 33 00 - 4
SUBMITTALS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
7) Standard wiring diagrams
8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams
9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications
10) Mill reports
11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended
spare-parts listing and printed product warranties
12) As applicable to the Work
H. Samples
1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to:
a. Physical examples of the Work such as:
1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work
2) Small cuts or containers of materials
3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches
and range sets
4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect
5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent
inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work
I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to
be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item.
1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished
which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's
risk.
2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies
required to accomplish conformity.
3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance
with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data.
J. Submittal Distribution
1. Electronic Distribution
a. Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be
uploaded to City’s Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the
City.
b. Shop Drawings
1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate
City representatives via email of submittal posting.
2) Hard Copies
a) 3 copies for all submittals
b) If Contractor requires more than 1 hard copy of Shop Drawings
returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed
above.
c. Product Data
1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate
City representatives via email of submittal posting.
2) Hard Copies
a) 3 copies for all submittals
d. Samples
1) Distributed to the Project Representative
2. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution)
01 33 00 - 5
SUBMITTALS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
a. Shop Drawings
1) Distributed to the City
2) Copies
a) 8 copies for mechanical submittals
b) 7 copies for all other submittals
c) If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned,
Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above.
b. Product Data
1) Distributed to the City
2) Copies
a) 4 copies
c. Samples
1) Distributed to the Project Representative
2) Copies
a) Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections.
3. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved
product data and samples, where required, to the job site file and elsewhere as
directed by the City.
a. Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number
previously specified.
K. Submittal Review
1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance
with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as:
a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements
b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details,
dimensions, and materials
c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise
provided herein
2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City
does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the
fulfillment of the terms of the Contract.
a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will
have no responsibility therefore.
3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the
Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes,
for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner.
4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a
departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of
the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for
performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an
exception.
5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes:
a. Code 1
1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or
comments on the submittal.
a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the
equipment and/or material for manufacture.
b. Code 2
01 33 00 - 6
SUBMITTALS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of
the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor.
a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture;
however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the
final product.
c. Code 3
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is
assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a
resubmittal of the package.
a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture;
however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the
final product.
b) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and
non-conforming items that were noted.
c) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of
the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal.
d. Code 4
1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the
intent of the Contract Documents.
a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the
submittal into conformance.
b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor
to meet the Contract Documents.
6. Resubmittals
a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals
1) Corrections other than requested by the City
2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method
a) At Contractor’s risk if not marked
b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City’s
expense.
1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City
and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City
Representative’s then prevailing rates.
2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for
all such fees invoiced by the City.
c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's
review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract
Time.
7. Partial Submittals
a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City’s
discretion.
b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the
Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted.
c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the
Contractor to the areas that are incomplete.
8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to
constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be
provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for
manufacture.
01 33 00 - 7
SUBMITTALS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the
Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further
changes therein except upon written instructions from the City.
10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days
following receipt of submittal by the City.
L. Mock ups
1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily
limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be
used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed.
M. Qualifications
1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E.
Certification for each item required.
N. Request for Information (RFI)
1. Contractor Request for additional information
a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents
b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents
c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and
Specifications
1) Identify the conflict and request clarification
2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by the City.
3. Numbering of RFI
a. Prefix with “RFI” followed by series number, “-xxx”, beginning with “01” and
increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal.
4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further
information.
5. The City will log each request and will review the request.
a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the
Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Field Order or Change
Order, as appropriate.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
01 33 00 - 8
SUBMITTALS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.K.8. Working Days modified to Calendar Days
01 35 13 - 1
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 01 35 13 1
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to: 6
a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 7
b. Work near High Voltage Lines 8
c. Confined Space Entry Program 9
d. Air Pollution Watch Days 10
e. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 11
f. Water Department Notification 12
g. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 13
h. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers 14
i. Coordination within Railroad permits areas 15
j. Dust Control 16
k. Employee Parking 17
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 18
1. None. 19
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 20
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 21
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 22
3. Section 33 12 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. Coordination within Railroad permit areas 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 30
will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Mobilization 33
2) Inspection 34
3) Safety training 35
4) Additional Insurance 36
5) Insurance Certificates 37
6) Other requirements associated with general coordination with Railroad, 38
including additional employees required to protect the right-of-way and 39
property of the Railroad from damage arising out of and/or from the 40
construction of the Project. 41
2. Railroad Flagmen 42
01 35 13 - 2
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. Measurement 1
1) Measurement for this Item will be per working day. 2
b. Payment 3
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 4
will be paid for each working day that Railroad Flagmen are present at the 5
Site. 6
c. The price bid shall include: 7
1) Coordination for scheduling flagmen 8
2) Flagmen 9
3) Other requirements associated with Railroad 10
3. All other items 11
a. Work associated with these Items is considered subsidiary to the various Items 12
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 13
1.3 REFERENCES 14
A. Reference Standards 15
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 16
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 17
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 18
2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. 19
High Voltage Overhead Lines. 20
3. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) – Clean Construction 21
Specification 22
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23
A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 24
1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas 25
Department of Transportation (TxDOT): 26
a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work 27
therein in accordance with the provisions of the permit 28
b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in 29
compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of 30
Transportation 31
B. Work near High Voltage Lines 32
1. Regulatory Requirements 33
a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between 34
conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with 35
Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752. 36
2. Warning sign 37
a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. 38
3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following 39
safety features 40
a. Insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm 41
b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers 42
c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the 43
safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines 44
4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines 45
01 35 13 - 3
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. Notification shall be given to: 1
1) The power company (example: ONCOR) 2
a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record 3
action taken in each case. 4
b. Coordination with power company 5
1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: 6
a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines, or raise or 7
lower the lines 8
c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above 9
requirements have been met. 10
C. Confined Space Entry Program 11
1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with 12
OSHA requirements. 13
2. Confined Spaces include: 14
a. Manholes 15
b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA’s Permit Required for 16
Confined Spaces 17
D. Air Pollution Watch Days 18
1. General 19
a. Observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites 20
on days designated as “AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS”. 21
b. Typical Ozone Season 22
1) May 1 through October 31. 23
c. Critical Emission Time 24
1) 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m. 25
2. Watch Days 26
a. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination 27
with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 28
p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. 29
b. Requirements 30
1) Begin work after 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the 31
use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. 32
2) However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if: 33
a) Use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or 34
b) If equipment is new and certified by EPA as “Low Emitting“, or 35
equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or 36
alternative fuels such as CNG. 37
E. TCEQ Air Permit 38
1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ. 39
F. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 40
1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: 41
a. Public Notification 42
1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours 43
prior to commencing. 44
2) Minimum 24 hour public notification in accordance with Section 01 31 13 45
G. Water Department Coordination 46
01 35 13 - 4
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a 1
period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with 2
the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating 3
those lines. 4
2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing 5
City water line system with the City’s representative. 6
a. Coordination shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 7
b. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from the Water Department for use 8
during the life of named project. 9
c. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on 10
to accommodate the construction of the project is required, coordinate this 11
activity through the appropriate City representative. 12
1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. 13
a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal 14
Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor 15
will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. 16
b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and 17
responsibilities as a result of these actions. 18
H. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 19
1. Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, on a block by block 20
basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front 21
door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice 22
shall be prepared as follows: 23
a. Post notice or flyer 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each 24
block in the project area. 25
1) Prepare flyer on the Contractor’s letterhead and include the following 26
information: 27
a) Name of Project 28
b) City Project No (CPN) 29
c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity) 30
d) Actual construction duration within the block 31
e) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 32
f) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 33
g) City’s after-hours phone number 34
2) A sample of the ‘pre-construction notification’ flyer is attached as Exhibit 35
A. 36
3) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each 37
block of the project to the inspector. 38
4) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution. 39
b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer is 40
delivered to all residents of the block. 41
I. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction 42
1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to 43
residents or businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of 44
the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. 45
2. Prepared notice as follows: 46
a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary 47
interruption. 48
01 35 13 - 5
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. Prepare flyer on the contractor’s letterhead and include the following 1
information: 2
1) Name of the project 3
2) City Project Number 4
3) Date of the interruption of service 5
4) Period the interruption will take place 6
5) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 7
6) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 8
c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as 9
Exhibit B. 10
d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector 11
for review prior to being distributed. 12
e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to 13
all affected residents and businesses. 14
f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project 15
Construction Inspector. 16
J. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) 17
1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where 18
USACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 19
permit. 20
K. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas 21
1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in areas where 22
railroad permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 23
railroad permit. This includes, but is not limited to, provisions for: 24
a. Flagmen 25
b. Inspectors 26
c. Safety training 27
d. Additional insurance 28
e. Insurance certificates 29
f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the 30
Railroad Company from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of 31
the project. Proper utility clearance procedures shall be used in accordance 32
with the permit guidelines. 33
2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroad’s 34
requirements. 35
3. Railroad Flagmen 36
a. Submit receipts to City for verification of working days that railroad flagmen 37
were present on Site. 38
L. Dust Control 39
1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. 40
a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water. 41
b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. 42
M. Employee Parking 43
1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. 44
01 35 13 - 6
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8/31/2012 D. Johnson
1.4.B – Added requirement of compliance with Health and Safety Code, Title 9.
Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. High Voltage Overhead Lines.
1.4.E – Added Contractor responsibility for obtaining a TCEQ Air Permit
13
01 35 13 - 7
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
EXHIBIT A 1
(To be printed on Contractor’s Letterhead) 2
3
4
5
Date: 6
7
CPN No.: 8
Project Name: 9
Mapsco Location: 10
Limits of Construction: 11
12
13
14 15
16
THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF FORT 17
WORTH, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR 18
PROPERTY. 19
20
CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE 21
OF THIS NOTICE. 22
23
IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER 24
ISSUE, PLEASE CALL: 25
26
27
Mr. <CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 28
29
OR 30
31
Mr. <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 32
33
AFTER 4:30 PM OR ON WEEKENDS, PLEASE CALL (817) 392 8306 34
35
PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL 36
37
01 35 13 - 8
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
EXHIBIT B 1
2
3
4
01 45 23 - 1
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 45 23
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
a. Contractor is responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all
Quality Control testing.
b. City is responsible for performing and payment for first set of Quality
Assurance testing.
1) If the first Quality Assurance test performed by the City fails, the
Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent Quality Assurance
testing until a passing test occurs.
a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments
for testing by Contractor have been paid in full.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Testing
1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2. Coordination
a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently
in advance, when testing is needed.
b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City,
sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed.
3. Distribution of Testing Reports
a. Electronic Distribution
1) Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be
uploaded to City’s Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by
the City.
01 45 23 - 2
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
2) Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate
City representatives via email of submittal posting.
3) Hard Copies
a) 1 copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative
b. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution)
1) Tests performed by City
a) Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor
2) Tests performed by the Contractor
a) Distribute 3 hard copies to City’s Project Representative
4. Provide City’s Project Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of
Concrete or Lime material including the following information:
a. Name of pit
b. Date of delivery
c. Material delivered
B. Inspection
1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to
perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
01 50 00 - 1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not
necessarily limited to:
a. Temporary utilities
b. Sanitary facilities
c. Storage Sheds and Buildings
d. Dust control
e. Temporary fencing of the construction site
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Temporary Utilities
1. Obtaining Temporary Service
a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services.
b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities
having jurisdiction.
c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final
Acceptance.
1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for
execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work.
2. Water
a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be
performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as
required for the completion of the Work.
b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic
consumption by Contractor personnel and City’s Project Representatives.
c. Coordination
1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired
01 50 00 - 2
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
d. Contractor Payment for Construction Water
1) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City’s
established rates.
3. Electricity and Lighting
a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including
testing of Work.
1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use.
b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to
maintain operations during scheduled shutdown.
4. Telephone
a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel
and others performing work or furnishing services at Site.
5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation
a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work.
b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions.
B. Sanitary Facilities
1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site.
a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health.
2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site.
a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities.
b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities.
c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health
problem.
d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly
dispose in accordance with applicable regulation.
3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project.
4. Remove facilities at completion of Project
C. Storage Sheds and Buildings
1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor
above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage.
2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off
ground.
3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner.
a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification,
inspection and inventory.
4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for
equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage
environments acceptable to specified manufacturers.
5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from
temporary and existing buildings.
6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance.
D. Temporary Fencing
1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract
documents
E. Dust Control
01 50 00 - 3
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the
project.
a. Contractor remains on-call at all times
b. Must respond in a timely manner
F. Temporary Protection of Construction
1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due
to weather.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Temporary Facilities
1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed.
3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. Temporary Facilities
01 50 00 - 4
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a
condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work.
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
01 55 26 - 1
STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 55 26
STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Administrative procedures for:
a. Street Use Permit
b. Modification of approved traffic control
c. Removal of Street Signs
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
3. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Reference Standards
1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD).
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Traffic Control
1. General
a. When traffic control plans are included in the Drawings, provide Traffic
Control in accordance with Drawings and Section 34 71 13.
b. When traffic control plans are not included in the Drawings, prepare traffic
control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13 and submit to City for
review.
1) Allow minimum 10 working days for review of proposed Traffic Control.
B. Street Use Permit
1. Prior to installation of Traffic Control, a City Street Use Permit is required.
a. To obtain Street Use Permit, submit Traffic Control Plans to City
Transportation and Public Works Department.
01 55 26 - 2
STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
1) Allow a minimum of 5 working days for permit review.
2) Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control plans for
Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed.
C. Modification to Approved Traffic Control
1. Prior to installation traffic control:
a. Submit revised traffic control plans to City Department Transportation and
Public Works Department.
1) Revise Traffic Control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13.
2) Allow minimum 5 working days for review of revised Traffic Control.
3) It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control
plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed.
D. Removal of Street Sign
1. If it is determined that a street sign must be removed for construction, then contact
City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division to
remove the sign.
E. Temporary Signage
1. In the case of regulatory signs, replace permanent sign with temporary sign meeting
requirements of the latest edition of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices (MUTCD).
2. Install temporary sign before the removal of permanent sign.
3. When construction is complete, to the extent that the permanent sign can be
reinstalled, contact the City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs
and Markings Division, to reinstall the permanent sign.
F. Traffic Control Standards
1. Traffic Control Standards can be found on the City’s Buzzsaw website.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
01 55 26 - 3
STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
01 57 13 - 1
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 57 13
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the
Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
3. Section 31 25 00 – Erosion and Sediment Control
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance
a. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance
a. Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with Section 31 25 00.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
1. Notice of Intent: NOI
2. Notice of Termination: NOT
3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP
4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ
5. Notice of Change: NOC
A. Reference Standards
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction
Controls
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. General
1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated
with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan.
01 57 13 - 2
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
B. Construction Activities resulting in:
1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance
a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 00 and
Drawings.
2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance
a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction
Permit is required
b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements
1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit
TXR150000
a) Sign and post at job site
b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Department of
Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-
6088.
2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with:
a) Section 31 25 00
b) The Drawings
c) TXR150000 General Permit
d) SWPPP
e) TCEQ requirements
3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance
a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction
Permit is required
b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements
1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee
a) Sign and post at job site
b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works,
Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088.
2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI
3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with:
a) Section 31 25 00
b) The Drawings
c) TXR150000 General Permit
d) SWPPP
e) TCEQ requirements
4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of
TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted.
a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works,
Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. SWPPP
1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, except as stated herein.
a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City
as follows:
1) 1 copy to the City Project Manager
a) City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of
Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division for review
01 57 13 - 3
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
B. Modified SWPPP
1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City
in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
01 60 00 - 1
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. References for Product Requirements and City Standard Products List
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED]
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. A list of City approved products for use is located on Buzzsaw as follows:
1. Resources\02 - Construction Documents\Standard Products List
B. Only products specifically included on City’s Standard Product List in these Contract
Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project.
1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific
approval by the City.
C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar
products included on the City’s Standard Product List.
1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even
though the product is listed on the City’s Standard Product List.
D. Although a specific product is included on City’s Standard Product List, not all
products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that
manufacturer’s standard product.
E. See Section 01 33 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on City’s
Standard Product List.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
01 60 00 - 2
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
10/12/12 D. Johnson Modified Location of City’s Standard Product List
01 66 00 - 1
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 66 00
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Scheduling of product delivery
2. Packaging of products for delivery
3. Protection of products against damage from:
a. Handling
b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING
A. Delivery Requirements
1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation
and to avoid prolonged storage.
2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries.
3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site
for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery.
01 66 00 - 2
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other
containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or
environmental damage.
5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation
location.
6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling.
B. Handling Requirements
1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and
manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.
C. Storage Requirements
1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and
requirements of these Specifications.
2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment.
a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent
damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at
all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in
vicinity of Work.
3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will
cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners,
tenants and occupants.
a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection.
4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and
equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by City’s Project Representative.
5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate.
a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by
City’s Project Representative.
6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without
written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises.
7. Store in manufacturers’ unopened containers.
8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of
Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public
and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant.
9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open.
10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to
satisfaction of City’s Project Representative.
a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at
one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by City’s
Project Representative.
01 66 00 - 3
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 ERECTION [NOT USED]
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections
1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading.
B. Non-Conforming Work
1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way
unsatisfactory for use on the project.
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION
A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions.
B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in
storage.
C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by
the manufacturer.
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
01 66 00 - 4
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
01 74 23 - 1
CLEANING
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 74 23
CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed
systems specified elsewhere
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
3. Section 32 92 13 – Hydro-Mulching, Seeding and Sodding
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Scheduling
1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by
cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces.
2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final
inspection.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for
those materials.
01 74 23 - 2
CLEANING
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents
1. Compatible with surface being cleaned
2. New and uncontaminated
3. For manufactured surfaces
a. Material recommended by manufacturer
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED]
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING
A. General
1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions.
2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of
governing authorities.
3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in
storm or sanitary drains or sewers.
4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site.
5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an
alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies.
01 74 23 - 3
CLEANING
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible.
7. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with
this project.
8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction
of required permanent Work.
9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to
have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor.
10. Do not burn on-site.
B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction
1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of
personnel in existing facility operations.
2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish.
3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s):
a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind
b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities
c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week
4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting.
a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis, until Final Acceptance.
5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which
may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm.
C. Interior Final Cleaning
1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other
foreign materials from sight-exposed surfaces.
2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean.
3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors.
4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
5. Ventilating systems
a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated
during construction.
b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during
construction.
6. Replace all burned out lamps.
7. Broom clean process area floors.
8. Mop office and control room floors.
D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning
1. Remove trash and debris containers from site.
a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers in accordance
with Section 32 92 13.
2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object
that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway.
3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures,
junction boxes and inlets.
01 74 23 - 4
CLEANING
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by
City, remove erosion control from site.
5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc.
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
01 77 19 - 1
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 77 19
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. The procedure for closing out a contract
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds,
certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are
satisfactorily filed with the City.
B. Release of Liens or Claims
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of
release of liens has been submitted to the City.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all required documentation to City’s Project Representative.
01 77 19 - 2
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE
A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit:
1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39
2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23
B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section
01 74 23.
C. Final Inspection
1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City Project Representative that the Work
is completed.
a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present.
b. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in
writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection
reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete.
2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work
required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the
City.
3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written
notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt
of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent
Final Inspection of the project.
4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full
operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to:
a. Specified spare parts
b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment
c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks
d. Light bulbs
e. Fuses
f. Vault keys
g. Handwheels
h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all
equipment
D. Notice of Project Completion
01 77 19 - 3
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection
to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion (Green Sheet).
E. Supporting Documentation
1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following
additional forms:
a. Final Payment Request
b. Statement of Contract Time
c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens
d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment
e. Pipe Report (if required)
f. Contractor’s Evaluation of City
g. Performance Evaluation of Contractor
F. Letter of Final Acceptance
1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting
Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of
Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment.
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
01 78 23 - 1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and
operation of products furnished under Contract
2. Such products may include, but are not limited to:
a. Traffic Controllers
b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City)
c. Butterfly Valves
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Schedule
1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product
shipment to the project site.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 . All submittals shall be
approved by the City prior to delivery.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Form
1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel.
2. Format
a. Size: 8 ½ inches x 11 inches
b. Paper
1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages
2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal
c. Text: Manufacturer’s printed data, or neatly typewritten
01 78 23 - 2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
d. Drawings
1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text
2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages.
e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating
equipment.
1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of
equipment.
2) Provide indexed tabs.
f. Cover
1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
2) List:
a) Title of Project
b) Identity of separate structure as applicable
c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual
3. Binders
a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers
b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent
groupings.
4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual.
B. Manual Content
1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order
a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number
b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume
c. List, with each product:
1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer
2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the
volume
3) Identify area of responsibility of each
4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement
d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set
forth in Contract Documents.
2. Product Data
a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
b. Annotate each sheet to:
1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed
2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation
3) Delete references to inapplicable information
3. Drawings
a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems
2) Control and flow diagrams
b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure
correct illustration of completed installation.
c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings.
4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure.
01 78 23 - 3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued
a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving:
1) Proper procedures in event of failure
2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds
C. Manual for Materials and Finishes
1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form.
2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products
1) Catalog number, size, composition
2) Color and texture designations
3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products
b. Instructions for care and maintenance
1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods
2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to
product
3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance
3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products:
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products
1) Applicable standards
2) Chemical composition
3) Details of installation
b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair
D. Manual for Equipment and Systems
1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form.
2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
a. Description of unit and component parts
1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts
b. Operating procedures
1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions
2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions
3) Summer and winter operating instructions
4) Special operating instructions
c. Maintenance procedures
1) Routine operations
2) Guide to "trouble shooting"
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly
4) Alignment, adjusting and checking
d. Servicing and lubrication schedule
1) List of lubricants required
e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions
f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer
1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear
2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts
g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer
h. Each contractor's coordination drawings
1) As installed color coded piping diagrams
01 78 23 - 4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve
j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage
k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications
3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
a. Description of system and component parts
1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts
b. Circuit directories of panelboards
1) Electrical service
2) Controls
3) Communications
c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams
d. Operating procedures
1) Routine and normal operating instructions
2) Sequences required
3) Special operating instructions
e. Maintenance procedures
1) Routine operations
2) Guide to "trouble shooting"
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly
4) Adjustment and checking
f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions
g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage
h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications
4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent
during instruction of City's personnel.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria:
1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products
2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data
3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings
01 78 23 - 5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8/31/2012 D. Johnson 1.5.A.1 – title of section removed
01 78 39 - 1
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project
documents, including:
a. Record Drawings
b. Water Meter Service Reports
c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports
d. Large Water Meter Reports
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to
City’s Project Representative.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Accuracy of Records
1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate
and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and
other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly.
2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract
Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project
Record Documents.
01 78 39 - 2
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of
information that the change has occurred.
4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and
visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and
expensive site measurement, investigation and examination.
1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration
and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded
data to the final Project Record Documents.
2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data
to the City's approval.
a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the
Contract Documents.
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Job set
1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no
charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract.
B. Final Record Documents
1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide
the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS
A. Maintenance of Job Set
1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the
title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET".
01 78 39 - 3
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
2. Preservation
a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions
upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination,
and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a
suitable method for protecting the job set.
b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review
by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents.
c. Maintain the job set at the site of work.
3. Coordination with Construction Survey
a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23,
clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with
installation of the infrastructure.
4. Making entries on Drawings
a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents.
b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the
change by graphic line and note as required.
c. Date all entries.
d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected.
e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping
changes.
5. Conversion of schematic layouts
a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping,
ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to
portray precise physical layout.
1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the
City's approval.
2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require
accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are
shown only schematically on the Drawings.
b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1
inch, the centerline of each run of items.
1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the
City's approval.
2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in
ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like).
3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related
reliably to the Specifications.
c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts
where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However,
do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing
by the City.
B. Final Project Record Documents
1. Transfer of data to Drawings
a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the
corresponding final documents, coordinating the changes as required.
b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of
changes made during construction, and the actual location of items.
01 78 39 - 4
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas
affected.
d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure
longevity and clear reproduction.
2. Transfer of data to other Documents
a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of
the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City,
the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final
Record Documents.
b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that
Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and
handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval
of the City.
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
02 41 14 - 1
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 1 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
0SECTION 02 41 14 1
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Direction for the removal, abandonment or salvaging of the following utilities: 6
a. Cathodic Protection Test Stations 7
b. Water Lines 8
c. Gate Valves 9
d. Water Valves 10
e. Fire Hydrants 11
f. Water Meters and Meter Box 12
g. Water Sampling Station 13
h. Concrete Water Vaults 14
i. Sanitary Sewer Lines 15
j. Sanitary Sewer Manholes 16
k. Sanitary Sewer Junction Boxes 17
l. Storm Sewer Lines 18
m. Storm Sewer Manhole Risers 19
n. Storm Sewer Junction Boxes 20
o. Storm Sewer Inlets 21
p. Box Culverts 22
q. Headwalls and Safety End Treatments 23
r. Trench Drains 24
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 25
1. None. 26
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 27
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 28
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 29
3. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 30
4. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 31
5. Section 33 05 24 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 32
6. Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings 33
7. Section 33 11 13 – Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type 34
8. Section 33 11 14 – Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 35
9. Section 33 12 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains 36
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 37
A. Utility Lines 38
1. Abandonment of Utility Line by Grouting 39
a. Measurement 40
02 41 14 - 2
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 2 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per cubic yard of existing utility line to 1
be grouted. Measure by tickets showing cubic yards of grout applied. 2
b. Payment 3
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 4
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 5
unit price per cubic yard of “Line Grouting” for: 6
a) Various types of utility line 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Low density cellular grout or CLSM 9
2) Water 10
3) Pavement removal 11
4) Excavation 12
5) Hauling 13
6) Disposal of excess materials 14
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 15
8) Clean-up 16
2. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of existing utility line to 19
be removed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 23
unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Line” for: 24
a) Various types of existing utility line 25
b) Various sizes 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Removal and disposal of existing utility pipe 28
2) Pavement removal 29
3) Excavation 30
4) Hauling 31
5) Disposal of excess materials 32
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 33
7) Clean-up 34
3. Utility Line Removal, Same Trench 35
a. Measurement 36
1) This Item is considered subsidiary the proposed utility line being installed. 37
b. Payment 38
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 39
are subsidiary to the installation of proposed utility pipe and shall be 40
subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe complete in place, and 41
no other compensation will be allowed. 42
4. Manhole Abandonment 43
a. Measurement 44
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each manhole to be abandoned. 45
b. Payment 46
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 47
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 48
unit price bid per each “Abandon Manhole” for: 49
02 41 14 - 3
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 3 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a) Various diameters 1
b) Various types 2
c. The price bid shall include: 3
1) Removal and disposal of manhole cone 4
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 5
3) Cutting and plugging of existing sewer lines 6
4) Concrete 7
5) Acceptable material for backfilling manhole void 8
6) Pavement removal 9
7) Excavation 10
8) Hauling 11
9) Disposal of excess materials 12
10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 13
11) Surface restoration 14
12) Clean-up 15
5. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each cathodic test station to be 18
abandoned. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 22
unit price bid per each “Abandon Cathodic Test Station”. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Abandon cathodic test station 25
2) CLSM 26
3) Pavement removal 27
4) Excavation 28
5) Hauling 29
6) Disposal of excess materials 30
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 31
8) Clean-up 32
B. Water Lines and Appurtenances 33
1. Installation of a Water Line Pressure Plug 34
a. Measurement 35
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each pressure plug to be installed. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 39
unit price bid for each “Pressure Plug” installed for: 40
a) Various sizes 41
c. The price bid shall include: 42
1) Furnishing and installing pressure plug 43
2) Pavement removal 44
3) Excavation 45
4) Hauling 46
5) Disposal of excess material 47
6) Gaskets 48
7) Bolts and Nuts 49
02 41 14 - 4
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 4 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 1
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 2
10) Disinfection 3
11) Testing 4
12) Clean-up 5
2. Abandonment of Water Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug 6
a. Measurement 7
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug 8
installed. 9
b. Payment 10
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 11
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 12
unit price bid for each “Water Abandonment Plug” installed for: 13
a) Various sizes 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Furnishing and installing abandonment plug 16
2) Pavement removal 17
3) Excavation 18
4) Hauling 19
5) CLSM 20
6) Disposal of excess material 21
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 22
8) Clean-up 23
3. Water Valve Removal 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be removed. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 29
unit price bid per each “Remove Water Valve” for: 30
a) Various sizes 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Removal and disposal of valve 33
2) CLSM 34
3) Pavement removal 35
4) Excavation 36
5) Hauling 37
6) Disposal of excess materials 38
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 39
8) Clean-up 40
4. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 41
a. Measurement 42
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be removed and 43
salvaged. 44
b. Payment 45
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 46
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 47
unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Valve” for: 48
a) Various sizes 49
02 41 14 - 5
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 5 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Removal and Salvage of valve 2
2) CLSM 3
3) Delivery to City 4
4) Pavement removal 5
5) Excavation 6
6) Hauling 7
7) Disposal of excess materials 8
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9
9) Clean-up 10
5. Water Valve Abandonment 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be abandoned. 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 15
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 16
unit price bid per each “Abandon Water Valve” for: 17
a) Various Sizes 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Abandonment of valve 20
2) CLSM 21
3) Pavement removal 22
4) Excavation 23
5) Hauling 24
6) Disposal of excess materials 25
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 26
8) Clean-up 27
6. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each fire hydrant to be removed. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 32
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 33
unit price bid per each “Salvage Fire Hydrant”. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Removal and salvage of fire hydrant 36
2) Delivery to City 37
3) Pavement removal 38
4) Excavation 39
5) Hauling 40
6) Disposal of excess materials 41
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 42
8) Clean-up 43
7. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 44
a. Measurement 45
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water meter to be removed and 46
salvaged. 47
b. Payment 48
02 41 14 - 6
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 6 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 2
unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Meter” for: 3
a) Various sizes 4
2) If a “Water Meter Service Relocate” is performed in accordance with 5
Section 33 12 10, removal and salvage or disposal of the existing (2-inch or 6
smaller) water meter shall be subsidiary to the cost of the “Water Meter 7
Service Relocate”, no other compensation will be allowed. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Removal and salvage of water meter 10
2) Delivery to City 11
3) Pavement removal 12
4) Excavation 13
5) Hauling 14
6) Disposal of excess materials 15
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 16
8) Clean-up 17
8. Water Sampling Station Removal and Salvage 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water sampling station to be 20
removed. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 24
unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Sampling Station”. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Removal and salvage of water sampling station 27
2) Delivery to City 28
3) Pavement removal 29
4) Excavation 30
5) Hauling 31
6) Disposal of excess materials 32
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 33
8) Clean-up 34
9. Concrete Water Vault Removal 35
a. Measurement 36
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each concrete water vault to be 37
removed. 38
b. Payment 39
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 40
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 41
unit price bid per each “Remove Concrete Water Vault”. 42
c. The price bid shall include: 43
1) Removal and disposal of concrete water vault 44
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 45
3) Removal, salvage and delivery of any valves to City, if applicable 46
4) Removal, salvage and delivery of any water meters to City, if applicable 47
5) Pavement removal 48
6) Excavation 49
02 41 14 - 7
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 7 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
7) Hauling 1
8) Disposal of excess materials 2
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 3
10) Clean-up 4
C. Sanitary Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 5
1. Abandonment of Sanitary Sewer Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug 6
a. Measurement 7
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug 8
installed. 9
b. Payment 10
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 11
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 12
unit price bid for each “Sewer Abandonment Plug” for: 13
a) Various sizes 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Furnishing and installing abandonment plug 16
2) Pavement removal 17
3) Excavation 18
4) Hauling 19
5) CLSM 20
6) Disposal of excess material 21
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 22
8) Clean-up 23
2. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Removal 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each sanitary sewer manhole to be 26
removed. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 30
unit price bid per each “Remove Sewer Manhole” for: 31
a) Various diameters 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Removal and disposal of manhole 34
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 35
3) Cutting and plugging of existing sewer lines 36
4) Pavement removal 37
5) Excavation 38
6) Hauling 39
7) Disposal of excess materials 40
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 41
9) Clean-up 42
3. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure Removal 43
a. Measurement 44
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each sanitary sewer junction 45
structure being removed. 46
b. Payment 47
02 41 14 - 8
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 8 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 2
lump sum bid per each “Remove Sewer Junction Box” location. 3
c. The price bid shall include: 4
1) Removal and disposal of junction box 5
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City. 6
3) Pavement removal 7
4) Excavation 8
5) Hauling 9
6) Disposal of excess materials 10
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 11
8) Clean-up 12
D. Storm Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 13
1. Abandonment of Storm Sewer Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug 14
a. Measurement 15
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug to 16
be installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 20
unit price bid for each “Storm Abandonment Plug” installed for: 21
a) Various sizes 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Furnishing and installing abandonment plug 24
2) Pavement removal 25
3) Excavation 26
4) Hauling 27
5) CLSM 28
6) Disposal of excess material 29
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 30
8) Clean-up 31
2. Storm Sewer Manhole Removal 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer manhole to be 34
removed. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 38
unit price bid per each “Remove Manhole Riser” for: 39
a) Various sizes 40
c. The price bid shall include: 41
1) Removal and disposal of manhole 42
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 43
3) Pavement removal 44
4) Excavation 45
5) Hauling 46
6) Disposal of excess materials 47
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 48
8) Clean-up 49
02 41 14 - 9
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 9 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3. Storm Sewer Junction Box Removal 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer junction structure 3
to be removed. 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 6
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 7
unit price bid per each “Remove Storm Junction Box” for: 8
a) Various sizes 9
c. The price bid shall include: 10
1) Removal and disposal of junction box 11
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 12
3) Pavement removal 13
4) Excavation 14
5) Hauling 15
6) Disposal of excess materials 16
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 17
8) Clean-up 18
4. Storm Sewer Junction Structure Removal 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer junction structure 21
being removed. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 24
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 25
lump sum bid per each “Remove Storm Junction Structure” location. 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Removal and disposal of junction structure 28
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 29
3) Pavement removal 30
4) Excavation 31
5) Hauling 32
6) Disposal of excess materials 33
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 34
8) Clean-up 35
5. Storm Sewer Inlet Removal 36
a. Measurement 37
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer inlet to be 38
removed. 39
b. Payment 40
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 41
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 42
unit price bid per each “Remove Storm Inlet” for: 43
a) Various types 44
b) Various sizes 45
c. The price bid shall include: 46
1) Removal and disposal of inlet 47
2) Pavement removal 48
3) Excavation 49
02 41 14 - 10
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 10 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
4) Hauling 1
5) Disposal of excess materials 2
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 3
7) Clean-up 4
6. Storm Sewer Junction Box Removal 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of existing storm sewer 7
box to be removed. 8
b. Payment 9
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 10
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 11
unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Storm Junction Box” for all sizes. 12
c. The price bid shall include: 13
1) Removal and disposal of Storm Sewer Box 14
2) Pavement removal 15
3) Excavation 16
4) Hauling 17
5) Disposal of excess materials 18
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 19
7) Clean-up 20
7. Headwall/SET Removal 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each headwall or safety end 23
treatment (SET) to be removed. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 26
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 27
unit price bid per each “Remove Headwall/SET”. 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Removal and disposal of Headwall/SET 30
2) Pavement removal 31
3) Excavation 32
4) Hauling 33
5) Disposal of excess materials 34
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 35
7) Clean-up 36
8. Trench Drain Removal 37
a. Measurement 38
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of storm sewer trench 39
drain to be removed. 40
b. Payment 41
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 42
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 43
unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Trench Drain” for: 44
a) Various sizes 45
c. The price bid shall include: 46
1) Removal and disposal of storm sewer line 47
2) Pavement removal 48
3) Excavation 49
02 41 14 - 11
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 11 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
4) Hauling 1
5) Disposal of excess materials 2
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 3
7) Clean-up 4
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 5
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 6
A. Coordination 7
1. Contact Inspector and the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard for 8
coordination of salvage material return. 9
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 15
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 16
1. Protect and salvage all materials such that no damage occurs during delivery to the 17
City. 18
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 19
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 20
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 22
2.2 MATERIALS 23
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 24
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25
PART 3 - EXECUTION 26
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 27
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 28
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 29
3.4 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT 30
A. General 31
02 41 14 - 12
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 12 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Manhole Abandonment 1
a. All manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be removed unless 2
specifically requested and/or approved by City. 3
b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 4
c. Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover as coordinated with City. 5
d. Deliver salvaged material to the City. 6
e. Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned. 7
f. Backfill manhole void in accordance with City Standard Details. 8
B. Water Lines and Appurtenances 9
1. Water Line Pressure Plugs 10
a. Ductile Iron Water Lines 11
1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 12
2) Plug with an MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in accordance 13
with Section 33 11 11. 14
3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 15
b. PVC C900 and C905 Water Lines 16
1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 17
2) Plug with an MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in accordance 18
with Section 33 11 11. 19
3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 20
c. Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type Water Lines 21
1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10 22
2) Plug using: 23
a) A fabricated plug restrained by welding or by a Snap Ring in 24
accordance with Section 33 11 13; or 25
b) A blind flange in accordance with Section 33 11 13 26
3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 27
d. Buried Steel Water Lines 28
1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 29
2) Plug using: 30
a) A fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 33 31
11 14; or 32
b) A blind flange in accordance with Section 33 11 14 33
3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 34
2. Water Line Abandonment Plug 35
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 36
b. Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 37
3. Water Line Abandonment by Grouting 38
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 39
b. Dewater from existing line to be grouted. 40
c. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24 41
or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13. 42
d. Dispose of any excess material. 43
4. Water Line Removal 44
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 45
b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal. 46
c. Cut any services prior to removal. 47
d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 48
02 41 14 - 13
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 13 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
5. Water Valve Removal 1
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 2
b. Remove and dispose of valve bonnet, wedge and stem. 3
c. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 4
6. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 5
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 6
b. Remove valve bonnet, wedge and stem. 7
c. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage 8
Yard. 9
d. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 10
e. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 11
7. Water Valve Abandonment 12
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 13
b. Remove the top 2 feet of the valve stack and any valve extensions. 14
c. Fill the remaining valve stack with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 15
8. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 16
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 17
b. Remove Fire Hydrant. 18
c. Place abandonment plug on fire hydrant lead line. 19
d. Deliver salvaged fire hydrant to the Water Department Field Operation Storage 20
Yard. 21
e. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 22
9. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 23
a. Remove and salvage water meter. 24
b. Return salvaged meter to Project Representative. 25
c. City will provide replacement meter for installation. 26
d. Meter Box and Lid 27
1) Remove and salvage cast iron meter box lid. 28
2) Remove and dispose of any non-cast iron meter box lid. 29
3) Return salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage 30
Yard. 31
4) Remove and dispose of meter box. 32
10. Water Sample Station Removal and Salvage 33
a. Remove and salvage existing water sample station. 34
b. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage 35
Yard. 36
11. Concrete Water Vault Removal 37
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 38
b. Remove and salvage vault lid. 39
c. Remove and salvage valves. 40
d. Remove and salvage meters. 41
e. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage 42
Yard. 43
f. Remove and dispose of any piping or other appurtenances. 44
g. Demolish and remove entire concrete vault. 45
h. Dispose of all excess materials. 46
12. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 47
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10 48
02 41 14 - 14
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 14 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. Remove the top 2 feet of the cathodic test station stack and contents. 1
c. Fill any remaining voids with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 2
C. Sanitary Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 3
1. Sanitary Sewer Line Abandonment Plug 4
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 5
b. Remove and dispose of any sewage. 6
c. Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 7
2. Sanitary Sewer Line Abandonment by Grouting 8
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 9
b. Dewater and dispose of any sewage from the existing line to be grouted. 10
c. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24 11
or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13. 12
d. Dispose of any excess material. 13
3. Sanitary Sewer Line Removal 14
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 15
b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal. 16
c. Cut any services prior to removal. 17
d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 18
4. Sanitary Sewer Manholes Removal 19
a. All sanitary sewer manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be 20
removed unless specifically requested and/or approved by City. 21
b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 22
c. Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover. 23
d. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage. 24
e. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. 25
f. Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned. 26
5. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure Removal 27
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 28
b. Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover. 29
c. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage. 30
d. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. 31
e. Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned. 32
D. Storm Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 33
1. Storm Sewer Abandonment Plug 34
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 35
b. Dewater line. 36
c. Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 37
2. Storm Sewer Line Abandonment by Grouting 38
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 39
b. Dewater the existing line to be grouted. 40
c. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24 41
or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13. 42
d. Dispose of any excess material. 43
3. Storm Sewer Line Removal 44
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 45
b. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 46
4. Storm Sewer Manhole Removal 47
02 41 14 - 15
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 15 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. All storm sewer manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be removed 1
unless specifically requested and/or approved by City. 2
b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 3
c. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. 4
d. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 5
5. Storm Sewer Junction Box and/or Junction Structure Removal 6
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 7
b. Demolish and remove entire concrete structure. 8
c. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 9
6. Storm Sewer Inlet Removal 10
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 11
b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. 12
c. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 13
7. Storm Sewer Box Removal 14
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 15
b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal. 16
c. Cut any services prior to removal. 17
d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 18
8. Headwall/SET Removal 19
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 20
b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. 21
c. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 22
9. Storm Sewer Trench Drain Removal 23
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 24
b. Remove existing pipe line and dispose as approved by City. 25
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 26
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 28
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 29
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 30
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 31
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 32
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 33
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 34
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 35
36
02 41 14 - 16
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
Page 16 of 16
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
END OF SECTION 1
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/12 D. Johnson
1.2.C.3.c. – Include Frame and Cover in Payment description
Throughout – added abandonment of storm and sewer manholes when requested
and/or approved by City
2
03 30 00 - 1
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 1 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 03 30 00 1
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, 6
mixture design, placement procedures and finishes, for the following: 7
a. Piers 8
b. Footings 9
c. Slabs-on-grade 10
d. Foundation walls 11
e. Retaining walls (non TxDOT) 12
f. Suspended slabs 13
g. Blocking 14
h. Cast-in-place manholes 15
i. Concrete vaults for meters and valves 16
j. Concrete encasement of utility lines 17
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 18
1. None. 19
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 20
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 21
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Cast-in-Place Concrete 24
1. Measurement 25
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed. 26
2. Payment 27
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 28
are subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation 29
will be allowed. 30
1.3 REFERENCES 31
A. Definitions 32
1. Cementitious Materials 33
a. Portland cement alone or in combination with 1 or more of the following: 34
1) Blended hydraulic cement 35
2) Fly ash 36
3) Other pozzolans 37
4) Ground granulated blast-furnace slag 38
03 30 00 - 2
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 2 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
5) Silica fume 1
b. Subject to compliance with the requirements of this specification 2
B. Reference Standards 3
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 4
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 5
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 6
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO): 7
a. M182, Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kenaf. 8
3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 9
a. ACI 117 Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials 10
b. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete 11
c. ACI 305.1 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting 12
d. ACI 306.1 Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting 13
e. ACI 308.1 Standard Specification for Curing Concrete 14
f. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 15
g. ACI 347 Guide to Formwork for Concrete 16
4. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): 17
a. 303, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 18
5. ASTM International (ASTM): 19
a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 20
b. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel 21
Hardware. 22
c. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting 23
Materials for High-Temperature Service and Other Special Purpose 24
Applications. 25
d. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for 26
Concrete Reinforcement. 27
e. A706, Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for 28
Concrete Reinforcement. 29
f. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 30
Field. 31
g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 32
h. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 33
Specimens. 34
i. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed 35
Beams of Concrete. 36
j. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 37
k. C109, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement 38
Mortars (Using 2-inch or {50-milimeter] Cube Specimens) 39
l. C143, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete. 40
m. C171, Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 41
n. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 42
o. C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 43
p. C219, Standard Terminology Relating to Hydraulic Cement. 44
q. C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the 45
Pressure Method. 46
03 30 00 - 3
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 3 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
r. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 1
s. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for 2
Curing Concrete. 3
t. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 4
u. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural 5
Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. 6
v. C881, Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for 7
Concrete. 8
w. C989, Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for 9
Use in Concrete and Mortars. 10
x. C1017, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing 11
Flowing Concrete. 12
y. C1059, Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened 13
Concrete. 14
z. C1064, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic-15
Cement Concrete. 16
aa. C1240, Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures. 17
bb. E1155, Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor 18
Levelness Numbers. 19
cc. F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. 20
6. American Welding Society (AWS). 21
a. D1.1, Structural Welding Code - Steel. 22
b. D1.4, Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. 23
7. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 24
a. Manual of Standard Practice 25
8. Texas Department of Transportation 26
a. Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets 27
and Bridges 28
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 29
A. Work Included 30
1. Design, fabrication, erection and stripping of formwork for cast-in-place concrete 31
including shoring, reshoring, falsework, bracing, proprietary forming systems, 32
prefabricated forms, void forms, permanent metal forms, bulkheads, keys, 33
blockouts, sleeves, pockets and accessories. 34
a. Erection shall include installation in formwork of items furnished by other 35
trades. 36
2. Furnish all labor and materials required to fabricate, deliver and install 37
reinforcement and embedded metal assemblies for cast-in-place concrete, including 38
steel bars, welded steel wire fabric, ties, supports and sleeves. 39
3. Furnish all labor and materials required to perform the following: 40
a. Cast-in-place concrete 41
b. Concrete mix designs 42
c. Grouting 43
03 30 00 - 4
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 4 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 3
specials. 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5
A. Product Data 6
1. Required for each type of product indicated 7
B. Design Mixtures 8
1. For each concrete mixture submit proposed mix designs in accordance with ACI 9
318, chapter 5. 10
2. Submit each proposed mix design with a record of past performance. 11
3. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project condi-12
tions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 13
4. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. 14
a. Include this quantity on delivery ticket. 15
C. Steel Reinforcement Submittals for Information 16
1. Mill test certificates of supplied concrete reinforcing, indicating physical and chem-17
ical analysis. 18
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 21
A. Manufacturer Qualifications 22
1. A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that com-23
plies with ASTM C94 requirements for production facilities and equipment 24
2. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed 25
Concrete Production Facilities” 26
B. Source Limitations 27
1. Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same 28
manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from 1 source and obtain admixtures through 29
1 source from a single manufacturer. 30
C. ACI Publications 31
1. Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Docu-32
ments: 33
a. ACI 301 Sections 1 through 5 34
b. ACI 117 35
D. Concrete Testing Service 36
1. Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests. 37
03 30 00 - 5
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 5 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Steel Reinforcement 2
1. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. 3
2. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. 4
B. Waterstops 5
1. Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil and other 6
contaminants. 7
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 10
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED OR OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 11
2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 12
A. Manufacturers 13
1. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements 14
apply to product selection: 15
a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that 16
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products 17
specified. 18
b. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, 19
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work 20
include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 21
B. Form-Facing Materials 22
1. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete 23
a. Plywood, lumber, metal or another approved material 24
b. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and 1 side for tight fit. 25
2. Chamfer Strips 26
a. Wood, metal, PVC or rubber strips 27
b. ¾-inch x ¾-inch, minimum 28
3. Rustication Strips 29
a. Wood, metal, PVC or rubber strips 30
b. Kerfed for ease of form removal 31
4. Form-Release Agent 32
a. Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain or 33
adversely affect concrete surfaces 34
b. Shall not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces 35
c. For steel form-facing materials, formulate with rust inhibitor. 36
5. Form Ties 37
03 30 00 - 6
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 6 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced 1
plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms 2
and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 3
b. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane 4
of exposed concrete surface. 5
c. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in 6
diameter in concrete surface. 7
d. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive 8
dampproofing or waterproofing. 9
C. Steel Reinforcement 10
1. Reinforcing Bars 11
a. ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed 12
D. Reinforcement Accessories 13
1. Smooth Dowel Bars 14
a. ASTM A615, Grade 60, steel bars (smooth) 15
b. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. 16
2. Bar Supports 17
a. Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening 18
reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place 19
b. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic or precast concrete according 20
to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than 21
concrete and as follows: 22
1) For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports 23
contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI 24
Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. 25
2) For slabs-on-grade, provide sand plates, horizontal runners or precast 26
concrete blocks on bottom where base material will not support chair legs 27
or where vapor barrier has been specified. 28
E. Embedded Metal Assemblies 29
1. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36 30
2. Headed Studs: Heads welded by full-fusion process, as furnished by TRW Nelson 31
Stud Welding Division or approved equal 32
F. Expansion Anchors 33
1. Available Products 34
a. Wej-it Bolt, Wej-it Corporation, Tulsa, Oklahoma 35
b. Kwik Bolt II, Hilti Fastening Systems, Tulsa, Oklahoma 36
c. Trubolt, Ramset Fastening Systems, Paris, Kentucky 37
G. Adhesive Anchors and Dowels 38
1. Adhesive anchors shall consist of threaded rods anchored with an adhesive system 39
into hardened concrete or grout-filled masonry. 40
a. The adhesive system shall use a 2-component adhesive mix and shall be 41
injected with a static mixing nozzle following manufacturer’s instructions. 42
03 30 00 - 7
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 7 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. The embedment depth of the rod shall provide a minimum allowable bond 1
strength that is equal to the allowable yield capacity of the rod, unless otherwise 2
specified. 3
2. Available Products 4
a. Hilti HIT HY 150 Max 5
b. Simpson Acrylic-Tie 6
c. Powers Fasteners AC 100+ Gold 7
3. Threaded Rods: ASTM A193 8
a. Nuts: ASTM A563 hex carbon steel 9
b. Washers: ASTM F436 hardened carbon steel 10
c. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A153, Class C 11
H. Inserts 12
1. Provide metal inserts required for anchorage of materials or equipment to concrete 13
construction where not supplied by other trades: 14
a. In vertical concrete surfaces for transfer of direct shear loads only, provide 15
adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts, nuts and 16
washers. 17
1) Provide ¾-inch bolt size, unless otherwise indicated. 18
b. In horizontal concrete surfaces and whenever inserts are subject to tension 19
forces, provide threaded inserts of malleable cast iron furnished with full depth 20
bolts. 21
1) Provide ¾-inch bolt size, unless otherwise indicated. 22
I. Concrete Materials 23
1. Cementitious Material 24
a. Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, 25
throughout Project: 26
1) Portland Cement 27
a) ASTM C150, Type I/II, gray 28
b) Supplement with the following: 29
(1) Fly Ash 30
(a) ASTM C618, Class C or F 31
(2) Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag 32
(a) ASTM C989, Grade 100 or 120. 33
2) Silica Fume 34
a) ASTM C1240, amorphous silica 35
3) Normal-Weight Aggregates 36
a) ASTM C33, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded 37
b) Provide aggregates from a single source. 38
4) Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size 39
a) ¾-inch nominal 40
5) Fine Aggregate 41
a) Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement 42
6) Water 43
a) ASTM C94 and potable 44
J. Admixtures 45
03 30 00 - 8
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 8 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Air-Entraining Admixture 1
a. ASTM C260 2
2. Chemical Admixtures 3
a. Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other ad-4
mixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding 5
those permitted in hardened concrete. 6
b. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 7
c. Water-Reducing Admixture 8
1) ASTM C494, Type A 9
d. Retarding Admixture 10
1) ASTM C494, Type B 11
e. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture 12
1) ASTM C494, Type D 13
f. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture 14
1) ASTM C494, Type F 15
g. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture 16
1) ASTM C494, Type G 17
h. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture 18
1) ASTM C1017, Type II 19
K. Waterstops 20
1. Self-Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops 21
a. Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodium 22
bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete, ¾-23
inch x 1-inch. 24
b. Available Products 25
1) Colloid Environmental Technologies Company; Volclay Waterstop-RX 26
2) Concrete Sealants Inc.; Conseal CS-231 27
3) Greenstreak; Swellstop 28
4) Henry Company, Sealants Division; Hydro-Flex 29
5) JP Specialties, Inc.; Earthshield Type 20 30
6) Progress Unlimited, Inc.; Superstop 31
7) TCMiraDRI; Mirastop 32
L. Curing Materials 33
1. Absorptive Cover 34
a. AASHTO M182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing 35
approximately 9 ounces/square yard when dry 36
2. Moisture-Retaining Cover 37
a. ASTM C171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet 38
3. Water 39
a. Potable 40
4. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound 41
a. ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating 42
b. Available Products 43
1) Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB 44
2) Burke by Edoco; Aqua Resin Cure 45
3) ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear 46
03 30 00 - 9
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 9 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
4) Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior 1
Company; W.B. Resin Cure 2
5) Dayton Superior Corporation; Day Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W) 3
6) Euclid Chemical Company (The); Kurez DR VOX 4
7) Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 420 5
8) Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure-Clear 6
9) L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R 7
10) Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100 Clear 8
11) Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Resin Cure E 9
12) Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Resi-Chem Clear Cure 10
13) Tamms Industries, Inc.; Horncure WB 30 11
14) Unitex; Hydro Cure 309 12
15) US Mix Products Company; US Spec Maxcure Resin Clear 13
16) Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 100 14
M. Related Materials 15
1. Bonding Agent 16
a. ASTM C1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene 17
butadiene 18
2. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive 19
a. ASTM C881, 2-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding 20
to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to 21
suit requirements, and as follows: 22
1) Types I and II, non-load bearing 23
2) IV and V, load bearing, for bonding 24
3) Hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete 25
3. Reglets 26
a. Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch thick, galvanized steel sheet 27
b. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete 28
or debris. 29
4. Sleeves and Blockouts 30
a. Formed with galvanized metal, galvanized pipe, polyvinyl chloride pipe, fiber 31
tubes or wood 32
5. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages 33
a. Sized as required 34
b. Shall be of strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing 35
concrete 36
N. Repair Materials 37
1. Repair Underlayment 38
a. Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in 39
thicknesses of 1/8 inch or greater 40
1) Do not feather. 41
b. Cement Binder 42
1) ASTM C150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as 43
defined in ASTM C219 44
c. Primer 45
03 30 00 - 10
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 10 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, condi-1
tions, and application 2
d. Aggregate 3
1) Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as 4
recommended by underlayment manufacturer 5
e. Compressive Strength 6
1) Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to 7
ASTM C109/C109M 8
2. Repair Overlayment 9
a. Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in 10
thicknesses of 1/8 inch or greater 11
1) Do not feather. 12
b. Cement Binder 13
1) ASTM C150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as 14
defined in ASTM C219 15
c. Primer 16
1) Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, 17
and application 18
d. Aggregate 19
1) Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommend-20
ed by topping manufacturer 21
e. Compressive Strength 22
1) Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C109 23
O. Concrete Mixtures, General 24
1. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the 25
basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 26
a. Required average strength above specified strength 27
1) Based on a record of past performance 28
a) Determination of required average strength above specified strength 29
shall be based on the standard deviation record of the results of at least 30
30 consecutive strength tests in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5.3 31
by the larger amount defined by formulas 5-1 and 5-2. 32
2) Based on laboratory trial mixtures 33
a) Proportions shall be selected on the basis of laboratory trial batches 34
prepared in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5.3.3.2 to produce an 35
average strength greater than the specified strength f'c by the amount 36
defined in table 5.3.2.2. 37
3) Proportions of ingredients for concrete mixes shall be determined by an in-38
dependent testing laboratory or qualified concrete supplier. 39
4) For each proposed mixture, at least 3 compressive test cylinders shall be 40
made and tested for strength at the specified age. 41
a) Additional cylinders may be made for testing for information at earlier 42
ages. 43
2. Cementitious Materials 44
a. Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland ce-45
ment in concrete as follows, unless specified otherwise: 46
1) Fly Ash: 25 percent 47
03 30 00 - 11
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 11 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2) Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent 1
3) Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent 2
4) Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace 3
Slag: 50 percent 4
5) Portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 per-5
cent 6
6) Silica Fume: 10 percent 7
7) Combined Fly Ash, Pozzolans, and Silica Fume: 35 percent with fly ash or 8
pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 per-9
cent 10
8) Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag, 11
and Silica Fume: 50 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 12
percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent 13
3. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to: 14
a. 0.30 percent by weight of cement if concrete will have no exposure to chlorides 15
(typical) 16
b. 0.15 percent by weight if concrete will be exposed to chlorides 17
c. 1.0 percent by weight if concrete will have no exposure to chlorides and will be 18
continually dry and protected. 19
4. Admixtures 20
a. Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 21
b. Do not use admixtures which have not been incorporated and tested in accepted 22
mixes. 23
c. Use water-reducing high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in 24
concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 25
d. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high 26
temperatures, low humidity or other adverse placement conditions. 27
e. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use 28
industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, 29
and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 30
f. Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated. 31
P. Concrete Mixtures 32
1. Refer to TxDOT “Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of 33
Highways, Streets, and Bridges” for: 34
a. Culverts 35
b. Headwalls 36
c. Wingwalls 37
2. Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 38
a. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days 39
b. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50 40
c. Slump Limit: 5 inches or 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 41
inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing 42
admixture, plus or minus 1 inch 43
d. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4-44
inch nominal maximum aggregate size 45
Q. Fabricating Reinforcement 46
03 30 00 - 12
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 12 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 1
R. Fabrication of Embedded Metal Assemblies 2
1. Fabricate metal assemblies in the shop. Holes shall be made by drilling or 3
punching. Holes shall not be made by or enlarged by burning. Welding shall be in 4
accordance with AWS D1.1. 5
2. Metal assemblies exposed to earth, weather or moisture shall be hot dip galvanized. 6
All other metal assemblies shall be either hot dip galvanized or painted with an 7
epoxy paint. Repair galvanizing after welding with a Cold Galvanizing compound 8
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Repair painted 9
assemblies after welding with same type of paint. 10
S. Concrete Mixing 11
1. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to 12
ASTM C94, and furnish batch ticket information. 13
a. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit, reduce mixing 14
and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is 15
above 90 degrees Fahrenheit, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 16
2. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete 17
according to ASTM C94/C94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type 18
batch machine mixer. 19
a. For mixer capacity of 1 cubic yard or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 20
minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any 21
part of batch is released. 22
b. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cubic yard, increase mixing time by 15 23
seconds for each additional 1 cubic yard. 24
c. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating 25
Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time, 26
quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final 27
deposit in structure. 28
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30
PART 3 - EXECUTION 31
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 34
3.4 INSTALLATION 35
A. Formwork 36
1. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to 37
support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might 38
be applied, until structure can support such loads. 39
03 30 00 - 13
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 13 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, 1
alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. 2
a. Vertical alignment 3
1) Lines, surfaces and arises less than 100 feet in height - 1 inch. 4
2) Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete 5
exposed to view less than 100 feet in height - 1/2 inch. 6
3) Lines, surfaces and arises greater than 100 feet in height - 1/1000 times the 7
height but not more than 6 inches. 8
4) Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete 9
exposed to view greater than 100 feet in height - 1/2000 times the height 10
but not more than 3 inches. 11
b. Lateral alignment 12
1) Members - 1 inch. 13
2) Centerline of openings 12 inches or smaller and edge location of larger 14
openings in slabs - 1/2 inch. 15
3) Sawcuts, joints, and weakened plane embedments in slabs - 3/4 inch. 16
c. Level alignment 17
1) Elevation of slabs-on-grade - 3/4 inch. 18
2) Elevation of top surfaces of formed slabs before removal of shores - 3/4 19
inch. 20
3) Elevation of formed surfaces before removal of shores - 3/4 inch. 21
d. Cross-sectional dimensions: Overall dimensions of beams, joists, and columns 22
and thickness of walls and slabs. 23
1) 12 inch dimension or less - plus 1/2 inch to minus 1/4 inch. 24
2) Greater than 12 inch to 3 foot dimension - plus 1/2 inch to minus 3/8 inch. 25
3) Greater than 3 foot dimension - plus 1 inch to minus 3/4 inch. 26
e. Relative alignment 27
1) Stairs 28
a) Difference in height between adjacent risers - 1/8 inch. 29
b) Difference in width between adjacent treads - 1/4 inch. 30
c) Maximum difference in height between risers in a flight of stairs - 3/8 31
inch. 32
d) Maximum difference in width between treads in a flight of stairs - 3/8 33
inch. 34
2) Grooves 35
a) Specified width 2 inches or less - 1/8 inch. 36
b) Specified width between 2 inches and 12 inches - 1/4 inch. 37
3) Vertical alignment of outside corner of exposed corner columns and control 38
joint grooves in concrete exposed to view - 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 39
4) All other conditions - 3/8 inch in 10 feet. 40
3. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, 41
as follows: 42
a. Class B, 1/4 inch for smooth-formed finished surfaces. 43
b. Class C, 1/2 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces. 44
4. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. 45
03 30 00 - 14
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 14 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
5. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete 1
surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast 2
concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 3
horizontal to 1 vertical. 4
a. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 5
b. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. 6
6. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve 7
required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure 8
units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. 9
7. Construct formwork to cambers shown or specified on the Drawings to allow for 10
structural deflection of the hardened concrete. Provide additional elevation or 11
camber in formwork as required for anticipated formwork deflections due to weight 12
and pressures of concrete and construction loads. 13
8. Foundation Elements: Form the sides of all below grade portions of beams, pier 14
caps, walls, and columns straight and to the lines and grades specified. Do no earth 15
form foundation elements unless specifically indicated on the Drawings. 16
9. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area 17
of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and 18
securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in 19
forms at inconspicuous locations. 20
10. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 21
11. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and 22
bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades 23
providing such items. 24
12. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, 25
sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. 26
13. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar 27
leaks and maintain proper alignment. 28
14. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's 29
written instructions, before placing reinforcement, anchoring devices, and 30
embedded items. 31
a. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to 32
receive subsequent finishes which may be affected by agent. Soak contact 33
surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces wet prior to 34
placing concrete. 35
B. Embedded Items 36
1. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for 37
adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use 38
setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with 39
items to be embedded. 40
a. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying 41
with tolerances in AISC 303, Section 7.5. 42
1) Spacing within a bolt group: 1/8 inch 43
2) Location of bolt group (center): ½ inch 44
3) Rotation of bolt group: 5 degrees 45
03 30 00 - 15
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 15 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
4) Angle off vertical: 5 degrees 1
5) Bolt projection: ± 3/8 inch 2
b. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in 3
outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, 4
shelf angles, and other conditions. 5
C. Removing and Reusing Forms 6
1. Do not backfill prior to concrete attaining 70 percent of its 28-day design 7
compressive strength. 8
2. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the 9
Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively 10
curing at not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours after placing concrete, if 11
concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and curing 12
and protection operations are maintained. 13
a. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements 14
that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 15
percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. 16
b. Do not remove formwork supporting conventionally reinforced concrete until 17
concrete has attained 70 percent of its specified 28 day compressive strength as 18
established by tests of field cured cylinders. In the absence of cylinder tests, 19
supporting formwork shall remain in place until the concrete has cured at a 20
temperature of at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit for the minimum cumulative time 21
periods given in ACI 347, Section 3.7.2.3. Add the period of time when the 22
surrounding air temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit, to the minimum 23
listed time period. Formwork for 2-way conventionally reinforced slabs shall 24
remain in place for at least the minimum cumulative time periods specified for 25
1-way slabs of the same maximum span. 26
c. Immediately reshore 2-way conventionally reinforced slabs after formwork 27
removal. Reshores shall remain until the concrete has attained the specified 28 28
day compressive strength. 29
d. Minimum cumulative curing times may be reduced by the use of high-early 30
strength cement or forming systems which allow form removal without 31
disturbing shores, but only after the Contractor has demonstrated to the 32
satisfaction of the Engineer that the early removal of forms will not cause 33
excessive sag, distortion or damage to the concrete elements. 34
e. Completely remove wood forms. Provide temporary openings if required. 35
f. Provide adequate methods of curing and thermal protection of exposed concrete 36
if forms are removed prior to completion of specified curing time. 37
g. Reshore areas required to support construction loads in excess of 20 pounds per 38
square foot to properly distribute construction loading. Construction loads up 39
to the rated live load capacity may be placed on unshored construction provided 40
the concrete has attained the specified 28 day compressive strength. 41
h. Obtaining concrete compressive strength tests for the purposes of form removal 42
is the responsibility of the Contractor. 43
i. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms 44
without loosening or disturbing shores. 45
03 30 00 - 16
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 16 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, 1
delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for 2
exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. 3
4. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to 4
close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for 5
exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Engineer. 6
D. Shores and Reshores 7
1. The Contractor is solely responsible for proper shoring and reshoring. 8
2. Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring 9
and reshoring. 10
a. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is 11
complete. 12
3. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. 13
Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive 14
stress or deflection. 15
E. Steel Reinforcement 16
1. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing 17
reinforcement. 18
a. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder 19
before placing concrete. 20
2. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign 21
materials that would reduce bond to concrete. 22
3. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. 23
Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete 24
cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 25
a. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4, where indicated. Only steel 26
conforming to ASTM A706 may be welded. 27
4. Installation tolerances 28
a. Top and bottom bars in slabs, girders, beams and joists: 29
1) Members 8 inches deep or less: ±3/8 inch 30
2) Members more than 8 inches deep: ±1/2 inch 31
b. Concrete Cover to Formed or Finished Surfaces: ±3/8 inches for members 8 32
inches deep or less; ±1/2 inches for members over 8 inches deep, except that 33
tolerance for cover shall not exceed 1/3 of the specified cover. 34
5. Concrete Cover 35
a. Reinforcing in structural elements deposited against the ground: 3 inches 36
b. Reinforcing in formed beams, columns and girders: 1-1/2 inches 37
c. Grade beams and exterior face of formed walls and columns exposed to 38
weather or in contact with the ground: 2 inches 39
d. Interior faces of walls: 1 inches 40
e. Slabs: 3/4 inches 41
6. Splices: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. Comply 42
with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on the 43
documents. Do not lap splice no. 14 and 18 bars. 44
03 30 00 - 17
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 17 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
7. Field Welding of Embedded Metal Assemblies 1
a. Remove all paint and galvanizing in areas to receive field welds. 2
b. Field Prepare all areas where paint or galvanizing has been removed with the 3
specified paint or cold galvanizing compound, respectively. 4
F. Joints 5
1. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of 6
concrete. 7
2. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not 8
impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Engineer. 9
a. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement 10
across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue 11
reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 12
b. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 13
c. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. 14
Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a 15
beam-girder intersection. 16
d. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, 17
beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 18
e. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral 19
with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 20
f. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against 21
hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 22
3. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where 23
indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat 1-1/2 of dowel length to prevent concrete 24
bonding to 1 side of joint. 25
G. Waterstops 26
1. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to 27
form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and 28
protect exposed waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in 29
waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions. 30
2. Self-Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other 31
locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions, adhesive 32
bonding, mechanically fastening, and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest 33
lengths practicable. 34
H. Adhesive Anchors 35
1. Comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions on the hole diameter and 36
depth required to fully develop the tensile strength of the adhesive anchor or 37
reinforcing bar. 38
2. Properly clean out the hole utilizing a wire brush and compressed air to remove all 39
loose material from the hole, prior to installing adhesive material. 40
I. Concrete Placement 41
1. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and 42
embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. 43
03 30 00 - 18
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 18 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement 1
unless approved by Engineer. 2
3. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, 3
subject to limitations of ACI 301. 4
a. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing 5
admixtures to mixture. 6
b. Do not exceed the maximum specified water/cement ratio for the mix. 7
4. Deposit concrete continuously in 1 layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness 8
that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause 9
seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide 10
construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 11
a. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design 12
pressures, 15 feet maximum and in a manner to avoid inclined construction 13
joints. 14
b. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to 15
ACI 301. 16
c. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw 17
vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed 18
layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into 19
lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, 20
limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and 21
complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without 22
causing mixture constituents to segregate. 23
d. Do not permit concrete to drop freely any distance greater than 10 feet for 24
concrete containing a high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer) or 25
5 feet for other concrete. Provide chute or tremie to place concrete where longer 26
drops are necessary. Do not place concrete into excavations with standing 27
water. If place of deposit cannot be pumped dry, pour concrete through a tremie 28
with its outlet near the bottom of the place of deposit. 29
e. Discard pump priming grout and do not use in the structure. 30
5. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, 31
within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is 32
complete. 33
a. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly 34
worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 35
b. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 36
c. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 37
d. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 38
e. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-39
textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not 40
further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. 41
6. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect 42
concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by 43
frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 44
a. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 45
degrees Fahrenheit for 3 successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture 46
temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 47
03 30 00 - 19
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 19 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place 1
concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 2
c. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze 3
agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in 4
mixture designs. 5
7. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 305.1 and as follows: 6
a. Maintain concrete temperature below 95 degrees Fahrenheit at time of 7
placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control 8
temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of 9
mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 10
b. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing 11
concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or 12
dry areas. 13
J. Finishing Formed Surfaces 14
1. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material 15
with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections 16
that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 17
a. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. 18
2. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar 19
unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a 20
texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of 21
formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise 22
indicated. 23
K. Miscellaneous Concrete Items 24
1. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise 25
indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as 26
specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous 27
concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. 28
2. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while 29
concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with 30
corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. 31
3. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and 32
foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment 33
at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer 34
furnishing machines and equipment. 35
a. Housekeeping pads: Normal weight concrete (3000 psi), reinforced with 36
#3@16 inches on center set at middepth of pad. Trowel concrete to a dense, 37
smooth finish. Set anchor bolts for securing mechanical or electrical equipment 38
during pouring of concrete fill. 39
4. Protective slabs ("Mud slabs"): Normal weight concrete (2500 psi minimum) with a 40
minimum thickness of 3-1/2 inches. Finish slab to a wood float finish. 41
L. Concrete Protecting and Curing 42
1. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold 43
or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and 44
ACI 305.1 for hot-weather protection during curing. 45
03 30 00 - 20
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 20 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, 1
supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, 2
moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, 3
continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. 4
3. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure 5
unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other 6
surfaces. 7
4. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by 1 or a combination of the following 8
methods: 9
a. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than 7 days 10
with the following materials: 11
1) Water 12
2) Continuous water-fog spray 13
3) Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover 14
concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive 15
covers 16
b. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-17
retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with 18
sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or 19
adhesive. Cure for not less than 7 days. Immediately repair any holes or tears 20
during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 21
1) Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to 22
receive floor coverings. 23
2) Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to 24
receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. 25
3) Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-26
retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will 27
not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 28
c. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray 29
or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas 30
subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain 31
continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 32
3.5 REPAIR 33
A. Concrete Surface Repairs 34
1. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Engineer. 35
Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Engineer’s 36
approval. 37
2. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part portland 38
cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough 39
water for handling and placing. 40
3. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture 41
irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other 42
projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be 43
removed by cleaning. 44
03 30 00 - 21
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 21 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. Immediately after form removal, cut-out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids 1
more than 1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch 2
in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen 3
with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and 4
compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie 5
voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 6
b. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement 7
and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match 8
surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify 9
mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in 10
place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 11
c. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability 12
and structural performance as determined by Engineer. 13
4. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, 14
for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and 15
high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use 16
a sloped template. 17
a. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, pop 18
outs, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide 19
or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections 20
regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 21
b. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 22
c. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface 23
finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching 24
mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 25
d. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in 26
diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective 27
areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-28
inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching 29
concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials 30
and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, 31
compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same 32
manner as adjacent concrete. 33
e. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching 34
mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off 35
dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply 36
bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. 37
Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched 38
area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. 39
5. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Engineer’s approval, using epoxy 40
adhesive and patching mortar. 41
6. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to 42
Engineer’s approval. 43
03 30 00 - 22
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 22 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 1
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 2
A. Testing and Inspecting: City will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and 3
inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 4
B. Inspections 5
1. Steel reinforcement placement 6
2. Headed bolts and studs 7
3. Verification of use of required design mixture 8
4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing 9
5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature 10
6. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams 11
and slabs 12
C. Concrete Tests: Perform testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained 13
according to ASTM C172 according to the following requirements: 14
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain 1 composite sample for each day's pour of each 15
concrete mixture exceeding 5 cubic yard, but less than 25 cubic yard, plus 1 set for 16
each additional 50 cubic yard or fraction thereof. 17
2. Slump: ASTM C143; 1 test at point of placement for each composite sample, but 18
not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional 19
tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 20
3. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; 1 test for 21
each composite sample, but not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete 22
mixture. 23
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064; 1 test hourly when air temperature is 40 24
degrees Fahrenheit and below and when 80 degrees Fahrenheit and above, and 1 25
test for each composite sample. 26
5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31. 27
a. Cast and laboratory cure 4 cylinders for each composite sample. 28
1) Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a 29
minimum of 24 hours. 30
6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C39; 31
a. Test 1 cylinder at 7 days. 32
b. Test 2 cylinders at 28 days. 33
c. Hold 1 cylinder for testing at 56 days as needed. 34
7. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion 35
laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures 36
for protecting and curing in-place concrete. 37
8. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any 3 38
consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive 39
strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive 40
strength by more than 500 psi. 41
03 30 00 - 23
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 23 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
9. Report test results in writing to Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor 1
within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain 2
Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of 3
concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design 4
compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, 5
compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 6
10. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of 7
concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive 8
strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer. 9
Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete 10
by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42 or by other methods as directed by 11
Engineer. 12
a. When the strength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as 13
indicated by cylinder tests, falls below the specified requirements, provide 14
improved curing conditions and/or adjustments to the mix design as required to 15
obtain the required strength. If the average strength of the laboratory control 16
cylinders falls so low as to be deemed unacceptable, follow the core test 17
procedure set forth in ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shall be 18
approved by the Engineer. Core sampling and testing shall be at Contractors 19
expense. 20
b. If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is 21
inadequate, any replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered 22
by the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor without cost to the City. 23
11. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to 24
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 25
12. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not 26
comply with the Contract Documents. 27
D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E1155 within 48 28
hours of finishing. 29
E. Concrete Finish Measurement and Tolerances 30
1. All floors are subject to measurement for flatness and levelness and comply with 31
the following: 32
a. Slabs shall be flat within a tolerance of 5/16 inches in 10 feet when tested with 33
a 10 foot long straightedge. Apply straightedge to the slab at 3 foot intervals in 34
both directions, lapping straightedge 3 feet on areas previously checked. Low 35
spots shall not exceed the above dimension anywhere along the straightedge. 36
Flatness shall be checked the next work day after finishing. 37
b. Slabs shall be level within a tolerance of ± 1/4 inch in 10 feet, not to exceed 3/4 38
inches total variation, anywhere on the floor, from elevations indicated on the 39
Drawings. Levelness shall be checked on a 10 foot grid using a level after 40
removal of forms. 41
c. Measurement Standard: All floors are subject to measurement for flatness and 42
levelness, according to ASTM E1155. 43
2. 2 Tiered Measurement Standard 44
a. Each floor test section and the overall floor area shall conform to the 2-tiered 45
measurement standard as specified herein. 46
03 30 00 - 24
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 24 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) Minimum Local Value: The minimum local FF/FL values represent the ab-1
solute minimum surface profile that will be acceptable for any 1 test sample 2
(line of measurements) anywhere within the test area. 3
2) Specified Overall Value: The specified overall FF/FL values represent the 4
minimum values acceptable for individual floor sections as well as the floor 5
as a whole. 6
3. Floor Test Sections 7
a. A floor test section is defined as the smaller of the following areas: 8
1) The area bounded by column and/or wall lines 9
2) The area bounded by construction and/or control joint lines 10
3) Any combination of column lines and/or control joint lines 11
b. Test sample measurement lines within each test section shall be 12
multidirectional along 2 orthogonal lines, as defined by ASTM E1155, at a 13
spacing to be determined by the City's testing agency. 14
c. The precise layout of each test section shall be determined by the City's testing 15
agency. 16
4. Concrete Floor Finish Tolerance 17
a. The following values apply before removal of shores. Levelness values (FL) do 18
not apply to intentionally sloped or cambered areas, nor to slabs poured on 19
metal deck or precast concrete. 20
1) Slabs 21
Overall Value FF45/FL30 22
Minimum Local Value FF30/FL20 23
5. Floor Elevation Tolerance Envelope 24
a. The acceptable tolerance envelope for absolute elevation of any point on the 25
slab surface, with respect to the elevation shown on the Drawings, is as follows: 26
1) Slab-on-Grade Construction: ± ¾ inch 27
2) Top surfaces of formed slabs measured prior to removal of supporting 28
shores: ± ¾ inch 29
3) Top surfaces of all other slabs: ± ¾ inch 30
4) Slabs specified to slope shall have a tolerance from the specified slope of 31
3/8 inch in 10 feet at any point, up to ¾ inch from theoretical elevation at 32
any point. 33
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 34
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 35
3.10 CLEANING 36
A. Defective Work 37
1. Imperfect or damaged work or any material damaged or determined to be defective 38
before final completion and acceptance of the entire job shall be satisfactorily re-39
placed at the Contractor's expense, and in conformity with all of the requirements of 40
the Drawings and Specifications. 41
2. Perform removal and replacement of concrete work in such manner as not to impair 42
the appearance or strength of the structure in any way. 43
B. Cleaning 44
03 30 00 - 25
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 25 of 25
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Upon completion of the work remove from the site all forms, equipment, protective 1
coverings and any rubbish resulting therefrom. 2
2. After sweeping floors, wash floors with clean water. 3
3. Leave finished concrete surfaces in a clean condition, satisfactory to the City. 4
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 6
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8
END OF SECTION 9
10
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson
2.2.O.3 – Removed Blue Text/Added Descriptions for water-soluble,
chloride-ion content
3.4.C.1 – Changed 75% to 70%
11
03 34 13 - 1
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 03 34 13 1
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section includes: 5
1. Controlled low strength material (CLSM) for use in the following: 6
a. Flowable backfill 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
3. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Measurement 16
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed. 17
2. Payment 18
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 19
are subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation 20
will be allowed. 21
1.3 REFERENCES 22
A. Reference Standards 23
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 24
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 25
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 26
B. ASTM International (ASTM): 27
1. C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 28
Field. 29
2. C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 30
3. C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 31
Specimens. 32
4. C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 33
5. C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the 34
Pressure Method. 35
6. C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 36
03 34 13 - 2
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
7. C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural 1
Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. 2
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 3
1.5 SUBMITTALS 4
A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 5
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 6
specials. 7
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 8
A. Product data 9
B. Sieve analysis 10
1. Submit sieve analyses of fine and coarse aggregates being used. 11
a. Resubmit at any time there is a significant change in grading of materials. 12
2. Mix 13
a. Submit full details, including mix design calculations for mix proposed for use. 14
C. Trial batch test data 15
1. Submit data for each test cylinder. 16
2. Submit data that identifies mix and slump for each test cylinder. 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 20
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 21
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 22
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 23
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED OR OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25
2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 26
A. Materials 27
1. Portland cement: Type II low alkali portland cement as specified in Section 03 30 28
00. 29
2. Fly ash: Class F fly ash in accordance with ASTM C618. 30
3. Water: As specified in Section 03 30 00. 31
4. Admixture: Air entraining admixture in accordance with ASTM C260. 32
03 34 13 - 3
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
5. Fine aggregate: Concrete sand (does not need to be in accordance with 1
ASTM C33). No more than 12 percent of fine aggregate shall pass a No. 200 sieve, 2
and no plastic fines shall be present. 3
6. Coarse aggregate: Pea gravel no larger than 3/8 inch. 4
B. Mixes 5
1. Performance requirements 6
a. Total calculated air content 7
1) Not less than 8.0 percent or greater than 12.0 percent. 8
b. Minimum unconfined compressive strength 9
1) Not less than 50 psi measured at 28 days. 10
c. Maximum unconfined compressive strength 11
1) Not greater than 150 psi measured at 28 days. 12
2) Limit the long-term strength (90 days) to 200 psi such that material could 13
be re-excavated with conventional excavation equipment in the future if 14
necessary. 15
d. Wet density 16
1) No greater than 132 pounds per cubic foot. 17
e. Color 18
1) No coloration required unless noted. 19
2) Submit dye or other coloration means for approval. 20
2. Suggested design mix 21
Material Weight Specific Gravity
Absolute Volume
Cubic Foot
Cement 30 pounds 3.15 0.15
Fly Ash 300 pounds 2.30 2.09
Water 283 pounds 1.00 4.54
Coarse Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76
Fine Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76
Admixture 4-6 ounces - 2.70
TOTAL 3,543 pounds - 27.00
22
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 23
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 24
A. Trial batch 25
1. After mix design has been accepted by Engineer, have trial batch of the accepted 26
mix design prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to Engineer. 27
2. Prepare trial batches using specified cementitious materials and aggregates 28
proposed to be used for the Work. 29
3. Prepare trial batch with sufficient quantity to determine slump, workability, 30
consistency, and to provide sufficient test cylinders. 31
03 34 13 - 4
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
B. Test cylinders: 1
1. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following 2
exceptions: 3
a. Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle the 4
mix. 5
b. Do not rod the concrete mix. 6
c. Strike off the excess material. 7
2. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and 8
transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only minimal 9
bumping, banging, or jolting without damage. 10
3. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped and 11
tested. 12
4. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene pads: 13
a. Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures. 14
b. Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, and 1/2 inch larger in diameter 15
than the test cylinders. 16
c. Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a minimum 17
age of 3 days. 18
C. Compression test 8 test cylinders: Test 4 test cylinders at 3 days and 4 at 28 days in 19
accordance with ASTM C39 except as modified herein: 20
1. The compression strength of the 4 test cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to 21
or greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed 22
maximum compression strength. 23
D. If the trial batch tests do not meet the Specifications for strength or density, revise and 24
resubmit the mix design, and prepare additional trial batch and tests. Repeat until an 25
acceptable trial batch is produced that meets the Specifications. 26
1. All the trial batches and acceptability of materials shall be paid by the 27
CONTRACTOR. 28
2. After acceptance, do not change the mix design without submitting a new mix 29
design, trial batches, and test information. 30
E. Determine slump in accordance with ASTM C143 with the following exceptions: 31
1. Do not rod the concrete material. 32
2. Place material in slump cone in 1 semi-continuous filling operation, slightly 33
overfill, tap lightly, strike off, and then measure and record slump. 34
03 34 13 - 5
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 INSTALLATION 5
A. Place CLSM by any method which preserves the quality of the material in terms of 6
compressive strength and density: 7
1. Limit lift heights of CLSM placed against structures and other facilities that could 8
be damaged due to the pressure from the CLSM, to the lesser of 4 feet or the lift 9
height indicated on the Drawings. Do not place another lift of CLSM until the last 10
lift of CLSM has set and gained sufficient strength to prevent lateral load due to the 11
weight of the next lift of CLSM. 12
2. The basic requirement for placement equipment and placement methods is the 13
maintenance of its fluid properties. 14
3. Transport and place material so that it flows easily around, beneath, or through 15
walls, pipes, conduits, or other structures. 16
4. Use a slump of the placed material greater than 9 inches, and sufficient to allow the 17
material to flow freely during placement: 18
a. After trial batch testing and acceptance, maintain slump developed during 19
testing during construction at all times within ± 1 inch. 20
5. Use a slump, consistency, workability, flow characteristics, and pumpability (where 21
required) such that when placed, the material is self-compacting, self-densifying, 22
and has sufficient plasticity that compaction or mechanical vibration is not required. 23
6. When using as embedment for pipe take appropriate measures to ensure line and 24
grade of pipe. 25
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 26
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 28
A. General 29
1. Make provisions for and furnish all material for the test specimens, and provide 30
manual assistance to assist the Engineer in preparing said specimens. 31
2. Be responsible for the care of and providing curing condition for the test specimens. 32
B. Tests by the City 33
1. During the progress of construction, the City will have tests made to determine 34
whether the CLSM, as being produced, complies with the requirements specified 35
hereinbefore. Test cylinders will be made and delivered to the laboratory by the 36
Engineer and the testing expense will be borne by the City. 37
2. Test cylinders 38
a. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following 39
exceptions: 40
03 34 13 - 6
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle 1
the mix. 2
2) Do not rod the concrete mix. 3
3) Strike off the excess material. 4
b. Place the cylinders in a safe location away from the construction activities. 5
Keep the cylinders moist by covering with wet burlap, or equivalent. Do not 6
sprinkle water directly on the cylinders. 7
c. After 2 days, place the cylinders in a protective container for transport to the 8
laboratory for testing. The concrete test cylinders are fragile and shall be 9
handled carefully. The container may be a box with a Styrofoam or similar 10
lining that will limit the jarring and bumping of the cylinders. 11
d. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and 12
transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only 13
minimal bumping, banging, or jolting without damage. 14
e. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped 15
and tested. 16
f. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene 17
pads: 18
1) Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures. 19
2) Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, and 1/2 inch larger in 20
diameter than the test cylinders. 21
3) Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a 22
minimum age of 3 days. 23
3. The number of cylinder specimens taken each day shall be determined by the 24
Inspector. 25
a. Test 1 cylinder at 3 days and 2 at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39 26
except as modified herein. 27
b. The compression strength of the cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to or 28
greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed 29
maximum compression strength. 30
4. The City will test the air content of the CLSM. Test will be made immediately after 31
discharge from the mixer in accordance with ASTM C231. 32
5. Test the slump of CLSM using a slump cone in accordance with ASTM C143 with 33
the following exceptions: 34
a. Do not rod the concrete material. 35
b. Place material in slump cone in 1 semi-continuous filling operation, slightly 36
overfill, tap lightly, strike off, and then measure and record slump. 37
6. If compressive strength of test cylinders does not meet requirements, make 38
corrections to the mix design to meet the requirements of this specification. 39
03 34 13 - 7
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7
END OF SECTION 8
9
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
10
26 05 00 - 1
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
SECTION 26 05 00 1
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. All labor, materials and equipment required to install, test and provide an 6
operational, electrical system as specified and as shown on the Drawings 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Electrical Facilities 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this Item 19
shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Electrical Facilities”. 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Furnishing and installing a complete electrical system 22
2) Wire 23
3) Cable 24
4) Conduit and related hardware 25
5) Supports 26
6) Excavation 27
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 28
8) Hauling 29
9) Clean-up 30
2. Furnish and Install Electrical Service 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measurement for electrical service shall be per each type and size furnished 33
and installed. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 36
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for “Furnish/Install Electrical 37
Service” shall be made at the price bid per each type and size installed. 38
c. The price bid shall include all aspects of completing the installation of electrical 39
service including, but not limited to: 40
1) Conduit 41
26 05 00 - 2
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
2) Pole risers 1
3) Meter base 2
4) Breaker box 3
5) Breakers 4
6) Coordination with Electrical Service Provider 5
3. Install Electrical Service 6
a. Measurement 7
1) Measurement for electrical service shall be per each type and size installed. 8
b. Payment 9
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 10
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for “Install Electrical Service” 11
shall be made at the price bid per each type and size installed. 12
c. The price bid shall include all aspects of completing the installation of electrical 13
service including, but not limited to: 14
1) Conduit 15
2) Pole risers 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Reference Standards 18
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 19
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 20
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 21
2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 22
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23
A. Coordination 24
1. Where references are made to the Related Work paragraph in each Specification 25
Section, referring to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, the 26
Contractor shall provide such information or Work as may be required in those 27
references, and include such information or Work as may be specified. 28
2. Division 26 requirements apply to electrical work provided under any division of 29
the Specifications 30
B. Service and Metering 31
1. Obtain service from the electric service provider at 120/240 Volts, Single Phase, 32
Three Wire, 60 Hz from transformer equipment furnished and installed by the 33
power company. 34
2. Power company responsibilities 35
a. Furnishing and installing the primary overhead conductors and pole line 36
b. Furnishing and installing the transformer or riser pole, primary cutouts, 37
lightning arresters and grounding 38
c. Furnishing and installing primary conduits and cables 39
d. Furnishing and installing the transformer pad and grounding (if pad-mounted 40
transformer) 41
e. Furnishing and installing transformer 42
f. Terminating underground primary cables 43
g. Furnishing metering current transformers (CT's), meter and meter wiring 44
h. Terminating secondary cables to the service transformer 45
26 05 00 - 3
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
i. Furnishing meter base and enclosure 1
3. Contractor responsibilities 2
a. Furnishing and installing secondary conduits and cables 3
b. Furnishing and installing power company approved metering current 4
transformer enclosure (if required by power company) 5
c. Installing meter base 6
d. Furnishing and installing an empty conduit with pull line from the metering 7
current transformer enclosure to the meter enclosure. Conduit size and type 8
approved by the power company 9
e. Coordinating electrical service installation with power company 10
4. City responsibilities 11
a. Negotiating with power company for the costs of new or revised services 12
b. Making payment directly to power company for such costs 13
C. Codes, Inspections and Fees 14
1. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 15
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 20
A. Materials and Equipment 21
1. New, except where specifically identified on the Drawings to be reused. 22
2. UL listed, where such listing exists. 23
3. Electrical service 24
a. Service type shall be as shown on the Drawings. 25
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 26
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 27
1.12 WARRANTY 28
A. Manufacturer Warranty 29
1. Manufacturer’s warranties are specified in each of the Specification Sections. 30
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31
PART 3 - EXECUTION 32
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 33
3.2 EXAMINATION 34
A. Interpretation of Drawings 35
26 05 00 - 4
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
1. Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied 1
equipment. 2
2. Where circuits are shown as home runs: Provide fittings and boxes for complete 3
raceway installation. 4
3. Verify exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and 5
receptacles prior to installation. 6
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7
3.4 INSTALLATION 8
A. Phase Balancing 9
1. Connect circuits on motor control centers and panelboards to result in evenly 10
balanced loads across all phases. 11
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 15
A. Tests and Settings 16
1. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 26. 17
2. Repair or replace all defective work. 18
3. Make adjustments to the systems as specified and/or required. 19
4. Prior to energizing electrical equipment, make all tests required by the individual 20
Specification sections. 21
a. Submit a sample test form or procedure. 22
b. Submit the required test reports and data within 30 days after the test. 23
c. Include names of all test personnel. 24
d. Initial each test. 25
5. Check wire and cable terminations for tightness. 26
6. Verify all terminations at transformers, equipment, capacitor connections, panels, 27
and enclosures by producing a 1 2 3 rotation on a phase sequence motor when 28
connected to A, B, and C phases. 29
7. Inspect, set, and test mechanical operation for circuit breakers, disconnect switches, 30
motor starters, and control equipment. 31
8. Check interlocking, control and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a 32
system to prove that the system will function properly as indicated by schematic 33
and wiring diagrams. 34
9. Schedule and coordinate testing with the City at least 2 weeks in advance. 35
10. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment. 36
11. Refer to the individual equipment Sections for additional specific testing 37
requirements. 38
26 05 00 - 5
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 1
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 2
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 4
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 5
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 6
END OF SECTION 7
8
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11/22/13 S. Arnold Added installation only pay item for electrical services
9
26 05 10 - 1
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 26 05 10 1
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnish, install and test all equipment, wiring and appurtenances as may be required 6
to perform the electrical demolition shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Measurement 15
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 16
2. Payment 17
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 18
shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Salvage Electrical Equipment”. 19
3. The price bid shall include: 20
a. Removing and salvaging electrical equipment including, but not limited to: 21
1) Wire and cable 22
2) Encasement 23
3) Conduit 24
4) Supports 25
b. Excavation 26
c. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 27
d. Hauling 28
e. Clean-up 29
1.3 REFERENCES 30
A. Reference Standards 31
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 32
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 33
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 34
2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 35
a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC) 36
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 37
A. Coordination 38
26 05 10 - 2
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Coordinate with the City or their designee 48 hours in advance of removals. 1
2. Coordinate with other Trades for removal of electrical services in conjunction with 2
the removal of the associated equipment. 3
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 8
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 9
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 10
1. All salvage materials will be delivered by the Contractor to the City at a location 11
designated by the Inspector. The Inspector, assisted by authorized representatives, 12
will serve as the receiving agent for salvage material. 13
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 16
PART 3 - EXECUTION 17
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 18
3.2 EXAMINATION 19
A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements. 20
B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. 21
C. Report Drawing discrepancies to City before disturbing the existing installation. 22
3.3 PREPARATION 23
A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors and ceilings scheduled for removal . 24
B. Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company to minimize length and number 25
of outages. 26
C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service 27
during construction. 28
D. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel 29
experienced in such operations. 30
E. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is 31
complete and ready for service. 32
F. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. 33
26 05 10 - 3
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
G. Obtain permission from City at least 1 week in advance, before partially or completely 1
disabling system. 2
3.4 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK 3
A. Remove, relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. 4
B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. 5
C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible 6
ceiling finishes. 7
1. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors and patch surfaces. 8
D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. 9
1. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit serving them is abandoned and removed. 10
2. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. 11
E. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. 12
F. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment that has been removed. 13
G. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension 14
work. 15
H. Maintain access to existing installations which remain active. Modify installation or 16
provide access to panels as appropriate. 17
I. Where the demolition or revision of any portion of a raceway or box in the raceway 18
system, in an area, causes the raceway system of the area to no longer comply with the 19
classification or Specification requirements of the area, provide and install such boxes, 20
fittings, etc. as may be necessary to return the raceway system to compliance with 21
Specifications. 22
J. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified for new Work. 23
K. Minimize noise, dust, and vibration and conduct the work so as to avoid any damage to 24
the surroundings. 25
L. Salvaged Equipment and Materials 26
1. The City shall have the right to retain any or all electrical and instrumentation 27
equipment shown or specified to be removed from the site. 28
2. Deliver the City’s equipment to a site designated by the City. 29
3. If the City refuses the salvage, the Contractor must claim ownership of the 30
materials and dispose of them properly. 31
4. Prior to starting demolition, the Contractor and City shall jointly visit the areas of 32
demolition and the City will designate those items that are to remain the property of 33
the City. 34
5. Take necessary precautions in removing City designated property to prevent 35
damage during the demolition process. 36
a. Remove steel structural members by unbolting, cutting welds, or cutting rivet 37
heads and punching shanks through holes. 38
b. Do not use a cutting torch to separate the City’s equipment or material. 39
6. Remove items in 1 piece or in a manner that does not impact their reuse. 40
a. Loose components may be removed separately. 41
26 05 10 - 4
DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. Controls and electrical equipment may be removed from the equipment and 1
handled separately. 2
c. Large units may be handled separately. 3
d. Salvaged piping shall be taken apart at flanges or fittings and removed in 4
sections. 5
M. Material removed from the construction site during demolition, and any equipment not 6
otherwise designated to remain the property of the City in accordance with the pre-7
demolition identification process shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall 8
be promptly removed from the construction site. 9
N. Refurbish and replace any existing facility, to be left in place, which is damaged by the 10
demolition operations. 11
1. The repair of such damage shall leave the parts in a condition at least equal to that 12
found at the start of the work. 13
3.5 RESTORATION 14
A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. 15
B. Panelboards 16
1. Clean exposed surfaces. 17
2. Check tightness of electrical connections. 18
3. Replace damaged circuit breakers. 19
4. Provide closure plates for vacant positions. 20
5. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. 21
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 22
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 24
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 25
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 26
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 27
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 28
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 29
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 30
END OF SECTION 31
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
32
26 05 33 - 1
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 26 05 33 1
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as 6
specified herein. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
3. Section 26 05 43 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Conduits and Related Hardware, when a bid item for Electrical Facilities exists 16
a. Measurement 17
1) This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Facilities. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 20
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Facilities and shall be subsidiary to the 21
lump sum price bid for Electrical Facilities, and no other compensation will 22
be allowed. 23
2. Conduits and Related Hardware, when no bid item for Electrical Facilities exists 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measurement for conduit shall be per linear foot of the size, installation 26
method, and type of conduit installed. 27
2) Limits of measurement for conduit are from center to center between 28
ground boxes or poles, a combination of the two or to the termination point. 29
b. Payment 30
1) Payment for conduit shall be made at the price bid per linear foot of the 31
size, installation method, and type of conduit installed. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Installation of Conduit and Related Hardware including, but not limited to: 34
a) Elbows 35
b) Couplings 36
c) Weatherheads 37
3. Conduit Boxes, when a bid item for Electrical Facilities exists 38
a. Measurement 39
1) This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Facilities. 40
b. Payment 41
26 05 33 - 2
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 1
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Facilities and shall be subsidiary to the 2
lump sum price bid for Electrical Facilities, and no other compensation will 3
be allowed. 4
4. Conduit Boxes, when no bid item for Electrical Facilities exists 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Conduit Box installed per 7
location of installation. 8
b. Payment 9
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this Item 10
shall be paid for at the unit price bid for “Conduit Box” installed. 11
c. The price bid shall include: 12
1) Furnishing and installing the Conduit Box 13
2) Excavation 14
3) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 15
4) Clean-up 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Reference Standards 18
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 19
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 20
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 21
2. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI). 22
a. ANSI C80.5, American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum 23
Conduit (ERAC). 24
3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 25
a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volt Maximum). 26
b. C80.1, Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit. 27
c. TC-2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. 28
d. TC-3, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and 29
Tubing. 30
e. TC-7, Smooth-Walled Coilable Electrical Polyethylene Conduit. 31
4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 32
a. 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC). 33
1) Article 350, Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Type LFMC. 34
2) Chapter 9, Tables. 35
5. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 36
a. 6, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Steel. 37
b. 514B, Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings. 38
c. 651, Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 39
B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the 40
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of UL. 41
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 42
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 43
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 44
26 05 33 - 3
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
A. Product Data 1
1. Submit to the City, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names and 2
product designation or catalog numbers of all materials specified. 3
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 6
A. Qualifications 7
1. Manufacturers 8
a. Refer to Specification Section 01 60 00 for listing of approved manufacturers 9
for all materials. 10
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 11
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 12
1. Handling: In accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 13
2. Storage 14
a. In accordance with manufacturer's instructions 15
b. Not exposed to sunlight 16
c. Completely covered 17
3. Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite exposure will be rejected. 18
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 19
1.12 WARRANTY 20
A. No separate warranty on conduit. 21
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 22
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 23
2.2 CONDUIT 24
A. Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit 25
1. Interlocked steel core 26
2. PVC jacket rated for 80 degrees Celsius 27
3. Complies with NEC Article 350 28
4. Fittings 29
5. Extruded from 6063 T-1 alloy 30
6. Maximum 0.1 percent copper content 31
7. Conform to: 32
a. ANSI C80.5 33
b. UL-6 34
B. Rigid Steel Conduit 35
1. Hot dip galvanized 36
2. Threads: Hot galvanized after cutting 37
26 05 33 - 4
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3. Conforms to: 1
a. NEMA C80.1 2
C. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 Conduit 3
1. Designed for use above ground and underground as described in the NEC 4
2. Resistant to sunlight 5
3. UL Labeled 6
4. Conforms to: 7
a. NEMA TC-2 8
b. UL 651 9
5. Fittings conform to: 10
a. NEMA TC-3 11
b. UL 514B 12
D. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 Conduit 13
1. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 14
2. Resistant to sunlight 15
3. UL Labeled. 16
4. Conforms to: 17
a. NEMA TC-2 18
b. UL 651 19
5. Fittings conform to: 20
a. NEMA TC-3 21
b. UL 514B 22
E. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit 23
1. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 24
2. Resistant to sunlight 25
3. UL Labeled 26
4. Conforms to: 27
a. UL 651A 28
b. UL 651B 29
c. NEMA TC-7 30
F. Raceway Boxes 31
1. Use: Exposed raceway systems only 32
2. Boxes for underground systems: Refer to Section 26 05 43. 33
3. Box size 34
a. Distance between each raceway entry inside the box and the opposite wall: Not 35
be less than 6 times the trade size of the largest raceway in a row. 36
b. Distance shall be increased for additional entries by the amount of the sum of 37
the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same wall of 38
the box. 39
c. Each row calculated individually, and the single row that provides the 40
maximum distance used to size box. 41
2.3 ACCESSORIES 42
A. Conduit Outlet Bodies 43
26 05 33 - 5
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Up to and including 2-1/2 inches 1
a. Conduit outlet bodies and covers: Galvanized steel 2
b. Captive screw-clamp cover 3
c. Neoprene gasket 4
d. Stainless steel screws and clamps 5
2. Larger than 2-1/2 inches 6
a. Use junction boxes. 7
B. Conduit Hubs 8
1. Watertight 9
2. Threaded galvanized steel 10
3. Insulated throat 11
4. Stainless steel grounding screw 12
C. Grounding Bushings 13
1. Insulated lay-in lug grounding bushings 14
2. Tin-plated copper grounding path 15
3. Integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150 degrees 16
Celsius 17
4. Plastic insert cap each bushing 18
5. Lug size: Sufficient to accommodate maximum ground wire size required by the 19
NEC for the application 20
D. Raceway Sealant 21
1. Use for sealing of raceway hubs, entering or terminating in boxes or enclosures 22
where shown or specified 23
E. Conduit Penetration Seals 24
1. Use for conduit wall and floor seals 25
F. Conduit and related hardware 26
1. All polyvinyl chloride conduits, including elbows and couplings shall be schedule 27
40 PVC conduit, conforming to Federal Specification W-C-1094 and Underwriters' 28
Laboratories, Inc. Standard UL-651. All conduit sizes shall be as indicated on the 29
Drawings. 30
2. Rigid metal conduit shall be steel, hot-dipped galvanized inside and outside. 31
3. Weather heads shall be made of aluminum and may be the threaded or the clamp on 32
type. 33
G. Expansion/Deflection Fittings 34
1. Use 35
a. Embedded in concrete 36
b. Exposed 37
2. Description 38
a. Internal grounding 39
b. 4 inch movement 40
c. Stainless steel/cast iron 41
H. Expansion Fittings 42
26 05 33 - 6
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 6 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Galvanized steel 1
2. 8 inch movement 2
3. Internal grounding 3
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION 5
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 8
3.4 APPLICATION 9
A. Interface with Other Work 10
1. Coordinate the placement of conduit and related components with other trades and 11
existing installations. 12
B. Unless shown on the Drawings or specified otherwise, the conduit type installed with 13
respect to the location shall be as follows: 14
1. Underground, 18 inches or more cover: Rigid PVC Schedule 40 or HDPE 15
2. Underground, less than 18 inches cover: Rigid PVC Schedule 80 or HDPE 16
3. Exposed: Rigid galvanized steel 17
4. Final connection to equipment subject to vibration: Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal 18
Conduit 19
C. Box Applications 20
1. Furnish raceway junction, pull and terminal boxes with NEMA ratings for the 21
location in which they are installed. 22
2. Exposed switch, receptacle and lighting outlet boxes and conduit fittings: 23
Galvanized steel 24
3. Furnish boxes with factory mounting lugs. Drilling through the back of any box or 25
enclosure is prohibited 26
D. Conduit Outlet Bodies Applications 27
1. Conduits up to and including 2-1/2 inches: Conduit outlet bodies may be used, 28
except where junction boxes are shown or otherwise specified 29
2. Conduits larger than 2-1/2 inches: Use junction boxes 30
E. Conduit Hub Applications 31
1. Unless specifically stated herein or described on the Drawings, all raceways shall 32
terminate at an outlet with a conduit hub. Locknut or double locknut terminations 33
will not be permitted. 34
F. Insulated Grounding Bushing Applications 35
1. Use: Terminate raceways at bottom entry to pad-mounted electrical equipment or 36
switchgear, if there is no wall or floor pan on which to anchor or terminate the 37
raceway. 38
26 05 33 - 7
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 7 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Other raceways: Terminate on enclosures with a conduit hub. 1
3. Grounding bushing caps: Remain on the bushing until the wire is ready to be 2
pulled. 3
G. Conduit Fittings Applications 4
1. Combination expansion deflection fittings: Install where conduits cross structure 5
expansion joints, on conduit transitions from underground to above ground, and 6
where installed in exposed conduit runs such that the distance between expansion-7
deflection fittings does not exceed 150 feet of conduit run. 8
2. Expansion fittings: Install in lieu of a combination expansion-deflection fitting, on 9
the exposed side of conduit transitions from underground to above ground, where 10
the earth has been disturbed to a depth of more than 10 feet. 11
H. Conduit Penetration Seals Applications 12
1. Conduit wall seals: Use where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other 13
locations shown on the Drawings 14
2. Conduit sealing bushings: Use to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at 15
other locations shown on the Drawings 16
I. Conduit Tag Applications 17
1. Tag all conduits within 1 foot of the entry of equipment, and wall and floor 18
penetrations. 19
2. Tag all underground conduits and ducts at all locations, exiting and entering from 20
underground, including manholes and handholes. 21
J. Raceway Installation 22
1. No conduit smaller than 1¼ inch electrical trade size. 23
2. No more than the equivalent of 3 - 90 degree bends in any 1 run. 24
3. Do not pull wire until the conduit system is complete in all details. 25
4. Install all underground raceways in accordance with Section 26 05 43. 26
5. Where raceways enter or leave the raceway system, where the raceway origin or 27
termination, could be subjected to the entry of moisture, rain or liquid of any type, 28
particularly where the termination of such raceways terminate in any equipment, 29
new or existing at a lower elevation, such raceways shall be tightly sealed, using 30
watertight sealant (Duxseal or equal), at the higher elevation, both before and after 31
the installation of cables, such that there shall be no entry of water or moisture to 32
the Raceway System at any time. Any damage to new or existing equipment, due to 33
the entrance of moisture from unsealed raceways, shall be corrected by complete 34
replacement of such equipment, at no cost to the City. Cleaning or drying of such 35
damaged equipment will not be acceptable. 36
6. Conduit supports, for other than for underground raceways: Space at intervals of 8 37
feet or less as required to obtain rigid construction. 38
7. Single conduits: Support with 1 hole pipe clamps in combination with 1 screw back 39
plates, to raise conduits from the surface. 40
8. Multiple runs of conduits: Supported on trapeze type hangers with horizontal 41
members and threaded hanger rods not less than 3/8 inch in diameter. 42
9. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, and conduit: Supported by strut to 43
provide a minimum of 1/2 inch clearance between wall and equipment. 44
26 05 33 - 8
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 8 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
10. Conduit hangers: Attach to structural steel by means of beam or channel clamps. 1
Use concrete inserts of the spot type where attached to concrete surfaces. 2
11. Conduits on exposed work 3
a. Install at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding wall. 4
b. Conform to the form of the ceiling. 5
c. No diagonal runs. 6
d. Provide concentric bends in parallel conduit runs. 7
e. Install conduit perfectly straight and true. 8
12. Conduits terminated into enclosures: Install perpendicular to the walls where 9
flexible liquidtight or rigid conduits are required. 10
a. Do not use short sealtight elbow fittings for such terminations, except for 11
connections to instrumentation transmitters where multiple penetrations are 12
required. 13
13. Use insulated throat grounding bushings for conduits containing equipment 14
grounding conductors and terminating in boxes. Connect grounding conductors to 15
the box. 16
14. Install conduits using threaded fittings. Do not use running threads. 17
15. PVC conduit: Use glued type conduit fittings. 18
16. HDPE conduit: Use fittings by same manufacturer as conduit. 19
17. Liquidtight flexible steel conduit 20
a. Primary and secondary of transformers 21
b. Generator terminations 22
c. Other equipment where vibration is present 23
d. Connections to instrumentation transmitters, where multiple penetrations are 24
required 25
e. Do not use in other locations. 26
f. Maximum length: Not greater than that of a factory manufactured long radius 27
elbow of the conduit size being used 28
g. Maximum bending radius: Not less than that shown in the NEC Chapter 9, 29
Table 2, “Other Bends”. 30
h. Do not use BX or AC type prefabricated cables. 31
18. Conduits passing through openings in walls or floor slabs: Seal remaining openings 32
against the passage of flame and smoke. 33
19. Conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases: Seal with conduit sealing 34
bushings. 35
20. Raceways terminating in Control Panels or boxes containing electrical equipment 36
a. Do not install to enter from the top of the panel or box. 37
b. Seal with a watertight sealant: Duxseal or equal 38
21. Conduit 39
a. The Contractor will be required to coordinate with all local utility companies, 40
long distance communication companies, City utilities, railroad companies, and 41
Dig Tess if applicable, to ascertain exact locations of conflicting underground 42
services. 43
b. The location of conduits and ground boxes are diagrammatic only and may be 44
shifted by the Inspector to accommodate field conditions. 45
c. The maximum allowable overcut shall be 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter for bores. 46
26 05 33 - 9
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 9 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
d. The vertical and horizontal tolerances shall not exceed 18 inches (457 mm) as 1
measured from the intended target point for bores. 2
e. The use of a pneumatically driven device for punching holes beneath the 3
pavement (commonly known as a "missile") will not be permitted. 4
f. Conduit installed for future use shall have a non-metallic, nylon type pull string 5
and shall be capped using standard weather tight conduit caps, as approved by 6
the Inspector. 7
g. The Contractor shall place duct seal or foam at the ends of all conduit where 8
conductors and/or cables are present. 9
h. New Conduit 10
1) All underground conduit shall be schedule 40 PVC conduit. 11
2) All conduit or raceways above ground shall be rigid metal. 12
3) All conduit and fittings shall be of the sizes and types shown on the 13
Drawings. 14
4) Each section of conduit shall bear evidence of approval by Underwriter's 15
Laboratories. 16
5) Conduit terminating in posts or pedestal bases shall not extend vertically 17
more than 3 inches above the concrete foundation. 18
6) Field bends in conduit shall have a minimum radius of 12 diameters of the 19
nominal size of the conduit. 20
7) Exposed vertical conduit shall be galvanized rigid metal, and reamed and 21
couplings made tight. PVC conduit shall be joined by the solvent--weld 22
method in accordance with the conduit manufacturer's recommendations. 23
8) No reducer couplings shall be used unless specifically indicated on the 24
Drawings. 25
9) Conduit and fittings shall have burrs and rough places smoothed and shall 26
be clean and free of obstructions before the cable is installed. 27
10) Field cuts shall be made with a hacksaw only, and shall be square and true 28
so that the ends will butt or come together for the full diameter thereof. 29
a) In no case shall a cutting torch be used to cut or join conduit. 30
11) Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling conduit 31
unless approved by the Inspector. 32
12) When a standard coupling cannot be used, an approved union coupling 33
shall be used and shall provide a water-tight coupling between the conduit. 34
13) Couplings shall be properly installed to bring their ends of connected 35
conduit together to produce a good rigid connection throughout the entire 36
length of the conduit run. 37
14) Where the coating on a rigid metal conduit run has been damaged in 38
handling or installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted 39
with rust preventive paint. 40
15) Ends of conduits shall be capped or plugged until installation of the wire is 41
complete. 42
16) Upon request by the Inspector, the Contractor shall draw a full-size metal 43
wire brush, attached by swivel joint to a pull tape, through the metal 44
conduit to insure that the conduit is clean and free from obstructions. 45
17) Conduits shall be placed in an open trench at a minimum 24 inches (612 46
mm) depth below the curb grade in the sidewalk areas, or 18 inches (450 47
mm) below the finished street grade in the street area. 48
26 05 33 - 10
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 10 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
18) Conduit placed for concrete encasement shall be secured and supported in 1
such a manner that the alignment will not be disturbed during placement of 2
the concrete. 3
a) No concrete shall be placed until all of the conduit ends have been 4
capped and all box openings closed. 5
19) PVC conduit, which is to be placed under existing pavement, sidewalks, 6
and driveways, shall be placed by first providing a void through which the 7
PVC conduit shall be inserted. 8
a) The void may be made by boring. 9
b) Use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation 10
will be permitted only to lubricate cuttings. 11
c) Water jetting will not be permitted. 12
20) If it is determined by the Inspector that it is impractical to place the conduit 13
by boring as outlined above due to unforeseen obstructions, written 14
permission may be granted by the Traffic Services Manager or designee for 15
the Contractor to cut the existing pavement. 16
21) Pits for boring shall not be closer than 2 feet (612 mm) to the back of the 17
curb or the outside edge of the shoulder. 18
a) The boring method used shall not interfere with the operation of streets, 19
highways, or other facilities, and shall not weaken or damage any 20
embankment structure, or pavement. 21
22) Backfill - Compaction & Density Test for All Ditchlines 22
a) All ditchlines within paving areas of existing and proposed streets and 23
within 2 feet (600 mm) back of curb are to be mechanically tamped. 24
b) All tamping is to be density controlled to 90 percent standard proctor 25
density at optimum moisture content and no greater than 5 percent 26
optimum or less than 2 percent below optimum. 27
c) All backfill material is to be select native material, 6 inches (150 mm) 28
diameter clods and smaller. 29
d) It is permissible to put backfill in 6 inches to 8 inches (150 mm to 400 30
mm) lifts with densities being taken for each 1feet (300 mm) of 31
compacted material on offsetting stations of 50 feet (15.9 M). 32
23) Provide adequately bent conduit and properly excavate so as to prevent 33
damage to the conduit or conductor by a bend radius which is too short. 34
24) All conduit runs shall be continuous and of the same material (metal only 35
or PVC only). 36
25) Where tying into existing conduit, the Contractor must continue with the 37
same material (metal to metal or PVC to PVC). 38
26) Each length of galvanized rigid metal conduit, where used, shall be reamed 39
and threaded on each end and couplings shall be made up tight. 40
27) White-lead paint or equal shall be used on threads of all joints. 41
28) Metal conduit and fittings shall have the burrs and rough places smoothed. 42
29) Where the coating on a metal conduit run has been damaged in handling or 43
installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted with rust 44
preventive paint. 45
i. Existing Conduit 46
1) Prior to pulling cable in existing underground conduit, the conduit shall be 47
cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with 48
compressed air. 49
26 05 33 - 11
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 11 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2) If conduit appears to be blocked, the Contractor shall make an attempt to 1
clear the conduit by rodding (The Contractor will not receive extra 2
compensation for rodding). 3
3) If the existing conduit cannot be used, the Contractor may be required to 4
repair and/or replace this conduit as directed by the Engineer. 5
a) Repair of this conduit will be paid for as "extra work" on a Change 6
Order. 7
4) The Inspector shall be notified prior to disconnection or removal of any 8
existing cable. 9
22. Conduits from external sources entering or leaving a multiple compartment 10
enclosure: Stub up into the bottom horizontal wireway or other manufacturer 11
designated area, directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to 12
be terminated. 13
23. Conduits entering from cable tray: Stub into the upper section. 14
24. Install conduit sealing and drain fittings in areas designated as NEMA 4X or 15
NEMA 7. 16
25. Conduit identification platens 17
a. Install on all power, instrumentation, alarm and control conduits at each end of 18
the run and at intermediate junction boxes and manholes. 19
b. Install conduit plates before conductors are pulled into conduits. 20
c. Coordinate exact identification plate location with the City at the time of 21
installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading. 22
26. Pull mandrels through all existing conduits that will be reused and through all new 23
conduits 2 inches in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors. 24
27. Install 3/16 inch polypropylene pull lines in all new conduits noted as spares or 25
designated for future equipment. 26
28. Install conduit to drain away from the equipment served. If conduit drainage is not 27
possible, use conduit seals to plug the conduits at the point of attachment to the 28
equipment 29
29. Route conduits to avoid crossing pipe shafts, access hatches or vent duct openings, 30
present or future, in floor or ceiling construction. 31
30. Do not use running threads. 32
31. Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated 33
spaces, or cold air plenums: Sealed with watertight sealant: Duxseal or equal 34
32. Locate conduits a minimum of 3 inches from steam or hot water piping. 35
a. Where crossings are unavoidable, locate conduit at least 1 inch from the 36
covering of the pipe crossed. 37
33. Conduits terminating at a cable tray 38
a. Support independently from the cable tray. 39
b. Provide conduit support within 1-feet of the cable tray. 40
c. Weight of the conduit not supported by cable tray 41
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 42
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 43
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 44
26 05 33 - 12
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 12 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7
END OF SECTION 8
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
9
26 05 43 - 1
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 26 05 43 1
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnish and install a complete underground system of raceways, manholes and 6
handholes 7
2. Raceways for use in structural concrete are specified in Section 26 05 33, Raceways 8
and Boxes for Electrical Systems 9
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 13
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 14
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 15
4. Section 26 05 33 – Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 16
5. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Measurement 20
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the Electrical Facilities being installed. 21
2. Payment 22
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23
are subsidiary to the electrical facilities specified on the Drawings and shall be 24
subsidiary to the lump sum price bid for Electrical Facilities, and no other 25
compensation will be allowed. 26
1.3 REFERENCES 27
A. Reference Standards 28
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 29
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 30
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 31
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 32
a. M306 – Standard Specification for Drainage Structure Castings. 33
3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 34
26 05 43 - 2
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 3
A. Product Data 4
1. Plastic duct spacers 5
B. Shop Drawings 6
1. Manholes, handholes and associated hardware 7
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10
A. Qualifications 11
1. Manufacturers 12
a. Precast manholes: Manufactured in a NPCA (National Precast Concrete 13
Association) Certified Plant 14
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 15
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 16
1. Handle and store material in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 17
2. Store materials completely covered; do not expose materials to sunlight. 18
3. Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite exposure will be rejected. 19
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 20
1.12 WARRANTY 21
A. No separate warranty for this equipment 22
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24
2.2 MATERIALS 25
A. Manufacturers 26
1. Manufacturer List 27
a. Refer to Section 01 60 00. 28
B. Conduit 29
1. PVC Schedule 40 or HDPE 30
2. Refer to Section 26 05 33 31
3. Terminators: Same size and type as the raceway 32
C. Concrete cap for raceways and duct banks 33
1. Refer to Section 03 30 00. 34
26 05 43 - 3
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
2. Red dye 1
a. 40 pounds per 10 cubic yards of concrete 2
D. Manholes and Handholes 3
1. Precast concrete 4
2. Designed for a AASHTO Class H20 load. 5
3. Sizes shown on Drawings 6
4. Manhole tops 7
a. Field removable 8
b. Stainless steel lifting eyes 9
5. Duct bank entries into the manhole or handhole 10
a. Centered on the entering wall 11
b. Contain the number and size of duct terminators to match the corresponding 12
duct bank 13
6. Concrete sump 14
a. Minimum dimensions: 12 inches x 12 inches x 2 inches deep 15
b. Located in the middle of the floor of the manhole or handhole, or as shown on 16
the Drawings 17
E. Manhole Covers 18
1. Heavy duty 19
2. 36 inch diameter 20
3. Machined gray iron 21
4. AASHTO M306 CL35B minimum 22
5. 40,000-pound proof load value (AASHTO Class H20 X 2.5) 23
6. Including frame 24
7. “Electric” or “Communication” raised lettering recessed flush on the cover 25
8. Drop handles 26
F. Castings 27
1. Made In the USA 28
2. Cast with the foundry’s name and production date (example: mm/dd/yy) 29
3. True to pattern in form and dimension 30
4. Free from pouring faults, sponginess, cracks, blow holes, or other defects in 31
positions affecting strength and value 32
5. Angles: Filleted 33
6. Arises: Sharp and true 34
G. Hardware 35
1. Cable racks 36
a. Heavy duty 37
b. Non-metallic 38
c. Arm lengths of 8 inches, 14 inches and 20 inches, each supporting a load of not 39
less than 250 pounds at the outer end 40
d. Molded in 1 piece of U.L. listed glass reinforced nylon 41
e. Secured to the manhole and walls using drilled epoxy anchoring system, with 42
316 stainless steel bolts 43
26 05 43 - 4
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
f. Arms vertically spaced not greater than 24 inches on center 1
2. Pulling irons 2
a. Copolymer polypropylene coated 1/2 inch diameter cable 3
b. Rated pulling strength: 7500 lbs 4
c. Polyethylene pulling iron pocket 5
d. Manholes: Recessed in wall opposite each duct entry 6
e. Handholes: Located near center of handhole floor 7
3. Ladders 8
a. Fiberglass reinforced plastic 9
b. Safety yellow 10
c. 18 inch rung width 11
d. 12 inch rung spacing 12
e. Furnish 2 ladders, length 4 feet greater than the deepest manhole in the 13
underground system 14
H. Polyethylene Warning Tape 15
1. Red polyethylene film 16
2. 2 inches minimum width 17
3. Embedded metallic wire for location tracing 18
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 19
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION 21
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22
3.2 EXAMINATION 23
A. Verification of Conditions 24
1. Field verify the routing of all underground duct banks before placement 25
2. Modify the routing to avoid underground utilities or above ground objects 26
3. Provide any alternate routing of the duct banks to the City for approval before 27
installation 28
3.3 TRENCH EXCAVATION 29
A. Provide suitable room for installing manholes, handholes, ducts and appurtenances 30
B. Furnish and place all sheeting, bracing and supports. 31
C. Excavate material of every description and of whatever substance encountered. 32
D. Pavement: Cut with saw, wheel or pneumatic chisel along straight lines before 33
excavating 34
E. Refer to Section 33 05 10. 35
3.4 INSTALLATION 36
A. Trench Excavation 37
1. Provide suitable room for installing manholes, handholes, ducts and appurtenances. 38
26 05 43 - 5
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
2. Furnish and place all sheeting, bracing and supports. 1
3. Excavate material of every description and of whatever substance encountered in 2
conformance with Section 33 05 10. 3
4. Pavement 4
a. Cut with saw, wheel or pneumatic chisel along straight lines before excavating. 5
5. Trenching and Compaction shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 6
B. Special Techniques 7
1. Changes of direction 8
a. Less than 20 degrees 9
1) Use hotbox, strictly in conformance with the conduit manufacturer’s 10
instructions 11
b. Greater than 20 degrees 12
1) Use long radius bends 13
2. Minimum raceway size between manholes or handholes shall be 2 inches 14
C. Slopes 15
1. Install raceways to drain away from buildings. 16
2. Install raceways between manholes or handholes to drain toward the manholes or 17
handholes. 18
3. Slopes 19
a. At least 3 inches per 100 feet 20
D. Lay raceway lines in trenches on sand bedding. 21
E. Plastic spacers 22
1. Not more than 4 feet apart 23
2. Provide not less than 2 inch clearance between raceways. 24
F. Raceway banks cover: 24 inches 25
G. Raceway terminations at manholes: Terminator for PVC conduit 26
H. Blank duct plugs 27
1. Use to seal the ends of all unused ducts in the duct system 28
2. Installed where ducts enter manholes or handholes, and at entrances and exits to the 29
underground system 30
I. Raceways entering or exiting the underground system, rising to higher elevation 31
1. Seal at higher elevation before and after the installation of cables 32
2. No entry of water or moisture to the Underground System at any time 33
J. Complete duct system before pulling any wire. 34
K. Swab all raceways clean before installing cable. 35
L. Cables in manholes and handholes 36
1. Train, support and restrain on cable racks. 37
2. Route cables passing duct entrances above all duct entrances. 38
3. Do not route cable in front of or below duct bank entrances. 39
4. Install polyethylene warning tape trench above each raceway or duct bank. 40
26 05 43 - 6
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
M. Tag all underground conduits at all locations exiting and entering from underground, 1
including manholes and handholes 2
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION 3
A. Remove and replace sub grade soils which become soft, loose or otherwise 4
unsatisfactory as a result of inadequate excavation, dewatering or other trenching 5
methods, using gravel fill. 6
B. Existing pavement 7
1. Saw cut and repair existing pavements above new and modified existing duct 8
banks. 9
2. Cut along straight lines. 10
3. Replace pavement with the same type and quality of the existing paving. 11
C. Grassy areas 12
1. Remove and replace sod, or 13
2. Loam and reseed surface 14
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 15
A. Backfilling 16
1. Remove materials unsuitable for backfilling. 17
2. Trench fill 18
a. Common fill material 19
b. Void of rock or other non-porous material 20
c. Layers not to exceed 8-inches in loose measure 21
d. Compact to 90 percent standard Proctor density at optimum moisture content of 22
± 4 percent 23
e. Mounded 6-inches above existing grade 24
3. Existing grass, loam or gravel surface 25
a. Remove surface material 26
b. Conserve 27
c. Replace to the full original depth 28
4. Paved areas or designated future paved areas 29
a. Backfill with select fill material 30
b. Layers not to exceed 8-inches loose measure 31
c. Compact to 95 percent standard Proctor density at optimum moisture content of 32
± 3 percent 33
5. Compaction 34
a. Hand or pneumatic tamping with tools weighing at least 20 pounds 35
b. Place material being spread and compacted in layers not over 8-in loose thick. 36
c. Sprinkle in conjunction with rolling or ramming, if needed to achieve required 37
compaction 38
6. Do not place bituminous paving in backfill. 39
7. Do not use water jetting as a means of consolidating or compacting backfill. 40
8. Road surfaces 41
a. Broom and hose-clean immediately after backfilling 42
b. Employ dust control measures at all times. 43
26 05 43 - 7
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
3.7 CLEANING 1
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the underground system. 2
B. Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of manholes, 3
handholes and structures, using brushes, vacuum cleaner or clean, lint free rags. 4
C. Do not use compressed air. 5
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 6
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12
END OF SECTION 13
14
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
15
26 05 50 - 1
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-DUCT CONDUIT
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 26, 2016
SECTION 26 05 50 1
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-DUCT CONDUIT 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes 5
1. Furnish, install and test a Multi-Duct Conduit (MDC) 6
2. MDC shall be suitable for installation in and outdoor underground environment 7
including constant immersion in water, and/or hung from a bridge. 8
B. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section 9
1. None 10
C. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section 11
1. None 12
D. Deviations from City of Fort Worth Standards 13
1. None 14
E. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 15
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16
Contract. 17
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Measurement 21
a. Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of the size and installation 22
method of multi-duct conduit furnished and installed and tested. 23
b. Limits of measurement for multi-duct conduit are from center to center between 24
ground boxes or poles, a combination of the two, or to the termination point. 25
2. Payment 26
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 27
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for as the unit price 28
bid for “Multi-duct Conduit” of the size and installation method specified. 29
b. The price bid shall include: 30
1) Furnishing and installing MDC 31
2) Excavation 32
3) Boring 33
4) Aerial installation 34
5) Furnishing and placing backfill 35
6) Installing all fittings, sweeps, bends, repair, couplings, adaptors, ground 36
box termination kits 37
7) Pre-assembled split repair costs 38
8) Lubrication access fittings 39
9) Hangers 40
26 05 50 - 2
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-DUCT CONDUIT
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 26, 2016
10) Brackets 1
11) Expansion joints 2
12) Concrete 3
13) Detectable underground metalized Mylar warning tape 4
14) Locator wire 5
15) All labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 6
1.3 REFERENCES 7
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 8
1. MDC - Multi-Duct conduit 9
2. PVC – Polyvinyl chloride conduit 10
3. PE – Polyethylene 11
4. OD – Outer diameter 12
5. ID – Inner diameter 13
B. Definitions 14
1. None 15
C. Reference Standards 16
1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 17
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 18
specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 19
2. Traffic Control Plan 20
a. Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) 21
3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 22
4. National Electrical Manufactures Association (NEMA) 23
5. National Electrical Code (NEC) 24
6. Underground MDC System 25
a. Telcordia GR-356, issue No. 2, June 2009 – Generic Requirements for Optical 26
Cable Innerduct, Associated Conduit, and Accessories. 27
b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard D1785-12, 28
Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 29
40, 80, and 120 30
c. ASTM Standard D2122-98(2010), Standard Test Method for Determining 31
Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings 32
d. ASTM Standard D2412-11, Standard Test Method for Determination of 33
External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading 34
7. Outer Underground Duct – Heavy walled EPC-80 (Schedule 80) PVC 35
a. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standard TC-2:2003, 36
Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit 37
b. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 651, Schedule 40, 80 Type EB and A Rigid 38
PVC Conduit and Fittings 39
c. National Electrical Code 40
8. Inner Ducts 41
a. Bellcore GR-2884-CORE, Issue 1, July 1995 – Generic Requirements for 42
Multi-Bore Conduit 43
26 05 50 - 3
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-DUCT CONDUIT
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 26, 2016
b. ASTM D 1599 – 99(2011) – Standard Test Method for Resistance to Short-1
Time Hydraulic Pressure of Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings 2
9. Aerial MDC System 3
a. ASTM Standard D2996 – 01(2007) e1, Standard Specification for Filament-4
Wound “Fiberglass” (Glass Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe. 5
b. ASTM Standard D2310-06(2012), Standard Classification for Machine-Made 6
“Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe. 7
c. ASTM Standard D2517-06(2011), Standard Specification for Reinforced 8
Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 9
10. Coupling Body Certified Testing 10
a. Test shall be in accordance with ASTM, NEMA Standard TC-2, UL.651, and 11
Bellcore standards. 12
1.4 ADMINISRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 13
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 15
A. Traffic Control Plan 16
1. Traffic Control Plan shall be approved by the Engineer before work begins. 17
2. Traffic Control Plan shall comply with the TMUTCD. 18
B. References 19
1. The MDC supplier shall submit three (3) references where the suppliers MDC 20
system has functioned successfully for a period of no less than a year. 21
2. References shall include current name and address of organization, and current 22
name and telephone number of the individual from the organization who can be 23
contacted to verify system installation. 24
3. Provide reference information prior to documentation submittal. 25
4. Failure to furnish references will be sufficient reason for rejection of the supplier’s 26
equipment. 27
C. Testing of Product Certified Test Reports 28
1. Contractor shall provide certified test reports by an independent testing laboratory 29
for coupling body and inner duct. 30
2. Coupling Body 31
a. Test the coupling body to ensure it seals the inner duct by applying 100 p.s.i.g. 32
to an inner duct and verify that the inner duct is capable of maintaining a 33
minimum of 15 p.s.i.g. for 24 hours. 34
b. Test shall be in accordance with ASTM, NEMA Standard TC-2, UL.651, and 35
Bellcore standards as referenced to this Item. 36
3. Inner Duct 37
a. Test the burn through resistance of inner duct as per the following procedure: 38
1) Wrap a length of inner duct around and secure to a rigid form with a radius 39
of 24 in. 40
2) Thread an appropriate length of pre-lubricated flat tape with a minimum 41
tensile strength of 1500 lb. through the inner duct and sew the ends 42
together to create a continuous loop. 43
26 05 50 - 4
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-DUCT CONDUIT
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 26, 2016
3) Wrap the tape around a powered capstan that can be drawn away from the 1
duct sample to provide a continuous tension of 450 lb. 2
4) Draw the tape continuously through the sample with the powered capstan 3
at a rate of 100 ft. per minute. 4
5) Ensure that the duct does not burn through within 150 minutes. 5
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 8
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 9
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 10
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 11
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 12
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 13
2.2 MATERIALS / SYSTEM 14
A. Description 15
1. Regulatory Requirements 16
a. Provide new materials that confirm to the details as shown on plans, the 17
requirements of this Item, are UL listed and meet NEMA and NEC 18
requirements. 19
2. MDC Systems 20
a. Furnish and place a MDC of type and size shown on the plans or as directed by 21
the Engineer. 22
b. Provide a MDC that is suitable for installation in an outdoor underground 23
environment including constant immersion in water, and/or hung from a bridge 24
without any degradation in the MDC. 25
c. MDC is a pre-assembled conduit section manufactured from a 4 in. round outer 26
duct containing 4 factory installed 1.25 in. round inner ducts. 27
d. Inner ducts are held together in square configuration by a system of spacers. 28
e. Spacers hold the individual inner ducts in formation, locking them tightly to 29
prevent free twisting. 30
f. Plans indentify MDC system as “4-WAY MULTI-DUCT SYSTEM”. 31
g. The MDC, including respective bends, couplings, adapters and other accessory 32
fittings shall contain a coupling body for sealing the outer and inner ducts of 33
adjacent MDC sections in an end-to-end relationship. 34
h. Factory assembled lengths and associated bends shall be manufactured without 35
adhesives, to allow inner duct movement relieving internal stresses experienced 36
during field handlings and due to variations in coefficient of thermal expansion. 37
i. The MDC system shall include a complete line of accessory items, including, 38
but not limited to: 39
1) Alternate outer ducts, 40
2) Sweeps and bends, 41
26 05 50 - 5
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-DUCT CONDUIT
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 26, 2016
3) Repair couplings, 1
4) Ground box termination kits, and 2
5) Pre-assembled split repair kits. 3
j. MDC pre-assembled sections, factory bends, and fittings shall be shipped with 4
protective caps. 5
k. All components of the MDC system shall be provided by the same 6
manufacturer. 7
l. Provide all required sweeps, bends, repair couplings, ground box termination 8
kits, alternative outer ducts, adapters, pre-assembled split repair kits, lubrication 9
access fittings, tug-plugs, slit-inner duct plugs, hangers, brackets, expansion 10
joints, and accessories to complete the MDC system as subsidiary to the MDC 11
system. 12
m. Provide all materials necessary for installation and testing subsidiary to the 13
MDC system. 14
n. Provide expansion joints and conduit that is similar to connecting conduit. 15
o. Shall conform to the following requirements: 16
1) A percent ovality of less than 5 percent, 17
2) An underground system that performs in an ambient temperature of -30°F 18
to 130°F without degradation of material properties, 19
3) An aerial system that performs in an ambient temperature range of -104°F 20
to 200°F without degradation of material properties, 21
4) Resistant to most harsh chemicals, 22
5) Protected against degradation due to oxidation or general corrosion, 23
6) Capable of being direct buried by trenching or boring with no special 24
consideration to using selective backfill, 25
7) Has a low coefficient of thermal expansion, such that expansion and 26
contraction is minimal, 27
8) Free of visible cracks, holes or other physical defects that would degrade 28
its performance, 29
9) Uniform as practical in respect to overall dimensions, color, density, 30
thickness, etc. 31
10) Contains a UV light stabilizer which will protect it, for a minimum of 12 32
months, in direct sunlight, and 33
11) Durable identification showing the name and trademark of the 34
manufacturer, conduit size, date of manufacture. 35
3. Outer Duct 36
a. Shall be marked with a longitudinal print line with the wording “Install This 37
Side Up” to assure proper inner duct orientation and alignment. 38
b. Male ends of the outer ducts shall be a circumferential insertion depth mark to 39
assure proper insertion is achieved. 40
c. The length of the integral coupling shall be at least 5 inches in length to 41
accommodate the coupling body. 42
d. Underground MDC System 43
1) Provide a 4 in. round outer duct that is heavy walled EPC-80 (Schedule 80) 44
PVC. 45
2) Ensure that the outer duct meets the requirements of schedule 80 PVC 46
conduit and conforms to all requirements and references identified in 1.3.3 47
of the Item. 48
e. Aerial MDC System 49
26 05 50 - 6
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-DUCT CONDUIT
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 26, 2016
1) Provide a 4 in. round Fiberglass Multi-Duct system that is bullet resistant, 1
heavy walled, pure, high grade, filament wound fiberglass reinforced 2
epoxy conduit. 3
2) Ensure that all conduit, elbows and fittings are manufactured from the 4
same resin/hardener/glass systems and the same filament wound system. 5
3) All Fiberglass MDC aerial elbows, conduit, fittings and hangers shall be 6
grey in color. 7
4) Provide aerial MDC that performs in an ambient temperature range -40°F 8
to 200°F without degradation of material properties. 9
5) Provide aerial MDC that is resistant to most harsh chemicals, is protected 10
against degradation due to oxidation or general corrosion, and has a low 11
coefficient of thermal expansion so that expansion and contraction is 12
minimal. 13
4. Inner Ducts 14
a. Provide 1.25 in. inner ducts constructed of an extruded Virgin High Density 15
Polyethylene (PE) compound specifically blended for inner ducts used in Multi-16
duct systems. 17
b. Characteristics of this blend add rigidity to the extruded PE inner ducts, 18
minimize the differences between the expansion and contraction rates of PVC 19
and the PE inner ducts, create a burn resistant PE inner duct to minimize the 20
chance of damaging the inner duct during the cable placing operation, and 21
provide a silicone impregnated wall of the inner duct. 22
1) Provide inner ducts that are uniquely identified by the extrusion of a 23
different color for each of the inner ducts, using orange, yellow, red and 24
white. 25
2) Place white inner duct directly in-line with the manufacturer’s 26
identification on the outer duct for ease of identification and installation. 27
c. Provide inner ducts with a minimum burst strength of 125 psi. 28
d. Provide inner ducts that are extruded in a controlled outer diameter (OD) 29
fashion. 30
e. Provided inner ducts with: 31
1) Minimum ID of 1.25 in. 32
2) Maximum OD of 1.413 in 33
3) Minimum wall thickness 0.075 in. 34
f. Provide inner ducts that are the same type within the bends and within the 35
straight sections. 36
g. All inner ducts shall meet requirements identified in 1.3.4 of this Item. 37
5. Coupling Body 38
a. The MDC system, including bends, couplings, and other fittings shall contain a 39
coupling body for sealing the outer and inner ducts of adjacent multiduct 40
conduit sections end to end. 41
b. Coupling bodies for installation by trenching 42
1) Provide a factory installed primary coupling body which incorporates 43
integral molded sealing devices to facilitate field assemble and prevent 44
water and foreign material leakage from outside the MDC and to prevent 45
air leakage from inside the inner ducts. 46
2) Ensure that the gasket or sealing member(s) are of an anti-reversing design 47
to ensure that the lengths of the conduit stay joined together. 48
26 05 50 - 7
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-DUCT CONDUIT
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 26, 2016
3) Provide MDC system that can be assembled by hand without special tools 1
and does not require lubricant for field lubricant for field assembly. 2
4) Provide a coupling body with a plurality of bores containing principal seals 3
which are molded as an integral part of the coupling body. 4
5) Ensure that the field connection end of the internal coupling body 5
incorporates shaped target areas to accommodate self-aligned of the inner 6
ducts with bore openings during field assembly. 7
6) Ensure that one of the bore openings on the filed assembly side the 8
coupling body is uniquely identified to facilitate proper continuous inner 9
duct alignment during field assembly. 10
c. Coupling bodies for installation by boring 11
1) Coupling bodies for installation by boring shall meet the requirements of 12
coupling bodies of trenched MDC. 13
2) Outer duct shall be equipped with locking rings and matching grooves, 14
especially designed for bored installations. 15
3) The conduit and joints shall withstand axial loads of 8,700 lbs. while being 16
pulled around a bend with a 65-ft. radius, with no leaks or deformation of 17
the ducts. 18
6. Inner Duct Plugs 19
a. Plugs for sealing inner ducts shall be durable, fabricated from no metallic parts 20
and shall be easily removable and reusable. 21
b. Plugs shall be capable of being installed and removed by hand without any 22
tools and shall provide water- and air-tight seal of 21 psi. 23
c. Plugs that seal empty inner ducts shall contain a rope tie on the inside end for 24
connection of the pull rope/tape. 25
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 26
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 27
A. Tests and Inspections 28
1. Performance testing for all materials not previously tested and approved may be 29
required. 30
2. If technical data is not considered adequate for approval, the City may require 31
material testing by an independent testing laboratory. 32
3. The contract period will not be extended for time lost or delays caused by testing 33
prior to final approval of any items. 34
B. Non-Conforming Work 35
1. Failure to conform to the requirements of any test will be counted as a defect and 36
the materials will be rejected. 37
2. Rejected materials may be offered again for retest provided all non-compliances 38
have been corrected and retested by an independent testing laboratory. 39
C. Examination of Product 40
1. Carefully examine each MDC system component to verify that the materials, 41
design, construction, markings, and workmanship comply with the requirements of 42
its specification. 43
26 05 50 - 8
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-DUCT CONDUIT
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 26, 2016
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION 4
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 5
1. Conduct work with minimum disturbance of existing utilities, and coordinate work 6
in or near utilities with the utility owners. 7
2. Inform utility owners sufficiently before work begins to allow time to identify 8
located, reroute, or make other adjustments to utility lines. 9
3. Field verify routing avoids cutting or damaging underground utility lines that are to 10
remain in place. 11
B. Surface Preparation 12
1. None 13
C. Demolition / Removal 14
1. Perform trench excavation and backfilling as shown on the plans or as directed by 15
Engineer and in accordance to this Item. 16
2. Obstructions 17
a. Remove obstructions to the proposed construction, including trees and other 18
vegetation, debris, and structures over the width of the excavation to a depth of 19
1 ft. below the bottom of excavation. 20
b. If abandoned storm drains, sewers, or other drainage systems are encountered, 21
remove as required to clear the excavation area, and plug in a manner approved 22
by the Engineer. 23
c. After removing obstructions, restore the bottom of the excavation to grade by 24
backfilling in accordance to this Item. 25
3. Excavate to the lines and grades shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. 26
a. Provide slopes, benching, sheeting, bracing, pumping, and bailing as necessary 27
to maintain the stability and safety of excavation. 28
b. Use satisfactory excavated material as backfill. 29
c. Dispose of material not incorporated into the final project off the right-of-way 30
in accordance with federal, state and local regulations. 31
d. When excavating across private property or beyond the project limits: 32
1) Keep any topsoil removed separate, 33
2) Replace it as nearly as feasible in its original position, and 34
3) Restore the area to acceptable condition. 35
4. Excavation in Streets 36
a. When structures are installed in streets, highways, or other paced areas, cut 37
pavement and base with neat lines. 38
b. Restore pavement structure after completion of excavation and backfilling. 39
c. Maintain approved traffic control plan. 40
5. Dispose of surplus material in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. 41
6. If active sanitary sewer line is damaged during excavation, provide temporary 42
fumes across the excavation while open, and restore the lines when backfilling has 43
progressed to the original bedding lines of the cut sewer. 44
26 05 50 - 9
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-DUCT CONDUIT
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 26, 2016
7. If damage to existing utilities occurs, promptly notify utility company. 1
3.4 INSTALLATION 2
A. General 3
1. Place MDC system in accordance with line, grades, details, and dimensions shown 4
on the plans or as directed by Engineer. 5
2. Place MDC system at the depth shown on the plans or as otherwise directed by the 6
Engineer. 7
3. Typical installation shall be at a depth of 30 inches. 8
4. Minimum depth shall never be less than 18 inches below finished grade. 9
B. De-Watering 10
1. Do not place MDC in presence of water unless approved by Engineer. 11
2. Place MDC on a dry, firm surface. 12
3. Remove any water by bailing, pumping, well–point installation, deep wells, 13
underdrains, or other approved method. 14
C. Bedding 15
1. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of fine granular material on the base of excavation. 16
D. Boring 17
1. Jack and bore as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, and in 18
accordance with this Item. 19
2. General 20
a. Excavate suitable shafts or trenches for conducting the jacking or boring 21
operations and for placing end joints of pipe if the grade at the jacking or 22
boring end is below the ground surface. 23
b. Protect excavations with slopes, benching, sheeting, bracing, temporary 24
shoring, pumping and bailing as necessary to maintain the stability and safety 25
of excavation. 26
c. Install MDC so there is no interference with operation of street, highway, 27
railroad, or other facility and no embankment or structure is weakened or 28
damaged. 29
d. Repair any MDC damaged in jacking or boring operation. 30
e. Remove and replace any MDC damaged beyond repair at the Contractor’s 31
expense. 32
f. Immediately after installation of MDC, backfill shafts or trenches excavated 33
used to facilitate jacking and boring. 34
3. Boring 35
a. Bore from a shaft in an approved location provided for the boring equipment 36
and workmen. 37
b. Dispose of excavated material using a method approved by the Engineer. 38
c. Use water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation only as 39
necessary to lubricate cuttings. 40
d. Do not use jetting. 41
e. In unconsolidated soil formation, use a gel-forming colloidal drilling fluid 42
consisting of high-grade, carefully processed bentonite to consolidate cuttings 43
of the bit, seal the walls of the hole, and furnish lubrication for subsequent 44
removal of cuttings and immediate installation of conduit. 45
26 05 50 - 10
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-DUCT CONDUIT
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 26, 2016
f. Allowable variations from line and grade are specified in Section 476.3A. 1
“Jacking.” 2
g. Pressure-grout any excavation of more than 1 in. 3
h. Use pilot hole or auger method for boring 4
1) Pilot Hole Method – Bore a 2 in. pilot hole the entire length of the 5
crossing, and check it for line and grade on the opposite end of the bore 6
from the work shaft. This pilot hole will serve as centerline for the larger 7
diameter hole to be bored. 8
2) Auger Method – Use a steel encasement pipe of the appropriate diameter 9
equipped with a cutter head to mechanically perform the excavation. Use 10
augers of sufficient diameter to convey the excavated mater to the work 11
shaft. 12
E. Aerial 13
1. Fasten all MDC attached to bridges or other structures with MDC straps, hangers, 14
or as directed by Engineer. 15
2. Submit details for attachment. 16
3. Submit details of method of installing MDC inside bridge decks (if MDC cannot be 17
attached to outside of bridge) to Engineer for approval. 18
4. Fit MDC ends with bushings or bell ends. 19
F. Locator Wire 20
1. Install a 1 conductor, No. 12 AWG solid copper locator wire in all MDC system 21
runs to facilitate locating underground optical fiber optic cables. 22
2. The wire is to be pulled into duct along with the optical fiber cable 23
3. Locator wire shall not occupy a duct by itself unless there is not any other cable 24
being installed in the multiduct. 25
4. The cable shall be continuous between ground boxes. 26
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION 27
A. Final Surface 28
1. Repair removed existing surface by backfilling with material equal in composition 29
and density to the surrounding areas. 30
2. Replace any removed surfacing, such as asphalt pavement or concrete riprap, with 31
like material to equivalent condition. 32
3. Mark MDC as directed by Engineer. 33
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 34
A. Backfilling 35
1. As soon as practical, backfill the excavation after placement of the conduit. 36
2. Backfill Material shall be free from: 37
a. Stones large enough to interfere with compaction, 38
b. Large or frozen lumps that will not break down readily under compaction, and 39
c. Wood or other extraneous material. 40
3. Obtain backfill material from excavation or other sources. 41
4. In areas not supporting a completed roadbed, retaining wall, or embankment, place 42
back fill in layers at most 8 in. deep (loose measurement). 43
26 05 50 - 11
COMMUNICATIONS MULTI-DUCT CONDUIT
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 26, 2016
5. In areas supporting a portion of roadbed, retaining wall, or embankment: 1
a. Place backfill in uniform layers at most 6 in. deep (loose measurement), and 2
b. Compact each layer to meet the density requirements of the roadbed, retaining 3
wall, embankment material or as shown on plans. 4
6. Bring each layer of backfill material to the moisture content needed to obtain the 5
required density. 6
7. Use mechanical tamps or rammers to compact the backfill. 7
8. Rollers may be used to compact backfill if feasible. 8
9. Cohesion less material such as sand may be used for backfilling. 9
10. Compact cohesion less material using vibratory equipment, water-ponding, or a 10
combination of both. 11
B. Warning Tape 12
1. Prior to final backfill of trench place an underground Mylar marking tape, as 13
approved by the Engineer, over the MDC and located 6 in. below final grade, unless 14
shown otherwise on plans. 15
2. Cover entire length of the trench with the marking tape. 16
3. Use warning tape continuously imprinted with “CAUTION – CITY OF FORT 17
WORTH OPTICAL FIBER LINE BELOW.” 18
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 19
A. Site Test Inspections 20
1. Verify conduit is free from obstruction by pulling a spherical template having a 21
diameter of at least 75% of the inside diameter of the conduit through the conduit. 22
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 23
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 24
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 25
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 26
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 27
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 28
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 29
END OF SECTION 30
31
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
32
31 10 00 - 1
SITE CLEARING
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 31 10 00 1
SITE CLEARING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Preparation of right-of-way and other designated areas for construction operations 6
by removing and disposing of all obstructions including clearing and grubbing and 7
trees, when removal of such obstructions is not specifically shown on the Drawings 8
to be paid by other Sections. The City of Fort Worth’s Urban Forestry Ordinance 9
governs all tree removals. 10
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11
1. None. 12
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 13
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 15
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition 16
4. Section 02 41 14 – Utility Removal/Abandonment 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Site Clearing 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 24
Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Site Clearing”. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs 27
2) Removal and disposal of trees, structures and obstructions 28
3) Backfilling of holes 29
4) Clean-up 30
2. Tree Removal (typically included in “Site Clearing”, but should be used if “Site 31
Clearing” is not a bid item) 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 36
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Tree Removal” for: 37
a) Various caliper ranges 38
c. The price bid shall include: 39
1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs 40
2) Removal and disposal of structures and obstructions 41
31 10 00 - 2
SITE CLEARING
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3) Grading and backfilling of holes 1
4) Excavation 2
5) Fertilization 3
6) Clean-up 4
3. Tree Removal and Transplantation 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 7
b. Payment 8
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 9
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Tree Transplant” for: 10
a) Various caliper ranges 11
c. The price bid shall include: 12
1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs 13
2) Removal and disposal of structures and obstructions 14
3) Moving tree with truck mounted tree spade 15
4) Grading and backfilling of holes 16
5) Replanting tree at temporary location (determined by Contractor) 17
6) Maintaining tree until Work is completed 18
7) Replanting tree into original or designated location 19
8) Excavation 20
9) Fertilization 21
10) Clean-up 22
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 23
1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24
A. Permits 25
1. Contractor shall obtain Tree Removal Permits and Urban Forestry Permits as 26
required by the City’s Tree Ordinance. (www.FortWorthTexas.gov) 27
B. Preinstallation Meetings 28
1. Hold a preliminary site clearing meeting and include the Contractor, City Arborist, 29
City Inspector, and the Project Manager for the purpose of reviewing the 30
Contractor’s tree removal plan. Clearly mark all trees to remain on the project site 31
prior to the meeting. 32
2. The Contractor will provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance to 33
Division 01. 34
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 39
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 40
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 41
31 10 00 - 3
SITE CLEARING
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION 6
A. All trees identified to be protected and/or preserved should be clearly flagged with 7
survey tape. 8
B. Following taping and prior to any removals or site clearing, the Contractor shall meet 9
with the City, the Engineer and the Landowner, if necessary, to confirm trees to be 10
saved. 11
3.4 INSTALLATION 12
A. Protection of Trees 13
1. Protect designated trees and prune trees and shrubs as shown on the Drawings. 14
Refer to the Drawings for tree protection details. 15
2. If the Drawings do not provide tree protection details, protected trees shall be 16
fenced by placing 6-foot tall metal T-posts in a square around the tree trunk with 17
the corners located on the canopy drip line, unless instructed otherwise. 18
3. When site conditions do not allow for the T-posts to be installed at the drip line, the 19
T-posts may be installed no less than 8 feet from the tree trunk. 4-foot high 12 ½ 20
gauge stock fencing or orange plastic snow fence shall be attached to the T-posts to 21
form the enclosure. 22
4. Do not park equipment, service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root area 23
under the branches of trees designated for preservation. 24
5. When shown on the Drawings, treat cuts on trees with an approved tree wound 25
dressing within 20 minutes of making a pruning cut or otherwise causing damage to 26
the tree. 27
6. Trees and brush shall be mulched on-site. 28
a. Burning as a method of disposal is not allowed. 29
B. Hazardous Materials 30
1. The Contractor will notify the Engineer immediately if any hazardous or 31
questionable materials not shown on the Drawings are encountered. This includes; 32
but not limited to: 33
a. Floor tiles 34
b. Roof tiles 35
c. Shingles 36
d. Siding 37
e. Utility piping 38
31 10 00 - 4
SITE CLEARING
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. The testing, removal, and disposal of hazardous materials will be in accordance 1
with Division 1. 2
C. Site Clearing 3
1. Clear areas shown on the Drawings of all obstructions, except those landscape 4
features that are to be preserved. Such obstructions include, but are not limited to: 5
a. Remains of buildings and other structures 6
b. Foundations 7
c. Floor slabs 8
d. Concrete 9
e. Brick 10
f. Lumber 11
g. Plaster 12
h. Septic tank drain fields 13
i. Abandoned utility pipes or conduits 14
j. Equipment 15
k. Trees 16
l. Fences 17
m. Retaining walls 18
n. Other items as specified on the Drawings 19
2. Remove vegetation and other landscape features not designated for preservation, 20
whether above or below ground, including, but not limited to: 21
a. Curb and gutter 22
b. Driveways 23
c. Paved parking areas 24
d. Miscellaneous stone 25
e. Sidewalks 26
f. Drainage structures 27
g. Manholes 28
h. Inlets 29
i. Abandoned railroad tracks 30
j. Scrap iron 31
k. Other debris 32
3. Remove culverts, storm sewers, manholes, and inlets in proper sequence to 33
maintain traffic and drainage in accordance with Section 02 41 14. 34
4. In areas receiving embankment, remove obstructions not designated for 35
preservation to 2 feet below natural ground. 36
5. In areas to be excavated, remove obstructions to 2 feet below the excavation level. 37
6. In all other areas, remove obstructions to 1 foot below natural ground. 38
7. When allowed by the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, cut trees and stumps 39
off to ground level. 40
a. Removal of existing structures shall be as per Section 02 41 13. 41
D. Disposal 42
1. Dispose of all trees within 24 hours of removal. 43
2. All materials and debris removed becomes the property of the Contractor, unless 44
otherwise stated on the Drawings. 45
3. The Contractor will dispose of material and debris off-site in accordance with local, 46
state, and federal laws and regulations. 47
31 10 00 - 5
SITE CLEARING
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.A Permits: Removed ordinance number and added City’s website address
13
31 23 16 - 1
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
SECTION 31 23 16 1
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Excavate areas as shown on the Drawings or as directed. Removal of materials 6
encountered to the lines, grades, and typical sections shown on the Drawings and 7
removal from site. Excavations may include construction of 8
a. Roadways 9
b. Drainage Channels 10
c. Site Excavation 11
d. Excavation for Structures 12
e. Or any other operation involving the excavation of on-site materials 13
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 14
1. None. 15
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 16
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 17
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 18
3. Section 31 24 00 – Embankments 19
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20
A. Measurement and Payment 21
1. Excavation by Plan Quantity 22
a. Measurement 23
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position 24
using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on 25
the Drawings. 26
2) When measured by the cubic yard in its final position, this is a plans 27
quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown 28
in the proposal, unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General 29
Conditions. Additional measurements or calculations will be made if 30
adjustments of quantities are required. 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 33
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 34
price bid per cubic yard of “Unclassified Excavation by Plan”. No 35
additional compensation will be allowed for rock or shrinkage/swell 36
factors, as these are the Contractor’s responsibility. 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Excavation 39
2) Excavation Safety 40
3) Drying 41
4) Dust Control 42
31 23 16 - 2
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
5) Reworking or replacing the over excavated material in rock cuts 1
6) Hauling 2
7) Disposal of excess material not used elsewhere onsite 3
8) Scarification 4
9) Clean-up 5
2. Excavation by Surveyed Quantity 6
a. Measurement 7
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position 8
calculated using the average end area or composite method. 9
a) The City will perform a reference survey once the Site has been cleared 10
to obtain existing ground conditions. 11
b) The City will perform a final post-construction survey. 12
c) The Contractor will be paid for the cubic yardage of Excavated material 13
calculated as the difference between the two surveys. 14
d) Partial payments will be based on estimated plan quantity 15
measurements calculated by the Engineer. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19
price bid per cubic yard of “Unclassified Excavation by Survey”. 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Excavation 22
2) Excavation Safety 23
3) Drying 24
4) Dust Control 25
5) Reworking or replacing the over excavated material in rock cuts 26
6) Hauling 27
7) Disposal of excess material not used elsewhere onsite 28
8) Scarification 29
9) Clean-up 30
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 31
A. Definitions 32
1. Unclassified Excavation – Without regard to materials, all excavations shall be 33
considered unclassified and shall include all materials excavated. Any reference to 34
Rock or other materials on the Drawings or in the specifications is solely for the 35
City and the Contractor’s information and is not to be taken as a classification of 36
the excavation. 37
1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 38
A. The Contractor will provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance to Division 39
01. 40
31 23 16 - 3
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 5
A. Excavation Safety 6
1. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for making all excavations in a safe 7
manner. 8
2. All excavation and related sheeting and bracing shall comply with the requirements 9
of OSHA excavation safety standards 29 CFR part 1926 and state requirements. 10
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 11
A. Storage 12
1. Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW) 13
a. Soil may be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary construction 14
easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 15
b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. 16
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00. 17
d. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in 18
areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 19
e. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 20
landscaped areas. 21
2. Designated Storage Areas 22
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils within the ROW, 23
easement or temporary construction easement, then secure and maintain an 24
adequate storage location. 25
b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 26
private property. 27
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00. 28
d. Do not block drainage ways. 29
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 30
A. Existing Conditions 31
1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 32
intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 33
is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 34
for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor. 35
2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. 36
31 23 16 - 4
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 3
2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 4
A. Materials 5
1. Unacceptable Fill Material 6
a. In -situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM 7
D2487 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION 9
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 10
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 11
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 12
3.4 CONSTRUCTION 13
A. Accept ownership of unsuitable or excess material and dispose of material off-site 14
accordance with local, state, and federal regulations at locations. 15
B. Excavations shall be performed in the dry, and kept free from water, snow and ice 16
during construction with eh exception of water that is applied for dust control. 17
C. Separate Unacceptable Fill Material from other materials, remove from the Site and 18
properly dispose according to disposal plan. 19
D. Maintain drainage in the excavated area to avoid damage to the roadway sections and 20
proposed or existing structures. 21
E. Correct any damage to the subgrade caused by weather, at no additional cost to the 22
City. 23
F. Shape slopes to avoid loosening material below or outside the proposed grades. 24
Remove and dispose of slides as directed. 25
G. Rock Cuts 26
1. Excavate to finish grades. 27
2. In the event of over excavation due to contractor error below the lines and grades 28
established in the Drawings, use approved embankment material compacted in 29
accordance with Section 31 24 00 to replace the over excavated at no additional 30
cost to City. 31
H. Earth Cuts 32
1. Excavate to finish subgrade 33
31 23 16 - 5
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
2. In the event of over excavation due to contractor error below the lines and grades 1
established in the Drawings, use approved embankment material compacted in 2
accordance with Section 31 24 00 to replace the over excavated at no additional 3
cost to City. 4
3. Manipulate and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 31 24 00. 5
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 6
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 8
A. Subgrade Tolerances 9
1. Excavate to within 0.1 foot in all directions. 10
2. In areas of over excavation, Contractor provides fill material approved by the City 11
at no expense to the City. 12
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 13
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 14
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 15
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 16
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 17
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 18
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 19
END OF SECTION 20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2 - Measurement and Payment Section modified; Blue Text added for clarification
1/28/13 D. Johnson 1.2 – Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment
Methods on bid list.
21
31 24 00 - 1
EMBANKMENTS
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
SECTION 31 24 00 1
EMBANKMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Transporting and placement of Acceptable Fill Material within the boundaries of 6
the Site for construction of: 7
a. Roadways 8
b. Embankments 9
c. Drainage Channels 10
d. Site Grading 11
e. Any other operation involving the placement of on-site materials 12
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Embankments by Plan Quantity 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position 22
using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on 23
the Drawings. 24
2) When measured by the cubic yard in its final position, this is a plans 25
quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown 26
in the proposal, unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General 27
Conditions. Additional measurements or calculations will be made if 28
adjustments of quantities are required. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per cubic yard of “Embankment by Plan”. No additional 33
compensation will be allowed for rock or shrinkage/swell factors, as these 34
are the Contractor’s responsibility. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Transporting or hauling material 37
2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 38
3) Construction Water 39
4) Dust Control 40
5) Clean-up 41
6) Proof Rolling 42
31 24 00 - 2
EMBANKMENTS
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
7) Disposal of excess materials 1
8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 2
2. Embankments by Surveyed Quantity 3
a. Measurement 4
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position 5
calculated using the average end area or composite method. 6
a) The City will perform a reference survey once the Site has been cleared 7
to obtain existing ground conditions. 8
b) The City will perform a final post-construction survey. 9
c) The Contractor will be paid for the cubic yardage of Embankment 10
calculated as the difference between the two surveys. 11
d) Partial payments will be based on estimated plan quantity 12
measurements calculated by the Engineer. 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 15
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 16
price bid per cubic yard of “Embankment by Survey”. 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Transporting or hauling material 19
2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 20
3) Construction Water 21
4) Dust Control 22
5) Clean-up 23
6) Proof Rolling 24
7) Disposal of excess materials 25
8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 26
1.3 REFERENCES 27
A. Reference Standards 28
1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 29
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 30
specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 31
2. ASTM Standards 32
a. ASTM D4318-10, Test Procedure for Determining Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, 33
and Plasticity Index of Soils 34
b. ASTM D4943-08, Standard Test Method for Shrinkage Factors of Soils by the 35
Wax Method 36
c. ASTM D698-07e1, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction 37
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 38
d. ASTM D1557-09, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction 39
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 40
e. ASTM D7382-08, Standard Test for Determination of Maximum Dry Unit 41
Weight and Water Content Range for Effective Compaction of Granular Soils 42
Using a Vibrating Hammer 43
f. ASTM D1556-07, Standard Test for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In-Place 44
by the Sand Cone Method 45
1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 46
A. Sequencing 47
31 24 00 - 3
EMBANKMENTS
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
1. Sequence work such that calls of proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM 1
D698 prior to commencement of construction activities. 2
1.5 SUBMITTALS 3
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 4
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction 5
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6
A. Shop Drawings 7
1. Stockpiled material 8
a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the 9
Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way or the 10
easement 11
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 15
A. Storage 16
1. Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW) 17
a. Soil may be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary construction 18
easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 19
b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. 20
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00. 21
d. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in 22
areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 23
e. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 24
landscaped areas. 25
2. Designated Storage Areas 26
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage within the ROW, easement 27
or temporary construction easement, then secure and maintain an adequate 28
storage location. 29
b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 30
private property. 31
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00. 32
d. Do not block drainage ways. 33
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 34
A. Existing Conditions 35
1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 36
intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 37
is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 38
for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor. 39
2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. 40
31 24 00 - 4
EMBANKMENTS
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 3
2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 4
A. Materials 5
1. Acceptable Fill Material 6
a. In -situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with 7
ASTM D2487 8
b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 9
c. Can be placed free from voids 10
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 11
2. Blended Fill Material 12
a. In -situ soils classified as GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, or SM in accordance with 13
ASTM D2487 14
b. Blended with in-situ or imported acceptable backfill material to meet the 15
requirements of an Acceptable Backfill Material 16
c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 17
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 18
3. Unacceptable Fill Material 19
a. In -situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM 20
D2487 21
4. Select Fill 22
a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 23
b. Liquid limit less than 35 24
c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 25
2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED] 26
2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 27
2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28
PART 3 - EXECUTION 29
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 31
3.3 PREPARATION 32
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 33
1. Pavement 34
a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement that is 35
designated to remain. 36
31 24 00 - 5
EMBANKMENTS
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 1
contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 2
cost 3
2. Trees 4
a. When operating outside of existing ROW, stake permanent and temporary 5
construction easements. 6
b. Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW. 7
c. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 8
00. 9
d. Conduct embankments in a manner such that there is no damage to the tree 10
canopy. 11
e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as 12
specifically allowed by the City. 13
1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 14
specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 15
3. Above ground Structures 16
a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 17
4. Traffic 18
a. Maintain existing traffic, except as modified by the traffic control plan, and in 19
accordance with Section 34 71 13. 20
b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless: 21
1) Alternative access has been provided 22
2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident 23
3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan 24
3.4 INSTALLATION 25
A. Embankments General 26
1. Placing and Compacting Embankment Material 27
a. Perform fill operation in an orderly and systematic manner using equipment in 28
proper sequence to meet the compaction requirements 29
b. Scarify and loosen the unpaved surface areas, except rock, to a depth of at least 30
6 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings 31
c. Place fill on surfaces free from trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other 32
deleterious materials 33
d. Bench slopes before placing material. 34
e. Begin filling in the lowest section or the toe of the work area 35
f. When fill is placed directly or upon older fill, remove debris and any loose 36
material and proof roll existing surface. 37
g. After spreading the loose lifts to the required thickness and adjusting its 38
moisture content as necessary, simultaneously recompact scarified material 39
with the placed embankment material. 40
h. Roll with sufficient number passes to achieve the minimum required 41
compaction. 42
i. Provide water sprinkled as necessary to achieve required moisture levels for 43
specified compaction 44
j. Do not add additional lifts until the entire previous lift is properly compacted. 45
2. Surface Water Control 46
a. Grade surface horizontally but provide with sufficient longitudinal and 47
transverse slope to allow for runoff of surface water from every point. 48
31 24 00 - 6
EMBANKMENTS
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
b. Conduct fills so that no obstruction to drainage from any other sections of fill is 1
created. 2
c. Install temporary dewatering sumps in low areas during filling where excess 3
amounts of runoff collect. 4
d. Compact uniformly throughout. Keep surfaces of fill reasonably smooth and 5
free from humps and hollows that would prevent proper uniform compaction. 6
e. Do not place fill during or shortly after rain events which prevent proper work 7
placement of the material and compaction 8
f. Prior to resuming compaction operations, remove muddy material off the 9
surface to expose firm and compacted materials 10
B. Embankments for Roads 11
1. Only Acceptable Fill Material will be allowed for roadways 12
2. Embankments for roadbeds shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to 13
the finished grade of the street 14
3. Construct generally to conform to the cross section of the subgrade section as 15
shown in the Drawings. 16
4. Establish grade and shape to the typical sections shown on the Drawings 17
5. Maintain finished sections of embankment to the grade and compaction 18
requirements until the project is accepted. 19
C. Earth Embankments 20
1. Earth embankment is mainly composed of material other than rock. Construct 21
embankments in successive layers, evenly distributing materials in lengths suited 22
for sprinkling and rolling. 23
2. Rock or Concrete 24
a. Obtain approval from the City prior to incorporating rock and broken concrete 25
produced by the construction project in the lower layers of the embankment. 26
b. No Rock or Concrete will be permitted in embankments in any location where 27
future utilities are anticipated. 28
c. When the size of approved rock or broken concrete exceeds the layer thickness 29
place the rock and concrete outside the limits of the proposed structure or 30
pavement. Cut and remove all exposed reinforcing steel from the broken 31
concrete. 32
3. Move the material dumped in piles or windrows by blading or by similar methods 33
and incorporate it into uniform layers. 34
4. Featheredge or mix abutting layers of dissimilar material for at least 100 feet to 35
ensure there are no abrupt changes in the material. 36
5. Break down clods or lumps of material and mix embankment until a uniform 37
material is attained. 38
D. Rock Embankments 39
1. Rock embankment is mainly composed of rock. 40
2. Rock Embankments for roadways are only allowed when specifically designated on 41
the Drawings. 42
3. Construct rock embankments in successive layers for the full width of the roadway 43
cross-section with a depth of 18-inches or less. 44
31 24 00 - 7
EMBANKMENTS
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
4. The layer depth for large rock sizes shall not exceed a depth of 18-inches in any 1
case. Fill voids created by the large stone matrix with smaller stones during the 2
placement and filling operations. 3
5. Ensure the depth of the embankment layer is greater than the maximum dimension 4
of any rock. 5
6. Do not place rock greater than 18-inches in its maximum dimension. 6
7. Construct the final layer with graded material so that the density and uniformity is 7
in accordance compaction requirements. 8
8. The upper or final layer of rock embankments shall contain no material larger than 9
4 inches in their maximum dimension. 10
E. Density 11
1. Compact each layer until the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698 12
is achieved. 13
a. Not Under Roadway or Structure: 14
1) areas to be compacted in the open, not beneath any structure, pavement, 15
flatwork, or is a minimum of 1foot outside of the edge of any structure, 16
edge of pavement, or back of curb. 17
a) Compact each layer to a minimum of 90 percent Standard Proctor 18
Density. 19
b. Embankments under future paving: 20
1) Compact each layer to a minimum of 95 percent standard proctor density 21
with a moisture content not to exceed +4 percent or -2 percent of optimum 22
moisture or as indicated on the Drawings 23
c. Embankments under structures: 24
1) Compacted each layer as indicated on the Drawings 25
F. Maintenance of Moisture and Reworking 26
1. Maintain the density and moisture content once all requirements are met. 27
2. For soils with a PI greater than 15, maintain the moisture content no lower than 4 28
percentage points below optimum. 29
3. Rework the material to obtain the specified compaction when the material loses the 30
required stability, density, moisture, or finish. 31
4. Alter the compaction methods and procedures on subsequent work to obtain 32
specified density as directed by the City. 33
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 34
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35
3.7 FIELD QUAILITY CONTROL 36
A. Field Tests and Inspections 37
1. Proctors 38
a. The City will perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698. 39
b. Test results will generally be available to within 4 calendar days and distributed 40
to: 41
1) Contractor 42
2) City Project Manager 43
3) City Inspector 44
31 24 00 - 8
EMBANKMENTS
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
4) Engineer 1
c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 2
d. City will perform new proctors for varying soils: 3
1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 4
2) If notified by the Contractor 5
3) At the convenience of the City 6
e. Embankments where different soil types are present and are blended, the 7
proctors shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 8
2. Proof Rolling 9
a. Embankments under Future Pavement 10
1) City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 11
2) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut 12
or pump. 13
a) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck 14
with a 1500 gallon capacity. 15
3) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). 16
4) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 17
5) If an unstable or non-uniform area is found, correct the area. 18
6) Correct 19
a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch. 20
b) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform 21
7) If a non-uniform area is found then correct the area. 22
b. Embankments Not Under Future Paving 23
1) No Proof Rolling is required. 24
3. Density Testing of Embankments 25
a. Density Test shall be in conformance with ASTM D2922. 26
b. For Embankments under future pavement: 27
1) The City will perform density testing twice per working day when 28
compaction operations are being conducted. 29
2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests, but the number of 30
test shall be appropriate for the area being compacted. 31
3) Testing shall be representative of the current lift being compacted. 32
4) Special attention should be placed on edge conditions. 33
c. For Embankments not under future pavement or structures: 34
1) The City will perform density testing once working day when compaction 35
operations are being conducted. 36
2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests. 37
3) Testing shall be representative of the current lift being compacted. 38
d. Make the area where the embankment is being placed available for testing. 39
e. The City will determine the location of the test. 40
f. The City testing lab will provide results to Contractor and the City’s Inspector 41
upon completion of the testing. 42
g. A formal report will be posted to the City’s Buzzsaw site within 48 hours. 43
h. Test reports shall include: 44
1) Location of test by station number 45
2) Time and date of test 46
3) Depth of testing 47
4) Field moisture 48
5) Dry density 49
31 24 00 - 9
EMBANKMENTS
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
6) Proctor identifier 1
7) Percent Proctor Density 2
B. Non-Conforming Work 3
1. All non-conforming work shall be removed and replaced. 4
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 7
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 11
END OF SECTION 12
13
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson
1.2 – Added possible measurement and payment procedures and Blue
text for instructions on how the methods should be applied
2.2.2.a added GW and SW material classifications
1/28/13 D. Johnson 1.2 – Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate
between Payment Methods on bid list.
14
31 25 00 - 1
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 31 25 00 1
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Implementation of the project’s Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 6
and installation, maintenance and removal of erosion and sediment control devices 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan <1 acre 15
a. Measurement 16
1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 19
Item are subsidiary to the structure or Items being bid and no other 20
compensation will be allowed. 21
2. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan ≥ 1 acre 22
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 25
Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “SWPPP ≥ 1 acre”. 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Preparation of SWPPP 28
2) Implementation 29
3) Permitting fees 30
4) Installation 31
5) Maintenance 32
6) Removal 33
1.3 REFERENCES 34
A. Reference Standards 35
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 36
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 37
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 38
2. ASTM Standard: 39
31 25 00 - 2
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. ASTM D3786, Standard Test Method for Bursting Strength of Textile 1
Fabrics—Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method 2
b. ASTM D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation 3
of Geotextiles 4
c. ASTM D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size 5
of a Geotextile 6
d. ASTM D4833, Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of 7
Geomembranes and Related Products 8
3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) TPDES General Permit No. 9
TXR150000 10
4. TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS) 11
a. DMS-6230 “Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric” 12
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 13
1.5 SUBMITTALS 14
A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 15
B. TCEQ Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with 16
Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit 17
C. Construction Site Notice 18
D. TCEQ Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with 19
Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit 20
E. Notice of Change (if applicable) 21
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 25
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 26
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 27
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 28
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 30
2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 31
A. Rock Filter Dams 32
1. Aggregate 33
a. Furnish aggregate with hardness, durability, cleanliness and resistance to 34
crumbling, flaking and eroding acceptable to the Engineer. 35
b. Provide the following: 36
1) Types 1, 2 and 4 Rock Filter Dams 37
31 25 00 - 3
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a) Use 3 to 6 inch aggregate. 1
2) Type 3 Rock Filter Dams 2
a) Use 4 to 8 inch aggregate. 3
2. Wire 4
a. Provide minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire for the steel wire mesh and tie 5
wires for Types 2 and 3 rock filter dams 6
b. Type 4 dams require: 7
1) Double-twisted, hexagonal weave with a nominal mesh opening of 2½ 8
inches x 3 ¼ inches 9
2) Minimum 0.0866 inch steel wire for netting 10
3) Minimum 0.1063 inch steel wire for selvages and corners 11
4) Minimum 0.0866 inch for binding or tie wire 12
B. Geotextile Fabric 13
1. Place the aggregate over geotextile fabric meeting the following criteria: 14
a. Tensile Strength of 250 pounds, per ASTM D4632 15
b. Puncture Strength of 135 pounds, per ASTM D4833 16
c. Mullen Burst Rate of 420 psi, per ASTM D3786 17
d. Apparent Opening Size of No. 20 (max), per ASTM D4751 18
C. Sandbag Material 19
1. Furnish sandbags meeting Section 2.5 except that any gradation of aggregate may 20
be used to fill the sandbags. 21
D. Stabilized Construction Entrances 22
1. Provide materials that meet the details shown on the Drawings and this Section. 23
a. Provide crushed aggregate for long and short-term construction exits. 24
b. Furnish aggregates that are clean, hard, durable and free from adherent coatings 25
such as salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials and organic 26
and injurious matter. 27
c. Use 3 to 5 inch coarse aggregate with a minimum thickness of 12 inches. 28
d. The aggregate shall be placed over a geotextile fabric meeting the following 29
criteria: 30
1) Tensile Strength of 300 pounds, per ASTM D4632 31
2) Puncture Strength of 120 pounds, per ASTM D4833 32
3) Mullen Burst Rate of 600 psi, per ASTM D3786 33
4) Apparent Opening Size of No. 40 (max), per ASTM D4751 34
E. Embankment for Erosion Control 35
1. Provide rock, loam, clay, topsoil or other earth materials that will form a stable 36
embankment to meet the intended use. 37
F. Sandbags 38
1. Provide sandbag material of polypropylene, polyethylene or polyamide woven 39
fabric with a minimum unit weight of 4 ounces per square yard, a Mullen burst-40
strength exceeding 300 psi, and an ultraviolet stability exceeding 70 percent. 41
2. Use natural coarse sand or manufactured sand meeting the gradation given in Table 42
1 to fill sandbags. 43
3. Filled sandbags must be 24 to 30 inches long, 16 to 18 inches wide, and 6 to 8 44
inches thick. 45
Table 1 46
31 25 00 - 4
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
Sand Gradation 1
Sieve # Maximum Retained (% by Weight)
4 3 percent
100 80 percent
200 95 percent
G. Temporary Sediment Control Fence 2
1. Provide a net-reinforced fence using woven geo-textile fabric. 3
2. Logos visible to the traveling public will not be allowed. 4
a. Fabric 5
1) Provide fabric materials in accordance with DMS-6230, “Temporary 6
Sediment Control Fence Fabric.” 7
b. Posts 8
1) Provide essentially straight wood or steel posts with a minimum length of 9
48 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 10
2) Soft wood posts must be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inch 11
3) Hardwood posts must have a minimum cross-section of 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch 12
4) T- or L-shaped steel posts must have a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per 13
foot. 14
c. Net Reinforcement 15
1) Provide net reinforcement of at least 12-1/2 gauge galvanized welded wire 16
mesh, with a maximum opening size of 2 x 4 inch, at least 24 inches wide, 17
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 18
d. Staples 19
1) Provide staples with a crown at least 3/4 inch wide and legs 1/2 inch long. 20
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 21
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 22
PART 3 - EXECUTION 23
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 24
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 25
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 26
3.4 INSTALLATION 27
A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 28
1. Develop and implement the project’s Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 29
(SWPPP) in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR150000 30
requirements. Prevent water pollution from storm water runoff by using and 31
maintaining appropriate structural and nonstructural BMPs to reduce pollutants 32
discharges to the MS4 from the construction site. 33
B. Control Measures 34
1. Implement control measures in the area to be disturbed before beginning 35
construction, or as directed. Limit the disturbance to the area shown on the 36
Drawings or as directed. 37
31 25 00 - 5
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Control site waste such as discarded building materials, concrete truck washout 1
water, chemicals, litter and sanitary waste at the construction site. 2
3. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor cannot control soil erosion and 3
sedimentation resulting from construction operations, the Engineer will limit the 4
disturbed area to that which the Contractor is able to control. Minimize disturbance 5
to vegetation. 6
4. Immediately correct ineffective control measures. Implement additional controls as 7
directed. Remove excavated material within the time requirements specified in the 8
applicable storm water permit. 9
5. Upon acceptance of vegetative cover by the City, remove and dispose of all 10
temporary control measures, temporary embankments, bridges, matting, falsework, 11
piling, debris, or other obstructions placed during construction that are not a part of 12
the finished work, or as directed. 13
C. Do not locate disposal areas, stockpiles, or haul roads in any wetland, water body, or 14
streambed. 15
D. Do not install temporary construction crossings in or across any water body without the 16
prior approval of the appropriate resource agency and the Engineer. 17
E. Provide protected storage area for paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers at an 18
approved location. Keep paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers off bare ground and 19
provide shelter for stored chemicals. 20
F. Installation and Maintenance 21
1. Perform work in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit 22
TXR150000. 23
2. When approved, sediments may be disposed of within embankments, or in areas 24
where the material will not contribute to further siltation. 25
3. Dispose of removed material in accordance with federal, state, and local 26
regulations. 27
4. Remove devices upon approval or when directed. 28
a. Upon removal, finish-grade and dress the area. 29
b. Stabilize disturbed areas in accordance with the permit, and as shown on the 30
Drawings or directed. 31
5. The Contractor retains ownership of stockpiled material and must remove it from 32
the project when new installations or replacements are no longer required. 33
G. Rock Filter Dams for Erosion Control 34
1. Remove trees, brush, stumps and other objectionable material that may interfere 35
with the construction of rock filter dams. 36
2. Place sandbags as a foundation when required or at the Contractor’s option. 37
3. For Types 1, 2, 3, and 5, place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes 38
specified, without undue voids. 39
4. For Types 2 and 3, place the aggregate on the mesh and then fold the mesh at the 40
upstream side over the aggregate and secure it to itself on the downstream side with 41
wire ties, or hog rings, or as directed. 42
5. Place rock filter dams perpendicular to the flow of the stream or channel unless 43
otherwise directed. 44
31 25 00 - 6
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
6. Construct filter dams according to the following criteria, unless otherwise shown on 1
the Drawings: 2
a. Type 1 (Non-reinforced) 3
1) Height - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top 4
of filter dam 5
2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 6
3) Slopes - At most 2:1 7
b. Type 2 (Reinforced) 8
1) Height - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top 9
of filter dam 10
2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 11
3) Slopes - At most 2:1 12
c. Type 3 (Reinforced) 13
1) Height - At least 36 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top 14
of filter dam 15
2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 16
3) Slopes - At most 2:1 17
d. Type 4 (Sack Gabions) 18
1) Unfold sack gabions and smooth out kinks and bends. 19
2) For vertical filling, connect the sides by lacing in a single loop–double loop 20
pattern on 4- to 5-inches spacing. At 1 end, pull the end lacing rod until 21
tight, wrap around the end, and twist 4 times. At the filling end, fill with 22
stone, pull the rod tight, cut the wire with approximately 6 inches 23
remaining, and twist wires 4 times. 24
3) For horizontal filling, place sack flat in a filling trough, fill with stone, and 25
connect sides and secure ends as described above. 26
4) Lift and place without damaging the gabion. 27
5) Shape sack gabions to existing contours. 28
e. Type 5 29
1) Provide rock filter dams as shown on the Drawings. 30
H. Construction Entrances 31
1. When tracking conditions exist, prevent traffic from crossing or exiting the 32
construction site or moving directly onto a public roadway, alley, sidewalk, parking 33
area, or other right of way areas other than at the location of construction entrances. 34
2. Place the exit over a foundation course, if necessary. 35
a. Grade the foundation course or compacted subgrade to direct runoff from the 36
construction exits to a sediment trap as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 37
3. At drive approaches, make sure the construction entrance is the full width of the 38
drive and meets the length shown on the Drawings. 39
a. The width shall be at least 14 feet for 1-way and 24 feet for 2-way traffic for all 40
other points of ingress or egress or as directed by the Engineer. 41
I. Earthwork for Erosion Control 42
1. Perform excavation and embankment operations to minimize erosion and to remove 43
collected sediments from other erosion control devices. 44
a. Excavation and Embankment for Erosion Control Measures 45
1) Place earth dikes, swales or combinations of both along the low crown of 46
daily lift placement, or as directed, to prevent runoff spillover. 47
31 25 00 - 7
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2) Place swales and dikes at other locations as shown on the Drawings or as 1
directed to prevent runoff spillover or to divert runoff. 2
3) Construct cuts with the low end blocked with undisturbed earth to prevent 3
erosion of hillsides. 4
4) Construct sediment traps at drainage structures in conjunction with other 5
erosion control measures as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 6
5) Where required, create a sediment basin providing 3,600 cubic feet of 7
storage per acre drained, or equivalent control measures for drainage 8
locations that serve an area with 10 or more disturbed acres at 1 time, not 9
including offsite areas. 10
b. Excavation of Sediment and Debris 11
1) Remove sediment and debris when accumulation affects the performance of 12
the devices, after a rain, and when directed. 13
J. Sandbags for Erosion Control 14
1. Construct a berm or dam of sandbags that will intercept sediment-laden storm water 15
runoff from disturbed areas, create a retention pond, detain sediment and release 16
water in sheet flow. 17
2. Fill each bag with sand so that at least the top 6 inches of the bag is unfilled to 18
allow for proper tying of the open end. 19
3. Place the sandbags with their tied ends in the same direction. 20
4. Offset subsequent rows of sandbags 1/2 the length of the preceding row. 21
5. Place a single layer of sandbags downstream as a secondary debris trap. 22
6. Place additional sandbags as necessary or as directed for supplementary support to 23
berms or dams of sandbags or earth. 24
K. Temporary Sediment-Control Fence 25
1. Provide temporary sediment-control fence near the downstream perimeter of a 26
disturbed area to intercept sediment from sheet flow. 27
2. Incorporate the fence into erosion-control measures used to control sediment in 28
areas of higher flow. Install the fence as shown on the Drawings, as specified in this 29
Section, or as directed. 30
a. Post Installation 31
1) Embed posts at least 18 inches deep, or adequately anchor, if in rock, with a 32
spacing of 6 to 8 feet and install on a slight angle toward the run-off source. 33
b. Fabric Anchoring 34
1) Dig trenches along the uphill side of the fence to anchor 6 to 8 inches of 35
fabric. 36
2) Provide a minimum trench cross-section of 6 x 6 inches 37
3) Place the fabric against the side of the trench and align approximately 2 38
inches of fabric along the bottom in the upstream direction. 39
4) Backfill the trench, then hand-tamp. 40
c. Fabric and Net Reinforcement Attachment 41
1) Unless otherwise shown under the Drawings, attach the reinforcement to 42
wooden posts with staples, or to steel posts with T-clips, in at least 4 places 43
equally spaced. 44
2) Sewn vertical pockets may be used to attach reinforcement to end posts. 45
3) Fasten the fabric to the top strand of reinforcement by hog rings or cord 46
every 15 inches or less. 47
31 25 00 - 8
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
d. Fabric and Net Splices 1
1) Locate splices at a fence post with a minimum lap of 6 inches attached in at 2
least 6 places equally spaced, unless otherwise shown under the Drawings. 3
a) Do not locate splices in concentrated flow areas. 4
2) Requirements for installation of used temporary sediment-control fence 5
include the following: 6
a) Fabric with minimal or no visible signs of biodegradation (weak fibers) 7
b) Fabric without excessive patching (more than 1 patch every 15 to 20 8
feet) 9
c) Posts without bends 10
d) Backing without holes 11
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 15
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 16
3.10 CLEANING 17
A. Waste Management 18
1. Remove sediment, debris and litter as needed. 19
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 20
A. Erosion control measures remain in place and are maintained until all soil disturbing 21
activities at the project site have been completed. 22
B. Establish a uniform vegetative cover with a density of 70 percent on all unpaved areas, 23
on areas not covered by permanent structures, or in areas where permanent erosion 24
control measures (i.e. riprap, gabions, or geotextiles) have been employed. 25
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26
3.13 MAINTENANCE 27
A. Install and maintain the integrity of temporary erosion and sedimentation control 28
devices to accumulate silt and debris until earthwork construction and permanent 29
erosion control features are in place or the disturbed area has been adequately stabilized 30
as determined by the Engineer. 31
B. If a device ceases to function as intended, repair or replace the device or portions 32
thereof as necessary. 33
C. Perform inspections of the construction site as prescribed in the Construction General 34
Permit TXR150000. 35
D. Records of inspections and modifications based on the results of inspections must be 36
maintained and available in accordance with the permit. 37
31 25 00 - 9
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
31 37 00 - 1
RIPRAP
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 31 37 00 1
RIPRAP 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnishing and installing concrete, stone, cement-stabilized, or special riprap. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In -Place Concrete 12
4. Section 31 25 00 – Erosion and Sediment Control 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Measurement 16
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the face square yard to the depth 17
specified of material complete in place. Volume will be computed on the basis 18
of the measured area and type, verified by field measurements. 19
2. Payment 20
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 21
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price 22
bid per square yard of “Riprap” installed for: 23
1) Various types 24
2) Various thicknesses 25
3) Various void-filling techniques 26
3. The price bid shall include: 27
a. Furnishing, hauling, and placing riprap 28
b. Filter fabric 29
c. Expansion joint material 30
d. Concrete and reinforcing steel 31
e. Excavation of toe wall trenches, as applicable 32
f. Excavation below natural ground or bottom of excavated channel, as applicable 33
g. Shaping of slopes, as applicable 34
h. Bedding 35
i. Grout and mortar 36
j. Scales 37
k. Test weights 38
l. Clean-up 39
1.3 REFERENCES 40
A. Reference Standards 41
31 37 00 - 2
RIPRAP
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 1
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 2
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 3
2. ASTM Standards 4
a. ASTM C136-06, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse 5
Aggregates 6
b. ASTM D7370-09, Standard Test Method for Determination of Relative Density 7
and Absorption of Fine, Coarse, and Blended Aggregate Using Combined 8
Vacuum Saturation and Rapid Submersion 9
c. ASTM C5240-04, Standard Test Method for, Testing Rock Slabs to Evaluate 10
the Soundness of Riprap by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate 11
d. ASTM D4632-08, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and 12
Elongation of Geotextiles 13
e. ASTM D4533-04, Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of 14
Geotextiles 15
f. ASTM D751-06, Standard Test Methods for Coated Fabrics 16
g. ASTM D4751-04, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening 17
Size of a Geotextile 18
h. ASTM D4491-99a, Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of 19
Geotextiles by Permittivity 20
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 27
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 28
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 29
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 31
2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 32
A. Concrete Riprap 33
1. Use concrete with a compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28-days, according to 34
Section 03 30 00, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 35
B. Stone Riprap 36
1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, use durable natural stone with a 37
minimum bulk specific gravity of 2. Provide stone that has a maximum weight loss 38
of 18 percent after 5 cycles of magnesium sulfate solution and 14 percent after 5 39
cycles of sodium sulfate solution. 40
31 37 00 - 3
RIPRAP
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. For all types of stone riprap perform a size verification test on the first 5,000 square 1
yards of finished riprap stone at a location determined by the Engineer. Weigh each 2
stone in a square test area with the length of each side of the square equal to 3 times 3
the specified riprap thickness. The weight of the stones, excluding spalls, should be 4
as specified below. Additional tests may be required. Do not place additional riprap 5
until the initial 5,000 square yards of riprap has been approved. 6
3. When specified, provide grout and mortar as defined as 1 part Portland cement to 3 7
parts sand and mixed with water until it achieves a consistency that will flow into 8
and completely fill all voids. 9
4. Provide filter fabric in accordance with Section 31 25 00. For slab riprap, provide 10
the filter fabric type shown on the Drawings 11
a. Large 12
1) Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds with a minimum of 50 percent of 13
the stones heavier than 100 pounds 14
b. Medium 15
1) Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds with a minimum of 40 percent of 16
the stones heavier than 100 pounds Use stones with at least 1 broad flat 17
surface. 18
c. Block 19
1) Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds. Use stones that are at least 3 inches 20
in their least dimension. Use stones that are at least twice as wide as they 21
are thick. When shown on the Drawings or approved, material may consist 22
of broken concrete removed under the Contract or from other approved 23
sources. Before placement of each piece of broken concrete, cut exposed 24
reinforcement flush with all surfaces. 25
d. Slab 26
1) Use boulders or quarried rock that meets the gradation requirements of 27
Table 1. Both the width and the thickness of each piece of riprap must be a 28
least 1/3 of the length. When shown on the Drawings or as approved, 29
material may consist of broken concrete removed under the Contract or 30
from other approved sources. Before placement of each piece of broken 31
concrete, cut exposed reinforcement flush with all surfaces. 32
2) Provide bedding stone that in-place meets the gradation requirements 33
shown in Table 2 or as otherwise shown on the Drawings. 34
Table 1 35
Riprap Gradation Requirements 36
Thickness Maximum Size
(lb.)
90 percent Size1
(lb.)
50& Size1
(lb.)
8 percent Size,
Minimum (lb.)
12 in. 200 80-180 30-75 3
15in. 320 170-300 60-165 20
18in. 530 290-475 105-220 22
21in. 800 460-720 175-300 25
24in. 1,000 550-850 200-325 30
30in. 2,600 1,150-2.50 400-900 40
37
38
31 37 00 - 4
RIPRAP
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
Table 2 1
Bedding Stone Gradation 2
Sieve Size (Square Mesh) Percent by Weight Passing
3 inches 100
1-1/2 inches 50-80
3/4 inches 20-60
No. 4 0-15
No. 10 0-5
C. Special Riprap 3
1. Furnish materials for special riprap according to the Drawings. 4
2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED] 5
2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6
2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION 8
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 10
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 11
3.4 INSTALLATION 12
A. Dress slopes and protected areas to the line and grade shown on the Drawings before 13
the placement of riprap. Place riprap and toe walls according to details and dimensions 14
shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 15
B. Concrete Riprap 16
1. Reinforce concrete riprap with No. 3 reinforcing bars spaced at a maximum of 18 17
inches in each direction unless otherwise shown. Provide a minimum 6-inch lap at 18
all splices. At the edge of the riprap, provide a minimum horizontal cover of 1 inch 19
and a maximum cover of 3 inches. Place the first parallel bar at most 6 inches from 20
the edge of concrete. Use approved supports to hold the reinforcement 21
approximately equidistant from the top and bottom surface of the slab. Adjust 22
reinforcement during concrete placement to maintain correct position. 23
2. As directed, sprinkle or sprinkle and consolidate the subgrade before the concrete is 24
placed. All surfaces must be moist when concrete is placed. 25
3. Compact each layer to a minimum of 95 percent standard proctor density with a 26
moisture content not to exceed +4 percent or -2 percent of optimum moisture or as 27
indicated on the Drawings. 28
4. After placing the concrete, compact and shape it to conform to the dimensions 29
shown on Drawings. After it has set sufficiently to avoid slumping, finish the 30
surface with a wood float to secure a smooth surface or broom finish as approved. 31
5. Immediately after the finishing operation, cure the riprap according to Section 03 32
30 00. 33
31 37 00 - 5
RIPRAP
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
C. Stone Riprap 1
1. Provide the following types of stone riprap when shown on the Drawings. 2
a. Dry Riprap 3
1) Dry riprap is stone riprap with voids filled with only spalls or small stones. 4
b. Grouted Riprap 5
1) Grouted riprap is Type Large, Medium, or Block stone riprap with voids 6
grouted after all the stones are in place. 7
c. Mortared Riprap 8
1) Mortared riprap is Medium stone riprap laid and mortared as each stone is 9
placed. 10
2. Use spalls and small stones lighter than 25 pounds to fill open joints and voids in 11
stone riprap, and place to a tight fit. 12
3. Do not place mortar or grout when the air temperature is below 35 degrees 13
Fahrenheit. 14
4. Protect work from rapid drying for at least 3 days after placement. Unless otherwise 15
approved, place filter fabric with the length running up and down the slope. Ensure 16
fabric has a minimum overlap of 2 feet. 17
5. Secure fabric with nails or pins. Use nails at least 2 inches long with washers or U-18
shaped pins with legs at least 9 inches long. Space nails or pins at a maximum of 10 19
feet in each direction and 5 feet along the seams. Alternative anchorage and spacing 20
may be used when approved. 21
6. Large 22
a. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 1 and as shown on the Drawings. Place 23
stones in a single layer with close joints so that most of their weight is carried 24
by the earth and not by the adjacent stones. 25
b. Place the upright axis of the stones at an angle of approximately 90 degrees to 26
the embankment slope. 27
c. Place each course from the bottom of the embankment upward with the larger 28
stones in the lower courses. 29
d. Fill open joints between stones with spalls. 30
e. Place stones to create a uniform finished top surface. Do not exceed a 6-inch 31
variation between the tops of adjacent stones. Replace, embed deeper, or chip 32
away stones that project more than the allowable amount above the finished 33
surface. 34
f. When the Drawings require Large stone riprap to be grouted, prevent earth, 35
sand, or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones. After the 36
stones are in place, thoroughly wet the stones, fill the spaces between the stones 37
with grout, and pack. Sweep the surface of the riprap with a stiff broom after 38
grouting. 39
7. Medium 40
a. Dry Placement 41
1) Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2. Set the flat surface on a prepared 42
horizontal earth bed, and overlap the underlying course to secure a lapped 43
surface. 44
2) Place the large stones first, roughly arranged in close contact. Fill the 45
spaces between the large stones with suitably sized stones placed to leave 46
the surface evenly stepped and conforming to the contour required. 47
3) Place stone to drain water down the face of the slope. 48
31 37 00 - 6
RIPRAP
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. Grouting 1
1) Construct riprap as shown in Figure 3. Size, shape, and lay large flat-2
surfaced stones to produce an even surface with minimal voids. 3
2) Place stones with the flat surface facing upward parallel to the slope. Place 4
the largest stones near the base of the slope. 5
3) Fill spaces between the larger stones with stones of suitable size, leaving 6
the surface smooth, tight, and conforming to the contour required. 7
4) Place the stones to create a plane surface with a maximum variation of 6 8
inches in 10 feet from true plane. Provide the same degree of accuracy for 9
warped and curved surfaces. 10
5) Prevent earth, sand or foreign material from filling the spaces between the 11
stones. After the stones are in place, thoroughly wet them, fill the spaces 12
between them with grout, and pack. Sweep the surface with a stiff broom 13
after grouting. 14
c. Mortaring 15
1) Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2. Lap courses as described for dry 16
placement. Before placing mortar, wet the stones thoroughly. 17
2) As the larger stones are placed, bed them in fresh mortar and shove 18
adjacent stones into contact with one another. 19
3) After completing the work, spread all excess mortar forced out during 20
placement of the stones uniformly over them to fill all voids completely. 21
Point up all joints roughly either with flush joints or with shallow, smooth-22
raked joints as directed. 23
D. Block 24
1. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 4. Place stones on a bed excavated for the base 25
course. Bed the base course of stone well into the ground with the edges in contact. 26
Bed and place each succeeding course in even contact with the preceding course. 27
2. Use spalls and small stones to fill any open joints and voids in the riprap. Ensure 28
the finished surface presents an even, tight surface, true to the line and grades of the 29
typical sections. 30
3. When the Drawings require grouting Block stone riprap, prevent earth, sand, or 31
foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones. After the stones are in 32
place, wet them thoroughly, fill the spaces between them with grout, and pack. 33
Sweep the surface with a stiff broom after grouting. 34
E. Slab 35
1. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 5. Place riprap stone on the slopes within the 36
limits shown on the Drawings. Place stone for riprap on the bedding material to 37
produce a reasonably well-graded mass of riprap with the minimum practicable 38
percentage of voids. 39
2. Construct the riprap to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or staked in the 40
field. A tolerance of +6 inches and -0 inch from the slope line and grades shown on 41
the Drawings is allowed in the finished surface of the riprap. 42
3. Place riprap to its full thickness in a single operation. Avoid displacing the bedding 43
material. Ensure that the entire mass of stones in their final position is free from 44
objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones. 45
31 37 00 - 7
RIPRAP
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
4. Do not place riprap in layers, and do not place it by dumping it into chutes, 1
dumping it from the top of the slope, pushing it from the top of the slope, or any 2
method likely to cause segregation of the various sizes. 3
5. Obtain the desired distribution of the various sizes of stones throughout the mass by 4
selective loading of material at the quarry or other source or by other methods of 5
placement that will produce the specified results. 6
6. Rearrange individual stones by mechanical equipment or by hand if necessary to 7
obtain a reasonably well-graded distribution of stone sizes. 8
F. Special Riprap 9
1. Construct special riprap according to the Drawings. 10
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 11
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 14
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 15
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 16
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 17
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 18
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 19
3.14 ATTACHMENTS 20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Figure 1 - Large stone riprap, dry or grouted. 33
34
31 37 00 - 8
RIPRAP
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Figure 2 - Medium stone riprap, dry or grouted. 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Figure 3 - Medium stone riprap, mortared. 27
28
29
30
31 37 00 - 9
RIPRAP
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1
Figure 4 – Block stone riprap, dry or grouted. 2
3
4
Figure 5 – Slab stone riprap 5
6
END OF SECTION 7
31 37 00 - 10
RIPRAP
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.4.B. – defined compaction requirements beneath concrete rip rap
2
32 11 29 - 1
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 32 11 29 1
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Treating subgrade, subbase and base courses by the pulverization, addition of lime, 6
mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density. 7
2. Item applies to the natural ground, embankment, existing pavement; base or 8
subbase courses placed and shall conform to the typical section, lines and grades 9
shown on the Drawings. 10
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11
1. None. 12
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 15
3. Section 31 23 23 - Borrow 16
4. Section 32 11 23 - Flexible Base Courses 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Hydrated Lime 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) of Hydrated 22
Lime used to prepare slurry at the job site. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per ton of Hydrated Lime. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Furnishing the material 29
2) All freight involved 30
3) All unloading, storing, and handling 31
2. Commercial Lime Slurry 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) as calculated 34
from the minimum percent dry solids content of the slurry multiplied by the 35
weight of the slurry in tons delivered. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 39
price bid per ton of Commercial Lime Slurry. 40
c. The price bid shall include: 41
1) Furnishing the material 42
32 11 29 - 2
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2) All freight involved 1
3) All unloading, storing, and handling 2
3. Quicklime 3
a. Measurement 4
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) of Quicklime. 5
Measurement for Quicklime in slurry form shall be measured by the ton 6
(dry weight) of the Quicklime used to prepare the slurry. 7
b. Payment 8
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 9
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 10
price bid per ton of Quicklime. 11
c. The price bid shall include: 12
1) Furnishing the material 13
2) All freight involved 14
3) All unloading, storing, and handling 15
4. Lime Treatment 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of surface area as 18
established by the widths shown on the Drawings and the lengths measured 19
at placement. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per square yard of Lime Treatment applied for: 24
a) Various depths 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Preparing the roadbed 27
2) Loosening, pulverizing application of lime, water content in the slurry 28
mixture and the mixing water 29
3) Mixing, shaping, sprinkling, compacting, finishing, curing and maintaining 30
4) Performing all manipulations required 31
1.3 REFERENCES 32
A. Definitions 33
1. Hydrated Lime: dry powdered material consisting of calcium hydroxide. 34
2. Commercial Lime Slurry: liquid mixture of hydrated lime solids and water 35
delivered to a project in slurry form. 36
3. Quicklime: dry material consisting of calcium oxide furnished in either of two 37
grades: 38
a. Grade DS – grade of “pebble” quicklime suitable for use in the preparation of 39
slurry for wet placing. 40
b. Grade S – finely graded quicklime for use only in the preparation of slurry for 41
wet placing. 42
B. Reference Standards 43
1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 44
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 45
specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 46
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 47
32 11 29 - 3
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 1
Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 2
b. D6938, Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 3
and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 4
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TXDOT): 5
a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing 6
b. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer 7
c. Tex-600-J, Sampling and Testing of Hydrated Lime, Quicklime and 8
Commercial Lime Slurry 9
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 10
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTLAS [NOT USED] 14
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15
1.10 DELIVERY AND STORAGE 16
A. Truck Delivered Lime 17
1. Each truck ticket shall bear the weight of lime measured on certified scales. 18
2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk 19
delivery of lime to the site. 20
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 21
A. Start lime application only when the air temperature is at least 35°F and rising or is at 22
least 40°F. Measure temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat. 23
B. Suspend application when the City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable. 24
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 25
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27
2.2 MATERIALS 28
A. General 29
1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of 30
the Drawings and specifications. 31
2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. 32
3. Obtain verification from the City that the specification requirements are met before 33
using the sources. 34
4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. 35
B. Lime 36
1. Hydrated Lime 37
a. pumpable suspension of solids in water 38
32 11 29 - 4
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. solids portion of the mixture when considered as a basis of “solids content,” 1
shall consist of principally hydrated lime of a quality and fineness sufficient to 2
meet the chemical and physical requirements. 3
2. Dry Lime: Do not use unless approved by City. 4
3. Quicklime 5
a. Use quicklime only when specified by the City. 6
b. dry material consisting of essentially calcium oxide. 7
c. Furnished in either of two grades: 8
1) Grade DS 9
2) Grade S 10
4. Furnish lime that meets the following requirements 11
a. Chemical Requirements 12
Table 2 13
Lime Chemical Requirements 14
Hydrated
Lime
Commercial Lime
Slurry
Quicklime
Total “active” lime
content, percent by
weight
90.0 Min 87.0 Min
Unhydrated lime
content, percent by
weight CaO
5.0 Max 87.0 Min
“Free Water”
content, percent by
weight water
5.0 Max
b. Physical Requirements 15
Table 3 16
Lime Physical Requirements 17
Hydrated
Lime
Commercial Lime
Slurry
Quicklime
Wet Sieve Requirement, As
percentage by Weight
Residue:
Retained on No. 6 sieve 0.2 Max 0.2 Max 8.0 Max1
Retained on No. 30 sieve 4.0 Max 4.0 Max
Dry Sieve Requirement, As
percentage by Weight
Residue:
Retained on a 1-in sieve 0.0
Retained on a 3/4 –in sieve 10.0 Max
Retained on a No. 100
sieve
Grade Ds – 80 Min
Grade S – no limits
Retained on a No. 6 sieve 0.2 Max 0.2 Max 8.0 Max1
1 The amount total ”active” lime content, as CaO, in the material retained on the No. 6 sieve must not
exceed 2.0% by weight of the original quicklime.
18
c. Slurry Grades 19
Table 4 20
Lime Slurry Grades 21
Minimum Dry Solids Contents
by Percentage of the Slurry
32 11 29 - 5
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
Grade 1 31
Grade 2 35
Grade 3 46
1
C. Flexible Base Courses: Furnish base material that meets the requirements of Section 32 2
11 23, for the type and grade shown on the Drawings, before the addition of lime. 3
D. Water: Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 4
E. Borrow: See Section 31 23 23. 5
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION 8
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 10
3.3 PREPARATION 11
A. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the 12
Drawings or as directed. 13
3.4 INSTALLATION 14
A. General 15
1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: 16
a. uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas. 17
b. uniform density and moisture content. 18
c. well bound for full depth. 19
d. with smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses. 20
2. Maximum layer depth of lime treatment in single layer: 8 inches. 21
3. For treated subgrade exceeding 8 inches deep, pulverize, apply lime, mix, compact 22
and finish in equal layers not exceeding 5 inches deep. 23
B. Equipment 24
1. General: Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution 25
of the work. 26
2. Rollers 27
a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and 28
quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings 29
or directed. 30
b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the 31
specified requirements. 32
c. Alternate Equipment 33
1) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved, 34
operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results. 35
2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified 36
equipment if the desired results are not achieved. 37
d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 38
quality requirements of the Contract are not met. 39
32 11 29 - 6
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3. Storage Facility 1
a. Store quicklime and dry hydrated lime in closed, weatherproof containers. 2
4. Slurry Equipment 3
a. Use slurry tanks equipped with agitation devices to slurry hydrated lime or 4
quicklime on the project or other approved location. 5
b. The City may approve other slurrying methods. 6
c. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry when the distributor truck is not 7
equipped with an agitator. 8
5. Pulverization Equipment 9
a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 10
1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters that 11
plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut 12
2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times, and uniformly 13
mixes the materials 14
C. Pulverization 15
1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so that 100 percent passes a 2 16
1/2 inch sieve. 17
2. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass, 18
excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve 19
processing to depth as shown in the Drawings. 20
D. Application of Lime 21
1. Uniformly apply lime as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 22
2. Add lime at the percentage specified in Drawings. 23
3. Apply lime only on an area where mixing can be completed during the same 24
working day. 25
4. Minimize dust and scattering of lime by wind. Do not apply lime when wind 26
conditions, in the opinion of the City, cause blowing lime to become dangerous to 27
traffic or objectionable to adjacent property owners. 28
5. Slurry Placement 29
a. Hydrated Lime 30
1) Mix Lime with water and apply slurry 31
2) Apply Type B, commercial lime slurry, with a lime percentage not less 32
applicable for grade used 33
3) Distribute lime at the rate shown on the Drawings 34
4) Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the 35
proper moisture and lime content have been achieved. 36
b. Quicklime 37
1) Spread the residue for the Quicklime slurrying procedure uniformly over 38
the length of the roadway. 39
2) Residue is primarily inert material with little stabilizing value; however, 40
may contain a small amount of Quicklime particles that slake slowly. A 41
concentration of these particles could cause the compacted stabilized 42
material to swell during slaking. 43
E. Mixing 44
1. Begin mixing within 6 hours of application of lime. 45
32 11 29 - 7
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Hydrated lime exposed to the open air for 6 hours or more between application and 1
mixing, or that experiences excessive loss due to washing or blowing, will not be 2
accepted for payment. 3
3. Thoroughly mix the material and lime using approved equipment. 4
4. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free 5
from all clods and lumps. 6
5. Do not mix greater than 1 inch deeper than the stabilization depth specified. 7
6. Materials containing plastic clay or other materials that are not readily mixed with 8
lime shall be mixed as thoroughly as possible at the time of lime application, 9
brought to the proper moisture content and sealed with a pneumatic roller. 10
7. Allow the mixture to cure for 72 hours or as directed by City. 11
8. When pebble grade quicklime is used, allow the mixture to cure for 2 to 4 days. 12
9. Sprinkle the treated materials during the mixing and curing operation to achieve 13
adequate hydration and proper moisture content. 14
10. After curing, resume mixing until a homogeneous, friable mixture is obtained. 15
11. After mixing, City will sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in 16
accordance with Tex-101-E, Part III, to determine compliance with the gradation 17
requirements in Table 5. 18
Table 5 19
Gradation Requirements (Minimum % Passing) 20
Sieve Size Base
1-3/4 in. 100
3/4 in. 85
No. 4 60
21
F. Compaction 22
1. General 23
a. Begin compaction immediately after final mixing. 24
b. Aerate and sprinkle as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. 25
c. Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the Drawings or approved. 26
d. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. 27
2. Rolling 28
a. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, 29
overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half the width of the roller unit. 30
b. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the 31
high side. 32
c. Offset alternate trips of the roller. 33
d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH or as directed. 34
e. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses 35
required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or 36
the project is accepted. 37
1) Continue work until specification requirements are met. 38
2) Rework in accordance with Maintenance item of this Section. 39
f. Proof roll the lime treated base course in accordance with the following: 40
1) Proof Rolling 41
a) City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling 42
operations. 43
32 11 29 - 8
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that 1
rut or pump. 2
(1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck 3
with a 1500 gallon capacity. 4
c) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). 5
d) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 6
e) If an unstable or non-uniform area is found, correct the area. 7
2) Correct 8
a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch. 9
b) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform. 10
3. Density Control 11
a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density of 12
not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 13
D698. 14
b. Moisture content: minus 2 to plus 4 optimum. 15
G. Maintenance 16
1. Maintain the completed soil lime base in good condition, satisfactory to the City as 17
to grade, crown and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed. 18
2. Keep surface of the compacted course moist until covered by other base or 19
pavement. 20
3. Reworking a Section 21
a. When a section is reworked within 72 hours after completion of compaction, 22
rework the section to provide the required density. 23
b. When a section is reworked more than 72 hours after completion of 24
compaction, add additional lime at 25 percent of the percentage specified. 25
c. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable 26
material if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 27
H. Finishing 28
1. After completing compaction of the final course, clip, skin, or tight-blade the 29
surface of the lime-treated material with a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a 30
depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 31
2. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 32
3. Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller until a smooth 33
surface is attained. 34
4. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling. 35
5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, 36
lines, and grades shown on the Drawings or as directed. 37
I. Curing 38
1. Cure for the minimum number of days shown in Table 6 and by finished pavement 39
type: 40
a. Concrete pavement 41
1) Sprinkle with water 42
2) Maintain moisture during curing 43
3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as 44
required for sprinkling. 45
b. Asphalt Pavement 46
32 11 29 - 9
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) Apply an asphalt material at a rate of 0.05 to 0.20 gallon per square yard. 1
2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing. 2
Table 6 3
Minimum Curing Requirements Before Placing Subsequent Courses1 4
Untreated Material Curing (Days)
PI 35 2
PI > 35 5
1. Subject to the approval of the City. Proof rolling may be required as
an indicator of adequate curing.
2. Begin paving operations or add courses within 14 calendar days of final 5
compaction. 6
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 7
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8
3.7 QUALITY CONTROL 9
A. Density Test 10
1. City Project Representative must be on site during density testing 11
2. City to measure density of lime treated base course in accordance with ASTM 12
D6938. 13
3. Spacing directed by City (1 per block minimum). 14
4. City Project Representative determines density testing locations. 15
B. Depth Test 16
1. In -place depth will be evaluated for each 500-foot roadway section 17
2. Determine in accordance with Tex-140-E in hand excavated holes. 18
3. For each 500-foot section, 3 phenolphthalein tests will be performed. 19
4. City Project Representative determines depth testing locations. 20
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 23
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 24
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 25
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 26
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 27
END OF SECTION 28
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
29
32 13 13 - 1
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 1 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 32 13 13 1
CONCRETE PAVING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section includes: 5
1. Finished pavement constructed of portland cement concrete including 6
monolithically poured curb on the prepared subgrade or other base course. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 12
3. Section 32 01 29 - Concrete Paving Repair 13
4. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement 16
1. Measurement 17
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of completed and 18
accepted Concrete Pavement in its final position as measured from back of curb 19
for various: 20
1) Classes 21
2) Thicknesses 22
2. Payment 23
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will 24
be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of Concrete Pavement. 25
3. The price bid shall include: 26
a. Shaping and fine grading the placement area 27
b. Furnishing and applying all water required 28
c. Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all concrete 29
ingredients including all freight and royalty involved 30
d. Mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete 31
e. Furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel 32
f. Furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion, and 33
contraction joints, including all steel dowels, dowel caps and load transmission 34
units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and supporting the steel 35
bar, load transmission units, and joint filler material in the proper position; for 36
coating steel bars where required by the Drawings 37
g. Sealing joints 38
h. Monolithically poured curb 39
i. Cleanup 40
32 13 13 - 2
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 2 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 4
specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 6
a. A615/A615M, Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete 7
Reinforcement 8
b. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 9
Field 10
c. C33, Concrete Aggregates 11
d. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 12
Specimens 13
e. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed 14
Beams of Concrete 15
f. C94/C94M, Standard Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete 16
g. C150, Portland Cement 17
h. C156, Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials 18
i. C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete 19
j. C260, Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 20
k. C309, Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete, Type 2 21
l. C494, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete, Types “A”, “D”, “F” and “G” 22
m. C618, Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral 23
Admixture in Concrete 24
n. C881, Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for 25
Concrete 26
o. C1064, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic-27
Cement Concrete 28
p. C1602, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of 29
Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 30
q. D698, Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 31
(12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) 32
3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 33
a. ACI 305.1-06 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting 34
b. ACI 306.1-90, Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting 35
c. ACI 318 36
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 37
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 39
A. Mix Design: submit for approval. See Item 2.4.A. 40
32 13 13 - 3
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 3 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 5
A. Weather Conditions 6
1. Place concrete when concrete temperature is between 40 and 100 degrees when 7
measured in accordance with ASTM C1064 at point of placement. 8
2. Hot Weather Concreting 9
a. Take immediate corrective action or cease paving when the ambient 10
temperature exceeds 95 degrees. 11
b. Concrete paving operations shall be approved by the City when the concrete 12
temperature exceeds 100 degrees. See Standard Specification for Hot Weather 13
Concreting (ACI 305.1-06). 14
3. Cold Weather Concreting 15
a. Do not place when ambient temp in shade is below 40 degrees and falling. 16
Concrete may be placed when ambient temp is above 35 degrees and rising or 17
above 40 degrees. 18
b. Concrete paving operations shall be approved by the City when ambient 19
temperature is below 40 degrees. See Standard Specification for Cold Weather 20
Concreting (ACI 306.1-90). 21
B. Time: Place concrete after sunrise and no later than shall permit the finishing of the 22
pavement in natural light, or as directed by the City. 23
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26
2.2 MATERIALS 27
A. Cementitious Material: ASTM C150. 28
B. Aggregates: ASTM C33. 29
C. Water: ASTM C1602. 30
D. Admixtures: When admixtures are used, conform to the appropriate specification: 31
1. Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete: ASTM C260. 32
2. Chemical Admixtures for Concrete: ASTM C494, Types “A”, “D”, “F” and “G.” 33
3. Fly Ash 34
a. Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete: 35
ASTM C618. 36
b. Fly ash may be substituted at one pound per pound of cement up to 25% of the 37
specified cement content when such batch design is approved by the Engineer. 38
32 13 13 - 4
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 4 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
E. Steel Reinforcement: ASTM A615. 1
F. Steel Wire Reinforcement: Not used for concrete pavement. 2
G. Dowels and Tie Bars 3
1. Dowel and tie bars: ASTM A615. 4
2. Dowel Caps 5
a. Provide dowel caps with enough range of movement to allow complete closure 6
of the expansion joint. 7
b. Caps for dowel bars shall be of the length shown on the Drawings and shall 8
have an internal diameter sufficient to permit the cap to freely slip over the bar. 9
c. In no case shall the internal diameter exceed the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch, 10
and one end of the cap shall be rightly closed. 11
3. Epoxy for Dowel and Tie Bars: ASTM C881. 12
a. See following table for approved producers of epoxies and adhesives 13
14
Pre-Qualified Producers of Epoxies and Adhesives
Product Name Producer
Concresive 1420 BASF
HTE-50 Hilti
T 308 + Powers Fasteners
P E 1000+ Powers Fasteners
C-6 Ramset-Redhead
Epcon G-5 Ramset-Redhead
Pro-Poxy-300 Fast Tube Unitex
Shep-Poxy TxIII CMC Construction Services
Ultrabond 1300 Tubes Adhesives Technology
Ultrabone 2300 N.S. A-22-2300
Slow Set Adhesives Technology
Dynapoxy EP-430 Pecora Corp.
EDOT Simpson Strong Tie
ET22 Simpson Strong Tie
SET 22 Simpson Strong Tie
SpecPoxy 3000FS SpecChem
15
b. Epoxy Use, Storage and Handling 16
1) Package components in airtight containers and protect from light and 17
moisture. 18
2) Include detailed instructions for the application of the material and all 19
safety information and warnings regarding contact with the components. 20
3) Epoxy label requirements 21
a) Resin or hardener components 22
b) Brand name 23
c) Name of manufacturer 24
32 13 13 - 5
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 5 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
d) Lot or batch number 1
e) Temperature range for storage 2
f) Date of manufacture 3
g) Expiration date 4
h) Quantity contained 5
4) Store epoxy and adhesive components at temperatures recommended by the 6
manufacturer. 7
5) Do not use damaged or previously opened containers and any material that 8
shows evidence of crystallization, lumps skinning, extreme thickening, or 9
settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed with normal agitation. 10
6) Follow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and 11
adhesive wastes. 12
7) Dispose of all empty containers separately. 13
8) Dispose of epoxy by completely emptying and mixing the epoxy before 14
disposal 15
H. Reinforcement Bar Chairs 16
1. Reinforcement bar chairs or supports shall be of adequate strength to support the 17
reinforcement bars and shall not bend or break under the weight of the 18
reinforcement bars or Contractor’s personnel walking on the reinforcing bars. 19
2. Bar chairs may be made of metal (free of rust), precast mortar or concrete blocks or 20
plastic. 21
3. For approval of plastic chairs, representative samples of the plastic shall show no 22
visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5-percent solution of 23
sodium hydroxide for 120-hours. 24
4. Bar chairs may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this 25
specification. 26
I. Joint Filler 27
1. Joint filler is the material placed in concrete pavement and concrete structures to 28
allow for the expansion and contraction of the concrete. 29
2. Wood Boards: Used as joint filler for concrete paving. 30
a. Boards for expansion joint filler shall be of the required size, shape and type 31
indicated on the Drawings or required in the specifications. 32
1) Boards shall be of selected stock of redwood or cypress. The boards shall 33
be sound heartwood and shall be free from sapwood, knots, clustered 34
birdseyes, checks and splits. 35
2) Joint filler, boards, shall be smooth, flat and straight throughout, and shall 36
be sufficiently rigid to permit ease of installation. 37
3) Boards shall be furnished in lengths equal to the width between 38
longitudinal joints, and may be furnished in strips or scored sheet of the 39
required shape. 40
3. Dimensions. The thickness of the expansion joint filler shall be shown on the 41
Drawings; the width shall be not less than that shown on the Drawings, providing 42
for the top seal space. 43
4. Rejection. Expansion joint filler may be rejected for failure to meet any of the 44
requirements of this specification. 45
J. Joint Sealants. Provide Joint Sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 46
32 13 13 - 6
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 6 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
K. Curing Materials 1
1. Membrane-Forming Compounds. 2
a. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 2, white pigmented 3
compound and be of such nature that it shall not produce permanent 4
discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete. 5
b. The compound shall produce a firm, continuous uniform moisture-impermeable 6
film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp 7
concrete. 8
c. It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface at the specified rate of 9
coverage, dry to touch in 1 hour and dry through in not more than 4 hours under 10
normal conditions suitable for concrete operations. 11
d. It shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciably sagging. 12
e. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period. 13
f. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from 14
the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. 15
g. The compound shall be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's original 16
containers only, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, 17
the trade name of the material and a batch number or symbol with which test 18
samples may be correlated. 19
h. When tested in accordance with ASTM C156 Water Retention by Concrete 20
Curing Materials, the liquid membrane-forming compound shall restrict the loss 21
of water present in the test specimen at the time of application of the curing 22
compound to not more than 0.01-oz.-per-2 inches of surface. 23
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 24
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 25
A. Mix Design 26
1. Concrete Mix Design and Control 27
a. At least 10 calendar days prior to the start of concrete paving operations, the 28
Contractor shall submit a design of the concrete mix it proposes to use and a 29
full description of the source of supply of each material component. 30
b. The design of the concrete mix shall produce a quality concrete complying with 31
these specifications and shall include the following information: 32
1) Design Requirements and Design Summary 33
2) Material source 34
3) Dry weight of cement/cubic yard and type 35
4) Dry weight of fly ash/cubic yard and type, if used 36
5) Saturated surface dry weight of fine and coarse aggregates/cubic yard 37
6) Design water/cubic yard 38
7) Quantities, type, and name of admixtures with manufacturer's data sheets 39
8) Current strength tests or strength tests in accordance with ACI 318 40
9) Current Sieve Analysis and -200 Decantation of fine and coarse aggregates 41
and date of tests 42
10) Fineness modulus of fine aggregate 43
11) Specific Gravity and Absorption Values of fine and coarse aggregates 44
12) L.A. Abrasion of coarse aggregates 45
c. Once mix design approved by City, maintain intent of mix design and 46
maximum water to cement ratio. 47
32 13 13 - 7
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 7 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
d. No concrete may be placed on the job site until the mix design has been 1
approved by the City. 2
2. Quality of Concrete 3
a. Consistency 4
1) In general, the consistency of concrete mixtures shall be such that: 5
a) Mortar shall cling to the coarse aggregate 6
b) Aggregate shall not segregate in concrete when it is transported to the 7
place of deposit 8
c) Concrete, when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the mixer, 9
shall flatten out at the center of the pile, but the edges of the pile shall 10
stand and not flow 11
d) Concrete and mortar shall show no free water when removed from the 12
mixer 13
e) Concrete shall slide and not flow into place when transported in metal 14
chutes at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal 15
f) Surface of the finished concrete shall be free from a surface film or 16
laitance 17
2) When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the 18
final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be 19
applied to the surface by hand sprayer only and be held to a minimum 20
amount. 21
3) The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing 22
qualities and be of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated 23
into a homogeneous mass. 24
4) Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. 25
5) If the strength or consistency required for the class of concrete being 26
produced is not secured with the minimum cement specified or without 27
exceeding the maximum water/cement ratio, the Contractor may use, or the 28
City may require, an approved cement dispersing agent (water reducer); or 29
the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates, or aggregates with 30
different characteristics, or the Contractor may use additional cement in 31
order to produce the required results. 32
6) The additional cement may be permitted as a temporary measure, until 33
aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates 34
or cement dispersing agent. 35
7) The Contractor is solely responsible for the quality of the concrete 36
produced. 37
8) The City reserves the right to independently verify the quality of the 38
concrete through inspection of the batch plant, testing of the various 39
materials used in the concrete and by casting and testing concrete cylinders 40
or beams on the concrete actually incorporated in the pavement. 41
b. Standard Class 42
1) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the 43
standard class for concrete paving for streets and alleys is shown in the 44
following table: 45
46
32 13 13 - 8
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 8 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete 1
Class of
Concrete1
Minimum
Cementitious,
Lb./CY
28 Day Min.
Compressive,
Strength2
psi
Maximum
Water/
Cementitious,
Ratio
Course
Aggregate
Maximum
Size
inch
P 517 3600 0.49 1-1/2
H 564 4500 0.45 1-1/2
1. All exposed horizontal concrete shall have entrained-air. 2
2. Minimum Compressive Strength Required. 3
4
2) Machine-Laid concrete: Class P 5
3) Hand-Laid concrete: Class H 6
c. High Early Strength Concrete (HES) 7
1) When shown on the Drawings or allowed, provide Class HES concrete for 8
very early opening of pavements area or leaveouts to traffic. 9
2) Design class HES to meet the requirements of class specified for concrete 10
pavement and a minimum compressive strength of 2,600 psi in 24 hours, 11
unless other early strength and time requirements are shown on the 12
Drawings allowed. 13
3) No strength overdesign is required. 14
15
Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete 16
Class of
Concrete1
Minimum
Cementitious
Lb./CY
28 Day Min.
Compressive
Strength2
psi
Maximum
Water/
Cementitious
Ratio
Course
Aggregate
Maximum
Size,
inch
HES 564 4500 0.45 1-1/2
17
d. Slump 18
1) Slump requirements for pavement and related concrete shall be as specified 19
in the following table: 20
21
Concrete Pavement Slump Requirements 22
Concrete Use Recommended
Design
and Placement
Slump,
inch
Maximum
Acceptable
Placement
Slump,
inch
Slip-Form/Form-Riding Paving 1-1/2 3
Hand Formed Paving 4 5
Sidewalk, Curb and Gutter, Concrete
Valley Gutter and Other Miscellaneous
Concrete
4 5
23
2) No concrete shall be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums 24
shown. 25
32 13 13 - 9
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 9 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3) Any concrete mix failing to meet the above consistency requirements, 1
although meeting the slump requirements, shall be considered 2
unsatisfactory, and the mix shall be changed to correct such unsatisfactory 3
conditions. 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION 5
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 8
3.4 INSTALLATION 9
A. Equipment 10
1. All equipment necessary for the construction of this item shall be on the project. 11
2. The equipment shall include spreading devices (augers), internal vibration, 12
tamping, and surface floating necessary to finish the freshly placed concrete in such 13
a manner as to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement. 14
3. Machine-Laid Concrete Pavement 15
a. Fixed-Form Paver. Fixed-form paving equipment shall be provided with forms 16
that are uniformly supported on a very firm subbase to prevent sagging under 17
the weight of machine. 18
b. Slip-Form Paver 19
1) Slip-form paving equipment shall be provided with traveling side forms of 20
sufficient dimensions, shape and strength so as to support the concrete 21
laterally for a sufficient length of time during placement. 22
2) City may reject use of Slip-Form Paver if paver requires over-digging and 23
impacts trees, mailboxes or other improvements. 24
4. Hand-Laid Concrete Pavement 25
a. Machines that do not incorporate these features, such as roller screeds or 26
vibrating screeds, shall be considered tools to be used in hand-laid concrete 27
construction, as slumps, spreading methods, vibration, and other procedures are 28
more common to hand methods than to machine methods. 29
5. City may reject equipment and stop operation if equipment does not meet 30
requirements. 31
B. Concrete Mixing and Delivery 32
1. Transit Batching: shall not be used – onsite mixing not permitted 33
2. Ready Mixed Concrete 34
a. The concrete shall be produced in an approved method conforming to the 35
requirements of this specification and ASTM C94/C94M. City shall have access 36
ready mix to get samples of materials. 37
b. City shall have access to ready mix plant to obtain material samples. 38
c. When ready-mix concrete is used, sample concrete per ASTM C94 Alternate 39
Procedure 2: 40
1) As the mixer is being emptied, individual samples shall be taken after the 41
discharge of approximately 15 percent and 85 percent of the load. 42
32 13 13 - 10
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 10 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2) The method of sampling shall provide that the samples are representative of 1
widely separated portions, but not from the very ends of the batch. 2
d. The mixing of each batch, after all materials are in the drum, shall continue until 3
it produces a thoroughly mixed concrete of uniform mass as determined by 4
established mixer performance ratings and inspection, or appropriate uniformity 5
tests as described in ASTM C94. 6
e. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are 7
placed therein for the succeeding batch. 8
f. Retempering or remixing shall not be permitted. 9
3. Delivery 10
a. Deliver concrete at an interval not exceeding 30 minutes or as determined by 11
City to prevent cold joint. 12
4. Delivery Tickets 13
a. For all operations, the manufacturer of the concrete shall, before unloading, 14
furnish to the purchaser with each batch of concrete at the site a delivery ticket 15
on which is printed, stamped, or written, the following information to determine 16
that the concrete was proportioned in accordance with the approved mix design: 17
1) Name of concrete supplier 18
2) Serial number of ticket 19
3) Date 20
4) Truck number 21
5) Name of purchaser 22
6) Specific designation of job (name and location) 23
7) Specific class, design identification and designation of the concrete in 24
conformance with that employed in job specifications 25
8) Amount of concrete in cubic yards 26
9) Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates 27
10) Water added by receiver of concrete 28
11) Type and amount of admixtures 29
C. Subgrade 30
1. When manipulation or treatment of subgrade is required on the Drawings, the work 31
shall be performed in proper sequence with the preparation of the subgrade for 32
pavement. 33
2. The roadbed shall be excavated and shaped in conformity with the typical sections 34
and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or established by the City. 35
3. All holes, ruts and depressions shall be filled and compacted with suitable material 36
and, if required, the subgrade shall be thoroughly wetted and reshaped. 37
4. Irregularities of more than 1/2 inch., as shown by straightedge or template, shall be 38
corrected. 39
5. The subgrade shall be uniformly compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum 40
density as determined by ASTM D698. 41
6. Moisture content shall be within minus 2 percent to plus 4 percent of optimum. 42
7. The prepared subgrade shall be wetted down sufficiently in advance of placing the 43
pavement to ensure its being in a firm and moist condition. 44
8. Sufficient subgrade shall be prepared in advance to ensure satisfactory prosecution 45
of the work. 46
32 13 13 - 11
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 11 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
9. The Contractor shall notify the City at least 24 hours in advance of its intention to 1
place concrete pavement. 2
10. After the specified moisture and density are achieved, the Contractor shall maintain 3
the subgrade moisture and density in accordance with this Section. 4
11. In the event that rain or other conditions may have adversely affected the condition 5
of the subgrade or base, additional tests may be required as directed by the City. 6
D. Placing and Removing Forms 7
1. Placing Forms 8
a. Forms for machine-laid concrete 9
1) The side forms shall be metal, of approved cross section and bracing, of a 10
height no less than the prescribed edge thickness of the concrete section, 11
and a minimum of 10 feet in length for each individual form. 12
2) Forms shall be of ample strength and staked with adequate number of pins 13
capable of resisting the pressure of concrete placed against them and the 14
thrust and the vibration of the construction equipment operating upon them 15
without appreciable springing, settling or deflection. 16
3) The forms shall be free from warps, bends or kinks and shall show no 17
variation from the true plane for face or top. 18
4) Forms shall be jointed neatly and tightly and set with exactness to the 19
established grade and alignment. 20
5) Forms shall be set to line and grade at least 200 feet, where practicable, in 21
advance of the paving operations. 22
6) In no case shall the base width be less than 8 inches for a form 8 inches or 23
more in height. 24
7) Forms must be in firm contact with the subgrade throughout their length 25
and base width. 26
8) If the subgrade becomes unstable, forms shall be reset, using heavy stakes 27
or other additional supports may be necessary to provide the required 28
stability. 29
b. Forms for hand-laid concrete 30
1) Forms shall extend the full depth of concrete and be a minimum of 1-1/2 31
inches in thickness or equivalent when wooden forms are used, or be of a 32
gauge that shall provide equivalent rigidity and strength when metal forms 33
are used. 34
2) For curves with a radius of less than 250 feet, acceptable flexible metal or 35
wood forms shall be used. 36
3) All forms showing a deviation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a straight line 37
shall be rejected. 38
2. Settling. When forms settle over 1/8 inch under finishing operations, paving 39
operations shall be stopped the forms reset to line and grade and the pavement then 40
brought to the required section and thickness. 41
3. Cleaning. Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned after each use. 42
4. Removal. 43
a. Forms shall remain in place until the concrete has taken its final set. 44
b. Avoid damage to the edge of the pavement when removing forms. 45
c. Repair damage resulting from form removal and honeycombed areas with a 46
mortar mix within 24 hours after form removal unless otherwise approved. 47
32 13 13 - 12
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 12 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
d. Clean joint face and repair honeycombed or damaged areas within 24 hours 1
after a bulkhead for a transverse construction joint has been removed unless 2
otherwise approved. 3
e. When forms are removed before 72 hours after concrete placement, promptly 4
apply membrane curing compound to the edge of the concrete pavement. 5
E. Placing Reinforcing Steel, Tie, and Dowel Bars 6
1. General 7
a. When reinforcing steel tie bars, dowels, etc., are required they shall be placed 8
as shown on the Drawings. 9
b. All reinforcing steel shall be clean, free from rust in the form of loose or 10
objectionable scale, and of the type, size and dimensions shown on the 11
Drawings. 12
c. Reinforcing bars shall be securely wired together at the alternate intersections 13
and all splices and shall be securely wired at each intersection dowel and load-14
transmission unit intersected. 15
d. All bars shall be installed in their required position as shown on the Drawings. 16
e. The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs 17
generally shall be avoided and, where permitted, such storage shall be limited 18
to quantities and distribution that shall not induce excessive stresses. 19
2. Splices 20
a. Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. 21
b. Comply with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on 22
the Drawings. 23
3. Installation of Reinforcing Steel 24
a. All reinforcing bars and bar mats shall be installed in the slab at the required 25
depth below the finished surface and supported by and securely attached to bar 26
chairs installed on prescribed longitudinal and transverse centers as shown by 27
sectional and detailed drawings on the Drawings. 28
b. Chairs Assembly. The chair assembly shall be similar and equal to that shown 29
on the Drawings and shall be approved by the City prior to extensive 30
fabrication. 31
c. After the reinforcing steel is securely installed above the subgrade as specified 32
in Drawings and as herein prescribed, no loading shall be imposed upon the 33
bar mats or individual bars before or during the placing or finishing of the 34
concrete. 35
4. Installation of Dowel Bars 36
a. Install through the predrilled joint filler and rigidly support in true horizontal 37
and vertical positions by an assembly of bar chairs and dowel baskets. 38
b. Dowel Baskets 39
1) The dowels shall be held in position exactly parallel to surface and 40
centerline of the slab, by a dowel basket that is left in the pavement. 41
2) The dowel basket shall hold each dowel in exactly the correct position so 42
firmly that the dowel’s position cannot be altered by concreting operations. 43
c. Dowel Caps 44
1) Install cap to allow the bar to move not less than 1-1/4 inch in either 45
direction. 46
5. Tie Bar and Dowel Placement 47
a. Place at mid-depth of the pavement slab, parallel to the surface. 48
32 13 13 - 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 13 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. Place as shown on the Drawings. 1
6. Epoxy for Tie and Dowel Bar Installation 2
1) Epoxy bars as shown on the Drawings. 3
2) Use only drilling operations that do not damage the surrounding operations. 4
3) Blow out drilled holes with compressed air. 5
4) Completely fill the drilled hole with approved epoxy before inserting the tie 6
bar into the hole. 7
5) Install epoxy grout and bar at least 6 inches embedded into concrete. 8
F. Joints 9
1. Joints shall be placed where shown on the Drawings or where directed by the City. 10
2. The plane of all joints shall make a right angle with the surface of the pavement. 11
3. No joints shall have an error in alignment of more than 1/2 inch at any point. 12
4. Joint Dimensions 13
a. The width of the joint shall be shown on the Drawings, creating the joint 14
sealant reservoir. 15
b. The depth of the joint shall be shown on the Drawings. 16
c. Dimensions of the sealant reservoir shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s 17
recommendations. 18
d. After curing, the joint sealant shall be 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch below the pavement 19
surface at the center of the joint. 20
5. Transverse Expansion Joints 21
a. Expansion joints shall be installed perpendicularly to the surface and to the 22
centerline of the pavement at the locations shown on the Drawings, or as 23
approved by the City. 24
b. Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as 25
approved by the City. 26
c. Dowel bars, shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as 27
approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing. 28
d. Support dowel bars with dowel baskets. 29
e. Dowels shall restrict the free opening and closing of the expansion join and 30
shall not make planes of weaknesses in the pavement. 31
f. Greased Dowels for Expansion Joints. 32
1) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease or other approved de-bonding 33
material. 34
2) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar. 35
g. Proximity to Existing Structures. When the pavement is adjacent to or around 36
existing structures, expansions joints shall be constructed in accordance with 37
the details shown on the Drawings. 38
6. Transverse Contraction Joints 39
a. Contraction or dummy joints shall be installed at the locations and at the 40
intervals shown on the Drawings. 41
b. Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as 42
approved by the City. 43
c. Dowel bars, shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as 44
approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing. 45
d. Joints shall be sawed into the completed pavement surface as soon after initial 46
concrete set as possible so that some raveling of the concrete is observed in 47
order for the sawing process to prevent uncontrolled shrinkage cracking. 48
32 13 13 - 14
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 14 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
e. The joints shall be constructed by sawing to a 1/4 inch width and to a depth of 1
1/3 inch (1/4 inch permitted if limestone aggregate used) of the actual 2
pavement thickness, or deeper if so indicated on the Drawings. 3
f. Complete sawing as soon as possible in hot weather conditions and within a 4
maximum of 24 hours after saw cutting begins under cool weather conditions. 5
g. If sharp edge joints are being obtained, the sawing process shall be sped up to 6
the point where some raveling is observed. 7
h. Damage by blade action to the slab surface and to the concrete immediately 8
adjacent to the joint shall be minimized. 9
i. Any portion of the curing membrane which has been disturbed by sawing 10
operations shall be restored by spraying the areas with additional curing 11
compound. 12
7. Transverse Construction Joints 13
a. Construction joints formed at the close of each day’s work or when the placing 14
of concrete has been stopped for 30-minutes or longer shall be constructed by 15
use of metal or wooden bulkheads cut true to the section of the finished 16
pavement and cleaned. 17
b. Wooden bulkheads shall have a thickness of not less than 2-inch stock material. 18
c. Longitudinal bars shall be held securely in place in a plane perpendicular to the 19
surface and at right angles to the centerline of the pavement. 20
d. Edges shall be rounded to 1/4 inch radius. 21
e. Any surplus concrete on the subgrade shall be removed upon the resumption of 22
the work. 23
8. Longitudinal Construction Joints 24
a. Longitudinal construction joints shall be of the type shown on the Drawings. 25
9. Joint Filler 26
a. Joint filler shall be as specified in 2.2.I of the size and shape shown on the 27
Drawings. 28
b. Redwood Board joints shall be used for all pavement joints except for 29
expansion joints that are coincident with a butt joint against existing 30
pavements. 31
c. Boards with less than 25-percent of moisture at the time of installation shall be 32
thoroughly wetted on the job. 33
d. Green lumber of much higher moisture content is desirable and acceptable. 34
e. The joint filler shall be appropriately drilled to admit the dowel bars when 35
required. 36
f. The bottom edge of the filler shall extend to or slightly below the bottom of the 37
slab. The top edge shall be held approximately 1/2 inch below the finished 38
surface of the pavement in order to allow the finishing operations to be 39
continuous. 40
g. The joint filler may be composed of more than one length of board in the 41
length of joint, but no board of a length less than 6 foot may be used unless 42
otherwise shown on the Drawings. 43
h. After the removal of the side forms, the ends of the joints at the edges of the 44
slab shall be carefully opened for the entire depth of the slab. 45
10. Joint Sealing. Routine pavement joints shall be filled consistent with paving details 46
and as specified in Section 32 13 73. Materials shall generally be handled and 47
applied according to the manufacturer’s recommendations as specified in Section 48
32 13 73. 49
32 13 13 - 15
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 15 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
G. Placing Concrete 1
1. Unless otherwise specified in the Drawings, the finished pavement shall be 2
constructed monolithically and constructed by machined laid method unless 3
impractical. 4
2. The concrete shall be rapidly deposited on the subgrade in successive batches and 5
shall be distributed to the required depth and for the entire width of the pavement 6
by shoveling or other approved methods. 7
3. Any concrete not placed as herein prescribed within the time limits in the following 8
table will be rejected. Time begins when the water is added to the mixer. 9
Temperature – Time Requirements 10
Concrete Temperature
(at point of placement)
Max Time – minutes
(no retarding agent)
Max Time – minutes
(with retarding agent)1
Non-Agitated Concrete
All temperatures 45 45
Agitated Concrete
Above 90°F Time may be reduced by
City
75
Above 75°F thru 90°F 60 90
75°F and Below 60 120
1 Normal dosage of retarder. 11
12
4. Rakes shall not be used in handling concrete. 13
5. At the end of the day, or in case of unavoidable interruption or delay of more than 14
30 minutes or longer to prevent cold joints, a transverse construction joint shall be 15
placed in accordance with 3.4.F.7 of this Section. 16
6. Honeycombing 17
a. Special care shall be taken in placing and spading the concrete against the 18
forms and at all joints and assemblies so as to prevent honeycombing. 19
b. Excessive voids and honeycombing in the edge of the pavement, revealed by 20
the removal of the side forms, may be cause for rejection of the section of slab 21
in which the defect occurs. 22
H. Finishing 23
1. Machine 24
a. Tolerance Limits 25
1) While the concrete is still workable, it shall be tested for irregularities with 26
a 10 foot straightedge placed parallel to the centerline of the pavement so as 27
to bridge depressions and to touch all high spots. 28
2) Ordinates measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the 29
pavement shall at no place exceed 1/16 inch-per-foot from the nearest point 30
of contact. 31
3) In no case shall the maximum ordinate to a 10 foot straightedge be greater 32
than 1/8 inch. 33
32 13 13 - 16
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 16 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
4) Any surface not within the tolerance limits shall be reworked and 1
refinished. 2
b. Edging 3
1) The edges of slabs and all joints requiring edging shall be carefully tooled 4
with an edger of the radius required by the Drawings at the time the 5
concrete begins to take its “set” and becomes non-workable. 6
2) All such work shall be left smooth and true to lines. 7
2. Hand 8
a. Hand finishing permitted only in intersections and areas inaccessible to a 9
finishing machine. 10
b. When the hand method of striking off and consolidating is permitted, the 11
concrete, as soon as placed, shall be approximately leveled and then struck off 12
with screed bar to such elevation above grade that, when consolidated and 13
finished, the surface of the pavement shall be at the grade elevation shown on 14
the Drawings. 15
c. A slight excess of material shall be kept in front of the cutting edge at all times. 16
d. The straightedge and joint finishing shall be as prescribed herein. 17
I. Curing 18
1. The curing of concrete pavement shall be thorough and continuous throughout the 19
entire curing period. 20
2. Failure to provide proper curing as herein prescribed shall be considered as 21
sufficient cause for immediate suspension of the paving operations. 22
3. The curing method as herein specified does not preclude the use of any of the other 23
commonly used methods of curing, and the City may approve another method of 24
curing if so requested by the Contractor. 25
4. If any selected method of curing does not afford the desired results, the City shall 26
have the right to order that another method of curing be instituted. 27
5. After removal of the side forms, the sides of the slab shall receive a like coating 28
before earth is banked against them. 29
6. The solution shall be applied, under pressure with a spray nozzle, in such a manner 30
as to cover the entire surfaces thoroughly and completely with a uniform film. 31
7. The rate of application shall be such as to ensure complete coverage and shall not 32
exceed 20-square-yards-per-gallon of curing compound. 33
8. When thoroughly dry, it shall provide a continuous and flexible membrane, free 34
from cracks or pinholes, and shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the 35
curing period. 36
9. If for any reason the seal is broken during the curing period, it shall be immediately 37
repaired with additional sealing solution. 38
10. When tested in accordance with ASTM C156 Water Retention by Concrete Curing 39
Materials, the curing compound shall provide a film which shall have retained 40
within the test specimen a percentage of the moisture present in the specimen when 41
the curing compound was applied according to the following. 42
11. Contractor shall maintain and properly repair damage to curing materials on 43
exposed surfaces of concrete pavement continuously for a least 72 hours. 44
J. Monolithic Curbs 45
32 13 13 - 17
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 17 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Concrete for monolithic curb shall be the same as for the pavement and, if carried 1
back from the paving mixer, shall be placed within 20-minutes after being mixed. 2
2. After the concrete has been struck off and sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces 3
shall be thoroughly worked with a wooden flat. 4
3. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius 5
indicated on the Drawings. 6
4. All exposed surfaces of curb shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface. 7
K. Alley Paving 8
1. Alley paving shall be constructed in accordance with the specifications for concrete 9
paving hereinbefore described, in accordance with the details shown on the 10
Drawings, and with the following additional provisions: 11
a. Alley paving shall be constructed to the typical cross sections shown on the 12
Drawings. 13
b. Transverse expansion joints of the type shown on the Drawings shall be 14
constructed at the property line on each end of the alley with a maximum 15
spacing of 600 feet. 16
c. Transverse contraction and dummy joints shall be placed at the spacing shown 17
on the Drawings. 18
d. Contraction and dummy joints shall be formed in such a manner that the 19
required joints shall be produced to the satisfaction of the City. 20
e. All joints shall be constructed in accordance with this specification and filled 21
in accordance with the requirement of Section 32 13 73. 22
L. Pavement Leaveouts 23
1. Pavement leaveouts as necessary to maintain and provide for local traffic shall be 24
provided at location indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the City. 25
2. The extent and location of each leaveout required and a suitable crossover 26
connection to provide for traffic movements shall be determined in the field by the 27
City. 28
3.5 REPAIR 29
A. Repair of concrete pavement concrete shall be consistent with the Drawings and as 30
specified in Section 32 01 29. 31
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 32
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 33
A. Concrete Placement 34
1. Place concrete using a fully automated paving machine. Hand paving only 35
permitted in areas such as intersections where use of paving machine is not 36
practical 37
a. All concrete pavement not placed by hand shall be placed using a fully 38
automated paving machine as approved by the City. 39
b. Screeds will not be allowed except if approved by the City. 40
B. Testing of Materials 41
1. Samples of all materials for test shall be made at the expense of the City, unless 42
otherwise specified in the special provisions or in the Drawings. 43
32 13 13 - 18
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 18 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. In the event the initial sampling and testing does not comply with the specifications, 1
all subsequent testing of the material in order to determine if the material is 2
acceptable shall be at the Contractor’s expense at the same rate charged by the 3
commercial laboratories. 4
3. All testing shall be in accordance with applicable ASTM Standards and concrete 5
testing technician must be ACI certified or equivalent. 6
C. Pavement Thickness Test 7
1. Upon completion of the work and before final acceptance and final payment shall 8
be made, pavement thickness test shall be made by the City. 9
2. The number of tests and location shall be at the discretion of the City, unless 10
otherwise specified in the special provisions or on the Drawings. 11
3. The cost for the initial pavement thickness test shall be the expense of the City. 12
4. In the event a deficiency in the thickness of pavement is revealed during normal 13
testing operations, subsequent tests necessary to isolate the deficiency shall be at 14
the Contractor’s expense. 15
5. The cost for additional coring test shall be at the same rate charged by commercial 16
laboratories. 17
6. Where the average thickness of pavement in the area found to be deficient in 18
thickness by more than 0.20 inch, but not more than 0.50 inch, payment shall be 19
made at an adjusted price as specified in the following table. 20
21
Deficiency in Thickness
Determined by Cores
Proportional Part
Of Contract Price
Inches Allowed
0.00 – 0.20 100 percent
0.21 – 0.30 80 percent
0.31 – 0.40 70 percent
0.41 – 0.50 60 percent
22
7. Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0.50 inch but not 23
more than 0.75 inch or 1/10 of the thickness specified on the Drawings, whichever 24
is greater, shall be evaluated by the City. 25
8. If, in the judgment of the City the area of such deficiency should not be removed 26
and replaced, there shall be no payment for the area retained. 27
9. If, in the judgment of the City, the area of such deficiency warrants removal, the 28
area shall be removed and replaced, at the Contractor’s entire expense, with 29
concrete of the thickness shown on the Drawings. 30
10. Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0.75 inch or more 31
than 1/10 of the plan thickness, whichever is greater, shall be removed and 32
replaced, at the Contractor’s entire expense, with concrete of the thickness shown 33
on the Drawings. 34
11. No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement 35
of a thickness exceeding that required by the Drawings. 36
D. Pavement Strength Test 37
32 13 13 - 19
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 19 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. During the progress of the work the City shall provide trained technicians to cast 1
test cylinders for conforming to ASTM C31, to maintain a check on the 2
compressive strengths of the concrete being placed. 3
2. After the cylinders have been cast, they shall remain on the job site and then 4
transported, moist cured, and tested by the City in accordance with ASTM C31 and 5
ASTM C39. 6
3. In each set, 1 of the cylinders shall be tested at 7 days, 2 cylinders shall be tested at 7
28 days, and 1 cylinder shall be held or tested at 56 days, if necessary. 8
4. If the 28 day test results indicate deficient strength, the Contractor may, at its option 9
and expense, core the pavement in question and have the cores tested by an 10
approved laboratory, in accordance with ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol, except 11
the average of all cores must meet 100 percent of the minimum specified strength, 12
with no individual core resulting in less than 90 percent of design strength, to 13
override the results of the cylinder tests. 14
5. Cylinders and/or cores must meet minimum specified strength. If cylinders do not 15
meet minimum specified strength, additional cores shall be taken to identify the 16
limits of deficient concrete pavement at the expense of the Contractor. 17
6. Cylinders and/or cores must meet minimum specified strength. Pavement not 18
meeting the minimum specified strength shall be subject to the money penalties or 19
removal and placement at the Contractor’s expense as show in the following table. 20
21
Percent Deficient Percent of Contract Price Allowed
Greater Than 0 percent - Not More Than 10 percent 90-percent
Greater Than 10 percent - Not More Than 15 percent 80-percent
Greater Than 15 percent 0-percent or removed and replaced at the entire cost
and expense of Contractor as directed by City
22
7. The amount of penalty shall be deducted from payment due to Contractor; such as 23
penalty deducted is to defray the cost of extra maintenance. 24
8. The strength requirements for structures and other concrete work are not altered by 25
the special provision. 26
9. No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement 27
of strength exceeding that required by the Drawings and/or specifications. 28
E. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy 29
1. If cracks exist in concrete pavement upon completion of the project, the Project 30
Inspector shall make a determination as to the need for action to address the 31
cracking as to its cause and recommended remedial work. 32
2. If the recommended remedial work is routing and sealing of the cracks to protect 33
the subgrade, the Inspector shall make the determination as to whether to rout and 34
seal the cracks at the time of final inspection and acceptance or at any time prior to 35
the end of the project maintenance period. The Contractor shall perform the routing 36
and sealing work as directed by the Project Inspector, at no cost to the City, 37
regardless of the cause of the cracking. 38
32 13 13 - 20
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 20 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3. If remedial work beyond routing and sealing is determined to be necessary, the 1
Inspector and the Contractor will attempt to agree on the cause of the cracking. If 2
agreement is reached that the cracking is due to deficient materials or workmanship, 3
the Contractor shall perform the remedial work at no cost to the City. Remedial 4
work in this case shall be limited to removing and replacing the deficient work with 5
new material and workmanship that meets the requirements of the contract. 6
4. If remedial work beyond routing and sealing is determined to be necessary, and the 7
Inspector and the Contractor agree that the cause of the cracking is not deficient 8
materials or workmanship, the City may request the Contractor to provide an 9
estimate of the cost of the necessary remedial work and/or additional work to 10
address the cause of the cracking, and the Contractor will perform that work at the 11
agreed-upon price if the City elects to do so. 12
5. If remedial work is necessary, and the Inspector and the Contractor cannot agree on 13
the cause of the cracking, the City may hire an independent geotechnical engineer 14
to perform testing and analysis to determine the cause of the cracking. The 15
contractor will escrow 50 percent of the proposed costs of the geotechnical contract 16
with the City. The Contractor and the City shall use the services of a geotechnical 17
firm acceptable to both parties. 18
6. If the geotechnical engineer determines that the primary cause of the cracking is the 19
Contractor’s deficient material or workmanship, the remedial work will be 20
performed at the Contractor’s entire expense and the Contractor will also reimburse 21
the City for the balance of the cost of the geotechnical investigation over and above 22
the amount that has previously been escrowed. Remedial work in this case shall be 23
limited to removing and replacing the deficient work with new material and 24
workmanship that meets the requirements of the contract. 25
7. If the geotechnical engineer determines that the primary cause of the cracking is not 26
the Contractor’s deficient material or workmanship, the City will return the 27
escrowed funds to the Contractor. The Contractor, on request, will provide the City 28
an estimate of the costs of the necessary remedial work and/or additional work and 29
will perform the work at the agreed-upon price as directed by the City. 30
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 31
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 32
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 33
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 34
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 35
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 36
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 37
38
32 13 13 - 21
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 21 of 21
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 1.2.A – Modified items to be included in price bid
05/21/2014 Doug Rademaker 2.2.D – Modified to clarify acceptable fly ash substitution in concrete paving
3
32 13 20 - 1
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 5, 2018
SECTION 32 13 20 1
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Concrete sidewalks 6
2. Driveways 7
3. Barrier free ramps 8
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 13
3. Section 02 41 13 - Selective Site Demolition 14
4. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 15
5. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Concrete Sidewalk 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of completed and 21
accepted Concrete Sidewalk in its final position for various: 22
a) Thicknesses 23
b) Types 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 26
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27
price bid per square foot of Concrete Sidewalk. 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 30
2) Furnishing and placing all materials 31
2. Concrete Curb at Back of Sidewalk (6 to 12 inch max) 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of completed and 34
accepted Concrete Curb at the Back of Sidewalk within the 6 to 12 inch curb 35
height at back of walk in its final position. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 39
price bid per linear foot of Concrete Curb at the Back of Sidewalk. 40
c. The price bid shall include: 41
1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 42
32 13 20 - 2
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 5, 2018
2) Furnishing and placing all materials, including concrete and reinforcing 1
steel 2
3) Excavation in back of “retaining” curb 3
4) Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill 4
3. Concrete Driveway 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of completed and 7
accepted Concrete Driveway in its final position for various: 8
a) Thicknesses 9
b) Types 10
2) Dimensions will be taken from the back of the projected curb, including the 11
area of the curb radii and will extend to the limits specified in the Drawings. 12
3) Sidewalk portion of drive will be included in driveway measurement. 13
4) Curb on drive will be included in the driveway measurement. 14
b. Payment 15
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 16
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17
price bid per square foot of Concrete Driveway. 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 20
2) Furnishing and placing all materials 21
4. Barrier Free Ramps 22
a. Measurement 23
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Barrier Free Ramp completed 24
and accepted for various: 25
a) Types 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per each “Barrier Free Ramp” installed. 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 32
2) Furnishing and placing all materials 33
3) Curb Ramp 34
4) Landing and detectable warning surface as shown on the Drawings 35
5) Adjacent flares or side curb 36
1.3 REFERENCES 37
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 38
1. TAS – Texas Accessibility Standards 39
2. TDLR – Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation 40
B. Reference Standards 41
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 42
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 43
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 44
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 45
a. D545, Test Methods for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete 46
Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Types) 47
32 13 20 - 3
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 5, 2018
b. D698, Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 1
Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) 2
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 3
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5
A. Mix Design: submit for approval. Section 32 13 13. 6
B. Product Data: submit product data and sample for pre-cast detectable warning for 7
barrier free ramp. 8
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 12
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 13
A. Weather Conditions: Placement of concrete shall be as specified in Section 32 13 13. 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 18
A. Forms: wood or metal straight, free from warp and of a depth equal to the thickness of 19
the finished work. 20
B. Concrete: see Section 32 13 13. 21
1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the standard 22
class for concrete sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps is shown in the 23
following table: 24
Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete 25
Class of
Concrete1
Minimum
Cementitious,
Lb./CY
28 Day Min.
Compressive
Strength2
psi
Maximum
Water/
Cementitious
Ratio
Course
Aggregate
Maximum
Size,
inch
A 470 3000 0.58 1-1/2
C. Reinforcement: see Section 32 13 13. 26
1. Sidewalk, driveway and barrier free ramp reinforcing steel shall be #3 deformed 27
bars at 18 inches on-center-both-ways at the center plane of all slabs, unless 28
otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications. 29
D. Joint Filler 30
1. Wood Filler: see Section 32 13 13. 31
2. Pre-Molded Asphalt Board Filler 32
a. Use only in areas where not practical for wood boards. 33
32 13 20 - 4
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 5, 2018
b. Pre-molded asphalt board filler: ASTM D545. 1
c. Install the required size and uniform thickness and as specified in Drawings. 2
d. Include 2 liners of 0.016 asphalt impregnated kraft paper filled with a mastic 3
mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. 4
E. Expansion Joint Sealant: see Section 32 13 73 where shown on the Drawings. 5
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION 8
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 10
3.3 PREPARATION 11
A. Surface Preparation 12
1. Excavation: Excavation required for the construction of sidewalks, driveways and 13
barrier free ramps shall be to the lines and grades as shown on the Drawings or as 14
established by the City. 15
2. Fine Grading 16
a. The Contractor shall do all necessary filling, leveling and fine grading required 17
to bring the subgrade to the exact grades specified and compacted to at least 90 18
percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698. 19
b. Moisture content shall be within minus 2 to plus 4 of optimum. 20
c. Any over-excavation shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City. 21
B. Demolition / Removal 22
1. Sidewalk, Driveway and/ or Barrier Free Ramp Removal: see Section 02 41 13. 23
3.4 INSTALLATION 24
A. General 25
1. Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of 4 inches. 26
2. Sidewalks constructed in driveway approach sections shall have a minimum 27
thickness equal to that of driveway approach or as called for by Drawings and 28
specifications within the limits of the driveway approach. 29
3. Driveways shall have a minimum thickness of 6 inches. Standard cross-slopes for 30
walks shall be 2 percent max in accordance with current TAS/TDLR guidelines. 31
The construction of the driveway approach shall include the variable height radius 32
curb in accordance with the Drawings. 33
4. All pedestrian facilities shall comply with provisions of TAS including location, 34
slope, width, shapes, texture and coloring. Pedestrian facilities installed by the 35
Contractor and not meeting TAS must be removed and replaced to meet TAS (no 36
separate pay). 37
B. Forms: Forms shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true 38
position during the depositing of concrete. 39
C. Reinforcement: see Section 32 13 13. 40
D. Concrete Placement: see Section 32 13 13. 41
32 13 20 - 5
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 5, 2018
E. Finishing 1
1. Concrete sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps shall be finished to a true, 2
even surface. 3
2. Trowel and then brush transversely to obtain a smooth uniform brush finish. 4
3. Provide exposed aggregate finish if specified. 5
4. Edge joints and sides shall with suitable tools. 6
F. Joints 7
1. Expansion joints for sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps shall be formed 8
using redwood. 9
2. Expansion joints shall be placed at 40 foot intervals for 4 foot wide sidewalk and 50 10
foot intervals for 5 foot wide and greater sidewalk. 11
3. Expansion joints shall also be placed at all intersections, sidewalks with concrete 12
driveways, curbs, formations, other sidewalks and other adjacent old concrete work. 13
Similar material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding into or through 14
sidewalks or driveways. 15
4. All expansion joints shall be 1/2 inch in thickness. 16
5. Edges of all construction and expansion joints and outer edges of all sidewalks shall 17
be finished to approximately a 1/2 inch radius with a suitable finishing tool. 18
6. Sidewalks shall be marked at intervals equal to the width of the walk with a 19
marking tool. 20
7. When sidewalk is against the curb, expansion joints shall match those in the curb. 21
G. Barrier Free Ramp 22
1. Furnish and install brick red color pre-cast detectable warning Dome-Tile, 23
manufactured by StrongGo Industries or approved equal by the City. 24
2. Detectable warning surface shall be a minimum of 24-inch in depth in the direction 25
of pedestrian travel, and extend to a minimum of 48-inch along the curb ramp or 26
landing where the pedestrian access route enters the street. 27
3. Locate detectable warning surface so that the edge nearest the curb line is a 28
minimum of 6-inch and maximum of 8-inch from the extension of the face of the 29
curb. 30
4. Detectable warning Dome-Tile surface may be curved along the corner radius. 31
5. Install detectable warning surface according to manufacturer’s instructions. 32
32 13 20 - 6
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 5, 2018
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.3 – Measurement and Payment for Barrier Free Ramps modified to match
updated City Details
4/30/2013 F. Griffin Corrected Part 1, 1.2, A, 3, b, 1 to read; from . . . square foot of Concrete Sidewalk.
to . . .each “Barrier Free Ramp” installed.
June 5, 2018 M Owen Revised Measurement and Payment.section.
12
32 13 73 - 1
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 32 13 73 1
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Specification for silicone joint sealing for concrete pavement and curbs. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 11
3. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Measurement 15
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Joint Sealant completed 16
and accepted only when specified in the Drawings to be a pay item. 17
2. Payment 18
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are 19
subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will be allowed, 20
unless specifically specified on Drawings. 21
1.3 REFERENCES 22
A. Reference Standards 23
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 24
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 25
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 26
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 27
a. D5893, Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component, 28
Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete 29
Pavements 30
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 31
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 33
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 34
1. Prior to installation, furnish certification by an independent testing laboratory that 35
the silicone joint sealant meets the requirements of this Section. 36
32 13 73 - 2
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Submit verifiable documentation that the manufacturer of the silicone joint sealant 1
has a minimum 2-year demonstrated, documented successful field performance 2
with concrete pavement silicone joint sealant systems. 3
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 8
A. Do not apply joint sealant when the air and pavement temperature is less than 35 9
degrees F 10
B. Concrete surface must be clean, dry and frost free. 11
C. Do not place sealant in an expansion-type joint if surface temperature is below 35 12
degrees F or above 90 degrees F. 13
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 14
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 15
2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 16
2.2 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT 17
A. Materials 18
1. Joint Sealant: ASTM D5893. 19
2. Joint Filler, Backer Rod and Breaker Tape 20
a. The joint filler sop shall be of a closed cell expanded polyethylene foam backer 21
rod and polyethylene bond breaker tape of sufficient size to provide a tight seal. 22
b. The back rod and breaker tape shall be installed in the saw-cut joint to prevent 23
the joint sealant from flowing to the bottom of the joint. 24
c. The backer rod and breaker tape shall be compatible with the silicone joint 25
sealant and no bond or reaction shall occur between them. 26
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 27
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28
PART 3 - EXECUTION 29
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 31
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 32
32 13 73 - 3
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.4 INSTALLATION 1
A. General 2
1. The silicone sealant shall be cold applied. 3
2. Allow concrete to cure for a minimum of 7 days to ensure it has sufficient strength 4
prior to sealing joints. 5
3. Perform joint reservoir saw cutting, cleaning, bond breaker installation, and joint 6
sealant placement in a continuous sequence of operations. 7
4. See Drawings for the various joint details with their respective dimensions. 8
B. Equipment 9
1. Provide all necessary equipment and keep equipment in a satisfactory working 10
condition. 11
2. Equipment shall be inspected by the City prior to the beginning of the work. 12
3. The minimum requirements for construction equipment shall be as follows: 13
a. Concrete Saw. The sawing equipment shall be adequate in size and power to 14
complete the joint sawing to the required dimensions. 15
b. Air Compressors. The delivered compressed air shall have a pressure in excess 16
of 90 psi and shall be suitable for the removal of all free water and oil from the 17
compressed air. 18
c. Extrusion Pump. The output shall be capable of supplying a sufficient volume 19
of sealant to the joint. 20
d. Injection Tool. This mechanical device shall apply the sealant uniformly into 21
the joint. 22
e. Sandblaster. The design shall be for commercial use with air compressors as 23
specified in this Section. 24
f. Backer Rod Roller and Tooling Instrument. These devices shall be clean and 25
free of contamination. They shall be compatible with the joint depth and width 26
requirements. 27
C. Sawing Joints: see Section 32 13 13. 28
D. Cleaning joints 29
1. Dry saw in 1 direction with reverse cutting blade then sand blast. 30
2. Use compressed air to remove the resulting dust from the joint. 31
3. Sandblast joints after complete drying. 32
a. Attach nozzle to a mechanical aiming device so that the sand blast will be 33
directed at an angle of 45 degrees and at a distance of 1 to 2 inches from the 34
face of the joint. 35
b. Sandblast both joint faces sandblasted in separate, 1 directional passes. 36
c. When sandblasting is complete, blow-out using compressed air. 37
d. The blow tube shall fit into the joints. 38
4. Check the blown joint for residual dust or other contamination. 39
a. If any dust or contamination is found, repeat sandblasting and blowing until the 40
joint is cleaned. 41
b. Do not use solvents to remove stains and contamination. 42
5. Place the bond breaker and sealant in the joint immediately upon cleaning. 43
6. Bond Breaker Rod and Tape: install in the cleaned joint prior to the application of 44
the joint sealant. 45
32 13 73 - 4
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
7. Do not leave open, cleaned joints unsealed overnight. 1
E. Joint Sealant 2
1. Apply the joint sealant upon placement of the bond breaker rod and tape, using the 3
mechanical injection tool. 4
2. Do not seal joints unless they are clean and dry. 5
3. Remove and discard excess sealant left on the pavement surface. 6
a. Do not excess use to seal the joints. 7
4. The pavement surface shall present a clean final condition as determined by City. 8
5. Do not allow traffic on the fresh sealant until it becomes tack-free. 9
F. Approval of Joints 10
1. The City may request a representative of the sealant manufacturer to be present at 11
the job site at the beginning of the final cleaning and sealing of joints. 12
a. The representative shall demonstrate to the Contractor and the City the 13
acceptable method for sealant installation. 14
b. The representative shall approve the clean, dry joints before the sealing 15
operation commences. 16
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 17
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 18
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 19
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 20
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 21
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 22
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 23
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 24
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 25
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 26
END OF SECTION 27
28
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
29
32 14 16 - 1
BRICK UNIT PAVING
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 32 14 16 1
BRICK UNIT PAVING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. All labor, materials and equipment necessary to install brick pavers, set in mortar 6
on reinforced concrete base for: 7
a. New brick paving 8
b. Brick paving repair 9
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 14
3. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Brick Paving 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Brick Paving. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per square yard of Brick Paving completed and accepted in its 24
final position per Drawings. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Sample panels 27
2) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed 28
3) Furnishing and applying all water required 29
4) Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling, handling, mixing, 30
placing, finishing and curing all concrete ingredients for concrete base 31
material 32
5) Furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel for concrete base 33
6) Furnishing, mixing and placing all setting materials including mortar 34
setting bed, wet mortar joint filler and high bond mortar mix 35
7) Furnishing and setting all brick unit pavers 36
8) Sealing joints 37
2. Brick Paving Repair 38
a. Measurement 39
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Brick Paving 40
Repaired. 41
b. Payment 42
32 14 16 - 2
BRICK UNIT PAVING
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per square yard of Brick Paving Repair completed and accepted in 3
its final position per Drawings. 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Sample panels 6
2) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed 7
3) Furnishing and applying all water required 8
4) Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling, handling, mixing, 9
placing, finishing and curing all concrete ingredients for concrete base 10
material 11
5) Furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel for concrete base 12
6) Furnishing, mixing and placing all setting materials including mortar 13
setting bed, wet mortar joint filler and high bond mortar mix 14
7) Furnishing and setting all brick unit pavers 15
8) Sealing joints 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Reference Standards 18
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 19
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 20
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 21
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 22
a. C67, Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile 23
b. C144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar 24
c. C150, Portland Cement 25
d. C207, Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes 26
e. C902, Specification for Pedestrian and Light Traffic Paving Brick 27
f. C1602, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of 28
Hydraulic Cement Concrete 29
3. The Brick Industry Association, Technical Notes 30
a. No. 1, Cold and Hot Weather Construction 31
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 32
A. Permitting 33
1. Obtain Street Use Permit to make utility cuts in the street from the Transportation 34
and Public Works Department in conformance with current ordinances. 35
2. Transportation and Public Works Department will inspect paving repair after 36
construction. 37
1.5 SUBMITTALS 38
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical data for each manufactured product, 39
including certification that each product complies with specified requirements. 40
B. Samples 41
1. For material verification purposes submit the following: 42
a. Manufacturer’s testing certification conforming to ASTM C67 testing methods 43
for: 44
32 14 16 - 3
BRICK UNIT PAVING
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) Compressive strength, pounds per square inch 1
2) Absorption, 5 hour submersion in cold water 2
3) Absorption, 24 hour submersion in cold water 3
4) Maximum saturation coefficient 4
5) Initial rate of absorption (suction) 5
6) Abrasion index 6
7) Freeze-thaw 7
8) Efflorescence 8
b. Masonry paving unit samples for each type of masonry paving required. 9
Include in each set the full range of exposed color and texture to be expected in 10
the completed work. 11
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15
A. Installer: Brick paver and any subcontractors shall have experience in brick paving and 16
their previous work will be reviewed by the City prior to start of work. 17
B. Sample Panel: Prior to installation of masonry paving work, fabricate sample panel 18
using materials, pattern and joint treatment indicated for project work, including special 19
features for expansion joints and contiguous work. 20
1. Include color range, size, texture, bond, expansion jointing, pattern, finish, and 21
workmanship. 22
2. Make 6 feet x 6 feet minimum. 23
3. Provide range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected in the completed 24
work. 25
4. Sample panel shall be inspected by the City. If the sample is not acceptable, 26
construct additional panels at no cost to the City until an acceptable panel is 27
constructed. 28
5. Obtain City’s acceptance of visual qualities of the panel before start of masonry 29
paving work. 30
6. Maintain the sample panel as the standard of minimal quality for approval of all 31
proposed brick pavement work required for the project. Locate sample panel near 32
the pavement work to facilitate comparison 33
7. Do not change source of brands for masonry units, setting materials, or grout during 34
progress of work. 35
8. Remove sample panel from the site at completion of project. 36
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 37
A. Delivery: Brick pavers and associated installation materials shall be delivered to the 38
job adequately protected from damage during transit. 39
1. Brick pavers shall be carefully packed by the supplier for shipment with name of 40
manufacturer and identification of contents. 41
2. Pavers damaged in any manner will be rejected and replaced with new materials at 42
no additional cost to the City. 43
32 14 16 - 4
BRICK UNIT PAVING
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
B. Storage: Protect grout and mortar materials during storage and construction against 1
wetting by rain, snow or ground water and against soilage or intermixture with earth or 2
other types of materials. 3
1. Protect grout and mortar materials from deterioration by moisture and temperature. 4
2. Store in a dry location or in waterproof container. 5
3. Keep containers tightly closed and away from open flame. Protect liquid 6
components from freezing. 7
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 8
A. Ambient Conditions 9
1. Normal construction: temperatures between 40 degrees and 100 degrees. 10
2. Cold Weather Construction: temperatures below 40 degrees 11
a. Comply with requirements for masonry construction in cold weather from the 12
BIA Technical Notes on Brick Construction, No. 1, Cold and Hot Weather 13
Construction, Table No. 1 as summarized in the following table: 14
15
32 14 16 - 5
BRICK UNIT PAVING
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1
1. Preparation and Construction requirements are based on ambient temperatures. Protection requirements, after 2
masonry is placed, are based on mean daily temperatures. 3
4
Temperature1
Preparation
Requirements
(Prior to Work)
Construction
Requirements
(Work in Progress)
Protection
Requirements
(After Masonry is
Placed)
40 degrees F to
32 degrees F
Do not lay masonry units
having either a temperature
below 20 degrees F or
containing frozen moisture,
visible ice, or snow on their
surface.
Remove visible ice and
snow from top surface of
existing foundations and
masonry to receive new
construction. Heat these
surfaces above freezing,
using methods that do not
result in damage.
Heat mixing water or sand to
produce mortar between 40
degrees F and 120 degrees
F.
Do not heat water or
aggregates used in mortar or
grout above 140 degrees F.
Heat grout materials when
their temperature is below 32
degrees F.
Completely cover newly
constructed masonry
with a weather-resistive
membrane for 24 hr after
construction.
32 degrees F to
25 degrees F
Comply with cold weather
requirements above.
Comply with cold weather
requirements above.
Maintain mortar temperature
above freezing until used in
masonry.
Heat grout materials so grout
is at a temperature between
70 degrees F and 120
degrees F during mixing and
placed at a temperature
above 70 degrees F.
Comply with cold
weather requirements
above.
25 degrees F to
20 degrees F
Comply with cold weather
requirements above.
Comply with cold weather
requirements above.
Heat masonry surfaces under
construction to 40 degrees F
and use wind breaks or
enclosures when the wind
velocity exceeds 15 mph.
Heat masonry to a minimum
of 40 degrees F prior to
grouting.
Completely cover newly
constructed masonry
with weather-resistive
insulating blankets or
equal protection for 24 hr
after completion of work.
Extend time period to 48
hr for grouted masonry,
unless the only cement
in the grout is Type III
Portland cement.
20 degrees F and
below
Comply with cold weather
requirements above.
Comply with cold weather
requirements above.
Maintain newly
constructed masonry
temperature above 32
degrees F for at least 24
hr after being completed
by using heated
enclosures, electric
heating blankets, infrared
lamps, or other
acceptable methods.
Extend time period to 48
hr for grouted masonry,
unless the only cement
in the grout is Type III
Portland cement.
32 14 16 - 6
BRICK UNIT PAVING
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3. Hot Weather Construction: temperatures above 100 degrees 1
a. Comply with requirements for masonry construction in hot weather from the 2
BIA Technical Notes on Brick Construction, No 1., Cold and Hot Weather 3
Construction, Table No. 1 as summarized in the following table: 4
5
1. Preparation and Construction requirements are based on ambient temperatures. Protection requirements, after 6
masonry is placed, are based on mean daily temperatures. 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 9
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10
2.2 MATERIALS 11
A. Rigid Concrete Base: See Section 32 13 13. 12
B. Reinforcing Steel: Section 32 13 13 13
C. Paving Brick for Heavy Vehicular Traffic: Standard Solid (uncored) Paving Brick of 14
modular size, 2-1/4 inches x 3-5/8 inches x 7-5/8 inches except as indicated, as per 15
ASTM C1272, Type R, Application PX. 16
D. Setting Materials 17
1. The mortar setting bed shall consist of: 18
a. 1 part Portland cement - ASTM C150, Type 1 19
b. 1/4 part hydrated lime by volume - ASTM C207, Type 5 20
Temperature1
Preparation
Requirements
(Prior to Work)
Construction Requirements
(Work in Progress)
Protection
Requirements
(After Masonry is
Placed)
Above 115
degrees F or
105 degrees F
with a wind
velocity over 8
mph
Shade materials and mixing
equipment from direct
sunlight.
Comply with hot weather
requirements below.
Use cool mixing water for
mortar and grout. Ice must be
melted or removed before
water is added to other mortar
or grout materials.
Comply with hot weather
requirements below.
Comply with hot weather
requirements below.
Above 100
degrees F or
90 degrees F with
8 mph wind
Provide necessary
conditions and equipment to
produce mortar having a
temperature below 120
degrees F.
Maintain sand piles in a
damp, loose condition.
Maintain mortar and grout at a
temperature below 120
degrees F.
Flush mixer, mortar transport
container, and mortar boards
with cool water before they
come into contact with mortar
ingredients or mortar.
Maintain mortar consistency by
retempering with cool water.
Use mortar within 2 hr of initial
mixing.
Fog spray newly
constructed masonry until
damp, at least 3 times a
day until the masonry is 3
days old.
32 14 16 - 7
BRICK UNIT PAVING
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
c. 3 parts damp sand - ASTM C144 (for high-bond mortar, gradation in 1
accordance with additive manufacturer’s recommendations). 2
d. Add water to obtain stiff mix - ASTM C1602. 3
2. The wet mortar joint filler shall consist of: 4
a. 1 part Portland cement - ASTM C150, Type l 5
b. 3 parts dry sand - ASTM C144. 6
c. Add water to obtain a wet mix - ASTM C1602 7
3. High bond mortar mix shall consist of: 8
a. 1 sack Portland cement - ASTM C150, Type l 9
b. 50 pounds workability additive - “A” Marble Dust by Armco Steel Corporation, 10
Piqua Quarries, or Ute Dolomite Limestone by U.S. Lime Division of Flintkote 11
Corporation, or Micro Fill No. 2 by Pure Stone Company, Marble Falls, Texas 12
or approved equal 13
c. 3-1/4 cubic feet of sand - ASTM C144 14
d. 4 gallons of high bond additive -Sarabond Liquid Mortar Additive by the Dow 15
Chemical Corporation or approved equal 16
e. Mix with water in accordance with High Bond Additive manufacturer’s 17
recommendations. 18
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 19
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION 21
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 24
3.4 INSTALLATION 25
A. Place 8-inch reinforced concrete base under proposed brick pavement. 26
1. Concrete base: See Section 32 13 13. 27
a. Design concrete mix design for a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 28
pounds per square inch at the age of 2 days for either type I or type III cement 29
2. Reinforcing Steel: Section 32 13 13 30
a. No. 4 bars at 18 inches on center both directions 31
3. Keep concrete surfaces to receive pavers dry, clean, free of oily or waxy films and 32
level. 33
4. Verify gradients and elevations of base are as indicated on Drawings. 34
B. Protect adjacent finished surfaces from soiling, staining, and other damage during 35
construction. Clean and restore any damage or stains to adjacent surfaces to equal or 36
better than original condition. 37
C. Spread and screed setting bed mixture to a true plane and limit bed mixture to an 38
amount that can be covered with pavers before initial set. 39
D. Set pavers in the patterns shown in the field with uniform tight joints (1/4-inch). 40
32 14 16 - 8
BRICK UNIT PAVING
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
E. Do not use pavers with chips, cracks, or voids. 1
F. Set paver in 1-inch layer of neat cement paste over setting bed. 2
G. Tolerances: Tolerances shall be checked continuously as work progresses so that 3
nonconforming areas can be corrected before mortar sets. 4
1. Alignment tolerances: maximum 1/4 inch in 20 feet; 1/2 inch in 40 feet 5
2. Surface tolerance: maximum plus or minus 1/8 inch in 8 feet noncumulative 6
3. Alignment and surface tolerances will be checked and enforced. The Contractor 7
shall make provisions that brick pavers can meet these tolerances as they are 8
supplied. Imperfections in the brick dimensions and surfaces will not constitute as 9
reasons to accept inferior paving and the work will be rejected. 10
H. Tamp pavers into full contact with the mortar bed to a level plane. Do not set large 11
areas of pavers for later leveling. 12
I. After pavers are set and cleaned free of mortar, fill joints with mortar, completely filling 13
voids. 14
J. Remove excess dry joint filler mixture and fog surface with fine water spray. 15
K. Cut pavers with motor driven masonry saw with a sharp diamond blade. Exposed 16
broken edges will not be allowed. 17
L. A 7 day damp cure is required. Employ barricades to restrict traffic during the 7 day 18
cure period. After the 7 day damp cure period, clean the surface with stiff brush and 19
brick manufacturer’s recommended cleaning solution in increments not exceeding 100 20
square feet, leaving surface clean and free of mortar and grout stains. 21
M. At the end of each day, spray paved areas with a fine mist of water. Fill joints within 3 22
days after the pavers are set. Spray paved areas until the joints are filled. 23
N. Sweep and keep brick surfaces clean at all times in order to avoid penetration of cement 24
into the brick surface. 25
3.5 REPAIR 26
A. General 27
1. Remove and replace masonry paving units as directed by the City that are loose, 28
chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining 29
units as intended. 30
2. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in same manner as original 31
units, with same joint treatment to eliminate evidence of replacement. 32
3. Pointing: during tooling of joints, enlarge voids or holes and completely fill with 33
mortar or grout. Point-up joints at sealant type joints to provide a neat, uniform 34
appearance, properly prepared to application of sealant. 35
4. Cleaning: Remove excess mortar/grout from exposed brick surfaces, wash and 36
scrub clean. 37
5. Protect masonry paving installations from deterioration, discoloration or damage 38
during subsequent constructions and until acceptance of work, in compliance with 39
recommendations of installer and paving unit manufacturer. 40
B. Trench Repair 41
1. Preparation 42
32 14 16 - 9
BRICK UNIT PAVING
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. Replace a continuous section if multiple repairs are closer than 10 feet apart 1
from edge of one repair to the edge of a second repair. 2
b. Surface Preparation: mark pavement cut repairs for approval by the CITY. 3
2. Removal 4
1) Use care in removing brick pavers to be repaired to prevent damage to 5
brick pavers adjacent to the repair area. 6
3. Installation: See Article 3.4. 7
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 11
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 12
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 13
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 14
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 15
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16
END OF SECTION 17
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.4.A. Modified information to match City of Fort Worth Standard Detail
19
32 16 13 - 1
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised October 05, 2016
SECTION 32 16 13 1
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Concrete Curbs and Gutters 7
2. Concrete Valley Gutters 8
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 13
3. Section 02 41 13 - Selective Site Demolition 14
4. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 15
5. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Concrete Curb and Gutter 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Concrete Curb and 21
Gutter. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 24
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25
price bid per linear foot of Concrete Curb and Gutter complete and in place 26
by curb height. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Preparing the subgrade 29
2) Furnishing and placing all materials, including foundation course, 30
reinforcing steel, and expansion material 31
2. Concrete Valley Gutter 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Concrete Valley 34
Gutter. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38
price bid per square yard of Concrete Valley Gutter complete and in place 39
for: 40
a) Various street types 41
32 16 13 - 2
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised October 05, 2016
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Preparing the subgrade 2
2) Furnishing and placing all materials, including foundation course, 3
reinforcing steel, and expansion material 4
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 5
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 6
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 12
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 13
A. Weather Conditions: See Section 32 13 13. 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16
2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 18
A. Forms: See Section 32 13 13. 19
B. Concrete: 20
1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the standard 21
class for concrete curb, gutter, and curb & gutter is shown in the following table: 22
23
Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete 24
Class of
Concrete
Minimum
Cementitious,
Lb./CY
28 Day Min.
Compressive
Strength
psi
Maximum
Water/
Cementitious
Ratio
Course
Aggregate
Maximum
Size,
inch
A 470 3000 0.58 1-1/2
25
C. Reinforcement: See Section 32 13 13. 26
D. Joint Filler 27
1. Wood Filler: see Section 32 13 13. 28
2. Pre-Molded Asphalt Board Filler 29
a. Use only in areas where not practical for wood boards 30
32 16 13 - 3
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised October 05, 2016
b. Pre-molded asphalt board filler: ASTM D545 1
c. Install the required size and uniform thickness and as specified in the Drawings. 2
d. Include two liners of 0.016 asphalt impregnated kraft paper filled with a mastic 3
mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. 4
E. Expansion Joint Sealant: See Section 32 13 73. 5
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION 8
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 10
3.3 PREPARATION 11
A. Demolition / Removal: See Section 02 41 13. 12
3.4 INSTALLATION 13
A. Forms 14
1. Extend forms the full depth of concrete. 15
2. Wood forms: minimum of 1-1/2 inches in thickness 16
3. Metal Forms: a gauge that shall provide equivalent rigidity and strength 17
4. Use acceptable wood or metal forms for curves with a radius of less than 250 feet. 18
5. All forms showing a deviation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a straight line shall be 19
rejected. 20
B. Reinforcing Steel 21
1. Place all necessary reinforcement for City approval prior to depositing concrete. 22
2. All steel must be free from paint and oil and all loose scale, rust, dirt and other 23
foreign substances. 24
3. Remove foreign substances from steel before placing. 25
4. Wire all bars at their intersections and at all laps or splices. 26
5. Lap all bar splices a minimum of 20 diameters of the bar or 12 inches, whichever is 27
greater. 28
C. Concrete Placement 29
1. Deposit concrete to maintain a horizontal surface. 30
2. Work concrete into all spaces and around any reinforcement to form a dense mass 31
free from voids. 32
3. Work coarse aggregate away from contact with the forms 33
4. Hand-Laid Concrete – Curb and gutter 34
a. Shape and compact subgrade to the lines, grades and cross section shown on the 35
Drawings. 36
b. Lightly sprinkle subgrade material immediately before concrete placement. 37
c. Deposit concrete into forms. 38
32 16 13 - 4
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised October 05, 2016
d. Strike off with a template 1/4 to 3/8 inch less than the dimensions of the 1
finished curb, unless otherwise approved. 2
5. Machine-Laid Concrete – Curb and Gutter 3
a. Hand-tamp and sprinkle subgrade material before concrete placement. 4
b. Provide clean surfaces for concrete placement. 5
c. Place the concrete with approved self-propelled equipment. 6
1) The forming tube of the extrusion machine or the form of the slipform 7
machine must easily be adjustable vertically during the forward motion of 8
the machine to provide variable heights necessary to conform to the 9
established gradeline. 10
d. Attach a pointer or gauge to the machine so that a continual comparison can be 11
made between the extruded or slipform work and the grade guideline. 12
e. Brush finish surfaces immediately after extrusion or slipforming. 13
6. Hand-Laid Concrete – Concrete Valley Gutter: See Section 32 13 13. 14
7. Expansion joints 15
a. Place expansion joints in the curb and gutter at 200-foot intervals and at 16
intersection returns and other rigid structures. 17
b. Place tooled joints at 15-foot intervals or matching abutting sidewalk joints and 18
pavement joints to a depth of 1-1/2 inches. 19
c. Place expansion joints at all intersections with concrete driveways, curbs, 20
buildings and other curb and gutters. 21
d. Make expansion joints no less than 1/2 inch in thickness, extending the full 22
depth of the concrete. 23
e. Make expansion joints perpendicular and at right angles to the face of the curb. 24
f. Neatly trim any expansion material extending above the finished to the surface 25
of the finished work. 26
g. Make expansion joints in the curb and gutter coincide with the concrete 27
expansion joints. 28
h. Longitudinal dowels across the expansion joints in the curb and gutter are 29
required. 30
i. Install 3 No. 4 round, smooth bars, 24 inches in length, for dowels at each 31
expansion joint. 32
j. Coat 1/2 of the dowel with a bond breaker and terminate with a dowel cap that 33
provides a minimum of 1 inch free expansion. 34
k. Support dowels by an approved method. 35
D. Curing: see Section 32 13 13. 36
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 37
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 38
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 39
A. Inspections 40
1. Steel reinforcement placement 41
2. Headed bolts and studs 42
3. Verification of use of required design mixture 43
4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing 44
5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature 45
32 16 13 - 5
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised October 05, 2016
B. Concrete Tests: Perform testing of fresh concrete sample obtained according to 1
ASTM C172 with the following requirements: 2
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain 1 fresh concrete sample for each day's pour of each 3
concrete mixture exceeding 5 cubic yard, but less than 150 cubic yard, plus 1 set for 4
each additional 150 cubic yard or fraction thereof. 5
2. Slump: ASTM C143; 1 test at point of placement for each concrete sample, but not 6
less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional 7
tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 8
3. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; 1 test for 9
each sample, but not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 10
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064; 1 test for each concrete sample. 11
5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31. 12
a. Cast and laboratory cure 3 cylinders for each fresh concrete sample. 13
1) Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a 14
minimum of 24 hours. 15
6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C39; 16
a. Test 1 cylinder at 7 days. 17
b. Test 2 cylinders at 28 days. 18
7. Upload test results into Buzzsaw within 48 hours of testing. Reports of 19
compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, 20
date of concrete placement, name of concrete tester and inspector, location of 21
concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture 22
proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for 23
both 7- and 28-day tests. 24
8. Additional Tests: Additional tests of concrete shall be made when test results 25
indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other City 26
specification requirements have not been met. The Lab Services division may 27
conduct or request tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders 28
complying with ASTM C42 or by other methods as directed by the Project 29
Manager. 30
a. When the strength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as 31
indicated by cylinder tests, falls below the specified requirements, provide 32
improved curing conditions and/or adjustments to the mix design as required to 33
obtain the required strength. If the average strength of the laboratory control 34
cylinders falls so low as to be deemed unacceptable, follow the core test 35
procedure set forth in ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shall be 36
approved by the Project Engineer. Core sampling and testing shall be at 37
Contractors expense. 38
b. If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is 39
inadequate, any replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered 40
by the Project Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor without cost to the 41
City. 42
9. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to 43
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 44
10. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not 45
comply with the Contract Documents. 46
47
32 16 13 - 6
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised October 05, 2016
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7
END OF SECTION 8
9
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.2. Modified payment item to vary by street type
10/05/2016 Z. Arega Added Subsection 2.2.B.1 and Subsection 3.7
10
32 17 23 - 1
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
SECTION 32 17 23 1
PAVEMENT MARKINGS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Pavement Markings 6
a. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, spray (HAS) pavement markings 7
b. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, extruded (HAE) pavement markings 8
c. Preformed polymer tape 9
d. Preformed heat-activated thermoplastic tape 10
2. Raised markers 11
3. Work zone markings 12
4. Removal of pavement markings and markers 13
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 14
1. None. 15
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 16
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 17
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Pavement Markings 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of material placed. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 26
unit price bid per linear foot of “Pvmt Marking” installed for: 27
a) Various Widths 28
b) Various Types 29
c) Various Materials 30
d) Various Colors 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Installation of Pavement Marking 33
2) Glass beads, when required 34
3) Surface preparation 35
4) Clean-up 36
5) Testing (when required) 37
2. Legends 38
a. Measurement 39
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Legend installed. 40
b. Payment 41
32 17 23 - 2
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 1
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Legend” installed for: 2
a) Various types 3
b) Various applications 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Installation of Pavement Marking 6
2) Glass beads, when required 7
3) Surface preparation 8
4) Clean-up 9
5) Testing 10
3. Raised Markers 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Raised Marker installed. 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 15
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Raised Marker” installed 16
for: 17
a) Various types 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Installation of Raised Markers 20
2) Surface preparation 21
3) Clean-up 22
4) Testing 23
4. Work Zone Tab Markers 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Tab Marker installed. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 28
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Tab Marker” installed for: 29
a) Various types 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Installation of Tab Work Zone Markers 32
5. Fire Lane Markings 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per the linear foot. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 38
unit price bid per linear foot of “Fire Lane Marking” installed. 39
c. The price bid shall include: 40
1) Surface preparation 41
2) Clean-up 42
3) Testing 43
6. Pavement Marking Removal 44
a. Measurement 45
1) Measure for this Item shall be per linear foot. 46
b. Payment 47
32 17 23 - 3
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 2
unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Pvmt Marking” performed for: 3
a) Various widths 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Removal of Pavement Markings 6
2) Clean-up 7
7. Raised Marker Removal 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Pavement Marker removed. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 12
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Remove Raised Marker” 13
performed. 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Removal of each Marker 16
2) Disposal of removed materials 17
3) Clean-up 18
8. Legend Removal 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measure for this Item shall be per each Legend removed. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 24
unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Legend” performed for: 25
a) Various types 26
b) Various applications 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Removal of Pavement Markings 29
2) Clean-up 30
1.3 REFERENCES 31
A. Reference Standards 32
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 33
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 34
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 35
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), 2011 Edition 36
a. Part 3, Markings 37
3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 38
a. Standard Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings, M 247-09 39
4. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) 40
a. 23 CFR Part 655, FHWA Docket No. FHWA-2009-0139 41
5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) 42
a. DMS-4200, Pavement Markers (Reflectorized) 43
b. DMS-4300, Traffic Buttons 44
c. DMS-8220, Hot Applied Thermoplastic 45
d. DMS-8240, Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings 46
e. DMS-8241, Removable Prefabricated Pavement Markings 47
32 17 23 - 4
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
f. DMS-8242, Temporary Flexible-Reflective Road Marker Tabs 1
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2
1.5 SUBMITTALS 3
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 4
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 5
specials. 6
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 10
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 11
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 12
1. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in 13
accordance with Section 01 50 00. 14
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 17
2.1 OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 18
A. New Products 19
1. Refer to Drawings to determine if there are owner-supplied products for the Project. 20
2.2 MATERIALS 21
A. Manufacturers 22
1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City’s Standard Products List will be 23
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 24
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 25
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 26
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 27
B. Materials 28
1. Pavement Markings 29
a. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 30
1) Refer to Drawings and City Standard Detail Drawings for width of 31
longitudinal lines. 32
2) Product shall be especially compounded for traffic markings. 33
3) When placed on the roadway, the markings shall not be slippery when wet, 34
lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky 35
exposed surface. 36
32 17 23 - 5
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
4) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 1
and contraction without chipping or cracking. 2
5) The markings shall retain their original color, dimensions and placement 3
under normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees 4
Fahrenheit and below. 5
6) Markings shall have uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends and no 6
evidence of tracking. 7
7) The density and quality of the material shall be uniform throughout the 8
markings. 9
8) The thickness shall be uniform throughout the length and width of the 10
markings. 11
9) The markings shall be 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of 12
blisters for a minimum of 60 days after application. 13
10) The material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 14
chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the 15
oil content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of 16
traffic. 17
11) The material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, 18
at some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. 19
a) New material shall bond itself to the old line in such a manner that no 20
splitting or separation takes place. 21
12) The markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective 22
both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform 23
retro-directive reflectance. 24
13) Traffic beads 25
a) Manufactured from glass 26
b) Spherical in shape 27
c) Essentially free of sharp angular particles 28
d) Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or 29
surface scratching 30
e) Water white in color 31
f) Applied at a uniform rate 32
g) Meet or exceed Specifications shown in AASHTO Standard 33
Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings, AASHTO 34
Designation: M 247-09. 35
b. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 36
1) Product shall be especially compounded for traffic markings 37
2) When placed on the roadway, the markings shall not be slippery when wet, 38
lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky 39
exposed surface. 40
3) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 41
and contraction without chipping or cracking. 42
4) The markings shall retain their original color, dimensions and placement 43
under normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees 44
Fahrenheit and below. 45
5) Markings shall have uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends and no 46
evidence of tracking. 47
6) The density and quality of the material shall be uniform throughout the 48
markings. 49
32 17 23 - 6
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
7) The thickness shall be uniform throughout the length and width of the 1
markings. 2
8) The markings shall be 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of 3
blisters for a minimum of 60 days after application. 4
9) The minimum thickness of the marking, as measured above the plane 5
formed by the pavement surface, shall not be less than 1/8 inch in the center 6
of the marking and 3/32 inch at a distance of ½ inch from the edge. 7
10) Maximum thickness shall be 3/16 inch. 8
11) The material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 9
chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the 10
oil content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of 11
traffic. 12
12) The material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, 13
at some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. New 14
material shall bond itself to the old line in such a manner that no splitting or 15
separation takes place. 16
13) The markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective 17
both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform 18
retro-directive reflectance. 19
14) Traffic beads 20
a) Manufactured from glass 21
b) Spherical in shape 22
c) Essentially free of sharp angular particles 23
d) Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or 24
surface scratching 25
e) Water white in color 26
f) Applied at a uniform rate 27
g) Meet or exceed Specifications shown in AASHTO Standard 28
Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings, AASHTO 29
Designation: M 247-09. 30
c. Preformed Polymer Tape 31
1) Material shall meet or exceed the Specifications for SWARCO Director 35, 32
3M High Performance Tape Series 3801 ES, or approved equal. 33
d. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape 34
1) Material shall meet or exceed the Specifications for HOT Tape Brand 0.125 35
mil preformed thermoplastic or approved equal. 36
2. Raised Markers 37
a. Markers shall meet the requirements of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic 38
Control Devices. 39
b. Non-reflective markers shall be Type Y (yellow body) and Type W (white 40
body) round ceramic markers and shall meet or exceed the TxDOT 41
Specification DMS-4300. 42
c. The reflective markers shall be plastic, meet or exceed the TxDOT 43
Specification DMS-4200 for high-volume retroreflective raised markers and be 44
available in the following types: 45
1) Type I-C, white body, 1 face reflects white 46
2) Type II-A-A, yellow body, 2 faces reflect amber 47
3) Type II-C-R, white body, 1 face reflects white, the other red 48
49
32 17 23 - 7
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
3. Work Zone Markings 1
a. Tabs 2
1) Temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs shall meet requirements 3
of TxDOT DMS-8242, “Temporary Flexible-Reflective Road Marker 4
Tabs.” 5
2) Removable markings shall not be used to simulate edge lines. 6
3) No segment of roadway open to traffic shall remain without permanent 7
pavement markings for a period greater than 14 calendar days. 8
b. Raised Markers 9
1) All raised pavement markers shall meet the requirements of DMS-4200. 10
c. Striping 11
1) Work Zone striping shall meet or exceed the TxDOT Specification DMS-12
8200. 13
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 15
A. Performance 16
1. Minimum maintained retroreflectivity levels for longitudinal markings shall meet 17
the requirements detailed in the table below for a minimum of 30 calendar days. 18
Posted Speed (mph)
≤ 30 35 – 50 ≥ 55
2-lane roads with centerline
markings only (1) n/a 100 250
All other roads (2) n/a 50 100
(1) Measured at standard 30-m geometry in units of mcd/m2/lux. 19
(2) Exceptions: 20
A. When raised reflective pavement markings (RRPMs) supplement or substitute for a 21
longitudinal line, minimum pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable as 22
long as the RRPMs are maintained so that at least 3 are visible from any position along that 23
line during nighttime conditions. 24
B. When continuous roadway lighting assures that the markings are visible, minimum 25
pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable. 26
PART 3 - EXECUTION 27
3.1 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 28
3.2 PREPARATION 29
A. Pavement Conditions 30
1. Roadway surfaces shall be free of dirt, grease, loose and/or flaking existing 31
markings and other forms of contamination. 32
2. New Portland cement concrete surfaces shall be cleaned sufficiently to remove the 33
curing membrane. 34
3. Pavement to which material is to be applied shall be completely dry. 35
32 17 23 - 8
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
4. Pavement shall be considered dry, if, on a sunny day after observation for 15 1
minutes, no condensation develops on the underside of a 1 square foot piece of 2
clear plastic that has been placed on the pavement and weighted on the edges. 3
5. Equipment and methods used for surface preparation shall not damage the 4
pavement or present a hazard to motorists or pedestrians. 5
3.3 INSTALLATION 6
A. General 7
1. The materials shall be applied according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. 8
2. Markings and markers shall be applied within temperature limits recommended by 9
the material manufacturer, and shall be applied on clean, dry pavement having a 10
surface temperature above 50 degrees Fahrenheit. 11
3. Markings that are not properly applied due to faulty application methods or being 12
placed in the wrong position or alignment shall be removed and replaced by the 13
Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. If the mistake is such that it would be 14
confusing or hazardous to motorists, it shall be remedied the same day of 15
notification. Notification will be made by phone and confirmed by fax. Other 16
mistakes shall be remedied within 5 days of written notification. 17
4. When markings are applied on roadways open to traffic, care will be taken to 18
ensure that proper safety precautions are followed, including the use of signs, 19
cones, barricades, flaggers, etc. 20
5. Freshly applied markings shall be protected from traffic damage and disfigurement. 21
6. Temperature of the material must be equal to the temperature of the road surface 22
before allowing traffic to travel on it. 23
B. Pavement Markings 24
1. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 25
a. This method shall be used to install and replace long lines – centerlines, lane 26
lines, edge lines, turn lanes, and dots. 27
b. Markings shall be applied at a 110 mil thickness. 28
c. Markings shall be applied at a 90 mil thickness when placed over existing 29
markings. 30
d. A sealer shall be used if concrete or asphalt is older than three (3) years. 31
e. Typical setting time shall be between 4 minutes and 10 minutes depending 32
upon the roadway surface temperature and the humidity factor. 33
f. Retroreflective raised markers shall be used to supplement the centerlines, lane 34
lines, and turn lanes. Refer to City Standard Detail Drawings for placement. 35
g. Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in 36
subparagraph 2.4.A.1 of this Specification. 37
2. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 38
a. This method shall be used to install and replace crosswalks and stop-lines. 39
b. Markings shall be applied at a 125 mil thickness. 40
c. Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in 41
this Specification. 42
3. Preformed Polymer Tape 43
a. This method shall be used to install and replace crosswalks, stop-lines, and 44
legends. 45
32 17 23 - 9
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
b. The applied marking shall adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or 1
lifting and have square ends, straight lines and clean edges. 2
c. Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in 3
this Specification. 4
4. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape 5
a. This method shall be used to install and replace crosswalks, stop-lines, and 6
legends. 7
b. The applied marking shall adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or 8
lifting and have square ends, straight lines and clean edges. 9
c. Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in 10
this Specification. 11
C. Raised Markers 12
1. All permanent raised pavement markers on Portland Cement roadways shall be 13
installed with epoxy adhesive. Bituminous adhesive is not acceptable. 14
2. All permanent raised pavement markers on new asphalt roadways may be installed 15
with epoxy or bituminous adhesive. 16
3. A chalk line, chain or equivalent shall be used during layout to ensure that 17
individual markers are properly aligned. All markers shall be placed uniformly 18
along the line to achieve a smooth continuous appearance. 19
D. Work Zone Markings 20
1. Work shall be performed with as little disruption to traffic as possible. 21
2. Install longitudinal markings on pavement surfaces before opening to traffic. 22
3. Maintain lane alignment traffic control devices and operations until markings are 23
installed. 24
4. Install markings in proper alignment in accordance with the Texas MUTCD and as 25
shown on the Drawings. 26
5. Place standard longitudinal lines no sooner than 3 calendar days after the placement 27
of a surface treatment, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 28
6. Place markings in proper alignment with the location of the final pavement 29
markings. 30
7. Do not use raised pavement markers for words, symbols, shapes, or diagonal or 31
transverse lines. 32
8. All markings shall be visible from a distance of 300 feet in daylight conditions and 33
from a distance of at least 160 feet in nighttime conditions, illuminated by low-34
beam automobile headlight. 35
9. The daytime and nighttime reflected color of the markings must be distinctly white 36
or yellow. 37
10. The markings must exhibit uniform retroreflective characteristics. 38
11. Epoxy adhesives shall not be used to work zone markings. 39
3.4 REMOVALS 40
1. Pavement Marking and Marker Removal 41
a. The industry’s best practice shall be used to remove existing pavement 42
markings and markers. 43
32 17 23 - 10
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
b. If the roadway is being damaged during the marker removal, Work shall be 1
halted until consultation with the City. 2
c. Removals shall be done in such a matter that color and texture contrast of the 3
pavement surface will be held to a minimum. 4
d. Repair damage to asphaltic surfaces, such as spalling, shelling, etc., greater than 5
¼ inch in depth resulting from the removal of pavement markings and markers. 6
Driveway patch asphalt emulsion may be broom applied to reseal damage to 7
asphaltic surfaces. 8
e. Dispose of markers in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. 9
f. Use any of the following methods unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 10
1) Surface Treatment Method 11
a) Apply surface treatment at rates shown on the Drawings or as directed. 12
Place a surface treatment a minimum of 2 feet wide to cover the 13
existing marking. 14
b) Place a surface treatment, thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum 15
of 1 lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic are 16
involved or in other areas as directed by the City. 17
2) Burn Method 18
a) Use an approved burning method. 19
b) For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement 20
markings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the marking 21
material prior to blast cleaning. 22
c) When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surfaces. 23
d) Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residue. 24
3) Blasting Method 25
a) Use a blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water 26
abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water-injected abrasive 27
blasting, or brush blasting as approved. 28
b) Remove pavement markings on concrete surfaces by a blasting method 29
only. 30
4) Mechanical Method 31
a) Use any mechanical method except grinding. 32
b) Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings on asphalt and 33
concrete surfaces. 34
2. If a location is to be paved over, no additional compensation will be allowed for 35
marking or marker removal. 36
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 37
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 38
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 39
A. All lines must have clean edges, square ends, and be uniform cross-section. 40
B. The density and quality of markings shall be uniform throughout their thickness. 41
C. The applied markings shall have no more than 5 percent, by area, of holes or voids and 42
shall be free of blisters. 43
32 17 23 - 11
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING 3
A. Contractor shall clean up and remove all loose material resulting from construction 4
operations. 5
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9
END OF SECTION 10
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11/22/13 S. Arnold Removed paint type marking, updated references, added sealer language
12
32 91 19 - 1
TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF PARKWAYS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 32 91 19 1
TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF PARKWAYS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnish and place topsoil to the depths and on the areas shown on the Drawings. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Measurement 14
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by cubic yard of Topsoil in place. 15
2. Payment 16
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 17
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price 18
bid per cubic yard of Topsoil. 19
b. All excavation required by this Item in cut sections shall be measured in 20
accordance with provisions for the various excavation items involved with the 21
provision that excavation will be measured and paid for once, regardless of the 22
manipulations involved. 23
3. The price bid shall include: 24
a. Furnishing Topsoil 25
b. Loading 26
c. Hauling 27
d. Placing 28
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 29
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 30
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 36
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 37
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 38
32 91 19 - 2
TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF PARKWAYS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. Topsoil 4
1. Use easily cultivated, fertile topsoil that: 5
a. Is free from objectionable material including subsoil, weeds, clay lumps, non-6
soil materials, roots, stumps or stones larger than 1.5 inches 7
b. Has a high resistance to erosion 8
c. Is able to support plant growth 9
2. Secure topsoil from approved sources. 10
3. Topsoil is subject to testing by the City. 11
4. pH: 5.5 to 8.5. 12
5. Liquid Limit: 50 or less 13
6. Plasticity Index: 20 or less 14
7. Gradation: maximum of 10 percent passing No. 200 sieve 15
B. Water: Clean and free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the growth 16
of vegetation 17
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 18
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 19
PART 3 - EXECUTION 20
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 21
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 22
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 23
3.4 INSTALLATION 24
A. Finishing of Parkways 25
1. Smoothly shape parkways, shoulders, slopes, and ditches. 26
2. Cut parkways to finish grade prior to the placing of any improvements in or 27
adjacent to the roadway. 28
3. In the event that unsuitable material for parkways is encountered, extend the depth 29
of excavation in the parkways 6 inches and backfill with top soil. 30
4. Make standard parkway grade perpendicular to and draining to the curb line. 31
a. Minimum: 1/4 inch per foot 32
b. Maximum: 4:1 33
c. City may approve variations from these requirements in special cases. 34
5. Whenever the adjacent property is lower than the design curb grade and runoff 35
drains away from the street, the parkway grade must be set level with the top of the 36
curb. 37
6. The design grade from the parkway extends to the back of the walk line. 38
7. From that point (behind the walk), the grade may slope up or down at maximum 39
slope of 4:1. 40
32 91 19 - 3
TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF PARKWAYS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
B. Placing of Topsoil 1
1. Spread the topsoil to a uniform loose cover at the thickness specified. 2
2. Place and shape the topsoil as directed. 3
3. Hand rake finish a minimum of 5 feet from all flatwork. 4
4. Tamp the topsoil with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 5
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION] [NOT USED] 6
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 8
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15
END OF SECTION 16
17
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
18
32 92 13 - 1
HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 32 92 13 1
HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnishing and installing grass sod and permanent seeding as shown on Drawings, 6
or as directed. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 12
3. Section 32 91 19 – Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Block Sod Placement 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Block Sod placed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21
price bid per square yard of Block Sod placed. 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Furnishing and placing all sod 24
2) Rolling and tamping 25
3) Watering (until established) 26
4) Disposal of surplus materials 27
2. Seeding 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Seed spread. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 32
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33
price bid per square yard of Seed placed for various installation methods. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and placing all Seed 36
2) Furnishing and applying water for seed fertilizer 37
3) Slurry and hydraulic mulching 38
4) Fertilizer 39
5) Watering and mowing (until established) 40
6) Disposal of surplus materials 41
3. Mowing 42
a. Measurement 43
32 92 13 - 2
HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) Measurement for this Item shall per each. 1
b. Payment 2
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 3
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 4
price bid per each. 5
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 6
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 7
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 9
A. Seed 10
1. Vendors’ certification that seeds meet Texas State seed law including: 11
a. Testing and labeling for pure live seed (PLS) 12
b. Name and type of seed 13
2. All seed shall be tested in a laboratory with certified results presented to the City in 14
writing, prior to planting. 15
3. All seed to be of the previous season's crop and the date on the container shall be 16
within 12 months of the seeding date. 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 20
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 21
A. Block Sod 22
1. Protect from exposure to wind, sun and freezing. 23
2. Keep stacked sod moist. 24
B. Seed 25
1. If using native grass or wildflower seed, seed must have been harvested within 100 26
miles of the construction site. 27
2. Each species of seed shall be supplied in a separate, labeled container for 28
acceptance by the City. 29
C. Fertilizer 30
1. Provide fertilizer labeled with the analysis. 31
2. Conform to Texas fertilizer law. 32
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 33
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 34
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 35
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 36
2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 37
A. Materials 38
32 92 13 - 3
HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Block Sod 1
a. Sod Varieties (match existing if applicable) 2
1) "Stenotaphrum secundatum" (St. Augustine grass) 3
2) "Cynodon dactylon" (Common Bermudagrass) 4
3) "Buchloe dactyloides" (Buffalograss) 5
4) an approved hybrid of Common Bermudagrass 6
5) or an approved Zoysiagrass 7
b. Sod must contain stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes and roots. 8
c. Sod shall be alive, healthy and free of insects, disease, stones, undesirable 9
foreign materials and weeds and grasses deleterious to its growth or which 10
might affect its subsistence or hardiness when transplanted. 11
d. Minimum sod thickness: 3/4 inch 12
e. Maximum grass height: 2 inches 13
f. Acceptable growing beds 14
1) St. Augustine grass sod: clay or clay loam topsoil 15
2) Bermuda grasses and zoysia grasses: sand or sandy loam soils 16
g. Dimensions 17
1) Machine cut to uniform soil thickness. 18
2) Sod shall be of equal width and of a size that permits the sod to be lifted, 19
handled and rolled without breaking. 20
h. Broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends shall be rejected. 21
2. Seed 22
a. General 23
1) Plant all seed at rates based on pure live seed (PLS) 24
a) Pure Live Seed (PLS) determined using the formula: 25
(1) Percent Pure Live Seed = Percent Purity x [(Percent Germination + 26
Percent Firm or Hard Seed) + 100] 27
2) Availability of Seed 28
a) Substitution of individual seed types due to lack of availability may be 29
permitted by the City at the time of planting. 30
b) Notify the City prior to bidding of difficulties locating certain species. 31
3) Weed seed 32
a) Not exceed ten percent by weight of the total of pure live seed (PLS) 33
and other material in the mixture 34
b) Seed not allowed: 35
(1) Johnsongrass 36
(2) Nutgrass seed 37
4) Harvest seed within 1-year prior to planting 38
b. Non-native Grass Seed 39
1) Plant between April 15 and September 10 40
41
Lbs.
PLS/Acre
Common Name Botanical Name Purity
(percent)
Germination
(percent)
25 Bermuda (unhulled) cynodon dactylon 85 90
75 Bermuda (hulled) cynodon dactylon 95 90
42
2) Plant between September 10 and April 15 43
44
Lbs.
PLS/Acre
Common Name Botanical Name Purity
(percent)
Germination
(percent)
32 92 13 - 4
HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
220 Rye Grass lolium multiflorum 85 90
75 Bermuda (unhulled) cynodon dactylon 95 90
1
c. Native Grass Seed 2
1) Plant between February 1 and October 1. 3
4
Lbs. PLS/Acre Common Name Botanical Name
1.6 Green Sprangletop Leptochloa dubia
5.5 Sideoats Grama* Bouteloua curtipendula
3.7 Little Bluestem* Schizachyrium scoparium
17.0 Buffalograss Buchloe dactyloides
1.8 Indian Grass* Sorghastrum nutans
0.5 Sand Lovegrass* Eragrostis trichodes
6.0 Big Bluestem Andropogon gerardii
8.0 Eastern Grama Tripscacum dactyloides
1.2 Blue Grama Bouteloua gracilis
1.8 Switchgrass Panicum virgatum
10.0 Prairie Wildrye* Elymus canadensis
5
d. Wildflower Seed 6
1) Plant between the following: 7
a) March 5 and May 31 8
b) September 1 and December 1 9
10
Lbs. PLS/Acre Common Name Botanical Name
3.0 Bush Sunflower Sinsia calva
5.0 Butterfly Weed Asclepias tuberosa
2.0 Clasping Coneflower* Rudbeckia amplexicaulis
3.0 Golden - Wave Coreopsis basalis
13.4 Illinois Bundleflower Desmanthus illinoensis
13.6 Partridge Pea Cassia fasciculata
2.0 Prairie Verbena Verbena bipinnatifida
8.0 Texas Yellow Star Lindheimeri texana
8.0 Winecup Callirhoe involcrata
2.0 Black-eyed Susan Rudbeckia hirta
18.0 Cutleaf Daisy Engelmannia pinnatifida
2.0 Obedient Plant Physostegia intermedia
3.0 Pitcher Sage Salvia azurea
2.0 Plains Coreopsis Coreopsis tinctoria
8.0 Scarlet Sage Salvia coccinea
*not to be planted within ten feet of a road or parking lot or within three feet of a 11
walkway 12
13
e. Temporary Erosion Control Seed 14
1) Consist of the sowing of cool season plant seeds. 15
3. Mulch 16
a. For use with conventional mechanical or hydraulic planting of seed. 17
b. Wood cellulose fiber produced from virgin wood or recycled paper-by-products 18
(waste products from paper mills or recycled newspaper). 19
c. No growth or germination inhibiting factors. 20
d. No more than ten percent moisture, air dry weight basis. 21
e. Additives: binder in powder form. 22
32 92 13 - 5
HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
f. Form a strong moisture retaining mat. 1
4. Fertilizer 2
a. Acceptable condition for distribution 3
b. Applied uniformly over the planted area 4
c. Analysis 5
1) 16-20-0 6
2) 16-8-8 7
d. Fertilizer rate: 8
1) Not required for wildflower seeding 9
2) Newly established seeding areas - 100 pounds of nitrogen per acre 10
3) Established seeding areas - 150 pounds of nitrogen per acre 11
5. Topsoil: See Section 32 91 19. 12
6. Water: clean and free of industrial wastes or other substances harmful to the 13
germination of the seed or to the growth of the vegetation. 14
7. Soil Retention Blanket 15
a. "Curlex I" from American Excelsior, 900 Ave. H East, Post Office Box 5624, 16
Arlington, Texas 76001, 1-800-777-SOIL or approved equal. 17
18
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 19
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 21
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23
3.3 PREPARATION 24
A. Surface Preparation: clear surface of all material including: 25
1. Stumps, stones, and other objects larger than one inch. 26
2. Roots, brush, wire, stakes, etc. 27
3. Any objects that may interfere with seeding or maintenance. 28
B. Tilling 29
1. Compacted areas: till 1 inch deep 30
2. Areas sloped greater than 3:1: run a tractor parallel to slope to provide less 31
seed/water run-off 32
3. Areas near trees: Do not till deeper than 1/2 inch inside "drip line" of trees. 33
3.4 INSTALLATION 34
A. Block Sodding 35
1. General 36
a. Place sod between curb and walk and on terraces that is the same type grass as 37
adjacent grass or existing lawn. 38
b. Plant between the average last freeze date in the spring and 6 weeks prior to the 39
average first freeze in the fall. 40
2. Installation 41
32 92 13 - 6
HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. Plant sod specified after the area has been completed to the lines and grades 1
shown on the Drawings with 6 inches of topsoil. 2
b. Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of 3
excavating, hauling and planting. 4
c. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until planted. 5
d. Place sod so that the entire area designated for sodding is covered. 6
e. Fill voids left in the solid sodding with additional sod and tamp. 7
f. Roll and tamp sod so that sod is in complete contact with topsoil at a uniform 8
slope. 9
g. Peg sod with wooden pegs (or wire staple) driven through the sod block to the 10
firm earth in areas that may slide due to the height or slope of the surface or 11
nature of the soil. 12
3. Watering and Finishing 13
a. Furnish water as an ancillary cost to Contractor by means of temporary 14
metering / irrigation, water truck or by any other method necessary to achieve 15
an acceptable stand of turf as defined in 3.13.B. 16
b. Thoroughly water sod immediately after planted. 17
c. Water until established. 18
d. Generally, an amount of water that is equal to the average amount of rainfall 19
plus 1/2 inch per week should be applied until accepted. If applicable, plant 20
large areas by irrigation zones to ensure areas are watered as soon as they are 21
planted. 22
B. Seeding 23
1. General 24
a. Seed only those areas indicated on the Drawings and areas disturbed by 25
construction. 26
b. Mark each area to be seeded in the field prior to seeding for City approval. 27
2. Broadcast Seeding 28
a. Broadcast seed in 2 directions at right angles to each other. 29
b. Harrow or rake lightly to cover seed. 30
c. Never cover seed with more soil than twice its diameter. 31
d. For wildflower plantings: 32
1) Scalp existing grasses to 1 inch 33
2) Remove grass clippings, so seed can make contact with the soil. 34
3. Mechanically Seeding (Drilling): 35
a. Uniformly distribute seed over the areas shown on the Drawings or as directed. 36
b. All varieties of seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time provided 37
that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate. 38
c. Drill seed at a depth of 1/4 inch to 3/8 inch utilizing a pasture or rangeland type 39
drill. 40
d. Drill on the contour of slopes 41
e. After planting roll with a roller integral to the seed drill, or a corrugated roller 42
of the "Cultipacker" type. 43
f. Roll slope areas on the contour. 44
4. Hydromulching 45
a. Mixing: Seed, mulch, fertilizer and water may be mixed provided that: 46
1) Mixture is uniformly suspended to form a homogenous slurry. 47
32 92 13 - 7
HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2) Mixture forms a blotter-like ground cover impregnated uniformly with 1
grass seed. 2
3) Mixture is applied within 30 minutes after placed in the equipment. 3
b. Placing 4
1) Uniformly distribute in the quantity specified over the areas shown on the 5
Drawings or as directed. 6
5. Fertilizing: uniformly apply fertilizer over seeded area. 7
6. Watering 8
a. Furnish water by means of temporary metering / irrigation, water truck or by 9
any other method necessary to achieve an acceptable stand of turf as defined in 10
3.13.B. 11
b. Water soil to a minimum depth of 4 inches within 48 hours of seeding. 12
c. Water as direct by the City at least twice daily for 14 days after seeding in such 13
a manner as to prevent washing of the slopes or dislodgement of the seed. 14
d. Water until final acceptance. 15
e. Generally, an amount of water that is equal to the average amount of rainfall 16
plus 1/2 inch per week should be applied until accepted. 17
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 18
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 23
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 24
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 25
3.13 MAINTENANCE 26
A. Block Sodding 27
1. Water and mow sod until completion and final acceptance of the Project or as 28
directed by the City. 29
2. Sod shall not be considered finally accepted until the sod has started to peg down 30
(roots growing into the soil) and is free from dead blocks of sod. 31
B. Seeding 32
1. Water and mow sod until completion and final acceptance of the Project or as 33
directed by the City. 34
2. Maintain the seeded area until each of the following is achieved: 35
a. Vegetation is evenly distributed 36
b. Vegetation is free from bare areas 37
3. Turf will be accepted once fully established. 38
a. Seeded area must have 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches with 1 mow 39
cycle performed by the Contractor prior to consideration of acceptance by the 40
City. 41
C. Rejection 42
32 92 13 - 8
HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. City may reject block sod or seeded area on the basis of weed populations. 1
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2
END OF SECTION 3
4
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
5
32 93 43 - 1
TREES AND SHRUBS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 32 93 43 1
TREES AND SHRUBS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Tree and shrub planting and maintenance within street right-of-way and easements. 6
2. Tree removal and transplant is to be performed in accordance with Section 31 10 00 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 12
3. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing 13
4. Section 32 92 13 - Hydromulching, Seeding and Sodding 14
5. Section 32 91 19 - Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Plant Tree 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each by caliper inch. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per each tree to be Planted by caliper inch. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing trees 26
2) Hauling 27
3) Grading and backfilling 28
4) Excavation 29
5) Fertilization 30
6) Water 31
7) Removing and disposing of surplus material 32
1.3 REFERENCES 33
A. Reference Standards 34
1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 35
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 36
specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 37
2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 38
a. ANSI Z60.1, American Standard for Nursery Stock 39
3. Hortus Third, The Staff of the L.H. Bailey Hortorium. 1976. MacMillan Publishing 40
Co., New York. 41
32 93 43 - 2
TREES AND SHRUBS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 3
A. Tree data: Submit certification from supplier that each type of tree conforms to 4
specification requirements. 5
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 8
A. Coordination 9
1. Coordinate with City Forester prior to beginning construction activities adjacent to 10
or that will impact existing trees and shrubs. 11
B. Qualifications 12
1. Landscaper specialized in landscape and planting work 13
C. Substitutions 14
1. Not permitted unless approved by City when specified planting material is not 15
obtainable 16
a. Submit proof of non-availability together with proposal for use of equivalent 17
material. 18
b. Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed upon 19
approval by City Forester, but with no increase in unit price. 20
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 21
A. Do not remove container grown stock from containers before time of planting. 22
B. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 23
1. Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities. 24
2. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible 25
designation of botanical and common name. 26
3. Use protective covering during delivery. 27
4. Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight, 28
analysis and name of manufacturer. 29
C. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery, and while stored at Site. 31
2. Do not prune prior to installation. 32
3. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such manner as to damage bark, break 33
branches, or destroy natural shape. 34
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 35
1.12 WARRANTY 36
A. Warranty Period: 12 months after job acceptance 37
B. Warrant trees against defects including: 38
1. Death 39
32 93 43 - 3
TREES AND SHRUBS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Unsatisfactory growth 1
3. Loss of shape due to improper pruning, maintenance, or weather conditions 2
C. Plumb leaning trees during warranty period. 3
D. Remove and replace trees found to be dead during warranty period. 4
E. Remove and replace trees which are in doubtful condition at end of warranty period, or 5
when approved by City, extend warranty period for trees for full growing season. 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8
2.2 MATERIALS 9
1. General 10
a. Plants shall be true to species and variety specified, grown under climatic 11
conditions similar to those in the locality of the project for at least 2 years and 12
have been freshly dug during the most recent favorable harvest season. 13
b. All plant names and descriptions are as defined in Hortus Third. 14
c. All plants are to be grown and harvested in accordance with the American 15
Standard for Nursery Stock. 16
d. Unless approved by the City Forester, plants shall have been grown in a latitude 17
not more than 200 miles north or south of the latitude of the project unless the 18
provenance of the plant can be documented to be compatible with the latitude 19
and cold hardiness zone of the planting location. 20
2. Trees 21
a. Provide container grown trees which are straight and symmetrical and have 22
persistently preferred main leader. 23
b. Mark the tree’s north orientation in the nursery for all deciduous trees grown in 24
the field with a 1-inch diameter spot of white paint on the tree trunk within the 25
bottom twelve inches of the trunk. 26
c. Crown shall be in good overall proportion to entire height of tree with 27
branching configuration as recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and species 28
specified. 29
d. Trees designated as balled and burlapped (B&B) shall be properly dug with 30
firm, natural balls of soil retaining as many fibrous roots as possible, in sizes 31
and shapes as specified in the American Standard for Nursery Stock. Balls shall 32
be firmly wrapped with nonsynthetic, rottable burlap and secured with nails and 33
heavy, nonsynthetic, rottable twine. The root collar shall be apparent at surface 34
of ball. Trees with loose, broken, processed, or manufactured root balls will not 35
be accepted, except with special written approval before planting. 36
e. Where clump is specified, furnish plant having minimum of three stems 37
originating from common base at ground line. 38
f. Measure trees by average caliper of trunk as follows: 39
1) For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter, measure caliper 6 inches 40
above top of root ball. 41
2) For trunks more than 4 inches, measure caliper 12 inches above top of root 42
ball. 43
3) Caliper measurements 44
a) By diameter tape measure 45
32 93 43 - 4
TREES AND SHRUBS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b) Indicated calipers on Drawings are minimum 1
c) Averaging of plant caliber: not permitted 2
g. Trees shall conform to following requirements: 3
1) Healthy 4
2) Vigorous stock 5
3) Grown in recognized nursery 6
4) Free of: 7
a) Disease 8
b) Insects 9
c) Eggs 10
d) Larvae 11
e) Defects such as: 12
(1) Knots 13
(2) Sun-scald 14
(3) Injuries 15
(4) Abrasions 16
(5) Disfigurement 17
(6) Borers and infestations 18
3. Soil Products 19
a. Topsoil: See 32 91 19. 20
b. Peat moss, mulch and fertilizer: Use material recommended by City Forester 21
for establishment of healthy stock after replanting. 22
4. Stakes and Guys 23
a. Provide minimum 8-foot long steel T-stakes and 1 inch wide plastic tree chains. 24
b. Where applicable for anchoring trees, use wood deadmen: 25
1) Minimum: 2-inch by 4-inch stock 26
2) Minimum: 36 inches long and buried 3 feet. 27
3) Provide white surveyor's plastic tape for flagging tree guys. 28
5. Tree Wrap, Twine and Seal 29
a. Wrap 30
1) First quality 31
2) Bituminous impregnated tape 32
3) Corrugated or crepe paper, specifically manufactured for tree wrapping and 33
having qualities to resist insect infestation 34
b. Twine 35
1) Lightly tarred, medium-coarse sisal (lath) yarn 36
2) Do not use nails or staples to fasten wrapping 37
c. Seal: Commercially available tree wound dressing specifically produced for use 38
in sealing tree cuts and wounds 39
6. Water: clean and free of industrial wastes or other substances harmful to the growth 40
of the tree 41
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 42
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 43
A. Notify City, prior to installation, of location where trees that have been selected for 44
planting may be inspected. 45
B. Plant material will be inspected for compliance with following requirements. 46
1. Genus, species, variety, size and quality 47
32 93 43 - 5
TREES AND SHRUBS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries and latent defects 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 2
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4
3.3 PREPARATION 5
A. General 6
1. Schedule work so that planting can proceed rapidly as portions of site become 7
available. 8
2. Plant trees after final grades are established and prior to seeding or sodding. 9
3. When planting of trees occurs after seeding work, protect seeded areas and 10
promptly repair damage to seeded areas resulting from tree planting operations in 11
compliance with requirements of Section 32 92 13. 12
4. Layout individual trees at locations shown on Drawings. 13
5. In case of conflicts, notify City before proceeding with work. 14
6. Stake trees for City approval. 15
B. Preparation of Planting Soil 16
1. Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other 17
extraneous materials harmful or toxic to plant growth. 18
2. Strip and utilize 4 inch layer of top soil from existing ground. 19
3. Delay mixing of fertilizer when planting will not follow placing of planting soil 20
within 48 hours. 21
4. Incorporate amendments into soil as part of soil preparation process prior to fine 22
grading, fertilizing, and planting. 23
5. Broadcast or spread amendments evenly at specified rate over planting area. 24
6. Thoroughly incorporate amendments into top 3 or 4 inches of soil until 25
amendments are pulverized and have become homogeneous layer of topsoil ready 26
for planting. 27
3.4 INSTALLATION 28
A. Planting 29
1. Excavate pits, beds, or trenches with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation 30
raised minimum of 6 inches at center for proper drainage. 31
2. Provide following minimum widths: 32
a. 15 gallon containers or larger, 2 feet wider than diameter of root ball 33
b. 1 and 5 gallon containers, 6 inches wider than diameter of root ball 34
3. When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as 35
unsatisfactory soil, obstructions, or adverse drainage conditions, notify City before 36
planting. 37
4. Deliver trees after preparations for planting have been completed and plant 38
immediately. 39
5. When planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery 40
a. Set trees and shrubs in shade. 41
32 93 43 - 6
TREES AND SHRUBS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. Protect from weather and mechanical damage. 1
c. Keep roots moist by covering with mulch, burlap, or other acceptable means of 2
retaining moisture, and water as needed. 3
6. Lift plants only from the bottom of the root balls or with belts or lifting harnesses of 4
sufficient width not to damage the root balls. Do not lift trees by their trunk as a 5
lever in positioning or moving the tree in the planting area. 6
7. Remove plastic, paper, or fibrous pots from the containerized plant material. Pull 7
roots out of the root mat, and cut circling roots with a sharp knife. Loosen the 8
potting medium and shake away from the root mat. Immediately after removing the 9
container, install the plant such that the roots do not dry out. Pack planting mix 10
around the exposed roots while planting. 11
8. Cut ropes or strings from the top of root balls and trees after plant has been set. 12
Remove burlap or cloth wrapping and any wire baskets from around top half of 13
balls. Do not turn under and bury portions of burlap at top of ball. Set balled and 14
burlapped trees in the hole with the north marker facing north. 15
9. Set root ball on undisturbed soil in center of pit or trench and plumb plant. 16
10. Place plants at level that, after settlement, natural relationship of plant crown with 17
ground surface will be established. 18
11. When set, place additional backfill around base and sides of ball, and work each 19
layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. 20
12. When excavation is approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly before placing 21
remainder of backfill. 22
13. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. 23
14. Dish top of backfill to allow for mulching. 24
15. Mulch pits, trenches and planted areas. 25
a. All trees, shrubs and other plantings will be mulched with mulch previously 26
approved by the City Forester. The mulch on trees and shrubs shall be to the 27
depths shown on the drawing. Mulch must not be placed within 3 inches of the 28
trunks of trees and shrubs. 29
16. Provide 2 to 4 inch thickness of mulch, work into top of backfill, and finish level 30
with adjacent finish grades. 31
17. Cover entire root ball. 32
18. Prune 33
a. Plants shall not be heavily pruned at the time of planting. Pruning is required at 34
planting to correct defects in the tree structure, including removal of injured 35
branches, double leaders, watersprouts, suckers, and interfering branches. 36
Healthy lower branches and interior small twigs should not be removed except 37
as necessary to clear walks and roads. In no case should more than 1/4 of the 38
branching structure be removed. Retain the normal shape of the plant. 39
b. All pruning shall be completed using clean sharp tools. All cuts shall be clean 40
and smooth, with the bark intact with no rough edges or tears. 41
c. Except in circumstances dictated by the needs of specific pruning practices, tree 42
paint shall not be used. The use of tree paint shall be only upon approval of the 43
City Forester. Tree paint, when required, shall be paint specifically formulated 44
and manufactured for horticultural use. 45
19. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. 46
32 93 43 - 7
TREES AND SHRUBS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
20. Do not cut tree leaders, and remove only injured and dead branches from flowering 1
trees. 2
21. Remove and replace excessively pruned or misformed stock resulting from 3
improper pruning. 4
22. Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning and insect infestation and take 5
corrective measures. 6
23. Guy and stake trees immediately after planting. 7
B. Moving Existing Trees 8
1. Coordinate tree moving and replanting with City Forester during dormant growth 9
season. 10
2. Provide tree spade of adequate size as directed by City Forester. 11
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 14
A. City may reject unsatisfactory or defective material at anytime during progress of work. 15
B. Remove rejected trees immediately from site and replace with specified materials. 16
C. Plant material not installed in accordance with these Specifications will be rejected. 17
D. An inspection to determine final acceptance will be conducted by City at end of 12 18
month maintenance period. 19
E. Warranty periods provided for in paragraph 1.12A. 20
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22
3.10 CLEANING 23
A. During planting work, keep pavements clean and work area in orderly condition. 24
B. Dispose of excess soil and waste in approved location. 25
C. Waste Material Disposal: On-site burning of combustible cleared materials shall not be 26
permitted. 27
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 28
3.12 PROTECTION 29
A. Protect planting work and materials from damage due to planting operations. 30
B. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance period. 31
C. Treat, repair, or replace damaged planting work. 32
3.13 MAINTENANCE 33
A. Maintenance Period shall be 12 months after final acceptance. 34
B. During the maintenance period if a work schedule and frequency are not shown on the 35
Drawings, perform the minimum requirements shown below: 36
1. Water trees to full depth a minimum of once each week or as required to maintain 37
healthy, vigorous growth. 38
32 93 43 - 8
TREES AND SHRUBS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Prune, cultivate, and weed as required for healthy growth. 1
3. Restore planting saucers. 2
4. Tighten and repair stake and guy supports, and reset trees and shrubs to proper 3
grades or vertical position as required. 4
5. Restore or replace damaged wrappings. 5
6. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. 6
7. Contractor shall replace any plant that does not survive. It shall be replaced as soon 7
as it is determined no longer alive. Contractor is to maintain new plants as 8
described above until growth is established and maintenance period expires unless 9
waived by the City. 10
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 11
END OF SECTION 12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson
1.1.A – Payment Items removed for tree removal and transplantation; these Items are
to be performed in accordance with Section 31 10 00.
3.13.A – modified maintenance period to begin 12 months after final acceptance
3.13.B – Modified maintenance period requirements
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
33 01 30 - 1
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 01 30 1
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Testing for sanitary sewer pipe and manholes prior to placing in service 6
a. Low Pressure Air Test and Deflection (Mandrel) Test 7
1) Excludes pipe with flow 8
2) Hydrostatic Testing is not allowed. 9
b. Vacuum Testing for sanitary sewer manholes 10
2. Before any newly constructed sanitary sewer pipe and manholes are placed into 11
service it shall be cleaned and tested. 12
3. Pipe testing will include low pressure air test for 60-inch pipe and smaller. 13
4. Pipe testing will include low pressure air test of joints for 27-inch or larger pipe. 14
5. Pipe testing will include deflection (mandrel) test for pipe. 15
6. Hydrostatic testing is not allowed. 16
7. Manhole testing will include vacuum test. 17
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 18
1. None. 19
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 20
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 21
Contract 22
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 23
3. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 24
4. Section 33 04 50 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains 25
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26
A. Measurement and Payment 27
1. Pipe Testing 28
a. Measurement 29
1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the sanitary sewer main (pipe) 30
completed in place. 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed and the materials furnishing in accordance with this 33
Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of sanitary sewer main 34
(pipe) complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 35
2. Manhole Testing 36
a. Measurement 37
1) Measurement for testing manholes shall be per each vacuum test. 38
b. Payment 39
33 01 30 - 2
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 1
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each vacuum test completed. 2
c. The price bid shall include: 3
1) Mobilization 4
2) Plugs 5
3) Clean-up 6
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 7
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 8
1.5 SUBMITTALS 9
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 10
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 11
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 13
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 14
1. All test reports generated during testing (pass and fail) 15
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 17
A. Certifications 18
1. Mandrel Equipment 19
a. If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification that the equipment 20
used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the required 21
specifications. 22
2. Joint Testing 23
a. Testing Service - Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform 24
joint evaluation tests 25
b. Equipment - If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification that 26
the equipment used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the 27
required specifications. 28
33 01 30 - 3
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION 5
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7
3.3 PREPARATION 8
A. Low Pressure Air Test (Pipe 60 inch and smaller) 9
1. Clean the sewer main before testing, as outlined in Section 33 04 50. 10
2. Plug ends of all branches, laterals, tees, wyes, and stubs to be included in test. 11
B. Low Pressure Joint Air Test (Pipe 27 inch or larger) 12
1. Clean the sewer main before testing, as outlined in Section 33 04 50. 13
2. Assemble individual joint tester over each joint from within the pipe. 14
C. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 15
1. Perform as last work item before final inspection. 16
2. Clean the sewer main and inspect for offset and obstruction prior to testing. 17
3. Materials 18
a. Mandrel used for deflection test 19
1) Use of an uncertified mandrel or a mandrel altered or modified after 20
certification will invalidate the deflection test. 21
2) Mandrel requirements 22
a) Odd number of legs with 9 legs minimum 23
b) Effective length not less than its nominal diameter 24
c) Fabricated of rigid and nonadjustable steel 25
d) Fitted with pulling rings and each end 26
e) Stamped or engraved on some segment other than a runner indicating 27
the following: 28
(1) Pipe material specification 29
(2) Nominal size 30
(3) Mandrel outside diameter (OD) 31
f) Mandrel diameter must be 95 percent of inside diameter (ID) of pipe. 32
g) Mandrel equipment shall be suitable for the pipe material to prevent 33
damage to the pipe. Consult manufacturer for appropriate mandrel 34
equipment. 35
D. Vacuum test (Manhole) 36
1. Plug lifting holes and exterior joints. 37
2. Plug pipes and stubouts entering the manhole. 38
33 01 30 - 4
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3. Secure stubouts, manhole boots, and pipe plugs to prevent movement while vacuum 1
is drawn. 2
4. Plug pipes with drop connections beyond drop. 3
5. Place test head inside the frame at the top of the manhole. 4
3.4 INSTALLATION 5
A. Low pressure air test (Pipe 60” Inch and Smaller) 6
1. Install plug with inlet tap. 7
2. Connect air hose to inlet tap and a portable air control source. 8
3. After the stabilization period (3.5 psig minimum pressure) start the stop watch. 9
4. Determine time in seconds that is required for the internal air pressure to reach 2.5 10
psig. Minimum permissible pressure holding time per diameter per length of pipe 11
is computed from the following equation: 12
13
T = (0.0850*D*K) 14
Q 15
Where: 16
T = shortest time, seconds, allowed for air pressure to drop to 1.0 psig 17
K = 0.000419*D*L, but not less than 1.0 18
D = nominal pipe diameter, inches 19
L = length of pipe being tested (by pipe size), feet 20
Q = 0.0015, cubic feet per minute per square foot of internal surface 21
5. UNI-B-6, Table 1 provides required time for given lengths of pipe for sizes 4-inch 22
through 60-inch based on the equation above. 23
24
UNI-B-6, Table 1 25
Minimum specified time required for a 1.0 psig pressure drop for size and length of pipe 26
indicated for q = 0.0015 27
1 2 3 4
Pipe
Diameter
(in.)
Minimum
Time
(min:
sec}
Length for
Minimum
Time (ft)
Time for
Longer
Length (sec)
100ft 150ft 200ft 250ft 300ft 350ft 400ft 450ft
4 3:46 597 .380 L 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46
6 5:40 398 .854 L 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:42 6:24
8 7:34 298 1.520 L 7:34 7:34 7:34 7:34 7:36 8:52 10:08 11:24
10 9:26 239 2.374 L 9:26 9:26 9:26 9:53 11:52 13:51 15:49 17:48
12 11:20 199 3.418 L 11:20 11:20 11:24 14:15 17:05 19:56 22:47 25:38:00
15 14:10 159 5.342 L 14:10 14:10 17:48 22:15 26:42:00 31:09:00 35:36:00 40:04:00
18 17:00 133 7.692 L 17:00 19:13 25:38:00 32:03:00 38:27:00 44:52:00 51:16:00 57:41:00
21 19:50 114 10.470 L 19:50 26:10:00 34:54:00 43:37:00 52:21:00 61:00:00 69:48:00 78:31:00
24 22:40 99 13.674 L 22:47 34:11:00 45:34:00 56:58:00 68:22:00 79:46:00 91:10:00 102:33:00
27 25:30:00 88 17.306 L 28:51:00 43:16:00 57:41:00 72:07:00 86:32:00 100:57:00 115:22:00 129:48:00
30 28:20:00 80 21.366 L 35:37:00 53:25:00 71:13:00 89:02:00 106:50:00 124:38:00 142:26:00 160:15:00
33 31:10:00 72 25.852 L 43:05:00 64:38:00 86:10:00 107:43:00 129:16:00 150:43:00 172:21:00 193:53:00
36 34:00:00 66 30.768 L 51:17:00 76:55:00 102:34:00 128:12:00 153:50:00 179:29:00 205:07:00 230:46:00
42 39:48:00 57 41.883L 69:48:00 104:42:00 139:37:00 174:30:00 209:24:00 244:19:00 279:13:00 314:07:00
48 45:34:00 50 54.705 L 91:10:00 136:45:00 182:21:00 227:55:00 273:31:00 319:06:00 364:42:00 410:17:00
54 51:02:00 44 69.236 L 115:24:00 173:05:00 230:47:00 288:29:00 346:11:00 403:53:00 461:34:00 519:16:00
60 56:40:00 40 85.476 L 142:28:00 213:41:00 284:55:00 356:09:00 427:23:00 498:37:00 569:50:00 641:04:00
Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (min:sec)
28
29
33 01 30 - 5
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1
6. Stop test if no pressure loss has occurred during the first 25 percent of the 2
calculated testing time. 3
B. Low pressure joint air test (27 Inch or larger pipe) 4
1. All pipe joints, for all pipe materials, shall be tested in accordance with ASTM 5
C1103 as follows: 6
2. Equipment shall be the product of manufacturers having more than five years of 7
regular production of successful joint testers. Joint tester shall be as manufactured 8
by Cherne Industrial, Inc., of Edina, Minnesota, or approved equal. 9
3. Follow equipment manufacturer's recommendations when performing tests; only 10
experienced technicians shall perform tests. 11
4. The testing equipment shall be assembled and positioned over the center of the pipe 12
joint and the end element tubes inflated to a maximum of 25 psi. 13
5. Pressurize the center joint test area to 4.0 psig and allow the temperature and 14
pressure to stabilize at the minimum of 2.5 psig for a period of 2.0 minutes prior to 15
testing. 16
6. To test, adjust the pressure to 3.5 psig and measure the time required to decrease the 17
pressure from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig. 18
7. The joint is acceptable if the time for the pressure to drop from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig 19
is greater than 10 seconds. 20
C. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 21
1. For pipe 36 inches and smaller, the mandrel is pulled through the pipe by hand to 22
ensure that maximum allowable deflection is not exceeded. 23
2. Maximum percent deflection by pipe size is as follows: 24
25
Nominal Pipe Size
Inches
Percent Deflection Allowed
12 and smaller 5.0
15 through 30 4.0
Greater than 30 3.0
26
D. Vacuum test (Manhole) 27
1. Test manhole prior to coating with epoxy or other material. 28
2. Draw a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury and turn off the pump. 29
3. With the valve closed, read the level vacuum level after the required test time. 30
4. Minimum time required for vacuum drop of 1 inch of mercury is as follows: 31
32
33 01 30 - 6
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
Depth of
Manhole, feet
4-foot Dia
Seconds
5-foot Dia
Seconds
6-foot Dia
Seconds
8 20 26 33
10 25 33 41
12 30 39 49
14 35 45 57
16 40 52 67
18 40 59 73
** T=5 T=6.5 T=8
** For manholes over 18 feet deep, add “T” seconds as shown for each respective 3
diameter for each 2 feet of additional depth of manhole to the time shown for 18 foot 4
depth. (Example: A 30 foot deep, 4-foot diameter. Total test time would be 70 5
seconds. 40+6(5)=70 seconds) 6
7
5. Manhole vacuum levels observed to drop greater than 1 inch of mercury will have 8
failed the test. 9
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 10
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 12
A. Non-Conforming Work 13
1. Low pressure air test (Pipe 60 Inch and smaller) 14
a. Should the air test fail, find and repair leak(s) and retest. 15
2. Low pressure joint air test (Pipe 27 inch or larger) 16
a. 100 percent of all joints shall be field tested, prior to the placement of backfill 17
over the spring line of the pipe, after the pipe has been substantially locked in to 18
place by embedment. If the pipe does not pass the field air test, the joint will be 19
pulled and refitted or rejected and removed from the project. After full 20
placement of backfill and proper compaction, 100% of all joints will be tested 21
again, as the installation progresses. At no time shall pipe installation exceed 22
300 feet beyond the last joint tested. 23
b. No more than 2 percent of the total number of joints failing to meet the 24
requirements of this test shall be field repaired by joint grout injection, or band 25
clamps, or other method. Any joints over 2% requiring field repairs shall be 26
rejected and removed from the project site. Rejected pipe shall be removed 27
from the project. Installation shall be stopped until defective joints are repaired 28
or replaced. 29
3. Should Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 30
a. Should the mandrel fail to pass, the pipe is considered overdeflected. 31
b. Uncover overdeflected pipe. Reinstall if not damaged. 32
c. If damaged, remove and replace. 33
4. Vacuum test (Manhole) 34
33 01 30 - 7
SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. Should the vacuum test fail, repair suspect area and retest. 1
1) External repairs required for leaks at pipe connection to manhole. 2
a) Shall be in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 3
2) Leaks within the manhole structure may be repaired internally or 4
externally. 5
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 6
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12
END OF SECTION 13
14
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8/10/2018 W. Norwood 3.4.D Require testing prior to coating manholes
9/7/2018 W. Norwood
3.3, A&B, Add individual joint testing option for 27 inch and larger with
independent testing.
3.4.A Include UNI-B-6, Table 1 for low pressure air test
4.4.B Include individual joint testing requirements
15
33 01 31 - 1
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised March 3, 2016
SECTION 33 01 31 1
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Requirements and procedures for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection of 6
sanitary sewer or storm sewer mains 7
2. For sanitary sewer projects all (existing: Pre-CCTV, proposed: Post-CCTV) main 8
shall be inspected. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract 14
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 15
3. Section 33 03 10 – Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems 16
4. Section 33 04 50 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains 17
5. Section 01 32 16 – Construction Progress Schedule 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Pre-CCTV Inspection 20
1. Measurement 21
a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 22
Inspection performed prior to any line modification or replacement determined 23
from the distance recorded on the video log. 24
2. Payment 25
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 26
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price 27
bid per linear foot for “Pre-CCTV Inspection”. 28
1) Contractor will not be paid for unaccepted video. 29
3. The price bid shall include: 30
a. Mobilization 31
b. Cleaning 32
c. Digital file 33
B. Post-CCTV Inspection 34
1. Measurement 35
a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 36
Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the 37
distance recorded on the video log. 38
2. Payment 39
33 01 31 - 2
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised March 3, 2016
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 1
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price 2
bid per linear foot for “Post-CCTV Inspection”. 3
1) Contractor will not be paid for unaccepted video. 4
3. The price bid shall include: 5
a. Mobilization 6
b. Cleaning 7
c. Digital file 8
1.3 REFERENCES 9
A. Reference Standards 10
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 11
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 12
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 13
2. City of Fort Worth Water Department 14
a. City of Fort Worth Water Department CCTV Inspection and Defect Coding 15
Program (CCTV Manual). The CCTV Manual is available for download on 16
Buzzsaw. Location: Resources\70 – Inspection Tools\Standard Construction 17
b. City of Fort Worth Water Department CCTV Spread Sheet Log is available for 18
download on Buzzsaw. Location: Resources\70 – Inspection Tools\Standard 19
Construction. 20
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 21
A. Coordination 22
1. Sanitary Sewer Lines 23
a. Meet with City of Fort Worth Water Department staff to confirm that the 24
appropriate equipment, software, standard templates, defect codes and defect 25
rankings are being used, if required. 26
2. Storm Sewer Lines 27
a. Meet with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department staff to 28
confirm that the appropriate equipment, software, standard templates, defect 29
codes and defect rankings are being used, if required. 30
B. Schedule 31
1. Include Pre and Post CCTV schedule as part of the Construction Progress Schedule 32
per Section 01 32 16. 33
2. Include time for City review (2 weeks minimum – Notification needs to be send out 34
to Project Manager & Field Operation). 35
3. If CCTV is accepted by City, proceed with work. If rejected, coordinate with City 36
per Part 1.4 A. 37
1.5 SUBMITTALS 38
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 39
B. All submittals shall be approved by the Engineer or the City prior to delivery. 40
C. If inspected with Infrastructure Technologies I.T. Software per CCTV Manual provide 41
video data per the CCTV Manual. Provide additional copy of video in Windows Media 42
Audio/Video (.wmv) format for City Inspection review. 43
33 01 31 - 3
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised March 3, 2016
D. If inspected with other software provide video data in Windows Media Audio/Video 1
(.wmv) format. Provide CCTV log in EXCEL spread sheet format – The CCTV spread 2
sheet log can be found on Buzzsaw. Location: Resources\70 – Inspection 3
Tools\Standard Construction. 4
E. Inspection Report shall include: 5
1. Asset 6
a. Date 7
b. City 8
c. Address and/or Project Name 9
d. Main Number – GIS ID (If Available) 10
e. Upstream Manhole GIS ID (If Available) 11
f. Downstream Manhole GIS ID (If Available) 12
g. Pipe Diameter 13
h. Material 14
i. Pipe Length 15
j. Mapsco Location Number 16
k. Date Constructed 17
l. Pipe Wall Thickness 18
2. Inspection 19
a. Inspection Number (i.e. 1st,2nd,etc…) 20
b. Crew Number 21
c. Operator Name 22
d. Operator Comments 23
e. Reason for Inspection 24
f. Equipment Number 25
g. Camera Travel Direction (Upstream/Downstream) 26
h. Inspected Length (feet) 27
i. Work Order Number (if required) 28
j. City Project Number (if required) 29
k. City Contract Name 30
l. DOE/TPW Number (if required) 31
m. Consultant Company Name 32
n. Consultant Contact Name 33
o. Consultant Contact Phone Number 34
p. Contractor Company Name 35
q. Contractor Contact Name 36
r. Contractor Contact Phone Number 37
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 38
A. Pre-CCTV submittals 39
1. 2 copies of CCTV video results on USB drive 40
2. 2 hard copies of Inspection Report and one pdf copy on USB drive 41
B. Additional information that may be requested by the City 42
1. Listing of cleaning equipment and procedures 43
2. Listing of flow diversion procedures if required 44
3. Listing of CCTV equipment 45
4. Listing of backup and standby equipment 46
33 01 31 - 4
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised March 3, 2016
5. Listing of safety precautions and traffic control measures 1
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 2
A. Post-CCTV submittals 3
1. 2 copies of CCTV video results on USB drive 4
2. 2 Hard copies of Inspection Report. A pdf copy on USB drive shall be submitted to 5
the City Inspector for review prior to scheduling a project final walk through. 6
3. CCTV speadsheet log in EXCEL format – A blank copy of the CCTV spread sheet 7
log can be found on Buzzsaw. Location: Resources\70 – Inspection Tools\Standard 8
Construction 9
4. Construction Plans identifying the line segments that were videoed. Include cover 10
sheet, overall line layout sheet(s), and plan and profile sheet(s). 11
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 14
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 17
A. Equipment– 18
1. Closed Circuit Television Camera 19
a. The television camera used shall be one specifically designed and constructed 20
for sewer inspection. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear 21
picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. The camera shall be operative in 100 22
percent humidity/submerged conditions. The equipment will provide a view of 23
the pipe ahead of the equipment and of features to the side of the equipment 24
through turning and rotation of the lens. The camera shall be capable of tilting 25
at right angles along the axis of the pipe while panning the camera lens through 26
a full circle about the circumference of the pipe. The lights on the camera shall 27
also be capable of panning 90-degrees to the axis of the pipe. 28
b. The radial view camera must be solid state color and have remote control of the 29
rotational lens. The camera shall be capable of viewing the complete 30
circumference of the pipe and manhole structure, including the cone-section or 31
corbel. The camera lens shall be an auto-iris type with remote controlled 32
manual override. 33
2. Video Capture System 34
a. The video and audio recordings of the sewer inspections shall be made using 35
digital video equipment. A video enhancer may be used in conjunction with, 36
but not in lieu of, the required equipment. The digital recording equipment 37
shall capture sewer inspection on USB drive, with each sewer segment (from 38
upstream manhole to downstream manhole) inspection recorded as an 39
individual file in Windows Media Audio/Video (.wmv) format. City has a right 40
to change the format from .WMV media to .MP4 41
33 01 31 - 5
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised March 3, 2016
b. The system shall be capable of printing pipeline inspection reports with 1
captured images of defects or other related significant visual information on a 2
standard color printer. 3
c. The system shall store digitized color picture images and be saved in digital 4
format on a USB drive. 5
d. The system shall be able to produce data reports to include, at a minimum, all 6
observation points and pertinent data. All data reports shall match the defect 7
severity codes outlined in the City’s CCTV manual. 8
e. Camera footage, date & manhole numbers shall be maintained in real time and 9
shall be displayed on the video monitor as well as the video character 10
generators illuminated footage display at the control console. 11
PART 3 - EXECUTION 12
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 13
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 14
3.3 PREPARATION 15
A. General 16
1. Prior to inspection obtain pipe and manhole asset identification numbers from the 17
plans or City to be used during inspections. Inspections performed using 18
identification numbers other than the plans or from assigned numbers from the City 19
will be rejected. 20
2. Inspection shall not commence until the sewer section to be televised has been 21
completely cleaned in conformance with Section 33 04 50. (Sewer system should 22
be connected to existing sewer system and should be active) 23
3. Inspection of newly installed sewers (not yet in service) shall not begin prior to 24
completion of the following: 25
a. Pipe testing 26
b. All manhole work is complete 27
c. Installation of all lateral services 28
d. Vacuum test of manholes 29
4. Temporary Bypass Pumping (if required) shall conform to Section 33 03 10. 30
B. Storm Sewer Lines 31
1. Coordinate with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department for 32
CCTV equipment and cleaning requirements. 33
3.4 INSPECTION (CCTV) 34
A. General 35
1. Begin inspection immediately after cleaning of the main. 36
2. Move camera through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when 37
necessary to permit proper documentation of the main’s condition. 38
3. Do not move camera at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. 39
4. Use manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and power rewinds that do not 40
obstruct the camera view, allowing for proper evaluation. 41
33 01 31 - 6
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised March 3, 2016
5. During investigation stop camera at each defect along the main. 1
a. Record the nature, location and orientation of the defect or infiltration location 2
as specified in the CCTV Manual. 3
6. Pan and tilt the camera to provide additional detail at: 4
a. Manholes, Include condition of manhole in its entirety and interior corrosion 5
protection (if applicable) (Camera should pan the entire manhole from top as 6
well as while lowering into manhole, also show complete view of invert) 7
b. Service connections, Pan the Camera to get a complete overview of service 8
connection including zooming into service connection Include location (i.e. 3 9
o’clock, 9 o’clock, etc…) 10
c. Joints, Include comment on condition, signs of damage, etc… 11
d. Visible pipe defects such as cracks, broken or deformed pipe, holes, offset 12
joints, obstructions or debris (show as % of pipe diameter). If debris has been 13
found in the pipe during the post-CCTV inspection, additional cleaning is 14
required and pipe shall be re-televised. 15
e. Infiltration/Inflow locations 16
f. Pipe material transitions 17
g. Other locations that do not appear to be typical for normal pipe conditions 18
h. Note locations where camera is underwater and level as a % of pipe diameter. 19
7. Provide accurate distance measurement. 20
a. The meter device is to be accurate to the nearest 1/10 foot. 21
8. CCTV inspections are to be continuous. 22
a. Do not provide a single segment of main on more than 1 USB drive. 23
b. A single segment is defined from manhole to manhole. 24
B. Pre-Installation Inspection for Sewer Mains to be rehabilitated 25
1. Perform Pre-CCTV inspection immediately after cleaning of the main and before 26
rehabilitation work. 27
2. If, during inspection, the CCTV will not pass through the entire section of main due 28
to blockage or pipe defect, set up so the inspection can be performed from the 29
opposite manhole. 30
3. Provisions for repairing or replacing the impassable location are addressed in 31
Section 33 31 20, Section 33 31 21 and Section 33 31 22. 32
C. Post-Installation Inspection 33
1. Complete manhole installation before inspection begins. 34
2. Prior to inserting the camera, flush and clean the main in accordance to Section 33 35
04 50. 36
D. Documentation of CCTV Inspection 37
1. Sanitary Sewer Lines 38
a. Follow the CCTV Manual (CCTV standard manual supplied by City upon 39
request) for the inspection video, data logging and reporting or Part 1.5 E of 40
this section. 41
2. Storm Sewer Lines 42
a. Provided documentation for video, data logging, and reporting in accordance 43
with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department 44
requirements. 45
33 01 31 - 7
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised March 3, 2016
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING 6
A. See Section 33 04 50. 7
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 11
12
END OF SECTION 13
14
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson Various– Added requirements for coordination with T/PW for Storm Sewer CCTV
03/03/2016 J Kasavich Various – Alternative to CCTV Manual, modified submittal detail requirements
15
33 03 10 - 1
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 03 10 1
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Bypass pumping of the existing sewer system, required on 18-inch and larger sewer 6
lines unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Measurement 16
a. Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 17
2. Payment 18
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will 19
be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Bypass Pumping”. 20
3. The price bid shall include: 21
a. Mobilization 22
b. Development of bypass plans 23
c. Transportation and storage 24
d. Setup 25
e. Confined space entry 26
f. Plugging 27
g. Pumping 28
h. Clean up 29
i. Manhole restoration 30
j. Surface restoration 31
1.3 REFERENCES 32
A. Reference Standards 33
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 34
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 35
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 36
2. Occupational Safety and Health Organization (OSHA). 37
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 38
A. Coordination 39
33 03 10 - 2
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Schedule meeting with City to review sewer shutdown prior to replacing or 1
rehabilitating any facilities. 2
2. City reserves the right to delay schedule due to weather conditions, or other 3
unexpected emergency within the sewer system. 4
3. Review bypass pumping arrangement or layout in the field with City prior to 5
beginning operations. Facilitate preliminary bypass pumping run with City staff 6
present to affirm the operation is satisfactory to the City. 7
4. After replacement or rehabilitation of facilities, coordinate the reestablishment of 8
sewer flow with City staff. 9
5. Provide onsite continuous monitoring during all bypass pumping operations using 10
one of the following methods: 11
a. Personnel on site 12
b. Portable SCADA equipment 13
1.5 SUBMITTALS 14
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 15
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 16
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 17
A. For 18-inch and larger sewer lines, submit a detailed plan and description outlining all 18
provisions and precautions that will be taken with regard to the handling of sewer 19
flows. Submit the plan to the City for approval a minimum of 7 days prior to 20
commencing work. Include the following details: 21
1. Schedule for installation and maintenance of the bypass pumping system 22
2. Staging areas for pumps 23
3. Pump sizes, capacity, number of each size, and power requirements 24
4. Calculations for static lift, friction losses, and velocity 25
5. Pump curves showing operating range and system head curves 26
6. Sewer plugging methods 27
7. Size, length, material, joint type, and method for installation of suction and 28
discharge piping 29
8. Method of noise control for each pump and/or generator, if required 30
9. Standby power generator size and location 31
10. Suction and discharge piping plan 32
11. Emergency action plan identifying the measures taken in the event of a pump 33
failure or sewer spill 34
12. Staffing plan for responding to alarm conditions identifying multiple contacts by 35
name and phone numbers (office, mobile) 36
13. A contingency plan to implement in the event the replacement or rehabilitation has 37
unexpected delays or problems 38
33 03 10 - 3
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8
2.2 EQUIPMENT 9
A. Pumping 10
1. Provide equipment that will convey 100 percent of wet weather peak flow 11
conditions. 12
2. Provide fully automatic self-priming pumps. Foot-valves or vacuum pumps are not 13
permitted for priming the system. 14
3. Pumps must be constructed to allow dry running for periods of time to account for 15
the cyclical nature of sewer flow. 16
4. Provide 1 stand-by pump for each size to be maintained on site. Place backup 17
pumps on line, isolated from the primary system by valve. 18
5. If multiple pumps are required to meet the flow requirements, provide the necessary 19
fittings and connections to incorporate multiple discharges. 20
6. Noise levels of the pumping system must follow the requirements of the City noise 21
ordinance for gas wells. 22
B. Piping 23
1. Install pipes with joints which prevent the incident of flow spillage. 24
C. Plugs or Stop Logs 25
1. Plugs 26
a. Select a plug that is made for the size and potential pressure head that will be 27
experienced. 28
b. Provide an additional anchor, support or bracing to secure plug when back 29
pressure is present. 30
c. Use accurately calibrated air pressure gauges for monitoring the inflation 31
pressure. 32
d. Place inflation gauge at location outside of confined space area. Keep the 33
inflation gauge and valve a safe distance from the plugs. 34
e. Never over inflate the plug beyond its pressure rating. 35
2. Stop Logs 36
a. Use stop log devices designed for the manhole or sewer vault structure in use. 37
b. If applicable, obtain stop logs from City that may be used on specific structures. 38
33 03 10 - 4
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION 6
A. Locate the bypass pipelines in area to minimize disturbance to existing utilities and 7
obtain approval of those locations from the City. 8
B. Make preparations to comply with OSHA requirements when working in the presence 9
of sewer gases, oxygen-deficient atmospheres and confined spaces. 10
C. Do not begin bypass preparation and operation until City approval of the submittals 11
requested per this Specification. 12
3.4 INSTALLATION 13
A. Install and operate pumping and piping equipment in accordance to the submittals 14
provided per this Specification. 15
B. Sewer flow stoppage 16
1. Plugging 17
a. Use confined space procedures and equipment during installation when 18
necessary. 19
b. Thoroughly clean the pipe before insertion of the plug. 20
c. Insert the plug seal surface completely so it is fully supported by the pipe. 21
d. Position the plug where there are not sharp edges or protrusions that may 22
damage the plug. 23
e. Use pressure gauges for measuring inflation pressures. 24
f. Minimize upstream pressure head before deflating and removing. 25
C. Sewer flow control and monitoring 26
1. Take sufficient precautions to ensure sewer flow operations do not cause flooding 27
or damage to public or private property. The Contractor is responsible for any 28
damage resulting from bypass pumping operations. 29
2. Begin continual monitoring of the sewer system as soon as the sewer is plugged or 30
blocked. Be prepared to immediately start bypass pumping if needed due to 31
surcharge conditions. 32
3. Sewer discharge may be into another sewer manhole or appropriate vehicle or 33
container only. Do not discharge sewer into an open environment such as an open 34
channel or earthen holding facility. 35
4. Do not construct bypass facilities where vehicular traffic may travel over the 36
piping. 37
a. Provide details in the suction and discharge piping plan that accommodate both 38
the bypass facilities and traffic without disrupting either service. 39
33 03 10 - 5
BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 3
A. Field [OR] Site Tests and Inspections 4
1. Perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping pipe and equipment 5
before actual operation begins. Have City staff on site during tests. 6
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 7
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 8
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 9
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 10
A. Once plugging or blocking is no longer necessary, remove in such a way that permits 11
the sewer flow to slowly return to normal – preventing surge, surcharging and major 12
downstream disturbance. 13
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 14
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 15
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16
END OF SECTION 17
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.6 – Clarified submittals required for 18” and larger lines
19
33 04 10 - 1
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 04 10 1
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Joint bonding requirements for electrical continuity of: 6
a. Concrete cylinder pipe 7
b. Mortar coated steel pipe 8
c. Dielectrically coated steel pipe 9
d. Ductile iron pipe, as required on Drawings 10
2. Electrical isolation devices for installation at: 11
a. Connections to existing piping 12
b. Laterals 13
c. Cased crossings 14
d. Tunnels 15
e. Selected below grade to above ground piping transitions 16
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 17
1. None. 18
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 19
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 20
Contract 21
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 22
3. Section 33 05 24 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 23
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24
A. Measurement and Payment 25
1. When a pay item for Cathodic Protection exists: 26
a. Measurement 27
1) This Item is subsidiary to Cathodic Protection construction. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 30
are subsidiary to the lump sum price bid for “Cathodic Protection” for each 31
material of utility pipe bid, and no other compensation will be allowed. 32
2. When a pay item for Cathodic Protection does not exist: 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measurement for this Item is by lump sum. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 38
lump sum price bid for “Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation”. 39
3. The price bid shall include: 40
33 04 10 - 2
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. Furnishing and installing Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation as specified by 1
the Drawings 2
b. Mobilization 3
c. Excavation 4
d. Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 5
e. Field welding 6
f. Connections 7
g. Adjustments 8
h. Testing 9
i. Clean-up 10
j. Start-up/Commissioning 11
1.3 REFERENCES 12
A. Reference Standards 13
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 14
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 15
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 16
2. ASTM International (ASTM). 17
3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 18
a. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 19
4. NACE International (NACE). 20
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21
1.5 SUBMITTALS 22
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 23
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 24
specials. 25
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 26
A. Product Data 27
1. Manufacturer's catalog cut sheets shall be submitted for each item. 28
a. Include the manufacturer's name and provide sufficient information to show 29
that the materials meet the requirements of the Contract Documents for: 30
1) Flange Isolation 31
2) Bonding Clips for Concrete Cylinder Pipe 32
3) Petrolatum tape 33
2. Where more than 1 item or catalog number appears on a catalog cut sheet, clearly 34
identify the item proposed. 35
B. Test and Evaluation Reports 36
1. Record results for the Post-Installation Thermite Weld Inspection and submit to the 37
City for approval prior to backfilling. 38
2. Record results for bonded joint testing and submit to City for approval prior to 39
backfilling. 40
3. Record results for the continuity test for casing to carrier pipe and submit to the 41
City for approval prior to backfilling. 42
33 04 10 - 3
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1
A. Test results for electrical continuity, flange isolation and casing to carrier pipe isolation 2
shall be submitted to the City. 3
B. Results of all testing are to be submitted to City for inclusion in the O&M manual. 4
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 10
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 11
2.2 MATERIALS 12
A. Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation Materials to be incorporated into the project 13
include, but are not limited to, the following: 14
1. Electrical continuity bonds 15
2. Flange isolation assemblies 16
3. Casing spacers 17
4. Casing end seals 18
B. Electrical Continuity Bonds 19
1. Applications for Electrical Continuity Bonding include the following: 20
a. Bonding across bolted joint assemblies 21
b. Bonding across gasketed joint assemblies 22
C. Flange Isolation 23
1. Required applications of dielectric flange isolation assemblies include, but are not 24
limited to, selected locations where new piping is mechanically connected to 25
existing piping. 26
2. Gasket 27
a. Isolating and seal gasket 28
b. G-10 Epoxy Glass material 29
c. Full face 30
d. 1/8-inch thickness 31
e. Use with a minimum of 1 EDPM sealing element placed in a tapered groove. 32
f. NSF 61 certified 33
g. A minimum of 800 volts/mil dielectric strength is required. 34
h. Flange shall seal for the test pressure without leaking. 35
3. Sleeves 36
a. Provide full length mylar sleeves. 37
4. Washers 38
33 04 10 - 4
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. Provide double G-10 washer sets. 1
D. Casing Spacers 2
1. For piping installed in tunnels or cased crossings, install casing spacers between the 3
piping and the casing or tunnel liner to provide electrical isolation in accordance 4
with Section 33 05 24. 5
E. Casing End Seals 6
1. See Section 33 05 24 for casing end seals. 7
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION 10
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12
3.3 PREPARATION 13
A. Preparation of Concrete Pipe for Bonding 14
1. General 15
a. Fabrication 16
1) Use concrete pipe for this project that has been fabricated in such a manner 17
as to establish electrical continuity between metallic components of pipe 18
and joints. 19
b. Acceptable Methods 20
1) Establish electrical continuity as indicated in the Contract Documents. 21
2. Criteria for Electric Continuity 22
a. Tensile Wire 23
1) Pipe manufacturer is to obtain a resistance no greater than 0.03 ohms 24
between any wire and steel joint ring at end of pipe farthest from that wire. 25
2) Manufacturer is to report values obtained and method of measurement. 26
b. Internal Pipe Joint Components 27
1) Pipe manufacturer is to obtain resistance of less than 0.03 ohms between 28
any component and steel pipe cylinder. 29
3. Tensile Wire Continuity 30
a. Establish continuity between tensile wire coils and steel cylinder on embedded 31
cylinder type pre-stressed pipe by tightly wrapping tensile wire over 32
longitudinal mild steel straps during pipe manufacture. 33
b. Use and install 2 continuous straps 180 degrees apart longitudinally along the 34
pipe. 35
1) These straps must maintain electrical continuity between metallic 36
components. 37
c. Use steel straps made of mild steel and free of grease, mill scale or other high 38
resistance deposits. 39
d. Make longitudinal straps electrically continuous with pipe cylinder by steel 40
fasteners of suitable dimensions placed between steel cylinder and longitudinal 41
straps. 42
33 04 10 - 5
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) Connect fasteners so as to remain intact during pipe fabrication process. 1
4. Steel Cylinder Continuity 2
a. Establish continuity of all joint components and steel cylinder. 3
1) These components include anchor socket brackets, anchor socket, spigot 4
ring and bell ring. 5
b. If mechanical contact does not provide a resistance of less than 0.03 ohms 6
between components, tack weld component to provide electrical continuity. 7
B. Preparation of Steel Pipe for Bonding 8
1. Bonding wires are not required for welded steel pipe. 9
2. Mechanical jointed steel pipe requires the installation of bond wires across the joint 10
as shown on the Drawings. 11
C. Preparation of Ductile Iron Pipe for Bonding 12
1. Install insulated bond wires as shown on the Drawings. 13
D. Electrical Bond Wires 14
1. Electrical bond wires are to be a minimum No. 4 AWG, 7 stranded, copper cable 15
with THHN insulation. 16
2. Remove 1 inch of THHN insulation from each end of the bond wire. 17
3. Thermite weld the bond wires to the pipeline. 18
4. Provide the minimum number of bond wires as shown on Drawings for steel or 19
ductile iron pipe. 20
E. Electrical Bond Clip 21
1. Weld 3 ASTM 366 steel bonding clips, each approximately 0.13 inches thick, 2.5 22
inches long, and 1.25 inches wide, with 1/8-inch fillet welds to the bell and spigot 23
of adjacent pre-stressed concrete cylinder pipe or steel pipe with rubber gasketed 24
joints. 25
2. Manufacture clips to maintain continuity regardless of small deflections of finished 26
joints. 27
3.4 INSTALLATION 28
A. Installation of Electrical Continuity Bonds by Thermite Welding 29
1. Inspection 30
a. Use continuous bond wires with no cuts or tears in the insulation covering the 31
conductor. 32
2. General 33
a. Attach bond wires at required locations by thermite welding process. 34
3. Thermite Welding Methods 35
a. Perform thermite welding of bond wires to piping in the following manner: 36
1) Clean and dry pipe to which the wires are to be attached. 37
2) Use grinding wheel to remove all coating, mill scale, oxide, grease and dirt 38
from an area approximately 3 inches square. 39
a) Grind surface to bright metal. 40
3) Remove approximately 1 inch of insulation from each end of wire to be 41
thermite welded to pipe exposing clean, oxide-free copper for welding. 42
4) Select proper size thermite weld mold as recommended by manufacturer. 43
Place wire or strap between graphite mold and the prepared metal surface. 44
33 04 10 - 6
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
5) Place metal disk in bottom of mold. 1
6) Pour thermite weld charge into the mold. Squeeze bottom of cartridge to 2
spread ignition powder over charge. 3
7) Close mold cover and ignite starting powder with flint gun. 4
8) After exothermic reaction, remove thermite weld mold and gently strike 5
weld with a hammer to remove weld slag. 6
9) Pull on wire or strap to assure a secure connection. 7
10) If weld is not secure or the bond breaks, repeat procedure with new wire. 8
11) If the weld is secure, coat all bare metal and weld metal with Stopaq CZ 9
tape. 10
4. Post-Installation Thermite Weld Inspection 11
a. Contractor is responsible for all testing. 12
b. All testing is to be performed by or under the supervision of certified NACE 13
personnel. 14
c. Visually examine each thermite weld connection for strength and suitable 15
coating prior to backfilling. 16
d. Measure resistance through selected bonded joints with a digital low resistance 17
ohmmeter (DLRO). 18
1) Resistance of 0.001 ohms or less is acceptable. 19
2) If the above procedure indicates a poor quality bond connection, reinstall 20
the bond. 21
3) Record results and submit to the City for approval prior to backfilling. 22
5. Backfilling of Bonded Joints 23
a. Perform backfilling of bonded piping in manner that prevents damage to the 24
bonds and all connections to the metallic structures. 25
b. Use appropriate backfill material to completely cover the electrical bond. 26
c. Provide protection so that future construction activities in the area will not 27
destroy the bonded connections. 28
d. If construction activity damages a bonded connection, install new bond wire. 29
B. Installation of Pipeline Flange Isolation Devices 30
1. Placement 31
a. Install isolation joints at the locations shown on the Drawings. 32
2. Assembly 33
a. Place gasket, sleeves and washers as recommended by the manufacturer. 34
b. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for even tightening to proper torque. 35
3. Testing 36
a. Immediately after an electrical isolation fitting has been installed, contact the 37
City to perform testing for electrical isolation effectiveness. 38
4. Painting 39
a. Do not use metal base paints on electrical isolation devices. 40
5. Encapsulation 41
a. Encapsulate below-grade isolation joints with the Denso Densyl Tape system 42
after the isolation joint has been tested for effectiveness. 43
C. Installation of Casing Spacers 44
1. Casing spacers shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 05 24. 45
D. Installation of End Seals 46
33 04 10 - 7
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. End seals shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 05 24. 1
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 2
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4
A. Testing of Joint Continuity Bonds and Isolation Joints 5
1. After the completion of the continuity bonding of individual joints, but before the 6
pipe is backfilled, each bonded joint shall be tested for electrical continuity. 7
2. A DC current shall be impressed on the pipe on 1 side of the joint under test using a 8
portable 12-volt battery and a driven ground rod. The battery shall be connected 9
such that the positive terminal is connected to the ground rod and the negative 10
terminal is connected to the pipe section under test. The magnitude of test current is 11
not important as long as it causes a change in pipe-to-soil potential on the section of 12
pipe that is in the test current circuit. 13
3. The pipe-to-soil potential shall be measured on each side of the isolation joint using 14
a high impedance voltmeter and portable copper/copper sulfate reference electrode 15
with the test current “on” and “off’. 16
4. A joint is considered electrically continuous if the “on” and “off’ potentials are the 17
same on either side of the joint under test. 18
5. This same procedure shall be used to test individual isolation joints except that the 19
joint is considered effective if the pipe-to-soil potential is not the same when 20
measured on each side of the joint when the test current is “on”. 21
6. Record results and submit in accordance with this Specification. 22
B. Casing to Carrier Pipe Isolation Tests 23
1. Immediately after the pipe has been installed in the casing, but prior to connecting 24
the line, make pipe available for testing and contact the City to perform an electrical 25
continuity test to determine that the casing is electrically isolated from the pipeline. 26
2. The continuity test shall be fully documented and approved by the City prior to 27
backfilling. 28
3. Record results and submit in accordance with this Specification. 29
4. If the electrical isolation between carrier pipe and casing is not effective, the cause 30
shall be immediately investigated and the situation remedied. 31
5. Under no circumstances shall a shorted casing be backfilled. 32
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 33
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 34
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 35
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 36
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 37
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 38
33 04 10 - 8
JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.C - Modified material specifications for gaskets, sleeves and washers
4
33 04 40 - 1
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
SECTION 33 04 40 1
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. General 5
1. Before any newly constructed potable water mains will be permitted to be placed 6
into service in the Fort Worth Water Department’s Water Distribution System, it 7
shall be cleaned (purged) and tested, or cleaned, disinfected, and tested until the 8
bacteria count within the water main meets the standards established by the Fort 9
Worth Water Department and the requirements of Chapter 290 of the Texas 10
Administrative Code (TAC) established by the Texas Commission on 11
Environmental Quality (TCEQ). 12
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16
Contract 17
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 18
3. Section 33 01 31 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 19
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20
A. Measurement and Payment 21
1. Measurement 22
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the water main being Cleaned and Tested. 23
2. Payment 24
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 25
are subsidiary to cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing, and bacteriological 26
testing and shall be subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water pipe 27
complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 28
1.3 REFERENCES 29
A. Reference Standards 30
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 31
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 32
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 33
2. American Water Works Association/American (AWWA): 34
a. C301, Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder Type. 35
b. C303, Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped, Steel-Cylinder Type. 36
c. C651, Disinfecting Water Mains. 37
d. C655, Field De-Chlorination. 38
33 04 40 - 2
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submittals 3
For 24-inch and larger water mains, provide the following: 4
1. Cleaning Plan – Prior to the start of construction, submit a water main cleaning plan 5
detailing the methods and schedule, including: 6
a. A detailed description of cleaning procedures 7
b. Pigging entry and exit ports 8
c. Flushing procedures 9
d. Plans and hydraulic calculations to demonstrate adequate flushing velocities 10
e. Control of water 11
f. Disposal 12
2. Disinfection Plan – prior to the start of construction submit a disinfection plan 13
including: 14
a. The method mixing and introducing chlorine 15
b. Flushing 16
c. De-chlorination 17
d. Sampling 18
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 23
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 24
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 25
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27
2.2 PRODUCT TYPES 28
A. Pigs 29
1. Open cell polyurethane foam body 30
2. Densities between 2 pounds per cubic foot up to 8 pounds per cubic foot 31
3. May be wrapped with polyurethane spiral bands 32
4. Abrasives are not permitted, unless expressly approved by the City in writing for 33
the particular application. 34
5. Must pass through a reduction up to 65 percent of the cross sectional area of the 35
nominal pipe diameter 36
33 04 40 - 3
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
6. Pigs shall be able to traverse standard piping arrangements such as 90 degree bends, 1
tees, crosses, wyes, and gate valves. 2
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 3
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION 5
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 8
3.4 ERECTION/INSTALLATION/APPLICATION [NOT USED] 9
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 10
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 13
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 14
3.10 CLEANING 15
A. General 16
1. All water mains shall be cleaned prior to bacteriological testing. 17
a. Pig all 36-inch and smaller water mains. 18
b. Pig or manually sweep 42-inch and larger mains. 19
c. Flushing is only permitted when specially designated in the Drawings, or if 20
pigging is not practical and approved by the City. 21
B. Pigging Method 22
1. If the method of pigging is to be used, prepare the main for the installation and 23
removal of a pig, including: 24
a. Furnish all equipment, material and labor to satisfactorily expose cleaning wye, 25
remove cleaning wye covers, etc. 26
b. Where expulsion of the pig is required through a dead-ended conduit: 27
1) Prevent backflow of purged water into the main after passage of the pig. 28
2) Install a mechanical joint to provide a riser out of the trench on 12-inch and 29
smaller mains to prevent backwater re-entry into the main. 30
3) Additional excavation of the trench may be performed on mains over 12 31
inches, to prevent backwater re-entry into the main. 32
4) Flush any backflow water that inadvertently enters the main. 33
c. Flush short dead-end pipe sections not swabbed by a pig. 34
d. Once pigging is complete: 35
1) Pigging wyes shall remain in place unless otherwise specified in the 36
Contract Documents. 37
2) Install cleaning wye, blind flanges or mechanical joint plugs. 38
33 04 40 - 4
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
3) Plug and place blocking at other openings. 1
4) Backfill 2
5) Complete all appurtenant work necessary to secure the system and proceed 3
with disinfection. 4
C. Flushing Method 5
1. Prepare the main by installing blow-offs at appropriate locations, of sufficient sizes 6
and numbers, and with adequate flushing to achieve a minimum velocity in the 7
main of 2.5 feet per second. 8
a. Minimum blow-off sizes for various main sizes are as follows: 9
1) 4-inch through 8-inch main – ¾-inch blow-off 10
2) 10-inch through 12-inch main – 1-inch blow-off 11
3) 16-inch and greater main – 2-inch blow-off 12
b. Flushing shall be subject to the following limitations: 13
1) Limit the volume of water for flushing to 3 times the volume of the water 14
main. 15
2) Do not unlawfully discharge chlorinated water. 16
3) Do not damage private property. 17
4) Do not create a traffic hazard. 18
c. Once Flushing is complete: 19
1) Corporations stops used for flushing shall be plugged. 20
D. Daily main cleaning 21
1. Wipe joints and then inspect for proper installation. 22
2. Sweep each joint and keep clean during construction. 23
3. Install a temporary plug on all exposed mains at the end of each working day or an 24
extended period of work stoppage. 25
E. Hydrostatic Testing 26
1. All water main that is to be under pressure, shall be hydrostatically tested to meet 27
the following criteria: 28
a. Furnish and install corporations for proper testing of the main. 29
1) Furnish adequate and satisfactory equipment and supplies necessary to 30
make such hydrostatic tests. 31
2) The section of line to be tested shall be gradually filled with water, 32
carefully expelling the air and the specified pressure applied. 33
b. The City will furnish water required for the testing at its nearest City line. 34
c. Expel air from the pipe before applying the required test pressure. 35
d. Test Pressure 36
1) Test pressures should meet the following criteria: 37
a) Not less than 1.25 (187 psi minimum) times the stated working 38
pressure of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation along the test 39
section. 40
b) Not less than 1.5 (225 psi minimum) times the stated working pressure 41
at the lowest elevation of the test section. 42
e. Test Conditions 43
1) Must be at least 2 hour duration 44
2) Add water as necessary to sustain the required test pressure. 45
3) Test fire hydrants to the fire hydrant valve. 46
33 04 40 - 5
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
a) Leave the isolation valve on the fire hydrant lead line open during the 1
hydrostatic testing. 2
4) Test service lines to curb stop 3
a) Leave the corporation stop on the service line open during the 4
hydrostatic testing. 5
5) Close isolation valves for air release valves. 6
6) Makeup water must come from a container of fixed 55 gallon container that 7
does not have a water source. 8
f. Measure all water used in the pressure test through an approved meter, or 9
measure the difference in volume within a 55 gallon container. 10
1) Do not test against existing water distribution valves unless expressly 11
provided for in the Drawings, or approved by the City. 12
2) If the City denies approval to test against existing water distribution system 13
valve, then make arrangements to plug and test the pipe at no additional 14
cost. 15
2. Allowable Leakage 16
a. No pipe installation should be accepted if the amount of makeup water is 17
greater than that determined using the following formula: 18
In inch-pound units, 19
L = SD P 20
148,000 21
22
Where: 23
L = testing allowance (make up water), gallons per hour 24
S = length of pipe tested, ft. 25
D = nominal diameter of pipe, in. 26
P = average test pressure during the hydrostatic test, psi 27
b. For any pipeline that fails to pass hydrostatic test: 28
1) Identify the cause 29
2) Repair the leak 30
3) Restore the trench and surface 31
4) Retest 32
c. All costs associated with repairing the pipeline to pass the hydrostatic test is the 33
sole responsibility of the Contractor and included in the price per linear foot of 34
pipe. 35
d. If the City determines that an existing system valve is responsible for the 36
hydrostatic test to fail, the Contractor shall make provisions to test the pipeline 37
without the use of the system valve. 38
e. There shall be no additional payment to the Contractor if the existing valve is 39
unable to sustain the hydrostatic test and shall be included in the price per linear 40
foot of pipe. 41
F. Disinfection 42
1. General 43
a. Disinfection of the main shall be accomplished by the “continuous feed” 44
method or the “slug” method as determined by the Contractor. 45
b. The free chlorine amounts shown are minimums. The Contractor may require 46
higher rates. 47
1) Calcium hypochlorite granules shall be used as the source of chlorine. 48
c. Continuous Feed Method 49
33 04 40 - 6
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
1) Apply water at a constant rate in the newly laid main. 1
a) Use the existing distribution system or other approved source of 2
supply. 3
2) At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the new 4
main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine. 5
a) Free chlorine concentration: 50 mg/L minimum, or as required by 6
TCEQ, whichever is greater. 7
b) Chlorine applications shall not cease until the entire conduit is filled 8
with heavily chlorinated water. 9
3) Retain chlorinated water in the main for at least 24 hours. 10
a) Operate valves and hydrants in the section treated in order to disinfect 11
the appurtenances. 12
b) Prevent the flow of chlorinated water into mains in active service. 13
c) Residual at the end of the 24-hour period: 10 mg /L free chlorine, 14
minimum, for the treated water in all portions of the main. 15
4) Flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main and dispose of in a 16
manner and at a location accepted by the City. 17
5) Test the chlorine residual prior to flushing operations. 18
a) If the chlorine residual exceeds 4 mg/L, the water shall remain in the 19
new main until the chlorine residual is less the 4 mg/L. 20
b) The Contractor may choose to evacuate the water into water trucks, or 21
other approved storage facility, and treat the water with Sodium 22
Bisulfate, or another de-chlorination chemical, or method appropriate 23
for potable water and approved by the City until the chlorine residual is 24
reduced to 4 mg/L or less. 25
c) After the specified chlorine residual is obtained, the water may then be 26
discharged into the drainage system or utilized by the Contractor. 27
d. Slug Method 28
1) Water from the existing distribution system or other approved source of 29
supply shall be made to flow at a constant rate in the newly laid main. 30
2) At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the new 31
main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine. 32
a) Free chlorine concentration: 100 mg/L minimum, or as required by 33
TCEQ, whichever is greater. 34
b) The chlorine shall be applied continuously and for a sufficient time to 35
develop a solid column or “slug” of chlorinated water that shall expose 36
all interior surfaces to the “slug” for at least 3 hours. 37
3) Operate the fittings and valves as the chlorinated water flows past to 38
disinfect the appurtenances. 39
4) Prevent the flow of chlorinated water into mains in active service. 40
5) Flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main and dispose of in a 41
manner and at a location accepted by the City. 42
6) Upon completion, test the chlorine residual remaining in the main. 43
a) Chlorine levels of 4 mg/l or less should be maintained. 44
2. Contractor Requirements 45
a. Furnish all equipment, material and labor to satisfactorily prepare the main for 46
the disinfection method approved by the City with adequate provisions for 47
sampling. 48
b. Make all necessary taps into the main to accomplish chlorination of a new line, 49
unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 50
33 04 40 - 7
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
c. After satisfactory completion of the disinfection operation, as determined by 1
the City, remove surplus pipe at the chlorination and sampling points, plug the 2
remaining pipe, backfill and complete all appurtenant work necessary to secure 3
the main. 4
G. Dechlorination 5
1. General. All chlorinated water shall be de-chlorinated before discharge to the 6
environment. Chemical amounts, as listed in ANSI/AWWA C651: “Disinfecting 7
Water Mains”, shall be used to neutralize the residual chlorine concentrations using 8
de-chlorination procedures listed in ANSI/AWWA C655: “Field De-Chlorination”. 9
De-Chlorination shall continue until chlorine residual is non-detectable. 10
2. Testing. Contractor shall continuously test for the chlorine residual level 11
immediately downstream of the de-chlorination process, during the entire discharge 12
of the chlorinated water. Contractor shall periodically conduct chlorine residual 13
testing and check for possible fish kills at locations where discharged water enters 14
the existing watershed. 15
3. Fish Kill. If a fish kill occurs associated with the discharge of water from the 16
distribution system or any other construction activities: 17
a. The Contract shall immediately alter activities to prevent further fish kills. 18
b. The Contractor shall immediately notify Water Department Field Operations 19
Dispatch. 20
c. The Contractor shall coordinate with City to properly notify TCEQ. 21
d. Any fines assessed by the TCEQ (or local, state of federal agencies) for fish 22
kills shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 23
H. Bacteriological Testing (Water Sampling) 24
1. General 25
a. Notify the City when the main is suitable for sampling. 26
b. The City shall then take water samples from a suitable tap for analysis by the 27
City’s laboratory, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 28
1) No hose or fire hydrant shall be used in the collection of samples. 29
2. Water Sampling 30
a. Complete microbiological sampling prior to connecting the new main into the 31
existing distribution system in accordance with AWWA C651. 32
b. Collect samples for bacteriological analysis in sterile bottles treated with 33
sodium thiosulfate. 34
c. Collect 2 consecutive sets of acceptable samples, taken at least 24 hours apart, 35
from the new main. 36
d. Collect at least 1 set of samples from every 1,000 linear feet of the new main 37
(or at the next available sampling point beyond 1,000 linear feet as designated 38
by the City), plus 1 set from the end of the line and at least 1 set from each 39
branch. 40
e. If trench water has entered the new main during construction or, if in the 41
opinion of the City, excessive quantities of dirt or debris have entered the new 42
main, obtain bacteriological samples at intervals of approximately 200 linear 43
feet. 44
f. Obtain samples from water that has stood in the new main for at least 16 hours 45
after formal flushing. 46
3. Repetition of Sampling 47
33 04 40 - 8
CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
a. Unsatisfactory test results require a repeat of the disinfection process and re-1
sampling as required above until a satisfactory sample is obtained. 2
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 4
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 5
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 6
END OF SECTION 7
8
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.10.E.1.e.- Added service lines to hydrostatic testing requirements
2/6/2013 D Townsend 1.3.A.2.d Added AWWA C655 Field De-Chlorination as reference
3.10.G – Added De-Chlorination Requirement
9
33 05 10 - 1
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 1 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
SECTION 33 05 10 1
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Excavation, Embedment and Backfill for: 6
a. Pressure Applications 7
1) Water Distribution or Transmission Main 8
2) Wastewater Force Main 9
3) Reclaimed Water Main 10
b. Gravity Applications 11
1) Wastewater Gravity Mains 12
2) Storm Sewer Pipe and Culverts 13
3) Storm Sewer Precast Box and Culverts 14
2. Including: 15
a. Excavation of all material encountered, including rock and unsuitable materials 16
b. Disposal of excess unsuitable material 17
c. Site specific trench safety 18
d. Pumping and dewatering 19
e. Embedment 20
f. Concrete encasement for utility lines 21
g. Backfill 22
h. Compaction 23
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 24
1. None. 25
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 26
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 27
Contract 28
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 29
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition 30
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal 31
5. Section 02 41 14 – Utility Removal/Abandonment 32
6. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-place Concrete 33
7. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 34
8. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing 35
9. Section 31 25 00 – Erosion and Sediment Control 36
10. Section 33 05 26 – Utility Markers/Locators 37
11. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control 38
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 39
A. Measurement and Payment 40
33 05 10 - 2
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 2 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
1. Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill associated with the installation of an 1
underground utility or excavation 2
a. Measurement 3
1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the installation of the utility pipe line 4
as designated in the Drawings. 5
b. Payment 6
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 7
Item are considered subsidiary to the installation of the utility pipe for the 8
type of embedment and backfill as indicated on the plans. No other 9
compensation will be allowed. 10
2. Imported Embedment or Backfill 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck 13
ticket provided to the City 14
b. Payment 15
1) Imported fill shall only be paid when using materials for embedment and 16
backfill other than those identified in the Drawings. The work performed 17
and materials furnished in accordance with pre-bid item and measured as 18
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 19
cubic yard of “Imported Embedment/Backfill” delivered to the Site for: 20
a) Various embedment/backfill materials 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Furnishing backfill or embedment as specified by this Specification 23
2) Hauling to the site 24
3) Placement and compaction of backfill or embedment 25
3. Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured by the cubic yard per plan quantity. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per cubic yard of “Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines” per 32
plan quantity. 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Furnishing, hauling, placing and finishing concrete in accordance with 35
Section 03 30 00 36
2) Clean-up 37
4. Ground Water Control 38
a. Measurement 39
1) Measurement shall be lump sum when a ground water control plan is 40
specifically required by the Contract Documents. 41
b. Payment 42
1) Payment shall be per the lump sum price bid for “Ground Water Control” 43
including: 44
a) Submittals 45
b) Additional Testing 46
c) Ground water control system installation 47
d) Ground water control system operations and maintenance 48
e) Disposal of water 49
33 05 10 - 3
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 3 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
f) Removal of ground water control system 1
5. Trench Safety 2
a. Measurement 3
1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench 4
safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 5
1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for Construction) 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 8
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9
price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation 10
safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P), including, but not 11
limited to, all submittals, labor and equipment. 12
1.3 REFERENCES 13
A. Definitions 14
1. General – Definitions used in this section are in accordance with Terminologies 15
ASTM F412 and ASTM D8 and Terminology ASTM D653, unless otherwise 16
noted. 17
2. Definitions for trench width, backfill, embedment, initial backfill, pipe zone, 18
haunching bedding, springline, pipe zone and foundation are defined as shown in 19
the following schematic: 20
21
33 05 10 - 4
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 4 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
3. Deleterious materials – Harmful materials such as clay lumps, silts and organic 1
material 2
4. Excavated Trench Depth – Distance from the surface to the bottom of the bedding 3
or the trench foundation 4
5. Final Backfill Depth 5
a. Unpaved Areas – The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 6
initial backfill to the surface 7
b. Paved Areas – The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 8
initial backfill to bottom of permanent or temporary pavement repair 9
B. Reference Standards 10
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 11
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 12
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 13
2. ASTM Standards: 14
a. ASTM C33-08 Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates 15
b. ASTM C88-05 Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium Sulfate or 16
Magnesium Sulfate 17
c. ASTM C136-01 Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate 18
d. ASTM D448-08 Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and 19
Bridge Construction. 20
e. ASTM C535-09 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-21
Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 22
f. ASTM D588 – Standard Test method for Moisture-Density Relations of Soil-23
Cement Mixture 24
g. ASTM D698-07 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 25
Soil Using Stand Efforts (12,400 ft-lb/ft3 600 Kn-m/M3)). 26
h. ASTM 1556 Standard Test Methods for Density and Unit Weight of Soils in 27
Place by Sand Cone Method. 28
i. ASTM 2487 – 10 Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 29
(Unified Soil Classification System) 30
j. ASTM 2321-09 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers 31
and Other Gravity-Flow Applications 32
k. ASTM D2922 – Standard Test Methods for Density of Soils and Soil 33
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 34
l. ASTM 3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in 35
place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 36
m. ASTM D4254 - Standard Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit 37
Weight of Soils and Calculations of Relative Density 38
3. OSHA 39
a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety 40
Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - Excavations 41
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 42
A. Coordination 43
1. Utility Company Notification 44
a. Notify area utility companies at least 48 hours in advance, excluding weekends 45
and holidays, before starting excavation. 46
33 05 10 - 5
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 5 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
b. Request the location of buried lines and cables in the vicinity of the proposed 1
work. 2
B. Sequencing 3
1. Sequence work for each section of the pipe installed to complete the embedment 4
and backfill placement on the day the pipe foundation is complete. 5
2. Sequence work such that proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM D698 6
prior to commencement of construction activities. 7
1.5 SUBMITTALS 8
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction. 10
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 11
A. Shop Drawings 12
1. Provide detailed drawings and explanation for ground water and surface water 13
control, if required. 14
2. Trench Safety Plan in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health 15
Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - 16
Excavations 17
3. Stockpiled excavation and/or backfill material 18
a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the 19
Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way of the 20
easement. 21
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 24
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25
A. Storage 26
1. Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW) 27
a. Spoil, imported embedment and backfill materials may be stored within 28
existing ROW, easements or temporary construction easements, unless 29
specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 30
b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. 31
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00. 32
d. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 33
e. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 34
landscaped areas. 35
2. Designated Storage Areas 36
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils, embedment or 37
backfill materials within the ROW, easement or temporary construction 38
easement, then secure and maintain an adequate storage location. 39
b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 40
private property. 41
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00. 42
33 05 10 - 6
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 6 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
d. Do not block drainage ways. 1
e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work 2
zone. 3
B. Deliveries and haul-off - Coordinate all deliveries and haul-off. 4
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 5
A. Existing Conditions 6
1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 7
intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 8
is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 9
for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor. 10
2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. 11
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 12
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 14
2.2 MATERIALS 15
A. Materials 16
1. Utility Sand 17
a. Granular and free flowing 18
b. Generally meets or exceeds the limits on deleterious substances per Table 1 for 19
fine aggregate according to ASTM C 33 20
c. Reasonably free of organic material 21
d. Gradation: sand material consisting of durable particles, free of thin or 22
elongated pieces, lumps of clay, loam or vegetable matter and meets the 23
following gradation may be used for utility sand embedment/backfill, and 24
graded with following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C136.. 25
26
Sieve Size Percent Retained
½” 0
¼” 0-5
#4 0-10
#16 0-20
#50 20-70
#100 60-90
#200 90-100
2. Crushed Rock 27
a. Durable crushed rock or recycled concrete 28
b. Meets the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 56, 57 or 67 29
c. May be unwashed 30
d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 31
e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535 32
f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 33
sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 34
33 05 10 - 7
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 7 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
3. Fine Crushed Rock 1
a. Durable crushed rock 2
b. Meets the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 8 or 89 3
c. May be unwashed 4
d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials. 5
e. Have a percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535 6
f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 7
sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 8
4. Ballast Stone 9
a. Stone ranging from 3 inches to 6 inches in greatest dimension. 10
b. May be unwashed 11
c. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 12
d. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535 13
e. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjected to 5 cycles of 14
sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 15
5. Acceptable Backfill Material 16
a. In -situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with 17
ASTM D2487 18
b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 19
c. Can be placed free from voids 20
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 21
6. Blended Backfill Material 22
a. In -situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487 23
b. Blended with in-situ or imported acceptable backfill material to meet the 24
requirements of an Acceptable Backfill Material 25
c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 26
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 27
7. Unacceptable Backfill Material 28
a. In -situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM 29
D2487 30
8. Select Fill 31
a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 32
b. Liquid limit less than 35 33
c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 34
9. Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS) 35
a. Sand 36
1) Shall be clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine 37
aggregates of ASTM C33 and the following requirements: 38
a) Classified as SW, SP, or SM by the United Soil Classification System 39
of ASTM D2487 40
b) Deleterious materials 41
(1) Clay lumps, ASTM C142, less than 0.5 percent 42
(2) Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123, less than 5.0 percent 43
(3) Organic impurities, ASTM C40, color no darker than standard 44
color 45
(4) Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM 46
D4318. 47
b. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II portland cement 48
33 05 10 - 8
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 8 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
c. Water 1
1) Potable water, free of soils, acids, alkalis, organic matter or other 2
deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94 3
d. Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh-batch or continuous mixing plant. 4
e. Strength 5
1) 50 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM 6
D1633, Method A 7
2) 200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 28 days in accordance with ASTM 8
D1633, Method A 9
3) The maximum compressive strength in 7 days shall be 400 psi. Backfill 10
that exceeds the maximum compressive strength shall be removed by the 11
Contractor for no additional compensation. 12
f. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of 13
delivery for each day of placement in the work area. Specimens will be 14
prepared in accordance with ASTM D1632. 15
10. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 16
a. Conform to Section 03 34 13 17
11. Trench Geotextile Fabric 18
a. Soils other than ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 19
1) Needle punch, nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers 20
2) Fibers shall retain their relative position 21
3) Inert to biological degradation 22
4) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 23
5) UV Resistant 24
6) Mirafi 140N by Tencate, or approved equal 25
b. Soils Classified as ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 26
1) High-tenacity monofilament polypropylene woven yarn 27
2) Percent open area of 8 percent to10 percent 28
3) Fibers shall retain their relative position 29
4) Inert to biological degradation 30
5) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 31
6) UV Resistant 32
7) Mirafi FW402 by Tencate, or approved equal 33
12. Concrete Encasement 34
a. Conform to Section 03 30 00. 35
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 36
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 37
PART 3 - EXECUTION 38
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 39
3.2 EXAMINATION 40
A. Verification of Conditions 41
1. Review all known, identified or marked utilities, whether public or private, prior to 42
excavation. 43
33 05 10 - 9
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 9 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
2. Locate and protect all known, identified and marked utilities or underground 1
facilities as excavation progresses. 2
3. Notify all utility owners within the project limits 48 hours prior to beginning 3
excavation. 4
4. The information and data shown in the Drawings with respect to utilities is 5
approximate and based on record information or on physical appurtenances 6
observed within the project limits. 7
5. Coordinate with the Owner(s) of underground facilities. 8
6. Immediately notify any utility owner of damages to underground facilities resulting 9
from construction activities. 10
7. Repair any damages resulting from the construction activities. 11
B. Notify the City immediately of any changed condition that impacts excavation and 12
installation of the proposed utility. 13
3.3 PREPARATION 14
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 15
1. Pavement 16
a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement that is 17
designated to remain. 18
1) Where desired to move equipment not licensed for operation on public 19
roads or across pavement, provide means to protect the pavement from all 20
damage. 21
b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 22
contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 23
cost to the City. 24
2. Drainage 25
a. Maintain positive drainage during construction and re-establish drainage for all 26
swales and culverts affected by construction. 27
3. Trees 28
a. When operating outside of existing ROW, stake permanent and temporary 29
construction easements. 30
b. Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW. 31
c. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 32
00. 33
d. Conduct excavation, embedment and backfill in a manner such that there is no 34
damage to the tree canopy. 35
e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as 36
specifically allowed by the City. 37
1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipments 38
specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 39
f. Remove trees specifically designated to be removed in the Drawings in 40
accordance with Section 31 10 00. 41
4. Above ground Structures 42
a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 43
b. Remove above ground structures designated for removal in the Drawings in 44
accordance with Section 02 41 13 45
5. Traffic 46
33 05 10 - 10
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 10 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
a. Maintain existing traffic, except as modified by the traffic control plan, and in 1
accordance with Section 34 71 13. 2
b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless: 3
1) Alternative access has been provided 4
2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident 5
3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan 6
c. Use traffic rated plates to maintain access until access is restored. 7
6. Traffic Signal – Poles, Mast Arms, Pull boxes, Detector loops 8
a. Notify the City’s Traffic Services Division a minimum of 48 hours prior to any 9
excavation that could impact the operations of an existing traffic signal. 10
b. Protect all traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic cabinets, conduit 11
and detector loops. 12
c. Immediately notify the City’s Traffic Services Division if any damage occurs to 13
any component of the traffic signal due to the contractors activities. 14
d. Repair any damage to the traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic 15
cabinets, conduit and detector loops as a result of the construction activities. 16
7. Fences 17
a. Protect all fences designated to remain. 18
b. Leave fence in the equal or better condition as prior to construction. 19
3.4 INSTALLATION 20
A. Excavation 21
1. Excavate to a depth indicated on the Drawings. 22
2. Trench excavations are defined as unclassified. No additional payment shall be 23
granted for rock or other in-situ materials encountered in the trench. 24
3. Excavate to a width sufficient for laying the pipe in accordance with the Drawings 25
and bracing in accordance with the Excavation Safety Plan. 26
4. The bottom of the excavation shall be firm and free from standing water. 27
a. Notify the City immediately if the water and/or the in-situ soils do not provide 28
for a firm trench bottom. 29
b. The City will determine if any changes are required in the pipe foundation or 30
bedding. 31
5. Unless otherwise permitted by the Drawings or by the City, the limits of the 32
excavation shall not advance beyond the pipe placement so that the trench may be 33
backfilled in the same day. 34
6. Over Excavation 35
a. Fill over excavated areas with the specified bedding material as specified for 36
the specific pipe to be installed. 37
b. No additional payment will be made for over excavation or additional bedding 38
material. 39
7. Unacceptable Backfill Materials 40
a. In -situ soils classified as unacceptable backfill material shall be separated from 41
acceptable backfill materials. 42
b. If the unacceptable backfill material is to be blended in accordance with this 43
Specification, then store material in a suitable location until the material is 44
blended. 45
c. Remove all unacceptable material from the project site that is not intended to be 46
blended or modified. 47
33 05 10 - 11
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 11 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
8. Rock – No additional compensation will be paid for rock excavation or other 1
changed field conditions. 2
B. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing 3
1. Engage a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to design a site 4
specific excavation safety system in accordance with Federal and State 5
requirements. 6
2. Excavation protection systems shall be designed according to the space limitations 7
as indicated in the Drawings. 8
3. Furnish, put in place and maintain a trench safety system in accordance with the 9
Excavation Safety Plan and required by Federal, State or local safety requirements. 10
4. If soil or water conditions are encountered that are not addressed by the current 11
Excavation Safety Plan, engage a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of 12
Texas to modify the Excavation Safety Plan and provide a revised submittal to the 13
City. 14
5. Do not allow soil, or water containing soil, to migrate through the Excavation 15
Safety System in sufficient quantities to adversely affect the suitability of the 16
Excavation Protection System. Movable bracing, shoring plates or trench boxes 17
used to support the sides of the trench excavation shall not: 18
a. Disturb the embedment located in the pipe zone or lower 19
b. Alter the pipe’s line and grade after the Excavation Protection System is 20
removed 21
c. Compromise the compaction of the embedment located below the spring line of 22
the pipe and in the haunching 23
C. Water Control 24
1. Surface Water 25
a. Furnish all materials and equipment and perform all incidental work required to 26
direct surface water away from the excavation. 27
2. Ground Water 28
a. Furnish all materials and equipment to dewater ground water by a method 29
which preserves the undisturbed state of the subgrade soils. 30
b. Do not allow the pipe to be submerged within 24 hours after placement. 31
c. Do not allow water to flow over concrete until it has sufficiently cured. 32
d. Engage a Licensed Engineer in the State of Texas to prepare a Ground Water 33
Control Plan if any of the following conditions are encountered: 34
1) A Ground Water Control Plan is specifically required by the Contract 35
Documents 36
2) If in the sole judgment of the City, ground water is so severe that an 37
Engineered Ground Water Control Plan is required to protect the trench or 38
the installation of the pipe which may include: 39
a) Ground water levels in the trench are unable to be maintained below 40
the top of the bedding 41
b) A firm trench bottom cannot be maintained due to ground water 42
c) Ground water entering the excavation undermines the stability of the 43
excavation. 44
d) Ground water entering the excavation is transporting unacceptable 45
quantities of soils through the Excavation Safety System. 46
33 05 10 - 12
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 12 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
e. In the event that there is no bid item for a Ground Water Control and the City 1
requires an Engineered Ground Water Control Plan due to conditions 2
discovered at the site, the contractor will be eligible to submit a change order. 3
f. Control of ground water shall be considered subsidiary to the excavation when: 4
1) No Ground Water Control Plan is specifically identified and required in the 5
Contract Documents 6
g. Ground Water Control Plan installation, operation and maintenance 7
1) Furnish all materials and equipment necessary to implement, operate and 8
maintain the Ground Water Control Plan. 9
2) Once the excavation is complete, remove all ground water control 10
equipment not called to be incorporated into the work. 11
h. Water Disposal 12
1) Dispose of ground water in accordance with City policy or Ordinance. 13
2) Do not discharge ground water onto or across private property without 14
written permission. 15
3) Permission from the City is required prior to disposal into the Sanitary 16
Sewer. 17
4) Disposal shall not violate any Federal, State or local regulations. 18
D. Embedment and Pipe Placement 19
1. Water Lines less than, or equal to, 12 inches in diameter: 20
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 21
b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 22
c. If ground water is in sufficient quantity to cause sand to pump, then use 23
crushed rock as embedment. 24
1) If crushed rock is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, 25
then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit price. 26
d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 27
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 28
f. Place pipe on the bedding in accordance with the alignment of the Drawings. 29
g. In no case shall the top of the pipe be less than 42 inches from the surface of the 30
proposed grade, unless specifically called for in the Drawings. 31
h. Place embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6 inches, but not 32
more than 12 inches, above the pipe. 33
i. Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to 6 inches above 34
the elevation of the valve nut. 35
j. Form all blocking against undisturbed trench wall to the dimensions in the 36
Drawings. 37
k. Compact embedment and initial backfill. 38
l. Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance with 39
Section 33 05 26. 40
2. Water Lines 16-inches through 24-inches in diameter: 41
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 42
b. Utility sand may be used for embedment when the excavated trench depth is 43
less than 15 feet deep. 44
c. Crushed rock or fine crushed rock shall be used for embedment for excavated 45
trench depths 15 feet, or greater. 46
d. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment for steel pipe. 47
e. Provide trench geotextile fabric at any location where crushed rock or fine 48
crushed rock come into contact with utility sand 49
33 05 10 - 13
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 13 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
f. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 1
g. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 2
1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 3
trench. 4
2) If additional crushed rock is required not specifically identified in the 5
Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit 6
price. 7
h. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. 8
i. The pipe line shall be within: 9
1) ±3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings for 16-inch and 24-inch water 10
lines 11
j. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 12
accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 13
k. Place remaining embedment including initial backfill to a minimum of 6 inches, 14
but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. 15
l. Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to up to the valve 16
nut. 17
m. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor 18
ASTM D 698. 19
n. Density test may be performed by City to verify that the compaction of 20
embedment meets requirements. 21
o. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 22
p. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 23
Section 33 05 26. 24
3. Water Lines 30-inches and greater in diameter 25
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 26
b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment. 27
c. Provide trench geotextile fabric at any location where crushed rock or fine 28
crushed rock come into contact with utility sand. 29
d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 30
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 31
1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 32
trench. 33
2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 34
the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit 35
price. 36
f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. 37
g. The pipe line shall be within: 38
1) ±1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings for 30-inch and larger water lines 39
h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 40
accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 41
i. For steel pipe greater than 30 inches in diameter, the initial embedment lift shall 42
not exceed the spring line prior to compaction. 43
j. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6 44
inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. 45
k. Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to up to the valve 46
nut. 47
l. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor 48
ASTM D 698. 49
33 05 10 - 14
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 14 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
m. Density test may be performed by City to verify that the compaction of 1
embedment meets requirements. 2
n. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 3
o. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 4
Section 33 05 26. 5
4. Sanitary Sewer Lines and Storm Sewer Lines (HDPE) 6
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 7
b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment. 8
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 9
d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 10
sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 11
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 12
1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 13
trench. 14
2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 15
the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit 16
price. 17
f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings. 18
g. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent 19
with the grade shown on the Drawings. 20
h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 21
accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 22
i. For sewer lines greater than 30 inches in diameter, the embedment lift shall not 23
exceed the spring line prior to compaction. 24
j. Place remaining embedment including initial backfill to a minimum of 6 inches, 25
but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. 26
k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor 27
ASTM D 698. 28
l. Density test may be performed by City to verify that the compaction of 29
embedment meets requirements. 30
m. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 31
n. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 32
Section 33 05 26. 33
5. Storm Sewer (RCP) 34
a. The bedding and the pipe zone up to the spring line shall be of uniform 35
material. 36
b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment up to the spring line. 37
c. The specified backfill material may be used above the spring line. 38
d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 39
e. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 40
sags in the storm sewer pipe line. 41
f. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 42
1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 43
trench. 44
2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 45
the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit 46
price. 47
g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 48
33 05 10 - 15
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 15 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
h. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent 1
with the grade, shown on the Drawings. 2
i. Place embedment material up to the spring line. 3
1) Place embedment to ensure that adequate support is obtained in the haunch. 4
j. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor 5
ASTM D 698. 6
k. Density test may be performed by City to verify that the compaction of 7
embedment meets requirements. 8
l. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of pipe and crushed rock. 9
6. Storm Sewer Reinforced Concrete Box 10
a. Crushed rock shall be used for bedding. 11
b. The pipe zone and the initial backfill shall be: 12
1) Crushed rock, or 13
2) Acceptable backfill material compacted to 95 percent Standard Proctor 14
density 15
c. Place evenly spread compacted bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 16
d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 17
sags in the storm sewer pipe line. 18
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 19
1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 20
trench. 21
2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 22
the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit 23
price. 24
f. Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock, CLSM 25
according to 03 34 13. 26
g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 27
h. The pipe shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with the 28
grade, shown on the Drawings. 29
i. Compact the embedment initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM 30
D698. 31
7. Water Services (Less than 2 Inches in Diameter) 32
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 33
b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 34
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 35
d. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 36
e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Plans. 37
f. Compact the initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698. 38
8. Sanitary Sewer Services 39
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 40
b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment. 41
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 42
d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 43
sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 44
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 45
1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 46
trench. 47
33 05 10 - 16
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 16 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 1
the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit 2
price. 3
f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 4
g. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6 5
inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. 6
h. Compact the initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698. 7
i. Density test may be required to verify that the compaction meets the density 8
requirements. 9
E. Trench Backfill 10
1. At a minimum, place backfill in such a manner that the required in-place density 11
and moisture content is obtained, and so that there will be no damage to the surface, 12
pavement or structures due to any trench settlement or trench movement. 13
a. Meeting the requirement herein does not relieve the responsibility to damages 14
associated with the Work. 15
2. Backfill Material 16
a. Final backfill depth less than 15 feet 17
1) Backfill with: 18
a) Acceptable backfill material 19
b) Blended backfill material, or 20
c) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required 21
b. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater: (under pavement or future pavement) 22
1) Backfill depth from 0 to15 feet deep 23
a) Backfill with: 24
(1) Acceptable backfill material 25
(2) Blended backfill material, or 26
(3) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required 27
2) Backfill depth from 15 feet and greater 28
a) Backfill with: 29
(1) Select Fill 30
(2) CSS, or 31
(3) CLSM when specifically required 32
c. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater: (not under pavement or future pavement) 33
1) Backfill with: 34
a) Acceptable backfill material, or 35
b) Blended backfill material 36
d. Backfill for service lines: 37
1) Backfill for water or sewer service lines shall be the same as the 38
requirement of the main that the service is connected to. 39
3. Required Compaction and Density 40
a. Final backfill (depths less than 15 feet) 41
1) Compact acceptable backfill material, blended backfill material or select 42
backfill to a minimum of 95 percent Standard Proctor per ASTM D698 at 43
moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum moisture. 44
2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 45
b. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement) 46
1) Compact select backfill to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor per 47
ASTM D 698 at moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum 48
moisture. 49
33 05 10 - 17
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 17 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 1
c. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/not under existing or future pavement) 2
1) Compact acceptable backfill material blended backfill material, or select 3
backfill to a minimum of 95 percent Standard Proctor per ASTM D 698 at 4
moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum moisture. 5
4. Saturated Soils 6
a. If in-situ soils consistently demonstrate that they are greater than 5 percent over 7
optimum moisture content, the soils are considered saturated. 8
b. Flooding the trench or water jetting is strictly prohibited. 9
c. If saturated soils are identified in the Drawings or Geotechnical Report in the 10
Appendix, Contractor shall proceed with Work following all backfill 11
procedures outlined in the Drawings for areas of soil saturation greater than 5 12
percent. 13
d. If saturated soils are encountered during Work but not identified in Drawings or 14
Geotechnical Report in the Appendix: 15
1) The Contractor shall: 16
a) Immediately notify the City. 17
b) Submit a Contract Claim for Extra Work associated with direction from 18
City. 19
2) The City shall: 20
a) Investigate soils and determine if Work can proceed in the identified 21
location. 22
b) Direct the Contractor of changed backfill procedures associated with 23
the saturated soils that may include: 24
(1) Imported backfill 25
(2) A site specific backfill design 26
5. Placement of Backfill 27
a. Use only compaction equipment specifically designed for compaction of a 28
particular soil type and within the space and depth limitation experienced in the 29
trench. 30
b. Flooding the trench or water setting is strictly prohibited. 31
c. Place in loose lifts not to exceed 12 inches. 32
d. Compact to specified densities. 33
e. Compact only on top of initial backfill, undisturbed trench or previously 34
compacted backfill. 35
f. Remove any loose materials due to the movement of any trench box or shoring 36
or due to sloughing of the trench wall. 37
g. Install appropriate tracking balls for water and sanitary sewer trenches in 38
accordance with Section 33 05 26. 39
6. Backfill Means and Methods Demonstration 40
a. Notify the City in writing with sufficient time for the City to obtain samples 41
and perform standard proctor test in accordance with ASTM D698. 42
b. The results of the standard proctor test must be received prior to beginning 43
excavation. 44
c. Upon commencing of backfill placement for the project the Contractor shall 45
demonstrate means and methods to obtain the required densities. 46
d. Demonstrate Means and Methods for compaction including: 47
1) Depth of lifts for backfill which shall not exceed 12 inches 48
2) Method of moisture control for excessively dry or wet backfill 49
33 05 10 - 18
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 18 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
3) Placement and moving trench box, if used 1
4) Compaction techniques in an open trench 2
5) Compaction techniques around structure 3
e. Provide a testing trench box to provide access to the recently backfilled 4
material. 5
f. The City will provide a qualified testing lab full time during this period to 6
randomly test density and moisture continent. 7
1) The testing lab will provide results as available on the job site. 8
7. Varying Ground Conditions 9
a. Notify the City of varying ground conditions and the need for additional 10
proctors. 11
b. Request additional proctors when soil conditions change. 12
c. The City may acquire additional proctors at its discretion. 13
d. Significant changes in soil conditions will require an additional Means and 14
Methods demonstration. 15
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 16
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 17
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 18
A. Field Tests and Inspections 19
1. Proctors 20
a. The City will perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698. 21
b. Test results will generally be available to within 4 calendar days and distributed 22
to: 23
1) Contractor 24
2) City Project Manager 25
3) City Inspector 26
4) Engineer 27
c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 28
d. City will perform new proctors for varying soils: 29
1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 30
2) If notified by the Contractor 31
3) At the convenience of the City 32
e. Trenches where different soil types are present at different depths, the proctors 33
shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 34
2. Density Testing of Backfill 35
a. Density Tests shall be in conformance with ASTM D2922. 36
b. Provide a testing trench protection for trench depths in excess of 5 feet. 37
c. Place, move and remove testing trench protection as necessary to facilitate all 38
test conducted by the City. 39
d. For final backfill depths less than 15 feet and trenches of any depth not under 40
existing or future pavement: 41
1) The City will perform density testing twice per working day when 42
backfilling operations are being conducted. 43
2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests of the current lift in 44
the available trench. 45
e. For final backfill depths 15 feet and greater deep and under existing or future 46
pavement: 47
33 05 10 - 19
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 19 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
1) The City will perform density testing twice per working day when 1
backfilling operations are being conducted. 2
2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests of the current lift in 3
the available trench. 4
3) The testing lab will remain onsite sufficient time to test 2 additional lifts. 5
f. Make the excavation available for testing. 6
g. The City will determine the location of the test. 7
h. The City testing lab will provide results to Contractor and the City’s Inspector 8
upon completion of the testing. 9
i. A formal report will be posted to the City’s Buzzsaw site within 48 hours. 10
j. Test reports shall include: 11
1) Location of test by station number 12
2) Time and date of test 13
3) Depth of testing 14
4) Field moisture 15
5) Dry density 16
6) Proctor identifier 17
7) Percent Proctor Density 18
3. Density of Embedment 19
a. Storm sewer boxes that are embedded with acceptable backfill material, 20
blended backfill material, cement modified backfill material or select material 21
will follow the same testing procedure as backfill. 22
b. The City may test fine crushed rock or crushed rock embedment in accordance 23
with ASTM D2922 or ASTM 1556. 24
B. Non-Conforming Work 25
1. All non-conforming work shall be removed and replaced. 26
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 27
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 28
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 29
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 30
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 31
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 32
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 33
END OF SECTION 34
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson
1.2 – Added Item for Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines
Various Sections – Revised Depths to Include 15’ and greater
3.3.A – Additional notes for pavement protection and positive drainage.
3.4.E.2 – Added requirements for backfill of service lines.
3.4.E.5 – Added language prohibiting flooding of trench
33 05 10 - 20
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 20 of 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 12, 2016
6/18/2013 D. Johnson
1.2.A.3 – Clarified measurement and payment for concrete encasement as per plan
quantity
2.2.A – Added language for concrete encasement
12/12/16 Z. Arega 2.2.A.1.d Modify gradation for sand material
1
33 05 12 - 1
WATER LINE LOWERING
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 05 12 1
WATER LINE LOWERING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Locations where existing 12-inch or smaller water lines are crossed by a new storm 6
sewer, sanitary sewer or water transmission main and the existing water line is to be 7
lowered under the proposed improvement and no design profile has been provided 8
in the Drawings 9
2. Locations where a new 12-inch or smaller water line is installed and crosses an 10
existing underground conflict which requires the water line to be lowered greater 11
than two feet below the standard depth and has not been detailed in the Drawings 12
3. 16-inch and larger water lines are excluded from this Section and should be 13
specifically designed for lowering and paid for by unit price items 14
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 15
1. None. 16
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 17
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18
Contract 19
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 20
3. Section 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 21
4. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 22
5. Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe 23
6. Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Fittings 24
7. Section 33 11 12 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 25
8. Section 33 12 25 – Connection to Existing Water Main 26
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27
A. Measurement and Payment 28
1. Water Line Lowering 29
a. Measurement 30
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each by size of each Water Line 31
Lower performed. 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 34
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Water Line Lowering” 35
installed for: 36
a) Various Sizes 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron or PVC Pipe and Ductile Iron 39
Fittings 40
33 05 12 - 2
WATER LINE LOWERING
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2) Polyethylene encasement 1
3) Paving removal 2
4) Excavation 3
5) Hauling 4
6) Disposal of excess material 5
7) Furnishing and placement of embedment 6
8) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 7
9) Thrust restraint 8
10) Bolts and nuts 9
11) Gaskets 10
12) Clean-up 11
13) Cleaning 12
14) Disinfection 13
15) Testing 14
16) Connections to the existing water line 15
1.3 REFERENCES 16
A. Reference Standards 17
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 18
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 19
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 20
2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) 21
a. Title 30 Texas Administrative Code (TAC) Chapter 290, Public Drinking 22
Water. 23
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 24
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 29
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 34
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 35
A. Materials 36
1. Ductile Iron Pipe shall conform to Section 33 11 10. 37
2. Ductile Iron Fittings with retainer glands shall conform to Section 33 11 11. 38
33 05 12 - 3
WATER LINE LOWERING
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pressure Pipe shall conform to Section 33 11 12. 1
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION 4
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5
3.2 EXAMINATION 6
A. Evaluation and Assessment 7
1. Verify elevation of conflict which requires the water line to be relocated. 8
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 9
3.4 INSTALLATION 10
A. General 11
1. Water lines lowered to resolve conflicts between the water line and a proposed 12
utility shall be lowered to maintain a 2-foot separation between the outside 13
diameters of the water line and the other buried utilities. 14
a. When approved by the Water Department, the separation may be reduced to 12-15
inches. 16
b. No exception shall be granted to the criteria in Article 3.4 B of the Section. 17
B. Water Crossing Sanitary Sewer 18
1. Water lines crossing sanitary sewer shall be in accordance with the TCEQ Title 30 19
TAC Chapter 290. 20
C. Water Lines Crossing under Storm Drains 21
1. Water lines crossing within 2 feet below storm drains shall be constructed of 22
Ductile Iron Pipe in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 23
D. Install Ductile Iron Pipe in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 24
E. Install Ductile Iron Fittings with retainer glands in accordance with Section 33 11 11. 25
F. Install Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe in accordance with Section 33 11 12. 26
G. Disinfect and test at the direction of the City. 27
H. Complete connections to the existing main in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 28
33 05 12 - 4
WATER LINE LOWERING
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.1.A – Clarification of when Section is applicable
13
33 05 13 - 1
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS-CAST IRON
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 22, 2016
SECTION 33 05 13 1
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS – CAST IRON 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Cast iron frame, cover and grade rings used as access ports into water, sanitary 7
sewer and storm drain structures such manholes or vaults 8
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract 13
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Measurement 17
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure containing the frame, cover 18
and grade rings. 19
2. Payment 20
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 21
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each structure complete in place, and no 22
other compensation will be allowed. 23
1.3 REFERENCES 24
A. Reference Standards 25
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 26
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 27
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 28
2. ASTM International (ASTM) 29
a. ASTM A48 – Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings 30
b. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings 31
c. ASTM C478 - Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections 32
3. American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 33
a. AASHTO M306 – Standard Specification for Drainage, Sewer, Utility and 34
Related Castings 35
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 36
1.5 SUBMITTALS 37
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 38
33 05 13 - 2
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS-CAST IRON
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 22, 2016
B. All submittals shall be approved by the Engineer or the City prior to delivery and/or 1
fabrication for specials. 2
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 3
A. Product Data 4
1. All castings shall be cast with: 5
a. Approved foundry’s name 6
b. Part number 7
c. Country of origin 8
2. Provide manufacturer’s: 9
a. Specifications 10
b. Load tables 11
c. Dimension diagrams 12
d. Anchor details 13
e. Installation instructions 14
B. Certificates 15
1. Manufacturer shall certify that all castings conform to the ASTM and AASHTO 16
designations. 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 20
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 21
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 22
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 23
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 26
A. Manufacturers 27
1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 28
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 29
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 30
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 31
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 32
B. Castings 33
1. Use castings for frames that conform to ASTM A48, Class 35B or better. 34
2. Use castings for covers that conform to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 or better. 35
3. Use clean casting capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-20 vehicle 36
loading with permanent deformation. 37
4. Covers 38
33 05 13 - 3
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS-CAST IRON
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 22, 2016
a. Size to set flush with the frame with no larger than a 1/8 inch gap between the 1
frame and cover 2
b. Provide with 2 inch wide pick slots in lieu of pick holes. 3
c. Provide gasket in frame and cover. 4
d. Standard Dimensions 5
1) Sanitary Sewer 6
a) Provide a clear opening of 30 inches for all sanitary sewer frames and 7
cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 8
2) Storm Drain 9
a) Provide a clear opening of 22 1/2 inches for all storm drain frames, 10
inlets and cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract 11
Documents. 12
b) Provide a minimum clear opening of 30 inches for all storm sewer 13
manholes and junction structures. 14
e. Standard Labels 15
1) Water 16
a) Cast lid with the word “WATER” in 2-inch letters across the lid. 17
2) Sanitary Sewer 18
a) Cast lid with the word “SANITARY SEWER” in 2-inch letters across 19
the lid. 20
3) Storm Drain 21
a) Cast lid with the word “STORM DRAIN” in 2-inch letters across the 22
lid. 23
f. Hinge Covers 24
1) Provide water tight gasket on all hinged covers. 25
2) Water 26
a) Provide hinged covers for all water structures. 27
3) Sanitary Sewer 28
a) Provide hinged covers for all manholes or structures constructed over 29
24-inch sewer lines and larger and for manholes where rim elevations 30
are greater than 12 inches above the surface. 31
C. Grade Rings 32
1. Provide grade rings in sizes from 2-inch up to 8-inch. 33
2. Use concrete in traffic loading areas. 34
3. In non-traffic areas concrete or HDPE can be used. 35
D. Joint Sealant 36
1. Provide a pre-formed or trowelable bitumastic sealant in an extrudable or flat tape 37
form. 38
2. Provide sealant that is not dependant on a chemical action for its adhesive 39
properties or cohesive strength. 40
33 05 13 - 4
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS-CAST IRON
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 22, 2016
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. Grade Rings 8
1. Place as shown in the water and sanitary sewer City Standard Details. 9
2. Clean surfaces of dirt, sand, mud or other foreign matter before placing sealant. 10
3. Seal each grade ring with sealant specified in this Specification and as shown on the 11
City Standard Details. 12
B. Frame and Cover 13
1. Water 14
a. For water structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance with 15
applicable City Standard Detail. 16
2. Sanitary Sewer 17
a. For sanitary sewer structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance 18
with applicable City Standard Detail. 19
3. Storm Drain 20
a. For storm drain structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance 21
with applicable City Standard Detail. 22
4. Hinge Cover 23
a. Provide hinge cover on elevated manholes, junction boxes, in the flood plain 24
and where specified on the Drawings. 25
C. Joint Sealing 26
1. Seal frame, grade rings and structure with specified sealant. 27
D. Concrete Collar 28
1. Provide concrete collar around all frame and cover assemblies. 29
33 05 13 - 5
FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS-CAST IRON
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 22, 2016
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/25/2014 F. Griffin Corrected error in Part 2-2.2-B-4-d-2-a. Cover size should be 22 ½ inches rather
than 19 ¾ inches.
1/22/2016 F. Griffin Part 2-2.2-B-4-d-2-a., Cover size updated to 30 inches to match Detail 33 05 16-
D417.
8/30/2017 W. Norwood Change specification name to add Cast Iron
13
33 05 1313.10 - 1
COMPOSITE FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGSGRADE RINGS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
SECTION 33 05 13.10 1
COMPOSITE FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Compression Molded Composite Frames and Covers used as access ports into 6
sanitary sewer structures such as manholes and junction boxes. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Measurement 16
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure containing the frame, cover 17
and grade rings. 18
2. Payment 19
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 20
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each structure complete in place, and no 21
other compensation will be allowed. 22
1.3 REFERENCES 23
A. Reference Standards 24
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 25
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 26
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 27
2. American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 28
a. AASHTO HS-25 – AASHTO Highway Bridge Specification: Axial Loading to 29
meet or exceed 21,280 pounds/wheel load 30
b. AASHTO M306 – Standard Specification for Drainage, Sewer, Utility and 31
Related Castings 32
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 33
1.5 SUBMITTALS 34
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 35
B. All submittals shall be approved by the Engineer or the City prior to delivery and/or 36
fabrication for specials. 37
33 05 1313.10 - 2
COMPOSITE FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGSGRADE RINGS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1
A. Product Data 2
1. All moldings shall display: 3
a. Approved Molder 4
b. Molding date 5
c. Wording that material is non-metallic 6
d. Country of origin 7
2. Provide manufacturer’s: 8
a. Specifications 9
b. Load tables 10
c. Dimension diagrams 11
d. Anchor details 12
e. Installation instructions 13
B. Certificates 14
1. Manufacturer shall certify that all moldings conform to the ASTM and AASHTO 15
designations. 16
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 19
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 20
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 21
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 22
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 25
A. Manufacturers 26
1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 27
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00 unless otherwise specified on the plans. 28
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 29
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 30
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 31
B. Moldings 32
1. All composite moldings shall consist of a thermosetting resin matrix blended and/or 33
combined with reinforcing fiber rovings, short fiber filaments, or equivalent 34
nonmetallic reinforcing structure(s). The thermosetting resin matrix shall be a 35
polymer, vinylester, or a blend of these. The moldings shall be true to pattern in 36
locations affecting their strength and value for the service intended. Before the 37
moldings are removed from the molding operation, they shall be thoroughly 38
deflashed and cleaned at the parting lines, holes, notches and all exposed edges. 39
33 05 1313.10 - 3
COMPOSITE FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGSGRADE RINGS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
2. Use clean molding capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-25 vehicle 1
loading with permanent deformation. Composite frames shall have a minimum wall 2
thickness of 0.75 inches in sections exposed to traffic and potential traffic wheel 3
impact. 4
3. Metal reinforcements or metal hinges molded within the composite shall not be 5
permitted. 6
4. All composite moldings shall have UV stabilizers (concentrations from 0.05% to 7
5%) added prior to shaping the product by injection molding. 8
5. Covers 9
a. Composite covers shall be compression molded under high pressures (>0.5 10
tons/sq inch of x-y surface area) and high temperatures (>200 degrees F). 11
Components for locking systems below the cover exposed to sewer 12
environment shall be made of noncorrosive materials such as nonmagnetic 316 13
stainless steel (Austenite) or a polymer. 14
b. Size to set flush with the frame with no larger than a 1/8 inch gap between the 15
frame and cover 16
c. Provide with 2 inch wide pick slots in lieu of pick holes. 17
d. Provide gasket in frame and cover. 18
e. Standard Dimensions 19
1) Sanitary Sewer 20
a) Provide a clear opening of 30 inches for all sanitary sewer frames and 21
cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 22
f. Standard Labels 23
1) Sanitary Sewer 24
a) Cast lid with the word “SANITARY SEWER” in 1-1/2-inch 25
(minimum) or 2-inch (maximum) letters across the lid. 26
g. Hinge Covers 27
1) Hinged covers shall be double-hinged allowing a minimal 180o full 28
opening. 29
2) Provide water tight gasket on all hinged covers. 30
3) Sanitary Sewer 31
a) Provide hinged covers for all manholes or structures constructed over 32
all sewer lines. 33
C. Grade Rings 34
1. Provide grade rings in sizes from 2-inch up to 8-inch. 35
2. Use concrete in traffic loading areas. 36
D. Joint Sealant 37
1. Provide a pre-formed or trowelable bitumastic sealant in an extrudable or flat tape 38
form. 39
2. Provide sealant that is not dependent upon a chemical action for its adhesive 40
properties or cohesive strength. 41
33 05 1313.10 - 4
COMPOSITE FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGSGRADE RINGS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. Grade Rings 8
1. Place as shown in the water and sanitary sewer City Standard Details. 9
2. Clean surfaces of dirt, sand, mud or other foreign matter before placing sealant. 10
3. Seal each grade ring with sealant specified in this Specification and as shown on the 11
City Standard Details. 12
B. Frame and Cover 13
1. Sanitary Sewer 14
a. For sanitary sewer structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance 15
with applicable City Standard Detail. 16
2. Hinge Cover 17
a. Provide hinge cover on all manhole covers. 18
C. Joint Sealing 19
1. Seal frame, grade rings and structure with specified sealant. 20
D. Concrete Collar 21
1. Provide concrete collar around all frame and cover assemblies. 22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
33 05 1313.10 - 5
COMPOSITE FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGSGRADE RINGS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
33 05 17 - 1
CONCRETE COLLARS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 05 17 1
CONCRETE COLLARS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Concrete Collars for Manholes 6
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In -Place Concrete 13
4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 14
5. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Manhole 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 22
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Concrete Collar” 23
installed. 24
c. The price bid will include: 25
1) Concrete Collar 26
2) Excavation 27
3) Forms 28
4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 29
5) Concrete 30
6) Backfill 31
7) Pavement removal 32
8) Hauling 33
9) Disposal of excess material 34
10) Placement and compaction of backfill 35
11) Clean-up 36
12) Additional pavement around perimeter of concrete collar as required for 37
rim adjustment on existing manhole. 38
39
33 05 17 - 2
CONCRETE COLLARS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 3
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 4
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 6
a. D4258, Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. 7
b. D4259, Standard Practice for Abrading Concrete. 8
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 9
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 15
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 20
A. Materials 21
1. Concrete – Conform to Section 03 30 00. 22
2. Reinforcing Steel – Conform to Section 03 21 00. 23
3. Frame and Cover – Conform to Section 33 05 13. 24
4. Grade Ring – Conform to Section 33 05 13. 25
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 26
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27
PART 3 - EXECUTION 28
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 29
3.2 EXAMINATION 30
A. Evaluation and Assessment 31
1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. 32
33 05 17 - 3
CONCRETE COLLARS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 1
3.4 INSTALLATION 2
A. Final Rim Elevation 3
1. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment. 4
a. Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole. 5
b. Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings. 6
2. Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant. 7
3. Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal. 8
4. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the 9
final surface elevation of the manhole frame. 10
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 11
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 14
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 15
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 16
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 17
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 18
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 19
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 20
END OF SECTION 21
22
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.1.A.2 – Blue text added to clarify where concrete collars are to be installed.
23
33 11 11 - 1
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 1 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 11 11 1
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Ductile Iron Fittings 3-inch through 64-inch for potable water, wastewater, and 6
other liquids for use with Ductile Iron Pipe and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 7
2. All mechanical joint fittings shall be mechanically restrained using restrained 8
wedge type retainer glands. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract 14
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 15
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 16
4. Section 33 04 10 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 17
5. Section 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 18
6. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 19
7. Section 33 11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Ductile Iron Water Fittings with Restraint 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Shall be per ton of fittings supplied 25
2) Fittings weights are the sum of the various types of fittings multiplied by 26
the weight per fitting as listed in AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 27
3) The fitting weights listed in AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 are only allowed 28
for specials where an AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 is not available, or if the 29
Drawings specifically call for an AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 fittings. 30
4) If the Contractor chooses to supply AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 (full 31
body) Ductile Iron Fittings in lieu of AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 32
(compact) Ductile Iron Fittings at his convenience, then the weight shall be 33
measured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 36
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37
price bid per ton of “Ductile Iron Water Fittings with Restraint”. 38
c. The price bid shall include: 39
1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Water Fittings as specified by the 40
Drawings 41
33 11 11 - 2
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 2 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2) Polyethylene encasement 1
3) Lining 2
4) Pavement removal 3
5) Excavation 4
6) Hauling 5
7) Disposal of excess material 6
8) Furnishing and installing bolts, nuts, and restraints 7
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 8
10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9
11) Trench water stops 10
12) Clean-up 11
13) Cleaning 12
14) Disinfection 13
15) Testing 14
2. Ductile Iron Sewer Fittings 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Shall be per ton of fittings supplied 17
2) Fittings weights are the sum of the various types of fittings multiplied by 18
the weight per fitting as listed in AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 19
3) The fitting weights listed in AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 are only allowed 20
for specials where an AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 is not available, or if the 21
Drawings specifically call for an AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 fittings. 22
4) If the Contractor chooses to supply AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 (full 23
body) Ductile Iron Fittings in lieu of AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 24
(compact) Ductile Iron Fittings at his convenience, then the weight shall be 25
measured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per ton of “Ductile Iron Sewer Fittings”. 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Water Fittings as specified by the 32
Drawings 33
2) Epoxy Coating 34
3) Polyethylene encasement 35
4) Lining 36
5) Pavement removal 37
6) Excavation 38
7) Hauling 39
8) Disposal of excess material 40
9) Furnishing and installing bolts, nuts, and restraints 41
10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 42
11) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 43
12) Clean-up 44
13) Cleaning 45
14) Disinfection 46
15) Testing 47
33 11 11 - 3
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 3 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Definitions 2
1. Gland or Follower Gland 3
a. Non-restrained, mechanical joint fitting 4
2. Retainer Gland 5
a. Mechanically restrained mechanical joint fitting, consisting of multiple 6
gripping wedges incorporated into a follower gland meeting the applicable 7
requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. 8
B. Reference Standards 9
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 10
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 11
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 12
2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 13
a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125 and 250). 14
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 15
a. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for 16
High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose 17
Applications 18
b. A194, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High 19
Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both 20
c. A242, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel. 21
d. A674, Standard Practice for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe for 22
Water or Other Liquids. 23
e. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 24
4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 25
a. C203, Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - 26
Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied. 27
b. C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. 28
c. M41, Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 29
5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 30
(AWWA/ANSI): 31
a. C104/A21.4, Cement–Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 32
b. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 33
c. C110/A21.10, Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings. 34
d. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 35
e. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron 36
Threaded Flanges. 37
f. C151/A21.51, Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 38
g. C153/A21.53, Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service. 39
6. NSF International (NSF): 40
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 41
7. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 42
a. PA 2, Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages. 43
33 11 11 - 4
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 4 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 4
specials. 5
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6
A. Product Data 7
1. Ductile Iron Fittings 8
a. Pressure class 9
b. Interior lining 10
c. Joint types 11
2. Polyethylene encasement and tape 12
a. Planned method of installation 13
b. Whether the film is linear low density or high density cross linked polyethylene 14
c. The thickness of the film provided 15
3. The interior lining, if it is other than cement mortar lining in accordance with 16
AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.4 17
a. Material 18
b. Application recommendations 19
c. Field touch-up procedures 20
4. Thrust Restraint 21
a. Retainer glands 22
b. Thrust harnesses 23
c. Any other means 24
5. Gaskets 25
a. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 26
6. Isolation Flanges 27
a. Flanges required by the drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to 28
Section 33 04 10. 29
7. Bolts and Nuts 30
a. Mechanical Joints 31
1) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 32
b. Flanged Ends 33
1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115. 34
a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 35
8. Flange Coatings 36
a. Connections to Steel Flanges 37
1) Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with a Petrolatum 38
Tape System in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 39
B. Certificates 40
1. The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit certifying that all Ductile Iron Fittings 41
meet the provisions of this Section and meet the requirements of AWWA/ANSI 42
C110/A21.10 or AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 43
2. Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B117. 44
33 11 11 - 5
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 5 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3
A. Qualifications 4
1. Manufacturers 5
a. Fittings manufacturing operations (fittings, lining, and coatings) shall be 6
performed under the control of the manufacturer. 7
b. Ductile Iron Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI 8
C110/A21.10 or AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 9
1) Perform quality control tests and maintain the results as outlined in these 10
standards to assure compliance. 11
B. Preconstruction Testing 12
1. The City may, at its own cost, subject random fittings for destructive testing by an 13
independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification. 14
a. The compliance test shall be performed in the United States. 15
b. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be 16
grounds for rejecting the entire order. 17
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 18
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 19
1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M41. 20
2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 21
66 00. 22
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 23
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 27
A. Manufacturers 28
1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 29
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 30
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 31
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 32
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 33
B. Ductile Iron Fittings 34
1. Ductile Iron Fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10, 35
AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 36
2. All fittings for potable water service shall meet the requirements of NSF 61. 37
3. Ductile Iron Fittings, at a minimum, shall meet or exceed the pressures classes of 38
the pipe which the fitting is connected, unless specifically indicated in the 39
Drawings. 40
33 11 11 - 6
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 6 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
4. Fittings Markings 1
a. Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. 2
b. Minimum markings shall include: 3
1) “DI” or “Ductile” cast or metal stamped on each fitting 4
2) Applicable AWWA/ANSI standard for that the fitting 5
3) Pressure rating 6
4) Number of degrees for all bends 7
5) Nominal diameter of the openings 8
6) Year and country fitting was cast 9
7) Manufacturer’s mark 10
5. Joints 11
a. Mechanical Joints with mechanical restraint 12
1) Comply with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11 and applicable parts of 13
ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. 14
2) The retainer gland shall have the following working pressure ratings based 15
on size and type of pipe: 16
a) Ductile Iron Pipe 17
(1) 3-inch – 16-inch, 350 psi 18
(2) 18-inch – 48-inch, 250 psi 19
b) PVC C900 and C905 20
(1) 3-inch – 12-inch, 305psi 21
(2) 14-inch – 16-inch, 235psi 22
(3) 18-inch – 20-inch, 200psi 23
(4) 24-inch – 30 –inch 165psi 24
c) Ratings are for water pressure and must include a minimum safety 25
factor of 2 to 1 in all sizes 26
3) Retainer glands shall have specific designs for Ductile Iron and PVC and it 27
should be easy to differentiate between the 2. 28
4) Gland body, wedges and wedge actuating components shall be cast from 29
grade 65-45-12 ductile iron material in accordance with ASTM A536. 30
5) Mechanical joint restraint shall require conventional tools and installation 31
procedures per AWWA C600, while retaining full mechanical joint 32
deflection during assembly as well as allowing joint deflection after 33
assembly. 34
6) Proper actuation of the gripping wedges shall be ensured with torque 35
limiting twist off nuts. 36
7) A minimum of 6 wedges shall be required for 8 inch diameter PVC pipe. 37
b. Push-On, Restrained Joints 38
1) Restraining Push-on joints by means of a special gasket 39
a) Only those products that are listed in 01 60 00 40
b) The working pressure rating of the restrained gasket must exceed the 41
test pressure of the pipe line to be installed. 42
c) Approved for use of restraining Ductile Iron Pipe in casing with a 43
carrier pipe of 4-inches to 12-inches 44
d) Otherwise only approved if specially listed on the drawings 45
2) Push-on Restrained Joint bell and spigot 46
a) Only those products list in the standard products list will be allowed for 47
the size listed in the standard products list per Section 01 60 00 48
33 11 11 - 7
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 7 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b) Pressure rating shall exceed the working and test pressure of the pipe 1
line 2
c. Flanged Joints 3
1) AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 4
2) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B16.1, Class 5
125. 6
3) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 7
6. Gaskets 8
a. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 9
7. Isolation Flanges 10
a. Flanges required by the drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to 11
Section 33 04 10. 12
8. Bolts and Nuts 13
a. Mechanical Joints 14
1) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 15
b. Flanged Ends 16
1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115. 17
a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 18
9. Flange Coatings 19
a. Connections to Steel Flanges 20
1) Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with a Petrolatum 21
Tape System in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 22
10. Ductile Iron Fitting Exterior Coatings 23
a. All Ductile Iron Fittings shall have an asphaltic coating, minimum of 1 mil 24
thick, on the exterior, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 25
11. Polyethylene Encasement 26
a. All buried Ductile Iron Fittings shall be polyethylene encased. 27
b. Only manufacturers listed in the City’s Standard Products List as shown in 28
Section 01 60 00 will be considered acceptable. 29
c. Use only virgin polyethylene material. 30
d. Encasement for buried fittings shall be 8 mil linear low density (LLD) 31
polyethylene conforming to AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 or 4 mil high density 32
cross-laminated (HDCL) polyethylene encasement conforming to conforming 33
to AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 and ASTM A674. 34
e. Marking: At a minimum of every 2 feet along its length, the mark the 35
polyethylene film with the following information: 36
1) Manufacturer’s name or trademark 37
2) Year of manufacturer 38
3) AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 39
4) Minimum film thickness and material type 40
5) Applicable range of nominal diameter sizes 41
6) Warning – Corrosion Protection – Repair Any Damage 42
f. Special Markings/Colors 43
1) Reclaimed Water, perform one of the following: 44
a) Label polyethylene encasement with “RECLAIMED WATER”, 45
b) Provide purple polyethylene in accordance with the American Public 46
Works Association Uniform Color Code; or 47
33 11 11 - 8
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 8 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
c) Attach purple reclaimed water marker tape to the polyethylene wrap. 1
2) Wastewater, perform one of the following: 2
a) Label polyethylene encasement with “WASTEWATER”; 3
b) Provide green polyethylene in accordance with the American Public 4
Works Association Uniform Color Code; or 5
c) Attach green sanitary sewer marker tape to the polyethylene wrap. 6
g. Minimum widths 7
Polyethylene Tube and Sheet Sizes for Push-On Joint Fittings 8
Nominal Fittings Diameter
(inches)
Min. Width – Flat Tube
(inches)
Min. Width – Sheet
(inches)
3 14 28
4 14 28
6 16 32
8 20 40
10 24 48
12 27 54
14 30 60
16 34 68
18 37 74
20 41 82
24 54 108
30 67 134
36 81 162
42 81 162
48 95 190
54 108 216
60 108 216
64 121 242
12. Ductile Iron Fittings Interior Lining 9
a. Cement Mortar Lining 10
1) Ductile Iron Fittings for potable water shall have a cement mortar lining in 11
accordance with AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.4 and be acceptable according to 12
NSF 61. 13
b. Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy Linings 14
1) Ductile Iron Fittings for use in wastewater applications shall be lined with 15
a Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy lining as designated in the Standard Products 16
List as shown in Section 01 60 00. 17
2) Apply lining at a minimum of 40 mils DFT 18
3) Due to the tolerances involved, the gasket area and spigot end up to 6 19
inches back from the end of the spigot end must be coated with 6 mils 20
nominal, 10 mils maximum using a Joint Compound as supplied by the 21
manufacturer. 22
a) Apply the joint compound by brush to ensure coverage. 23
33 11 11 - 9
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 9 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b) Care should be taken that the joint compound is smooth without excess 1
buildup in the gasket seat or on the spigot ends. 2
c) Coat the gasket seat and spigot ends after the application of the lining. 3
4) Surface preparation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s 4
recommendations. 5
5) Check thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge in accordance with 6
the method outlined in SSPC PA 2. 7
6) Test the interior lining of all fittings for pinholes with a non-destructive 8
2,500 volt test. 9
a) Repair any defects prior to shipment. 10
7) Mark each fitting with the date of application of the lining system along 11
with its numerical sequence of application on that date and records 12
maintained by the applicator of his work. 13
8) For all Ductile Iron Fittings in wastewater service where the fitting has 14
been cut, coat the exposed surface with the touch-up material as 15
recommended by the manufacturer. 16
a) The touch-up material and the lining shall be of the same manufacturer. 17
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 18
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 19
PART 3 - EXECUTION 20
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 21
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 22
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 23
3.4 INSTALLATION 24
A. General 25
1. Install fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in 26
AWWA C600, AWWA M41, and in accordance with the fittings manufacturer’s 27
recommendations. 28
2. Lay fittings to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 29
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 10. 30
4. Embed Ductile Iron Fittings in accordance with 33 05 10. 31
B. Joint Making 32
1. Mechanical Joints with required mechanical restraint 33
a. All mechanical joints require mechanical restraint. 34
b. Bolt the retainer gland into compression against the gasket, with the bolts 35
tightened down evenly then cross torqued in accordance with AWWA C600. 36
c. Overstressing of bolts to compensate for poor installation practice will not be 37
permitted. 38
2. Push-on Joints (restrained) 39
a. All push-on joints shall be restrained push-on type. 40
b. Install Push-on joints as defined in AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. 41
c. Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter. 42
33 11 11 - 10
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 10 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
d. Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the manufacturer. 1
e. Apply a thin film of non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the 2
gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. 3
f. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinished the field cut and scarf 4
to conform to AWWA M-41. 5
3. Flanged Joints 6
a. Use erection bolts and drift pins to make flanged connections. 7
1) Do not use undue force or restraint on the ends of the fittings. 8
2) Apply even and uniform pressure to the gasket. 9
b. The fitting must be free to move in any direction while bolting. 10
1) Install flange bolts with all bolt heads faced in 1 direction. 11
4. Joint Deflection 12
a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions or to meet the lines 13
and grades and shown in the Drawings. 14
b. The deflection of each joint must be in accordance with AWWA C600 Table 3. 15
c. The maximum deflection allowed is 50 percent of that indicated in AWWA 16
C600. 17
d. The manufacturer’s recommendation may be used with the approval of the 18
Engineer. 19
C. Polyethylene Encasement Installation 20
1. Preparation 21
a. Remove all lumps of clay, mud, cinders, etc., on fittings surface prior to 22
installation of polyethylene encasement. 23
1) Prevent soil or embedment material from becoming trapped between 24
fittings and polyethylene. 25
b. Fit polyethylene film to contour of fittings to affect a snug, but not tight encase 26
with minimum space between polyethylene and fittings. 27
1) Provide sufficient slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene 28
where it bridges irregular surfaces such as bell-spigot interfaces, bolted 29
joints or fittings, and to prevent damage to polyethylene due to backfilling 30
operations. 31
2) Secure overlaps and ends with adhesive tape and hold. 32
c. For installations below water table and/or in areas subject to tidal actions, seal 33
both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint overlap. 34
2. Tubular Type (Method A) 35
a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 2 feet longer than fittings 36
section. 37
b. Slip tube around fittings, centering it to provide 1 foot overlap on each adjacent 38
pipe section and bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise until it clears fittings 39
ends. 40
c. Lower fittings into trench with preceding section of pipe. 41
d. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene tube. 42
e. After assembling fittings make overlap of polyethylene tube, pull bunched 43
polyethylene from preceding length of pipe, slip it over end of the fitting and 44
wrap until it overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe. 45
f. Secure overlap in place. 46
33 11 11 - 11
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 11 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
g. Take up slack width at top of fitting to make a snug, but not tight, fit along 1
barrel of fitting, securing fold at quarter points. 2
h. Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene. 3
i. Proceed with installation of next fitting in same manner. 4
3. Tubular Type (Method B) 5
a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 1 foot shorter than fitting 6
section. 7
b. Slip tube around fitting, centering it to provide 6 inches of bare fitting at each 8
end. 9
c. Take up slack width at top of fitting to make a snug, but not tight, fit along 10
barrel of fitting, securing fold at quarter points; secure ends. 11
d. Before making up joint, slip 3-foot length of polyethylene tube over end of 12
proceeding pipe section, bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise. 13
e. After completing joint, pull 3-foot length of polyethylene over joint, 14
overlapping polyethylene previously installed on each adjacent section of pipe 15
by at least 1 foot; make each end snug and secure. 16
4. Sheet Type 17
a. Cut polyethylene sheet to a length approximately 2 feet longer than piece 18
section. 19
b. Center length to provide 1-foot overlap on each fitting, bunching it until it 20
clears the fitting ends. 21
c. Wrap polyethylene around fitting so that it circumferentially overlaps top 22
quadrant of fitting. 23
d. Secure cut edge of polyethylene sheet at intervals of approximately 3 feet. 24
e. Lower wrapped fitting into trench with preceding section of pipe. 25
f. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene. 26
g. After completing joint, make overlap and secure ends. 27
h. Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene. 28
i. Proceed with installation of fittings in same manner. 29
5. Pipe-Shaped Appurtenances 30
a. Cover bends, reducers, offsets, and other pipe-shaped appurtenances with 31
polyethylene in same manner as pipe and fittings. 32
6. Odd-Shaped Appurtenances 33
a. When it is not practical to wrap valves, tees, crosses and other odd-shaped 34
pieces in tube, wrap with flat sheet or split length polyethylene tube by passing 35
sheet under appurtenances and bringing it up around body. 36
b. Make seams by bringing edges together, folding over twice and taping down. 37
c. Tape polyethylene securely in place at the valve stem and at any other 38
penetrations. 39
7. Repairs 40
a. Repair any cuts, tears, punctures or damage to polyethylene with adhesive tape 41
or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube, wrapped around 42
fitting to cover damaged area, and secure in place. 43
8. Openings in Encasement 44
a. Provide openings for branches, service taps, blow-offs, air valves and similar 45
appurtenances by making an X-shaped cut in polyethylene and temporarily 46
folding back film. 47
33 11 11 - 12
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 12 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. After appurtenance is installed, tape slack securely to appurtenance and repair 1
cut, as well as other damaged area in polyethylene with tape. 2
c. Service taps may also be made directly through polyethylene, with any 3
resulting damaged areas being repaired as described above. 4
9. Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Fittings 5
a. Where polyethylene-wrapped fitting joins an adjacent pipe that is not wrapped, 6
extend polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent pipe for distance of at least 3 feet. 7
b. Secure end with circumferential turns of tape. 8
c. Wrap service lines of dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric 9
tape for minimum clear distance of 3 feet away from cast or Ductile Iron 10
Fittings. 11
D. Blocking 12
1. Install concrete blocking in accordance with Section 03 30 00 for all bends, tees, 13
crosses and plugs in the pipe lines as indicated in the Drawings. 14
2. Place the concrete blocking so as to rest against firm undisturbed trench walls, 15
normal to the thrust. 16
3. The supporting area for each block shall be at least as great as that indicated on the 17
Drawings and shall be sufficient to withstand the thrust, including water hammer, 18
which may develop. 19
4. Each block shall rest on a firm, undisturbed foundation or trench bottom. 20
5. If the Contractor encounters soil that appears to be different than that which was 21
used to calculate the blocking according to the Drawings, the Contractor shall 22
notify the Engineer prior to the installation of the blocking. 23
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION 24
A. Patching 25
1. Excessive field-patching is not permitted of lining or coating. 26
2. Patching of lining or coating will be allowed where area to be repaired does not 27
exceed 100 square inches and has no dimensions greater than 12 inches. 28
3. In general, there shall not be more than 1 patch on either the lining or the coating of 29
any fitting. 30
4. Wherever necessary to patch the fitting: 31
a. Make patch with cement mortar as previously specified for interior joints. 32
b. Do not install patched fitting until the patch has been properly and adequately 33
cured and approved for laying by the City. 34
c. Promptly remove rejected fittings from the site. 35
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 36
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 37
A. Potable Water Mains 38
1. Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing and bacteriological testing of water mains 39
a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test the water 40
main as specified in Section 33 04 40. 41
33 11 11 - 13
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
Page 13 of 13
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7
END OF SECTION 8
9
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson
1.2.A.1.c – Restraints included in price bid
1.2.A.2.c – Restraints included in price bid
1.3 – Added definitions of gland types for clarity
2.2.B.5 – Removed unrestrained push-on and mechanical joints
2.2.B.6, 7, 8, and 9 – Added reference to Section 33 05 10 and 33 04 10; removed
material specifications for bolts, nuts and gaskets.
3.4 – Requirement for all mechanical and push-on joints to be restrained
3.4.D – Corrected reference
9/20/2017 W. Norwood 2.2.B.5.a.7 – Added requirement for 6 wedges on MJ Restraint for 8 inch PVC pipe
10
33 11 12 - 1
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 16, 2018
SECTION 33 11 12
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 4-inch through 36-inch for potable water,
wastewater and reuse applications
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the
Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
3. 33 01 31 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection
4. 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains
5. 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill
6. 33 05 24 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate
7. 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of the
fitting, manhole, or appurtenance
2. Payment
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price
bid per linear foot of “PVC Water Pipe” installed for:
1) Various sizes
2) Various types of backfill
b. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price
bid per linear foot of “Sewer Force Main” installed for:
1) Various sizes
3. The price bid shall include:
a. Furnishing and installing PVC Pressure Pipe with joints as specified by the
Drawings
b. Mobilization
c. Pavement removal
d. Excavation
e. Hauling
33 11 12 - 2
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 16, 2018
f. Disposal of excess material
g. Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment
h. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
i. Trench water stops
j. Thrust restraint, if required by Contract Documents
k. Gaskets
l. Clean-up
m. Cleaning
n. Disinfection
o. Testing
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Reference Standards
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO).
3. ASTM International (ASTM):
a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl-Chloride) (PVC)
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds.
b. D3139, Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using
Flexible Elastomeric Seals.
4. American Water Works Association (AWWA):
a. C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances.
b. C605, Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipes
and Fittings for Water.
c. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN
through 60 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution.
d. M23, PVC Pipe – Design and Installation.
e. M41, Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings.
5. NSF International (NSF):
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects.
6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL).
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. For PVC Pressure Pipe that is used for water distribution, wastewater force mains
or wastewater gravity mains, including:
a. PVC Pressure Pipe
b. Manufacturer
c. Dimension Ratio
33 11 12 - 3
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 16, 2018
d. Joint Types
2. Restraint, if required in Contract Documents
a. Retainer glands
b. Thrust harnesses
c. Any other means of restraint
3. Gaskets
B. Shop Drawings: When restrained joints are required, furnish for PVC Pressure Pipe
used in the water distribution system or for a wastewater force main for 24-inch and
greater diameters, including:
1. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in
Texas including:
a. Working pressure
b. Surge pressure
c. Deflection
2. Provide thrust restraint calculations for all fittings and valves, sealed by a Licensed
Professional Engineer in Texas, to verify the restraint lengths shown on the
Drawings.
3. Lay schedule / drawing for 24-inch and greater diameters sealed by a Licensed
Professional Engineer in Texas including:
a. Pipe class
b. Joints type
c. Fittings
d. Stationing
e. Transitions
f. Joint deflection
C. Certificates
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all PVC Pressure Pipe meets the provisions of
this Section, each run of pipe furnished has met Specifications, all inspections have
been made and that all tests have been performed in accordance with AWWA
C900.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
1. Manufacturers
a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size, unless
otherwise approved by the City.
1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different
manufacturer upon City approval.
b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the
manufacturer.
c. All pipe furnished shall be in conformance with AWWA C900.
33 11 12 - 4
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 16, 2018
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M23.
2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
66 00.
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers
1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City’s Standard Products List will be
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00.
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections.
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00.
B. Pipe
1. Pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C900.
2. PVC Pressure Pipe for potable water shall meet the requirements of NSF 61.
3. Pressure Pipe shall be approved by the UL.
4. Pipe shall have a lay length of 20 feet except for special fittings or closure pieces
necessary to comply with the Drawings.
5. The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a
cell classification of 12454. Outside diameters must be equal to those of cast iron
and ductile iron pipes.
6. As a minimum the following Dimension Ratio’s apply:
Diameter
(inch)
Min Pressure Class
(psi)
4 through 12 DR 14
16 through 24 DR 18
7. Pipe Markings
a. Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA C900. Minimum pipe markings
shall be as follows:
1) Manufacturer’s Name or Trademark and production record
2) Nominal pipe size
3) Dimension Ratio
4) AWWA C900
5) Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe
33 11 12 - 5
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 16, 2018
C. Pressure and Deflection Design
1. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and design pressure class specified
in the Drawings. Pipe shall be designed according to the methods indicated in
AWWA M23 for trench construction, using the following parameters:
a. Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf
b. Live Load = AASHTO HS 20
c. Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings
d. Maximum E’ = 1,000 max
e. Deflection Lag Factor = 1.0
f. Working Pressure (Pw) = 150 psi
g. Surge Allowance (Ps) = 100 psi minimum
h. Test Pressure =
1) No less than 1.25 times the stated working pressure (187 psi minimum) of
the pipeline measured at the highest elevation along the test section.
2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi minimum) at
the lowest elevation of the test section.
i. Maximum Calculated Deflection = 3 percent
j. Restrained Joint Safety Factor (SF) = 1.5
k. Maximum Joint Deflection = 50 percent of the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
2. Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located.
a. Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or
other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth.
b. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows.
3. Provisions for Thrust
a. Thrusts at bends, tees, plugs or other fittings shall be mechanically restrained
joints when required by the Drawings.
b. No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for the restrained length of
pipe within the casing.
c. Restrained joints, where required, shall be used for a sufficient distance from
each side of the bend, tee, plug, valve, or other fitting to resist thrust which will
be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust the
following shall apply:
1) Calculate valves as dead ends.
2) Design pressure shall be greater than the pressure class of the pipe or the
internal pressure (Pi), whichever is greater.
3) Restrained joints shall consist of approved mechanical restrained or push-
on restrained joints as listed in the City’s Standard Products List as shown
in Section 01 60 00.
4) Restrained PVC pipe is not allowed for pipe greater than 12 inches.
d. The Pipe Manufacturer shall verify the length of pipe with restrained joints to
resist thrust in accordance with the Drawings and the following:
1) Calculate the weight of the earth (We) as the weight of the projected soil
prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions.
2) Soil density = 115 pcf (maximum value to be used), for unsaturated soil
conditions
3) In locations where ground water is encountered, reduce the soil density to
its buoyant weight for the backfill below the water table.
a) Reduce the coefficient of friction to 0.25.
33 11 12 - 6
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 16, 2018
4. Joints
a. Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot and push-on type conforming to ASTM
D3139.
b. Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push-on joints, gaskets
shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such.
c. Lubricant must be non-toxic and NSF approved for potable water applications.
d. Push-On Restrained Joints shall only be as approved in the Standard Products
List in Section 01 60 00.
5. Detectable Markers
a. Provide detectable markers in accordance with Section 33 05 26.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Install pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in
AWWA C600, AWWA C605, AWWA M23 and in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings.
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
4. Embed PVC Pressure Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
5. For installation of carrier pipe within casing, see Section 33 05 24.
B. Pipe Handling
1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site.
2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage.
a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to
lowering into the trench.
b. Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the
surface of the pipe for handling the pipe.
3. At the close of each operating day:
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash – during and after
the laying operation.
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap.
C. Joint Making
1. Mechanical Joints
a. In accordance with Section 33 11 11.
33 11 12 - 7
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 16, 2018
2. Push-on Joints
a. Install Push-On joints as defined in AWWA C900.
b. Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter.
c. Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the manufacturer.
d. Apply a thin film of non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the
gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell.
e. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut to conform
to AWWA C605.
3. Joint Deflection
a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions, or to meet the lines
and grades shown in the Drawings.
b. Joint deflection shall not exceed 50 percent of the manufacturer’s
recommendation.
D. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation
1. See Section 33 05 26.
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Potable Water Mains
1. Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing, and bacteriological testing of water
mains:
a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test the water
main as specified in Section 33 04 40.
B. Wastewater Lines
1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection
a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 31.
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
33 11 12 - 8
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 16, 2018
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson
2.2.C.1 and 3.4.C.3 – revised maximum joint deflection requirements
3.4.C.1 – Added reference to Ductile Iron Fittings
3.4.D – Removed Marker Balls
1.1 Modified acceptable range for specification from up to 24-inch to up to 36-inch
4/1/2013 F. Griffin
Change Section 2.2 B. 5. from “The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the
requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454-B.” to “The pipe
material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell
classification of 12454”.
11/14/2018 D.V. Magaña All references to the use of C905 are no longer applicable and are deleted.
1.3.A.4.c. – Updated to reflect C900 applicable on PVC pipe sizes 4” through 60”.
33 11 14 - 1
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 1 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 11 14 1
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Buried Steel Pipe 24-inches and larger for potable water applications 6
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
3. Section 33 01 31 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 13
4. Section 33 04 10 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 14
5. Section 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 15
6. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 16
7. Section 33 11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Buried Steel Pipe 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 22
the fitting or appurtenance 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per linear foot of “Steel AWWA C200 Pipe” installed for: 27
a) Various sizes 28
b) Various type of backfill 29
c. The price bid shall include: 30
1) Furnishing and installing Buried Steel Pipe with joints as specified by the 31
Drawings 32
2) Mobilization 33
3) Coating 34
4) Lining 35
5) Pavement removal 36
6) Excavation 37
7) Hauling 38
8) Disposal of excess material 39
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 40
10) Thrust restraint 41
33 11 14 - 2
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 2 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
11) Bolts and nuts 1
12) Welding 2
13) Gaskets 3
14) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 4
15) Trench water stops 5
16) Clean-up 6
17) Cleaning 7
18) Disinfection 8
19) Testing 9
2. Buried Steel Pipe Fittings 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 14
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 15
lump sum price bid for “Steel Fittings”. 16
c. The price bid shall include: 17
1) Furnishing and installing Buried Steel Pipe with joints as specified by the 18
Drawings 19
2) Mobilization 20
3) Coating 21
4) Lining 22
5) Pavement removal 23
6) Excavation 24
7) Hauling 25
8) Disposal of excess material 26
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 27
10) Thrust restraint 28
11) Bolts and nuts 29
12) Welding 30
13) Gaskets 31
14) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 32
15) Trench water stops 33
16) Clean-up 34
17) Cleaning 35
18) Disinfection 36
19) Testing 37
1.3 REFERENCES 38
A. Reference Standards 39
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 40
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 41
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 42
2. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AASHTO). 43
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 44
a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Classes 25, 125 and 250). 45
4. ANSI International (ASTM): 46
a. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PDI 47
Tensile Strength. 48
33 11 14 - 3
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 3 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 1
c. B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and 2
Steel. 3
d. C33, Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates. 4
e. C144, Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 5
f. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 6
g. C216, Standard Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made 7
from Clay or Shale). 8
h. D16, Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and 9
Applications. 10
i. D242, Standard Specification for Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving 11
Mixtures. 12
j. DD522, Standard Test Methods for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic 13
Coatings. 14
k. D2240, Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness. 15
l. D4541, Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable 16
Adhesion Testers. 17
m. E165, Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General Industry. 18
5. American Welding Society (AWS) 19
6. D1.1, Structure Welding Code - Steel. 20
7. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 21
a. C200, Steel Water Pipe - 6 Inches and Larger. 22
b. C205, Cement Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe 4 Ins 23
and Larger Shop-Applied. 24
c. C206, Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. 25
d. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN 26
e. C208, Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. 27
f. C210, Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel 28
Water Pipelines. 29
g. C216, Heat Shrinkable Cross-Linked Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of 30
Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines 31
h. C222, Polyurethane Coatings for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipe 32
and Fittings 33
i. M11, Steel Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation. 34
8. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 35
(AWWA/ANSI): 36
a. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and 37
Fittings. 38
9. International Organization for Standardization (ISO). 39
10. NACE International (NACE): 40
a. SP0188, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on 41
Conductive Substrates. 42
11. NSF International (NSF): 43
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 44
12. Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (SPFA). 45
13. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC)/National Associate of Corrosion Engineers 46
(NACE) 47
a. PA 2, Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages. 48
33 11 14 - 4
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 4 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. SP 1, Solvent Cleaning. 1
c. SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning. 2
d. SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning. 3
14. Society for Protective Coatings/National Associate of Corrosion Engineers 4
(SSPC/NACE) 5
a. SP 10/NACE No. 2, Near-White Blast Cleaning. 6
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 7
1.5 SUBMITTALS 8
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 10
specials. 11
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12
A. Product Data 13
1. Exterior Coating 14
a. Material data 15
b. Application recommendations 16
c. Field touch-up procedures 17
2. Heat Shrink Sleeves, if applicable 18
a. Material data 19
b. Installation recommendations 20
3. Joint Wrappers, if applicable 21
a. Material data 22
b. Installation recommendations 23
4. Mixes 24
a. Mortar for interior joints and patches 25
b. Bonding agents for patches 26
5. Gaskets 27
B. Shop Drawings 28
1. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in 29
Texas including: 30
a. Internal pressure 31
1) Maximum design pressure 32
2) Surge pressure 33
b. External pressure 34
1) Deflection 35
2) Buckling 36
3) Extreme loading conditions 37
c. Special physical loading such as supports or joint design 38
d. Thermal expansion and/or contraction 39
2. Thrust restraint calculations for all fittings and valves including the restraint length 40
sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas to verify the restraint lengths 41
shown in the Drawings. 42
33 11 14 - 5
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 5 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3. Fabrication and lay drawings showing a schematic location with profile and a 1
tabulated layout schedule that is sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in 2
Texas and includes: 3
a. Pipe class 4
b. Joint types 5
c. Fittings 6
d. Outlets 7
e. Thrust Restraint 8
f. Stationing (in accordance with the Drawings) 9
g. Transitions 10
h. Joint deflection 11
i. Interior lining 12
j. Outlet locations for welding, ventilation, and access 13
k. Welding requirements and provisions for thermal stress control 14
C. Certificates and Test Reports 15
1. Prior to shipment of the pipe, the pipe manufacturer shall submit the following: 16
a. A Certificate of Adequacy of Design stating that the pipe to be furnished 17
complies with AWWA C200, AWWA C205, AWWA C210, AWWA C222 18
and these Specifications. 19
b. Copies of results of factory hydrostatic tests shall be provided to the Engineer. 20
c. Mill certificates, including chemical and physical test results for each heat of 21
steel. 22
d. A Certified Test Report from the polyurethane coating manufacturer indicating 23
that the coatings were applied in accordance with manufacturer's requirements 24
and in accordance with this Specification. 25
e. Certified test reports for welder certification for factory and field welds in 26
accordance with AWWA C200, Section 4.11. 27
f. Certified test reports for cement mortar tests. 28
g. Certified test reports for steel cylinder tests. 29
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 32
A. Qualifications 33
1. Manufacturers 34
a. Shall be certified under S.P.F.A. or I.S.O. quality certification program for steel 35
pipe and accessory manufacturing 36
b. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 37
c. Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, lining and coatings) shall be performed 38
under the control of the manufacturer. 39
d. The pipe manufacturer shall not have less than 5 years successful experience 40
manufacturing pipe of the particular type and size indicated or demonstrate an 41
experience record that is satisfactory to the Engineer and City. 42
1) This experience record will be thoroughly investigated by the Engineer, and 43
acceptance will be at the sole discretion of the Engineer and City. 44
2) Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, fittings, lining, coating) shall be 45
performed at 1 location, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 46
33 11 14 - 6
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 6 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
e. Manufacture pipe in accordance with the latest revisions of AWWA C200, 1
AWWA C205, AWWA C210 and AWWA C222. 2
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3
A. Packing 4
1. Prepare pipe for shipment to: 5
a. Afford maximum protection from normal hazard of transportation 6
b. Allow pipe to reach project site in an undamaged condition 7
2. Pipe damaged in shipment shall not be delivered to the project site unless such 8
damaged pipe is properly repaired. 9
3. After the completed pipe and fittings have been removed from the final cure at the 10
manufacturing plant: 11
a. Protect pipe lining from drying by means of plastic end covers banded to the 12
pipe ends. 13
b. Maintain covers over the pipe ends at all times until ready to be installed. 14
c. Moisture shall be maintained inside the pipe by periodic addition of water, as 15
necessary. 16
4. Pipes shall be carefully supported during shipment and storage. 17
a. Pipe, fittings and specials shall be separated so that they do not bear against 18
each other and the whole load shall be securely fastened to prevent movement 19
in transit. 20
b. Ship pipe on padded bunks with tie-down straps approximately over stulling. 21
c. Store pipe on padded skids, sand or dirt berms, tires or other suitable means to 22
protect the pipe from damage. 23
d. Each end of each length of pipe, fitting or special and the middle of each pipe 24
joint shall be internally supported and braced with stulls to maintain a true 25
circular shape. 26
1) Internal stulls shall consist of timber or steel firmly wedged and secured so 27
that stulls remain in place during storage, shipment and installation. 28
2) Pipe shall be rotated so that 1 stull remains vertical during storage, 29
shipment and installation. 30
3) At a minimum, stulls shall be placed at each end and center. 31
a) Additional stulls may be required depending upon the length of the 32
joints and pipe design. 33
4) Stulls shall not be removed until backfill operations are complete 34
(excluding final clean up), unless it can be demonstrated to the City’s 35
satisfaction that removal of stulls will not adversely affect pipe installation. 36
B. Delivery, Handling, and Storage 37
1. Once the first shipment of pipe has been delivered to the site, the Engineer and the 38
Contractor shall inspect the pipe’s interior coating for excessive cracking. 39
2. If excessive cracking is found, the Contractor shall modify shipping procedures to 40
reduce or eliminate cracking. 41
3. Deliver, handle and store pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's 42
recommendations to protect coating systems. 43
4. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 44
66 00. 45
33 11 14 - 7
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 7 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 4
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 5
A. Manufacturers 6
1. Only the manufacturers as listed by the City’s Standard Products List will be 7
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 8
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 9
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 10
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 11
B. Materials 12
1. General 13
a. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest revisions of AWWA 14
C200, AWWA C205, AWWA C210 and AWWA C222. 15
b. All pipe lining material in contact with potable water shall meet the 16
requirements of NSF 61. 17
2. Exterior Polyurethane Coating 18
a. For Pipe: 19
1) Polyurethane Coating shall be factory applied and meet the requirements of 20
AWWA C222. Use a Coating Standard ASTM D16, Type V system which 21
is a 100 percent solids, 2-component polyurethane (or 2-package 22
polyisocyanate, polyol-cured urethane) coating. 23
a) Components shall have balanced viscosities in their liquid state and 24
shall not require agitation during use. 25
b) Conversion to Solids by Volume: 97 percent ± 3 percent 26
c) Temperature Resistance: Minus 40 degrees F and plus 150 degrees F 27
d) Minimum Adhesion: 1500 psi, when applied to steel pipe which has 28
been blasted to comply with SSPC SP 10/NACE No. 2 29
(1) Cure Time: For handling in 2-3 minutes at 120 degrees F and full 30
cure within 7 days at 70 degrees F 31
e) Maximum Specific Gravities 32
(1) Polyisocyanate resin, 1.20 33
(2) Polyol resin, 1.15 34
f) Minimum Impact Resistance: 80 inch-pounds using 1-inch diameter 35
steel ball 36
g) Minimum Tensile Strength: 2000 psi 37
h) Hardness: Minimum Durometer hardness of 65 on the Shore D scale in 38
accordance with ASTM D2240 39
i) Flexibility Resistance 40
(1) ASTM D522 using 1-inch mandrel 41
(2) Allow coating to cure for 7 days. 42
(3) Perform testing on test coupons held for 15 minutes at temperature 43
extremes specified above. 44
33 11 14 - 8
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 8 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
j) Dry Film Thickness: 35 mils 1
k) Coating shall be a self priming, plural component, 100 percent solids, 2
non-extended polyurethane, suitable for burial or immersion and shall 3
be: 4
(1) Corropipe II Omni as manufactured by Madison Chemical 5
Industries Inc. 6
(2) Durashield 210 as manufactured by LifeLast, Inc., or 7
(3) Protec II, as manufactured by ITW – Futura Coatings, Inc. 8
2) The coating manufacturer shall have a minimum of 5 years experience in 9
the production of this type coating. 10
b. For Specials, Fittings, Repair and Connections 11
1) Provide shop-applied and field-applied coating as follows: 12
a) Corropipe II Omni, and GP II (E) Touch-Up, respectively, as 13
manufactured by Madison Chemical Industries, or 14
b) Durashield 210, Durashield 310, or Durashield 310 JARS as 15
manufactured by LifeLast, Inc., or 16
c) Protec II, or as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 17
d) Properties specified above. 18
e) Mix and apply polyurethane coatings in accordance with the coating 19
manufacturer's recommendations. 20
3. Cement Mortar Linings 21
a. Cement mortar linings shall be shop-applied. 22
b. Shop-applied cement mortar linings shall conform to the requirements of 23
AWWA C205 with the following modifications: 24
1) Sand used for cement mortar shall be silica sand ASTM C33. 25
2) Curing of the linings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C205. 26
4. Gaskets 27
1) Flange in accordance with AWWA C207. 28
2) Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 29
5. Bolts and Nuts 30
a. Flanged Ends 31
1) Flange in accordance with AWWA C207. 32
2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 33
6. Flange Coatings 34
a. Flange Coatings in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 35
7. Steel shall: 36
a. Meet the requirements of AWWA C200 37
b. Be of continuous casting 38
c. Be homogeneous 39
d. Be suitable for field welding 40
e. Be fully kilned 41
f. Be fine austenitic grain size 42
8. Bend Fittings 43
a. Fabricate all fittings from hydrostatically tested pipe. 44
b. All bend fittings shall be long radius to permit easy passage of pipeline pigs. 45
9. Threaded Outlets 46
a. Where outlets or taps are threaded, Threaded with CC Threads and furnish and 47
install brass bushings for the outlet size indicated. 48
33 11 14 - 9
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 9 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
10. Weld Lead Outlets 1
a. Use of threaded outlets for access for weld leads is permitted. 2
b. Additional outlet configurations shall be approved by the Engineer. 3
c. Outlets shall be welded after use. 4
11. Mixes 5
a. Mortar for Joints 6
1) Mortar shall be 1 part cement to 2 parts sand. 7
2) Cement shall be ASTM C150, Type I or II. 8
3) Sand shall be of sharp silica base. 9
a) Sand shall conform to ASTM C144. 10
4) Interior joint mortar shall be mixed with as little water as possible so that 11
the mortar is very stiff, but workable. 12
5) Water for cement mortar shall be from a potable water source. 13
6) Mortar for patching shall be as per interior joints. 14
b. Bonding Agent 15
1) Bonding Agent for Cement Mortar Lining must meet NSF 61, if cement 16
lining is in contact with potable water. 17
2) Bonding agent for cement mortar lining patching shall be: 18
a) Probond Epoxy Bonding Agent ET-150, parts A and B 19
b) Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, or 20
c) Approved equal 21
12. Heat Shrink Sleeves for Polyurethane Coated Steel Pipe 22
a. Primer: Provide as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. 23
b. Filler Mastic: Provide mastic filler as recommended by the heat shrink sleeve 24
manufacturer. 25
1) Size and type shall be as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer for type 26
of pipe and joint. 27
c. Joint Coating: Cross-linked polyolefin wrap or sleeve with a mastic sealant, 85 28
mils total thickness, suitable for pipeline operating temperature, sleeve material 29
recovery as recommended by the manufacturer. 30
1) High recovery sleeves shall be provided for bell and spigot and coupling 31
style joints with a minimum of 50 percent recovery. 32
2) Sleeve length shall provide a minimum of 3 inches overlap onto intact pipe 33
coating on each side of the joint. 34
3) Width to take into consideration shrinkage of the sleeve due to installation 35
and joint profile 36
d. Heat shrink sleeves shall meet AWWA C216, as manufactured by: 37
1) Canusa 38
2) Raychem, or 39
3) Approved equal 40
e. Provide heat shrink sleeve suitable to interior joint welding without damage to 41
heat shrink sleeve. 42
C. Performance / Design Criteria 43
1. Pipe Design 44
a. Steel pipe shall be designed, manufactured and tested in conformance with 45
AWWA C200, AWWA M11 and these Specifications. 46
b. Sizes and pressure classes (working pressure) shall be as shown below. 47
c. For the purpose of pipe design, the transient pressure plus working pressure 48
shall be as indicated below. 49
33 11 14 - 10
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 10 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
d. Fittings, specials and connections shall be designed for the same pressures as 1
the adjacent pipe. 2
e. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and the design pressure in 3
accordance with AWWA M11; using the following parameters: 4
1) Unit Weight of Fill (W) = 130 pounds per cubic foot 5
2) Live Load 6
a) = AASHTO HS 20, at all locations except at railroads 7
b) = Cooper E80, at Railroads 8
3) Trench Depth = As indicated in the Drawings 9
4) Deflection Lag Factor (Dl) = 1.0 10
5) Coefficient (K) = 0.10 11
6) Maximum Calculated Deflection: 12
a) Dx = 3 percent (for polyurethane coated pipe) 13
b) Dx = 2 percent (for cement mortar coated pipe) 14
7) Soil Reaction Modulus (E') < 1,000 15
8) Working Pressure = 150 psi 16
a) Test Pressure = 17
(1) No less than 1.25 minimum times the stated working pressure (187 18
psi minimum) of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation 19
along the test section. 20
(2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi 21
minimum) at the lowest elevation of the test section. 22
9) Surge Allowance = 100 psi, minimum 23
a) Where Total Pressure (including surge) = 150 psi + 100 psi = 250 psi 24
f. Fittings and specials shall be: 25
1) Designed in accordance with AWWA C208 and AWWA M11 except that 26
crotch plates shall be used for outlet reinforcement for all Pressure 27
Diameter Values, PDV, greater than 6,000. 28
g. Where the pipe requires additional external support to achieve the specified 29
maximum deflection, the Contractor and pipe supplier will be required to 30
furnish alternate methods for pipe embedment. 31
1) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor by the Owner 32
where this method is required. 33
h. Trench depths indicated shall be verified after existing utilities are located. 34
1) Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other 35
conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe design 36
depth. 37
2) In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 38
i. Field fabrication or cutting is not allowed, unless otherwise approved by the 39
City. 40
2. Provisions for Thrust 41
a. Thrust at bends, tees or other fittings shall be resisted by restrained joints. 42
1) Thrust at bends adjacent to casing shall be restrained by welding joints 43
through the casing and a sufficient distance each side of the casing. 44
2) The distance for thrust restraint shown on the Drawings is the minimum 45
restraint and does not relieve the manufacturer from calculating the restraint 46
needs as specified herein. 47
a) In no case shall the restrained distance be less than indicated on the 48
Drawings. 49
33 11 14 - 11
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 11 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. Restrained joints shall be used a sufficient distance from each side of the bend, 1
tee, plug or other fitting to resist thrust which develops at the design pressure of 2
the pipe. 3
c. Restrained joints shall consist of welded joints. 4
d. The length of pipe designed with restrained joints to resist thrust shall be 5
verified by the pipe manufacturer in accordance with AWWA M11 and the 6
following: 7
1) The weight of the earth (We) shall be calculated as the weight of the 8
projected soil prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions 9
2) Soil Density = 110 pounds per cubic foot (maximum value to be used), for 10
unsaturated soil conditions 11
3) Coefficient of Friction = 0.25 (maximum value to be used for polyurethane 12
coated steel pipe). 13
4) If indicated on the Drawings and the Geotechnical Borings that ground 14
water is expected, account for reduced soil density. 15
5) For horizontal bends, the length of pipe to be restrained shall be calculated 16
as follows: 17
18
L = __P A (1 – cos ∆) 19
f (2We + Wp + Ww) 20
21
Where: 22
∆ = Deflection angle 23
L = Length of pipe to be restrained on each side 24
P = internal pressure 25
A = Cross sectional area of pipe steel cylinder I.D. 26
We = Weight of prism of soil over the pipe 27
Wp = Weight of pipe 28
Ww = Weight of water 29
f = Coefficient of friction between pipe and soil 30
3. Inside Diameter 31
a. The inside diameter, including the cement-mortar lining, shall be a minimum of 32
the nominal diameter of the pipe specified, unless otherwise indicated on the 33
Drawings. 34
4. Wall Thickness 35
a. The minimum pipe wall steel thickness shall be as designed, but not less than 36
0.25 inches or pipe D/240, whichever is greater for pipe and fittings, with no 37
minus tolerance, where D is the nominal inside pipe diameter. 38
b. Where indicated on the Drawings, pipe and fittings shall have thicker steel pipe 39
wall. 40
c. The minimum steel wall thickness shall also be such that the fiber stress shall 41
not exceed: 42
1) 50 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel for working pressure 43
and 44
2) 75 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel at the maximum 45
pressure (including transient pressure), nor the following, at the specified 46
working pressure: 47
48
33 11 14 - 12
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 12 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1
Pipe Type
Maximum Stress at
Working Pressure
Polyurethane Coated Steel 23,000 psi
Mortar Coated Steel NOT USED
2
d. Pipe which is placed in casing or tunnel shall have a minimum pipe wall steel 3
thickness of 0.375 inches or pipe D/144, whichever is greater, where D is the 4
nominal pipe diameter. 5
e. Pipe, fittings and specials shall be designed such that the maximum stresses in 6
the pipe due to thrust loading will not exceed 18,000 psi. 7
5. Seams 8
a. Except for mill-type pipe, the piping shall be made from steel plates rolled into 9
cylinders or sections thereof with the longitudinal and girth seams butt welded 10
or shall be spirally formed and butt welded. 11
1) There shall be not more than 2 longitudinal seams. 12
2) Girth seams shall be butt welded and shall not be spaced closer than 6 feet 13
except in specials and fittings. 14
6. Joint Length 15
a. Maximum joint length shall not exceed 50 feet. 16
b. Maximum joint length of steel pipe installed in casing shall meet the project 17
requirements. 18
c. Manufactured random segments of pipe will not be permitted for straight runs 19
of pipe. 20
1) Closing piece segments, however, shall be acceptable. 21
7. Joint Bonds, Insulated Connections and Flange Gaskets 22
a. Joint Bonds, Insulated Connection, and Flange Gaskets shall be in accordance 23
with Section 33 04 10. 24
8. Bend Fittings 25
a. All bend fittings shall be long radius to permit passage of pipeline pigs. 26
9. Pipe Ends 27
a. Pipe ends shall be: 28
1) Lap welded slip joints 29
2) Butt strap joint 30
3) Flanged joint 31
4) Flexible coupled joint 32
5) Roll groove gasket joint 33
b. Pipe ends shall be welded or harnessed where indicated and as necessary to 34
resist thrust forces. 35
1) Thrust at bends adjacent to casing shall be restrained by welding joints 36
through the casing and a sufficient distance each side of the casing. 37
c. Rubber Gasket Joint 38
1) Rubber gasketed joints (O-ring or Carnegie Joints) will only be allowed for 39
pipe sizes 54-inch diameter and smaller. 40
2) Joints shall conform to AWWA C200 standard. 41
3) The joints shall consist of: 42
a) Bell 43
(1) Flared bell end formed and sized by forcing the pipe or a plug die 44
or by expanding on segmental dies. 45
33 11 14 - 13
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 13 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b) Spigot 1
(1) Rolled spigot or carnegie shaped steel joint ring in accordance with 2
AWWA C200 and as shown as Item F or H in Figure 8-1 of the 3
AWWA M11. 4
4) The welded area of bell and spigot pipe ends shall be checked after forming 5
by the dye penetrant or magnetic particle method. 6
5) The difference in diameter between the interior diameter (I.D.) of the bell 7
and the outer diameter (O.D.) of the spigot shoulder at point of full 8
engagement with an allowable deflection shall be no more than 0.04 inches 9
as measured on the circumference with a diameter tape. 10
6) The gasket shall have sufficient volume to approximately fill the area of the 11
groove and shall conform to AWWA C200. 12
7) The joint shall be suitable for the specified test and/or surge pressure and 13
deflection. 14
8) Joints shall be of clearances such that water tightness shall be provided 15
under all operating and test conditions with a pipe diameter deflection 16
based upon the supplied pipe coating. 17
9) Joints shall be electrically continuous. 18
d. Lap Welded Slip Joint 19
1) Lap welded slip joint shall be provided in all locations for pipe larger than 20
24-inches and where joints are welded for thrust restraint. 21
2) Lap welded slip joints may be welded from the inside or outside. 22
3) Ends of pipe, fittings and specials for field welded joints shall be prepared 23
with 1 end expanded in order to receive a plain end making a bell and plain 24
end type of joint. 25
a) Clearance between the surfaces of lap joints shall not exceed1/8 inch at 26
any point around the periphery. 27
4) In addition to the provisions for a minimum lap of 1½ inches as specified in 28
AWWA C200, the depth of bell shall be such as to provide for a minimum 29
distance of 1 inch between the weld and the nearest tangent of the bell 30
radius when welds are to be located on the inside of the pipe. 31
e. Fittings with Flanges 32
1) Flanged joints shall be provided at connections to valves and where 33
indicated on the Drawings. 34
2) Ends to be fitted with slip-on flanges shall have the longitudinal or spiral 35
welds ground flush to accommodate the type of flanges provided. 36
3) Pipe flanges and welding of flanges to steel pipe shall conform to the 37
requirements of AWWA C207 and AWWA C206. 38
4) Pipe flanges shall be of rated pressure equal to or greater than the adjacent 39
pipe class. 40
5) Flanges shall match the fittings or appurtenances which are to be attached. 41
6) Flanges shall be Class E with 275 psi working pressure in accordance with 42
AWWA C207 and drilled in accordance with ASME B16.1 Class 125 for 43
areas designated with a 225 test pressure. 44
7) When Isolation Flanges are required by the Drawings, Drillings shall 45
accommodate the required spacing for mylar sleeves according to Section 46
33 04 10. 47
f. Flexible Couplings 48
1) Flexible couplings shall be provided where specified on the Drawings. 49
2) Ends to be joined by flexible couplings shall be: 50
33 11 14 - 14
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 14 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a) Plain end type, prepared as stipulated in AWWA C200. 1
b) Welds on ends to be joined by couplings shall be ground flush to 2
permit slipping the coupling in at least 1 direction to clear the pipe 3
joint. 4
c) Harness bolts and lugs shall comply with AWWA M11. 5
g. Butt Strap Closure Joints 6
1) Where necessary to make closure to pipe previously laid, closure joints 7
shall be installed using butt strap joints in accordance with AWWA C206 8
and applicable provisions of this Specification. 9
10. Polyurethane Coating 10
a. Applicator Qualifications 11
1) Equipment shall be certified by the coating manufacturer to meet the 12
requirements for: 13
a) Material mixing 14
b) Temperature control 15
c) Application rate 16
d) Ratio control for multi-part coatings 17
2) Equipment not meeting the written requirements of the coating 18
manufacturer shall be rejected for coating application until repairs or 19
replacement of the equipment is made to the satisfaction of the City. 20
3) Personnel responsible for the application of the coating system shall: 21
a) Provide certification of attendance at the coating manufacturer’s 22
training class within the last 3 years 23
b) Be present during all coating application work and shall have 24
responsibility for controlling all aspects of the coating application 25
b. Surface Preparation 26
1) Remove visible oil, grease, dirt and contamination in accordance with 27
SSPC SP 1. 28
2) Remove surface imperfections such as metal slivers, burrs, weld splatter, 29
gouges or delaminations in the metal by filing or grinding prior to abrasive 30
surface preparation. 31
3) In cold weather or when moisture collects on the pipe and the temperature 32
of the pipe is less than 45 degrees F, preheat pipe to a temperature between 33
45 and 90 degrees F and 5 degrees F above dew point. 34
4) Clean pipe by abrasive blasting with a mixture of steel grit and shot to 35
produce the surface preparation cleanliness as required by coating 36
manufacturer and as specified. 37
a) Recycled abrasive shall be cleaned of debris and spent abrasive in an 38
air wash separator. 39
5) Blast media mixture and gradation shall be adequate to achieve a sharp 40
angular surface profile as required by coating manufacturer and to the 41
minimum depth specified. 42
6) Protect prepared pipe from humidity, moisture and rain. 43
7) Keep pipe clean, dry and free of flash rust. 44
a) Remove all flash rust, imperfections or contamination on cleaned pipe 45
surface by reblasting prior to primer application. 46
8) Complete priming and coating of pipe in a continuous operation the same 47
day as surface preparation. 48
33 11 14 - 15
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 15 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
9) Abrasive blast exterior surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP 10/NACE No. 1
2; to a near-white blast cleaning with a minimum 3.0 mil angular profile in 2
bare steel. 3
c. Equipment 4
1) 2-component, heated airless spray unit in accordance with coating 5
manufacturer’s recommendation 6
d. Temperature 7
1) Minimum 5 degrees F above dew point temperature 8
a) The temperature of the surface shall not be less than 60 degrees F 9
during application. 10
e. Humidity 11
1) Heating of pipe surfaces may be required to meet requirements of this 12
Section if relative humidity exceeds 80 percent. 13
f. Resin 14
1) Do not thin or mix resins; use as received. 15
2) Store resins at a temperature recommended by the coating manufacturer. 16
g. Application 17
1) Applicator shall be certified by the coating manufacturer and conform to 18
coating manufacturer's recommendations. 19
a) Thinning is not permitted. 20
2) Apply directly to pipe to achieve a total dry film thickness (DFT) of 35 21
mils. 22
3) Multiple-pass, 1 coat application process is permitted provided maximum 23
allowable recoat time specified by coating manufacturer is not exceeded. 24
4) Provide cutbacks in accordance with coating manufacturer’s 25
recommendations as appropriate for the type of joint and heat shrink sleeve 26
to be used. 27
h. Recoating 28
1) Recoat only when coating has cured less than maximum time specified by 29
coating manufacturer. 30
2) When coating has cured for more than recoat time, brush-blast or 31
thoroughly sand the surface. 32
3) Blow-off cleaning using clean, dry, high pressure compressed air. 33
i. Curing 34
1) Do not handle pipe until coating has been allowed to cure, per 35
manufacturer's recommendations. 36
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 37
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 38
A. Marking for Identification 39
1. For each joint of pipe and each fitting, plainly mark on 1 end: 40
a. Class for which it is designated 41
b. Date of manufacturer 42
c. Identification number 43
d. Top centerlines shall be marked on all specials 44
B. Factory Testing 45
1. Cement Mortar Lining - Shop-applied cement mortar linings shall be tested in 46
accordance with AWWA C205. 47
33 11 14 - 16
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 16 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Polyurethane Coating - The polyurethane coating shall be tested in accordance with 1
AWWA C222. 2
a. Thickness: Test thickness of coating in accordance with SSPC PA 2. 3
1) Test coating system applied to the pipe for holidays according to the 4
procedures outlined in NACE SP0188 using a high voltage spark tester 5
(operating at 100 volts per mil), for the dry film thickness (DFT) specified 6
of 35 mil. 7
b. Adhesion Testing 8
1) Polyurethane coatings or linings shall have an adhesion to steel of 1,500 9
pounds per square inch, minimum. 10
2) Test polyurethane coating adhesion to steel substrates using pneumatic pull 11
off equipment, such as HATE Model 108 or Delfesko Positest, in 12
accordance with ASTM D4541 and AWWA C222, except as modified in 13
this Section. 14
3) Adhesion testing records shall include: 15
a) Pipe identification 16
b) Surface tested (interior or exterior) 17
c) Surface temperature 18
d) Coating thickness 19
e) Tensile force applied 20
f) Mode of failure 21
g) Percentage of substrate failure relative of dolly surface 22
4) Glue dollies for adhesion testing to the coating surface and allowed to cure 23
for a minimum of 12 hours. 24
a) Because of high cohesive strength, score polyurethane coatings around 25
the dolly prior to conducting the adhesion test. 26
5) Failure shall be by adhesive and cohesive failure only. 27
a) Adhesive failure is defined as separation of the coating from the steel 28
substrate. 29
b) Cohesive failure is defined as failure within the coating, resulting in 30
coating remaining both on the steel substrate and dolly. 31
6) Retest partial adhesion and glue failure if the substrate failure is less than 32
50 percent relative of the dolly surface area and the applied tension was less 33
than the specified adhesion. 34
7) Glue failures in excess of the minimum required tensile adhesion are 35
accepted as meeting the specified adhesion requirements. 36
8) Conduct, accept and reject adhesion tests on polyurethane pipe coating and 37
lining independently (where applicable). 38
9) Frequency of adhesion testing in accordance with AWWA C222. 39
10) Randomly select repair patches on the polyurethane coating for adhesion 40
testing in a manner as described herein and at the discretion of the coating 41
inspector conducting the adhesion tests. 42
a) Adhesion of repairs shall be as specified by the coating manufacturer 43
for the type of repair. 44
C. Manufacturer’s Technician for Pipe Installation 45
1. Pipe Manufacturer’s Representative 46
33 11 14 - 17
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 17 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. If required by the Engineer or requested by the Contractor during construction, 1
the pipe manufacturer shall furnish the services of a factory trained, qualified, 2
job experienced technician to advise and instruct as necessary in pipe laying 3
and pipe jointing. 4
1) The technician shall assist and advise the Contractor in his pipe laying 5
operations and shall instruct construction personnel in proper joint 6
assembly and joint inspection procedures. 7
2) The technician is not required to be on-site full time; however, the 8
technician shall be regularly on-site during the first 2 weeks of pipe laying 9
and thereafter as requested by the Engineer, City or Contractor. 10
2. Polyurethane Coating Manufacturer’s Representative 11
a. The pipe manufacturer shall provide services of polyurethane coating 12
manufacturer's representative and a representative from the heat shrink joint 13
manufacturer for a period of not less than 3 days at beginning of actual pipe 14
laying operations to advise Contractor and City regarding installation, including 15
but not limited to: 16
1) Handling and storage 17
2) Cleaning and inspecting 18
3) Coating repairs 19
4) Field applied coating 20
5) Heat shrink installation procedures 21
6) General construction methods and how they may affect pipe coating 22
b. Representative shall be required to return if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the 23
polyurethane coating or the Contractor's construction methods do not comply 24
with Contract Specifications. 25
1) Cost for the manufacturer’s representatives to return to the site shall be at 26
no additional cost to the City. 27
D. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing 28
1. Perform hydrostatic pressure testing in accordance with AWWA C200. 29
2. Hydrostatically test each joint of pipe prior to application of lining or coating. 30
a. The internal test pressure shall be that which results in a fiber stress equal to 75 31
percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel used. 32
b. Each joint of pipe tested shall be completely watertight under maximum test 33
pressure. 34
c. Test pressure shall be held for sufficient time to observe the weld seams. 35
d. Maintain a recording pressure gauge, reference number of pipe tested, etc. 36
1) The pipe shall be numbered in order that this information can be recorded. 37
3. Test fittings by: 38
a. Hydrostatic test 39
b. Magnetic particle test 40
c. Ultrasonic 41
d. Radiography 42
e. Dye penetrant test 43
E. City Testing and Inspection 44
1. Pipe may be subject to inspection at the manufacturer’s facility by an independent 45
testing laboratory, which laboratory shall be selected and retained by the City. 46
a. Representatives of the City, City’s laboratory, or the Engineer shall have access 47
to the work whenever it is in preparation or progress. 48
33 11 14 - 18
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 18 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. Pipe manufacturer shall provide proper facilities for access and for inspection. 1
c. Pipe manufacturer shall notify the City in writing, a minimum of 2 weeks prior 2
to the pipe fabrication so that the City may advise the manufacturer as to the 3
City's decision regarding tests to be performed by an independent testing 4
laboratory. 5
d. Material, fabricated parts and pipe, which are discovered to be defective, or 6
which do not conform to the requirements of this Specification shall be subject 7
to rejection at any time prior to City's final acceptance of the product. 8
2. The inspection and testing by the independent testing laboratory anticipates that 9
production of pipe shall be done over a normal period of time and without "slow 10
downs" or other abnormal delays. 11
a. The pipe manufacturer shall coordinate their manufacturing schedule with the 12
Contractor and advise the Contractor of any changes in the schedule. 13
PART 3 - EXECUTION 14
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 15
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 16
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 17
3.4 INSTALLATION 18
A. General 19
1. Install steel pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as 20
specified in AWWA M11, in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s 21
recommendations and as required for the proper functioning of the completed pipe 22
line. 23
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 24
3. Excavate, embed and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 25
4. For installation of carrier pipe within casing, see Section 33 05 24. 26
5. Inspect and test each joint for holidays just prior to pipe being lowered into the 27
ditch. 28
a. All damaged areas and holidays are to be repaired before the pipe is lowered 29
into the trench. 30
6. Place and consolidate embedment and backfill prior to removing pipe stulls. 31
7. Maximum allowable pipe deflection is limited to: 32
a. 2 percent for mortar coated steel pipe 33
b. 3 percent for polyurethane coated steel pipe 34
8. Install bonds at all pipe joints, except for welded joints or insulated joints. 35
B. Pipe Handling 36
1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 37
2. Handle pipe with care to avoid damage. 38
a. Pipe shall be handled at all times with sufficient non-abrasive slings, belts or 39
other equipment designed to prevent damage to the coating or lining. 40
b. The spacing of pipe supports required to handle the pipe shall be adequate to 41
prevent cracking or damage to the lining or coating. 42
33 11 14 - 19
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 19 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
c. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 1
lowering into the trench. 2
d. The equipment shall be kept in such repair that its continued use is not injurious 3
to the coating. 4
e. Do not lay pipe in wet conditions. 5
3. At the close of each operating day: 6
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash – during and after 7
the laying operation. 8
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 9
C. Line Up at Bends 10
1. Line up pipe for joining so as to prevent damage thereto. 11
a. Thoroughly clean the bell and spigot ends of each joint of pipe of foreign 12
matter, rust and scale before placing spigot into bell. 13
2. Where abrupt changes in grade and direction occur, employ special shop fabricated 14
fittings for the purpose. 15
a. Field cutting the ends of the steel pipe to accomplish angular changes in grade 16
or direction of the line shall not be permitted. 17
D. Pipe Laying 18
1. Rubber Gasket Joints 19
a. Join rubber gasket joints in accordance with the manufacturer’s 20
recommendations. 21
b. Clean bell and spigot of foreign material. 22
c. Lubricate gaskets and bell and relieve gasket tension around the perimeter of 23
the pipe. 24
d. Engage spigot as far as possible in bell. 25
e. Joint deflection or pull shall not exceed the manufacturer’s recommendation. 26
f. Check gasket with feeler gauge all around the pipe. 27
g. In areas of petroleum hydrocarbon soil contamination, install special Neoprene 28
gaskets or approved equal. 29
2. Welded Joints 30
a. Weld joints in accordance with AWWA C206. 31
1) Contractor shall provide adequate ventilation for welders and for City's 32
representative to observe welds. 33
2) Welds shall be full circle fillet welds, unless otherwise specified. 34
3) Welding shall be completed after application of field applied joint coating. 35
b. Adequate provisions for reducing temperature stresses shall be the 36
responsibility of the Contractor. 37
c. After the pipe has been joined and properly aligned and prior to the start of the 38
welding procedure: 39
1) The spigot and bell shall be made essentially concentric by shimming or 40
tacking to obtain clearance tolerance around the periphery of the joint. 41
2) In no case shall the clearance tolerance be permitted to accumulate. 42
d. Before welding: 43
1) Thoroughly clean pipe ends. 44
2) Weld pipe by machine or by the manual shielded electric arc process. 45
3) Welding shall be performed so as not to damage lining or coating. 46
4) Cover the polyurethane coating as necessary to protect from weld splatter. 47
33 11 14 - 20
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 20 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
e. Furnish labor, equipment, tools and supplies, including shielded type welding 1
rod. 2
1) Protect welding rod from any deterioration prior to its use. 3
2) If any portion of a box or carton is damaged, reject the entire box or carton. 4
f. Hand Welding 5
1) The metal shall be deposited in successive layers. 6
2) Not more than 1/8 inch of metal shall be deposited in each pass. 7
3) Each pass except the final 1, whether in butt or fillet welds, shall be 8
thoroughly bobbed or peened to relieve shrinkage stresses and to remove 9
dirt, slag or flux before the succeeding bead is applied. 10
4) Each pass shall be thoroughly fused into the plates at each side of the 11
welding groove or fillet and shall not be permitted to pile up in the center of 12
the weld. 13
5) Undercutting along the side shall not be permitted. 14
g. Welds shall be free from pin holes, non-metallic inclusions, air pockets, 15
undercutting and/or any other defects. 16
h. If the ends of the pipe are laminated, split or damaged to the extent that 17
satisfactory welding contact cannot be obtained, remove the pipe from the line. 18
i. Furnish each welder employed with a steel stencil for marking the welds, so 19
that the work of each welder may be identified. 20
j. Have each welder stencil the pipe adjacent to the weld with the stencil assigned 21
to him. 22
1) In the event any welder leaves the job, his stencil shall be voided and not 23
duplicated if another welder is employed. 24
k. Welders 25
1) Use only competent, skilled and qualified workmen. 26
a) Each welder employed by the Contractor shall be required to 27
satisfactorily pass a welding test in accordance with AWWA C206 28
before being allowed to weld on the line. 29
b) After each welder has qualified in the preliminary tests referred to 30
above, inspections shall be made of joints in the line. 31
c) Any welder making defective welds shall not be allowed to continue to 32
weld. 33
E. Interior Joint Grouting 34
1. Upon completion of backfilling of the pipe trench, clean out dirt or trash which has 35
collected in the joint and moisten the concrete surfaces of the joint space by 36
spraying or brushing with a wet brush. 37
2. Fill the inside of the joint recess with a stiff cement mortar. 38
3. Where the mortar joint opening is 1 inch or wider, such as where trimmed spigots 39
are required, apply a bonding agent to mortar and steel surface prior to placing joint 40
mortar. 41
4. Ram or pack the stiff mortar into the joint space and take extreme care to ensure 42
that no voids remain in the joint space. 43
5. After the joint has been filled, level the surfaces of the joint mortar with the interior 44
surfaces of the pipe with a steel trowel so that the surface is smooth. 45
6. Interior joints of pipe 24-inch and smaller shall have the bell buttered with mortar, 46
prior to inserting the spigot, such that when the spigot is pushed into position it will 47
extrude surplus mortar from the joint. 48
33 11 14 - 21
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 21 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. The surplus mortar shall be struck off flush with the inside of the pipe by 1
pulling a filled burlap bag or inflated ball through the pipe with a rope. 2
F. Exterior Joint Protection 3
1. Heat Shrink Sleeves 4
a. General 5
1) Buried pipe joints shall be field coated after pipe assembly in accordance 6
with AWWA C216, using Heat Shrink Sleeves. 7
2) Width of heat shrink sleeve shall be sufficient to overlap the polyurethane 8
coating by a minimum of 3 inches. 9
3) Overlapping of 2 or more heat shrink sleeves to achieve the necessary 10
width will not be permitted. 11
b. Installation 12
1) Clean pipe surface and adjacent coating of all mud, oil, grease, rust and 13
other foreign contaminates with a wire brush in accordance with 14
SSPC SP 2, or SSPC SP 3. Remove oil or grease contamination by solvent 15
wiping the pipe and adjacent coating in accordance with SSPC SP 1. 16
a) Clean the full circumference of the pipe and a minimum of 6 inches 17
onto the existing coating. 18
2) Remove all loose or damaged pipe coating at joint and either repair the 19
coating as specified herein or increase the length of the joint coating, where 20
reasonable and practical. 21
3) Complete joint bonding of non-welded pipe joints before application of 22
joint coating. 23
4) Joint bonds shall be low profile bonds and all gaps and crevices around the 24
bonds shall be filled with mastic sealant. 25
5) Store sleeves in shipping box until use is required. 26
a) Keep dry and sheltered from exposure to direct sunlight. 27
b) Store off the ground or concrete floors and maintain at a temperature 28
between 60 degrees F and 100 degrees F as recommended by the sleeve 29
manufacturer. 30
6) Metal surface shall be free of all dirt, dust and flash rusting prior to sleeve 31
application. 32
7) Preheat pipe uniformly to 140 degrees F to 160 degrees F or as 33
recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. 34
a) Monitor pipe temperature using a surface temperature gauge, infrared 35
thermometer or color changing crayons. 36
b) Protect preheated pipe from rain, snow, frost or moisture with tenting 37
or shields and do not permit the joint to cool. 38
8) Prime joint with specified primer and fill all cracks, crevices and gaps with 39
mastic filler in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for 40
the full circumference of the pipe. 41
9) Apply heat shrink sleeve when it is at a minimum temperature or 60 42
degrees F and while maintaining the pipe temperature above the preheat 43
temperature specified. 44
10) Apply sleeve in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and center 45
the sleeve over the joint to provide a minimum of 3-inch overlay onto the 46
existing pipe coating. 47
11) Apply heat to the sleeve using either propane fire infrared heaters or wrap 48
around heaters. 49
33 11 14 - 22
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 22 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a) Hold flame a minimum of 6 inches from the sleeve surface. 1
b) Periodically roll the coating on the pipe surface. 2
c) Heat from the center of the sleeve to the outer edge until properly 3
seated, then begin in the opposite direction. 4
d) Monitor sleeve for color change, where appropriate, or with appropriate 5
temperature gauges. 6
e) Take care not to excessively heat the parent coating. 7
12) Completed joint sleeve shall be fully bonded to the pipe and existing 8
coating surface, without voids, mastic beading shall be visible along the full 9
circumference of the sleeve, and there shall be no wrinkling or excessive 10
burns on the sleeves. 11
a) Sleeves which do not meet these requirements shall be removed and the 12
joint recoated as directed by the Engineer. 13
b) Minor repairs may be repaired using heat shrink sleeve repair kits. 14
13) Allow the sleeve to cool before moving, handling or backfilling. In hot 15
climates, provide shading from direct sunlight. 16
a) Water quenching will be allowed only when permitted by the sleeve 17
manufacturer. 18
G. Protective Welded Joints Coating System – Weld After Backfill 19
1. General 20
a. Application of protective coating at the pipe joints will be as follows: 21
1) Apply a 3 layer joint coating system consisting of a factory applied 35 mil 22
polyurethane coating 23
2) A field applied 60 mil by 6 inch wide strip of CANUSA HCO Wrapid Tape 24
heat resistant tape at the location of the welding 25
3) A field applied 110 mil (full recovered thickness) by 18 inch wide 26
CANUSA AquaWrap high shrink heat shrinkable joint sleeve 27
4) After the heat shrinkable joint sleeve is installed, backfill the trench and 28
then weld the joint. 29
b. The Contractor is responsible for his operations so that they do not damage the 30
factory applied coating system. 31
c. When applying the 3 layer joint coating system for post welding the joints, the 32
Contractor must show that his operation will not damage the joint coating 33
system to the Engineer’s satisfaction. 34
d. The Contractor will be required to fully uncover a maximum of 10 joints, 35
selected at random by the Engineer or City to visually inspect and test the joint 36
after welding. Any damage must be repaired. 37
1) If the Contractor’s welding procedure damages the 3 layer joint coating 38
system, the Contractor, at the direction of the Engineer, will be required to 39
modify his welding procedure. 40
2. Joint Coating (3 Layer) 41
a. Apply 3 Layer Joint Coating System before Welding the Joint 42
b. Pipe Manufacturing and Heat Tape 43
1) A 35 mil thickness polyurethane coating shall be applied over entire length 44
of pipe. 45
2) The Contractor shall field apply 60 mil thick by 6 inch wide strip of 46
CANUSA HCO Wrapid Tape heat resistant tape to the exterior bell end of 47
the pipe, centered on the location of the welding, over a 35 mil factory 48
applied polyurethane coating. 49
33 11 14 - 23
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 23 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
c. Surface Preparation and Installation for Heat Shrinkable Joint Sleeve 1
1) Clean pipe surface and adjacent coating of all mud, oil, grease, rust and 2
other foreign contaminates with a wire brush in accordance with 3
SSPC SP 2, or SSPC SP 3. Remove oil or grease contamination by solvent 4
wiping the pipe and adjacent coating in accordance with SSPC SP 1. 5
a) Clean the full circumference of the pipe and a minimum of 6 inches 6
onto the existing coating. 7
2) Remove all loose or damaged pipe coating at joint and either repair the 8
coating as specified herein or increase the length of the joint coating, where 9
reasonable and practical. 10
3) Complete joint bonding of pipe joints before application of joint coating. 11
a) Joint bonds shall be low profile bonds and all gaps and crevices around 12
the bonds shall be filled with mastic sealant. 13
4) Store sleeves in shipping box until use is required. 14
a) Keep dry and sheltered from exposure to direct sunlight. 15
b) Store off the ground or concrete floors and maintain at a temperature 16
between 60 degrees F and 100 degrees F as recommended by the sleeve 17
manufacturer. 18
5) Metal surface shall be free of all dirt, dust and flash rusting prior to sleeve 19
application. 20
6) Preheat pipe uniformly to 140 degrees F to 160 degrees F or as 21
recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. 22
a) Monitor pipe temperature using a surface temperature gauge, infrared 23
thermometer or color changing crayons. 24
b) Protect preheated pipe from rain, snow, frost or moisture with tenting 25
or shields and do not permit the joint to cool. 26
7) Prime joint with specified primer and fill all cracks, crevices, and gaps with 27
mastic filler in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for 28
the full circumference of the pipe. 29
8) Apply heat shrink sleeve when it is at a minimum temperature or 60 30
degrees F and while maintaining the pipe temperature above the preheat 31
temperature specified. 32
a) Apply sleeve in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and 33
center the sleeve over the joint to provide a minimum of 3-inch overlay 34
onto the existing pipe coating. 35
9) Apply heat to the sleeve using either propane fire infrared heaters or wrap 36
around heaters. 37
a) Hold flame a minimum of 6 inches from the sleeve surface. 38
b) Periodically roll the coating on the pipe surface. 39
c) Heat from the center of the sleeve to the outer edge until properly 40
seated, then begin in the opposite direction. 41
d) Take care not to excessively heat the parent coating. 42
e) Monitor sleeve for color change, where appropriate, or with appropriate 43
temperature gauges. 44
10) Completed joint sleeve shall be fully bonded to the pipe and existing 45
coating surface, without voids, mastic beading shall be visible along the full 46
circumference of the sleeve, and there shall be no wrinkling or excessive 47
burns on the sleeves. 48
a) Sleeves which do not meet these requirements shall be removed and the 49
joint recoated as directed by the Engineer. 50
33 11 14 - 24
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 24 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b) Minor repairs may be repaired using heat shrink sleeve repair kits. 1
11) Allow the sleeve to cool before moving, handling or backfilling. 2
a) In hot climates, provide shading from direct sunlight. 3
b) Water quenching will be allowed only when permitted by the sleeve 4
manufacturer. 5
12) Holiday testing shall be performed using a high voltage holiday tester 6
(operating at 100 volts per mil) at each joint after field application of heat 7
shrinkable joint sleeve per SP0188. 8
a) If any holidays or cuts are detected, the sleeve shall be repaired using 9
the heat shrink sleeve manufacturer’s recommendation. 10
b) The damaged area shall be covered with a minimum of 50-mm overlap 11
around the damaged area. 12
H. Protection of Buried Metal 13
1. Coat buried ferrous metal such as bolts and flanges, which cannot be protected with 14
factory or field-applied polyurethane coatings or heat shrink sleeves, with 2 wraps 15
of wax tape and encase in flowable fill. 16
3.5 REPAIR 17
A. Repair and Field Touchup of Polyurethane Coating 18
1. For repair and field touch-up of polyurethane coating, apply: 19
a. Madison GP II (E) Touchup Polyurethane Coating 20
b. Lifelast Durasheild 210, 310 or 310 JARS 21
c. ITW – Futura Coatings Protec II, or 22
d. Coating manufacturer’s recommendation 23
2. Holidays 24
a. Remove all traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt and other debris. 25
b. Roughen area to be patched by sanding with rough grade sandpaper (40 grit). 26
c. Apply a 35 mil coat of repair material described above. 27
d. Work repair material into scratched surface by brushing or rolling in 28
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 29
e. Retest for Holiday. 30
3. Field Cuts or Large Damage 31
a. If in the opinion of the City the polyurethane coating is excessively damaged, 32
the pipe segment will be rejected until the coating system is removed and 33
replaced so that the system is in a like-new condition. 34
b. Remove burrs from field cut ends or handling damage and smooth out edge of 35
polyurethane coating. 36
c. Remove all traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt and other debris. 37
d. Roughen area to be patched with rough grade sandpaper (40 grit). 38
e. Feather edges and include overlap of 2 inches of roughened polyurethane in 39
area to be patched. 40
f. Apply a 35 mil coat of repair material described above, in accordance with 41
manufacturer's recommendations. 42
g. Work repair material into scratched surface by brushing. 43
h. Feather edges of repair material into prepared surface. 44
i. Cover at least 1 inch of roughed area surrounding damage or adjacent to field 45
cut. 46
j. Test repairs for holidays. 47
33 11 14 - 25
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 25 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
B. Patch of Cement Mortar Lining 1
1. Repair cracks larger than 1/16 inch. 2
2. Pipes with disbonded linings will be rejected. 3
3. Excessive patching of lining shall not be permitted. 4
4. Repair in accordance with AWWA C205 and as follows: 5
a. Apply bonding agent to patch area. 6
b. Patching of lining shall be allowed where area to be repaired does not exceed 7
100 square inches and has no dimension greater than 12 inches. 8
c. In general, there shall be not more than 1 patch in the lining of any joint of 9
pipe. 10
5. Wherever necessary to patch the pipe, make the patch with the mortar indicated. 11
6. Do not install patched pipe until the patch has been properly and adequately cured, 12
unless approved by the City. 13
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 15
A. Field Tests and Inspections 16
1. Quality Control of Field Applied Polyurethane Coating 17
a. Surface Preparation 18
1) Visually inspect surface preparation to ensure cleanliness and dryness 19
requirements have been met. 20
2) Use Testex tape on at least 1 joint per day to ensure that adequate profile is 21
being achieved. 22
b. Visual 23
1) Visually inspect cured coating to ensure that the coating is completely 24
cured with no blisters, cracks, pinholes, missed areas, excessive roughness, 25
"sticky" or "gooey" areas. 26
2) Check to ensure that the coating completely covers the steel and existing 27
coating. 28
c. Thickness 29
1) Use a magnetic dry film thickness (DFT) gauge on cured coating to ensure 30
adequate thickness has been achieved according to SSPC PA 2. 31
a) If the thickness of the coating is below the minimum specified millage 32
anywhere along the length of the pipe, then adjustments must be made 33
to the spray system to correct the problem. 34
2) At a minimum, the thickness shall be measured for every 50 square feet of 35
sprayed area. 36
d. Adhesion 37
1) Perform the following procedure on a minimum of 1 joint per day: 38
a) Select area to test that has cured for at least 1 hour for fast setting 39
coatings. 40
b) Test and repair in accordance with AWWA C222 Dolly Pull-off Test. 41
e. Holiday Testing 42
1) Holiday testing shall be performed using a high voltage holiday tester at 43
each joint no sooner than 1 hour after field application of polyurethane 44
coating. 45
f. Inspection at Welding Joints 46
33 11 14 - 26
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 26 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) When applying the 3 layer joint coating system for post welding the joints, 1
the Contractor must show that his operation will not damage the joint 2
coating system to the Engineer's satisfaction. 3
2) The Contractor will be required to fully uncover a maximum of 10 joints, 4
selected at random by the Engineer or City to visually inspect and test the 5
joint after welding. 6
3) Any damage must be repaired. 7
4) If the Contractor's welding procedure damages the 3 layer joint coating 8
system, the Contractor, at the direction of the Engineer, will be required to 9
modify his welding procedure. 10
2. Weld Testing 11
a. Dye penetrant tests in accordance with ASTM E165, or magnetic particle test in 12
accordance with AWWA C206 and set forth in AWS D.1.1. shall be performed 13
by the Contractor under the supervision and inspection of the City’s 14
Representative or an independent testing laboratory, on all full welded joints. 15
1) Welds that are defective will be replaced or repaired, whichever is deemed 16
necessary by the Engineer, at the Contractor's expense. 17
2) If the Contractor disagrees with the Engineer's interpretation of welding 18
tests, test sections may be cut from the joint for physical testing. The 19
Contractor shall bear the expense of repairing the joint, regardless of the 20
results of physical testing. 21
3) The procedure for repairing the joint shall be approved by the Engineer 22
before proceeding. 23
3. Deflection Testing 24
a. Prior to hydrostatic testing, the City’s inspector shall perform deflection testing 25
at a minimum rate of 1 measurement for every 2,500 linear feet of water line. 26
b. City may reject any areas not meeting the deflection requirements of this 27
Specification. 28
4. Cleaning and Testing 29
a. Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing, and bacteriological testing of water 30
mains: 31
1) Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test, and bacteriological test the 32
water main as specified in Section 33 04 40. 33
5. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 34
a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection for water lines 24-inch and larger in 35
accordance with Section 33 01 31. 36
33 11 14 - 27
BURIED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 27 of 27
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7
END OF SECTION 8
9
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.B.4, 5, and 6 – Added reference to Section 33 11 05 and removed material
specification for bolts, nuts, gaskets and flange coating
10
33 12 10 - 1
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 1 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
SECTION 33 12 10
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Lead-free 1-inch to 2-inch water service lines from the water main to the right-of-
way, fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on the Drawings,
directed by the Engineer, and specified herein for:
a. New Water Service
b. New Water Service (Bored)
c. Water Meter Service Relocate
d. Private Water Service
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Products Installed but not Furnished Under this Section
1. Water meters for various sizes
D. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
3. Section 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains
4. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill
5. Section 33 12 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. New Water Service
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each new “Water Service” complete
in place from the tap of the main to the installation of the meter box and
associated appurtenances where the service line is installed by open cut
construction.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit
price bid per each “Water Service” installed for:
a) Various sizes
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Furnishing and installing New Service Line as specified by the Drawings
2) Submitting product data
3) Tapping saddle
4) Corporation stop
5) Curb stop
33 12 10 - 2
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 2 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
6) Fittings
7) Service line installed by open cut
8) Connection to meter
9) Meter Box and Lid
10) Pavement removal
11) Excavation
12) Hauling
13) Disposal of excess material
14) Surface Restoration associated with Meter Box installation and connection,
excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid separately)
15) Clean-up
16) Disinfection
17) Testing
2. New Bored Water Service
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each new Water Service complete in
place from the tap of the main to the installation of the meter box and
associated appurtenances where the service line is installed by trenchless
method.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit
price bid per each “Bored Water Service” installed for:
a) Various sizes
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Submitting product data
2) Tapping saddle
3) Corporation stop
4) Curb stop
5) Fittings
6) Service line installed by trenchless method
7) Connection to meter
8) Meter Box and Lid
9) Pavement removal
10) Excavation
11) Hauling
12) Disposal of excess material
13) Surface restoration associated with Meter Box installation and connection,
excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid separately)
14) Clean-up
15) Disinfection
16) Testing
3. Water Meter Service Reconnect
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Water Meter Service
Reconnect complete in place from public service line connection to private
service line connection.
b. Payment
33 12 10 - 3
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 3 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
1) The work performed in conjunction with relocation of the meter, associated
private service line, fittings and meter box 5 feet or less in any direction
from centerline of existing meter location and the materials furnished in
accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each
“Water Meter Service, Reconnection” installed for:
a) Various size of services
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Private service line
2) Fittings
3) Private connection to water meter
4) Connection to existing private service line
5) Cut and crimp of existing service
6) Removal and Disposal or Salvage of existing 2-inch or smaller water meter,
as directed by City
7) Pavement removal
8) Excavation
9) Hauling
10) Disposal of excess material
11) Surface restoration for area disturbed for installation of meter box,
excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid separately)
12) Clean-up
13) Cleaning
14) Disinfection
15) Testing
4. Private Water Service Relocation
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of Private Service
relocation complete in place from the meter box to a connection to the
existing service line on private property.
b. Payment
1) The work performed in conjunction with Private Service Line installation
where the meter and meter boxes are moved more than 5 feet in any
direction from centerline of existing meter location and materials furnished
in accordance with the Item and measured as provided under
“Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of
“Private Water Service” performed for:
a) Various service sizes
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Obtaining appropriate permit
2) Obtaining Right of Entry
3) Submitting product data
4) Private service line
5) Fittings
6) Backflow preventer, check valve, and isolation valve relocation, if
applicable
7) Connection to existing private service line
8) Pavement removal and replacement
9) Excavation
10) Hauling
11) Disposal of excess material
33 12 10 - 4
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 4 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
12) Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid
separately)
13) Clean-up
14) Cleaning
15) Disinfection
16) Testing
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Definitions
1. New Service
a. Installation of new 1-inch to 2-inch Water Service Line by open cut
construction from the water main to the right-of-way, including corporation
stop, curb stop, fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on
the Drawings.
2. New Service (Bored)
a. Installation of new 1-inch to 2-inch Water Service Line by trenchless
construction method from the water main to the right-of-way, including
corporation stop, curb stop, fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as
shown on the Drawings.
3. Meter Service Reconnection
a. Relocation and reconnection of the private service line from an existing meter
to be abandoned and a new meter installed that lies within 5 feet of the existing
meter.
4. Private Service Relocation
a. Relocation and reconnection of private service line behind the water meter
where the existing meter to be abandoned and the new meter installed is greater
than 5 feet of the existing meter. A licensed plumber is required to relocate the
private service.
5. Lead-free
a. Lead-free pipes and plumbing fittings and fixtures shall contain less than 0.25
percent lead in accordance with the reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act
(P.L. 111-380).
B. Reference Standards
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
2. ASTM International (ASTM):
a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings.
b. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings.
c. B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube.
d. B98, Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar and Shapes.
e. C131, Standard Specification for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size
Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine.
f. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
g. C330, Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural
Concrete.
h. C857 (RL), Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for
Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures
33 12 10 - 5
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 5 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
i. D883, Standard Terminology Relating to Plastics.
j. D1693, Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress-Cracking of Ethylene
Plastics
3. American Water Works Association (AWWA):
a. C700, Cold-Water Meters - Displacement Type, Bronze Main Case.
b. C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings.
4. NSF International (NSF):
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects.
5. Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act
a. Public Law 111-380 (P.L. 111-380)
6. General Services Administration (GSA):
a. RR-F-621E, Frames, Covers, Gratings, Steps, Sump and Catch Basin, Manhole
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Scheduling
1. Provide advance notice for service interruptions and meet requirements of Division
0 and Division 1.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data, if applicable:
1. Tapping Saddle
2. Corporation stop
3. Curb Stop
4. Service Line
5. Meter Box
6. Meter Box Lid
B. Certificates and Test Reports
1. Prior to shipment of any Water Service components, the manufacturer shall submit
the following:
a. A Certificate of Adequacy of Design stating that the components to be
furnished comply with all regulatory requirements identified in this Section
including:
1) The Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380)
2) AWWA C800
3) NSF 61
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
33 12 10 - 6
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 6 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
1. Manufacturers
a. Water Services shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA C800, NSF
61, the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act and shall meet or exceed the
requirements of this Specification.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged
delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and
equipment are ready for operation.
2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the
site.
3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or
extremes in temperature.
4. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01
66 00.
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Water meters for various sizes
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers
1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00.
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections.
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00.
3. The Water Services and appurtenances shall be new and the product of a
manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of Water Services and
appurtenances having similar service and size.
B. Description
1. Regulatory Requirements
a. All materials shall conform to the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water
Act (P.L. 111-380). This Act defines “Lead-free” for pipes and other
appurtenances to be less than 0.25 percent lead.
b. Water Services shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA C800 and
shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification.
c. All Water Services components in contact with potable water shall conform to
the requirements of NSF 61.
C. Materials/Design Criteria
33 12 10 - 7
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 7 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
1. Service Lines
a. Provide Type K Copper Tubing per ASTM B88.
b. Furnish in the annealed conditions, unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
2. Service Couplings
a. Fitting Ends
1) Flared Copper Tubing with thread dimensions per AWWA C800
2) Provide coupling nuts with a machined bearing skirt of a length equal to the
tubing outer diameter (O.D.).
b. Provide with hexagonal wrench grip compatible with the coupling size.
c. Provide lead-free service couplings in accordance with the Reduction of Lead
in Drinking Water Act.
3. Corporation stops
a. Provide brass castings per AWWA C800 for:
1) Bodies
2) Plugs
3) D washers
4) Bottom nuts
b. Machining and Finishing of Surfaces
1) Provide 1 ¾ inch per foot or 0.1458 inch per inch ± 0.007 inch per inch
taper of the seating surfaces for the key and body.
2) Reduce large end of the tapered surface of the key in diameter by chamfer
or turning for a distance that will bring the largest end of the seating surface
of the key into the largest diameter of the seating surface of the body.
3) Relieve taper seat in the body on the small end.
4) Extend small end of the key there-through to prevent the wearing of a
shoulder and facilitate proper seating of key.
5) Design key, key nut and washer such that if the key nut is tightened to
failure point, the stem end of the key shall not fracture.
6) Design nut and stem to withstand a turning force on the nut of at least 3
times the necessary effort to properly seat the key without failure in any
manner.
7) Port through corporation stop shall be full size to eliminate turbulence in
the flow way.
8) Design stop for rotation about the axis of the flow passageway inside the
following minimum circles in order to properly clear the tapping machine:
a) Two 7/8-inch for 1-inch corporation stops
b) Four 15/16-inch for 1 ½ -inch and 2-inch corporation stops
c. Provide lead-free corporation stops in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in
Drinking Water Act.
4. Curb Stops
a. Provide brass castings per AWWA C800.
b. Valve plugs shall be:
1) Cylinder type
2) Plug type, or
3) Ball type
c. Incorporate full flow porting.
d. Provide for full 360 degree plug rotation clockwise or counter-clockwise.
e. Overall Length
33 12 10 - 8
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 8 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
1) 3-5/16 inch + 1/8 inch for 1-inch diameter
2) 4-1/32 inch + 9.32 for 1-inch diameter
f. Cylindrical Plug Type
1) Provide O-ring seal at top and bottom.
a) O-ring at top only is acceptable if bottom of curb stop body is closed.
2) Seals shall be Buna N.
3) 1 O-ring seal shall surround the outlet port of the curb stop and act to
effectively seal in the closed position.
4) The port in the plug shall provide a straight through, full size flow way, so
shaped as to eliminate turbulence.
5) All waterways shall be smooth and free of burrs or rough areas.
6) Design the curb stop to provide ease and accuracy of operation and positive
shut-off of water.
g. Tapered Plug Type
1) Provide O-ring seal at top and bottom.
2) The tapered plug and cylindrical recess in the valve body shall be machined
to match within approved manufacturing tolerances.
3) Inlet and outlet ports shall be sealed by O-rings or combination Teflon U-
shaped seal rings backed with O-rings.
4) The port in the plug shall provide a straight through, full size flow way, so
shaped as to eliminate turbulence.
5) All waterways shall be smooth and free of burrs or rough areas.
6) Design the curb stop to provide ease and accuracy of operation and positive
shut-off of water.
h. Ball Plug Type
1) Provide double O-ring seals on the stem.
2) The ball shall seal against rubber rings mounted in the valve body at the
inlet and outlet ports.
3) The ball shall be bronze with a smooth Teflon coating.
4) The port in the plug shall provide a straight through, full size flow way, so
shaped as to eliminate turbulence.
5) All waterways shall be smooth and free of burrs or rough areas.
i. Provide lead-free curb stops in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in
Drinking Water Act.
5. Straight Adapters
a. Brass castings and threads per AWWA C800
b. Provide lead-free straight adapters in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in
Drinking Water Act.
6. Three Part Copper Unions
a. Brass castings and threads per AWWA C800
b. Provide lead-free Three Part Copper Unions in accordance with the Reduction
of Lead in Drinking Water Act.
7. Straight Meter Couplings
a. Brass castings per AWWA C800
b. Threads per AWWA C700
c. Tailpiece with outside iron pipe thread
d. Chamfer corners on threaded end of meter nut.
e. Machine inside and outside of tailpiece.
33 12 10 - 9
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 9 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
f. Provide lead-free Straight Meter Couplings in accordance with the Reduction of
Lead in Drinking Water Act.
8. Branch Connections
a. Brass castings per AWWA C800
b. Inlet and outlet connections per AWWA C800
c. Provide lead-free branch connections in accordance with the Reduction of Lead
in Drinking Water Act.
9. Service Saddles
a. Castings
1) Brass or Nylon coated ductile iron castings per AWWA C800
2) Free of porosity with sharp edges removed
3) Saddle
a) Form to fit firmly against side of maximum diameter of water main
with approximately 180 degrees wrap around.
4) Outlet
a) Design outlet boss for no thread distortion by bending moments.
b) Tapped for taper threaded corporation stop conforming to AWWA
C800.
b. Straps
1) Conform to ASTM B98.
2) Form flat to fit uniformly against the wall of the water main.
3) Shall be double straps
4) Rod diameter not less than 5/8 inch flattened to 1 inch on one side.
5) Straps shall be threaded 5/8 inch (11-NC-2A) for a distance such that ½
inch remains after clamp is fully tightened on the pipe.
6) Chamfer strap ends to protect the starting threads.
7) The threads shall be full and free from shear.
8) 4-inch and larger pipe shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25.
c. Nuts
1) Bronze material
a) Same material as straps
2) Dimensions equal to or larger than heavy hexagon nuts
3) Tapped 5/8 inch (11-NC-2B)
d. Gaskets
1) Neoprene rubber material
2) Cemented to saddle and positioned to facilitate installation
10. Brass Flanged Angle Valve
a. For 1 ½-inch and 2-inch services
b. Brass castings per AWWA C800
c. Valve Body with integral outlet flange and inlet wrenching flat
d. Fit together key and body by turning key and reaming body
1) Key with O-ring seal seat at the upper end
2) Lap key and body seat are to conform to corporation stop requirements of
this Specification.
3) The outlet flange shall contain an O-ring seat or a uniform flat drop-in
flange gasket surface.
4) Drop-in flange gasket surface shall contain gasket retaining grooves milled
circular about the axis of the flange.
33 12 10 - 10
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 10 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
5) The size of the outlet flange and the diameter and spacing of the bolt holes
shall conform to AWWA C700.
6) The flange on 2-inch angle valves shall be double drilled to permit
connection to l ½ -inch meters.
7) The inlet port of the valve shall be tapered to conform to AWWA C800
taper pipe thread.
8) The key cap shall include a wrenching tee marked with a raised or recessed
arrow to show whether the valve is open or closed.
9) Valve Assembly (main body, key, key cap)
a) Brass material per AWWA C800
b) O-ring seal on the top of the key between the key and body seat
c) Key cap shall complete the assembly by attaching to the key by means
of a strong bronze pin with phosphor bronze spring washer(s)
depressed between the key cap and the top of the valve main body.
d) Provide with padlock wings for locking the valve in the closed position.
e) There shall be a uniform application of cold water valve grease
between the body and the key.
f) The valve shall be capable of being easily opened and stopping lugs.
g) The waterway through the valve shall be smooth and rounded for
minimum pressure loss, and shall be free of burrs or fins.
h) The valve shall be strong, well designed, neat in appearance, water-
tight and entirely adequate for the intended purpose.
i) Provide with either a high quality rubber drop-in gasket or an O-ring
seal depending on the manufacturer's flange seal surface design choice.
e. Provide lead-free brass flanged angle valves in accordance with the Reduction
of Lead in Drinking Water Act.
11. Meter Boxes shall:
a. Be constructed of:
1) Polymer, black polyethylene material as defined in ASTM D883.
a) Minimum wall thickness of 3/8-inch throughout with no blowing
agents or foaming plastics
b) Body shall be black throughout, blended at the time of manufacture,
and shall have a molded recycled emblem with a minimum of 35
percent Post Industrial/ Pre Consumer Recycled Content- verified with
a Leed Product Documentation.
c) Have a tensile strength greater than 1700 pounds per square inch (psi).
d) Smooth edges and corners and be free from sharp edges so the unit can
be handled safely without gloves.
e) Exterior free from seams or parting lines.
f) Have crush resistant ribbing along the outside of the box.
g) Have a flange around the lid opening to help prevent settling and aide
in adjustment to grade.
h) Not to be installed in roadway – designed to withstand loading in non-
deliberate and incidental traffic only.
2) Concrete
a) Frame of No. 6 gauge wire welded closed
b) Type I or Type II Portland cement, in accordance with ASTM C150,
portioned with lightweight aggregate, in accordance with ASTM C330
(1) Percentage of wear not to exceed 40 per ASTM C131
(2) Minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi
33 12 10 - 11
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 11 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
b. Be able to withstand a minimum 15,000 pounds vertical load
c. Withstand a minimum 400 pounds sidewall load.
d. Have pipe holes measuring a minimum of 2-1/2” x 3-1/4”.
e. 1-inch Standard Meter Box (Class A)
1) For use with services utilizing 5/8-inch x ¾-inch, ¾-inch or 1-inch meter
Single or Dual service meter.
2) Polymer
a) Size: working of not less than 10 inches x 16 inches, 12 inches high
3) Concrete
a) Size: working area not less than 10-inches x 16-inches, 12 inches high
f. 2-inch Standard Meter Box (Class C)
1) For use with services utilizing 1-1/2-inch or 2-inch Single service meter.
2) Polymer
a) Size: working area not less than 14-inches x 28-inches, 12 inches high
3) Concrete
a) Size: working area not less than 15-inches x 26-1/2-inches, 12 inches
high
g. Bullhead Standard Meter Box (Class B)
1) For use with services utilizing two 5/8-inch x ¾-inch or ¾-inch or 1-inch
Single service meter.
2) Polymer
a) Size: working area not less than 15-inches x 18-inches, 12 inches high
3) Concrete
a) Size: working area not less than 15-inches x 18-inches, 12 inches high
12. Meter Box Lid
a. Meter Box Lids Shall:
1) Be solid throughout with reinforcing ribs.
2) Have City of Fort Worth ‘Molly’ logo molded into the lid.
3) Bear the Manufacturer’s IS (name or logo) and Country of Origin.
4) Be designed both with and without AMI receptacles
5) Have a molded tread-plate
6) Seat securely and evenly inside the meter box and shall not overlap the top
edge of the meter box.
7) Have a molded pick bar for use by meter reading tool.
8) Have Automated Meter Infrastructure (AMI) snap locking slide mounts for
number of meters/endpoints associated with meter box
9) Have an opening to accept the AMI end-point. Opening shall accommodate
an endpoint with a 1-7/8 inches diameter.
10) Have recessed AMI end point area, to alleviate a trip hazard, centered over
AMI slide mount. Recess area should be 4-1/2 inches in diameter and 3/8”
deep.
11) Have built-in anti-flotation devices.
b. Cast Iron or Ductile Iron
1) Lids for Concrete Meter Boxes shall be constructed out of a cast iron and
meet RRF-621 specification.
2) Shall withstand a minimum vertical load of 15,000 pounds
3) Coat castings with a bituminous emulsified asphalt unless otherwise
specified in the Contract Documents, ground smooth, and cleaned with shot
blasting, to get a uniform quality free from strength defects and distortions.
33 12 10 - 12
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 12 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
4) Dimensions shall be within industry standards of ±1/16 inch per foot.
5) Shall have a plug inserted in to the AMI receptacle to avoid water entering
through opening until the AMI receptacle is used
6) Be a minimum of 1-3/4 inches thick at reinforcing ribs.
7) Casting weights may vary ±5 percent from drawing weight per industry
standards.
c. Plastic(Composite)
1) The lid shall :
a) Constructed of Engineered Plastic as defined in ASTM D883
(1) Have a molded recycled emblem with a minimum of 50 percent
Post Consumer Recycled and 50 percent Post Industrial/ Pre
Consumer Recycled Content- verified with a Leed Product
Documentation.
(2) Be designed to fit a concrete box/cast iron box in retrofit
installations.
(3) Have a tensile strength greater than 1700 psi.
(4) Have a ‘knock-out” plug to accept the AMI end- point. Knock-out
diameter shall be 1-7/8 inch diameter. A removable plug may be
substituted for the knock-out plug.
(5) Be constructed out of a composite material blend for maximum
durability and corrosion resistance.
(6) Be black throughout with no blowing agents or foaming plastics
(7) Smooth edges and corners and be free from sharp edges so the unit
can be handled safely without gloves.
(8) Exterior free from seams or parting lines.
(9) Have a molded tread-pattern- tread dimensions shall be .188-inch x
.938-inch x .150-inch deep.
(10) Have “City of Fort Worth” molded into the lid.
(11) Have “Water Meter” molded into the lid- Font shall be standard
Fadal CNC font with 1-inch characters x .150-inch deep.
(12) Have a molded pick hole pocket- dimensions shall be 3-inch x
9/16-inch x Thru Hole with 3/16-inch 304 stainless steel rod.
(13) Have 2 pieces of ½-inch rebar located in lid pockets for
locatability as shown in Drawings.
(14) Have location capability using metal detector.
b) Domestic Manufacture Only-Made in USA molded on Lid.
c) Not to be installed in roadway or parking area
d) Be designed to withstand H-10 loading for non-deliberate and
incidental traffic only as .
e) Have ultraviolet protection.
2) 1-inch Standard Plastic Meter Box Lid (Class A)
a) For use with services utilizing 5/8-inch x ¾-inch, ¾-inch or 1-inch
meter Single or Dual service meter.
b) Size: 11-7/8-inch x 17-7/8-inch, 1-1/2 inches high
c) For use with Class A Standard Meter Box.
d) Polymer lid shall seat evenly inside meter box and shall not overlap the
top edge of the meter box.
3) 2-inch Standard Plastic Meter Box Lid (Class C)
a) For use with services utilizing 1-1/2-inch or 2-inch Single service
meter.
33 12 10 - 13
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 13 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
b) Size 27-inches x 15-1/4-inches, 1-7/8 inches high
c) For use with Class C Standard Meter Box.
d) Polymer lid shall seat evenly inside meter box and shall not overlap the
top edge of the meter box.
4) Bullhead Standard Plastic Meter Box Lid (Class B)
a) For use with services utilizing two 5/8-inch x ¾-inch or ¾-inch or 1-
inch Single service meter:
b) Size: 16-5/8-inch x 14—5/8-inch, 1-3/4 inches high
c) For use with Class B Standard Meter Box.
d) Polymer lid shall seat evenly inside meter box and shall not overlap the
top edge of the meter box.
13. Horizontal Check Valve
a. Equip 1 ½-inch and 2-inch Water Services with a horizontal check valve, with
pipe plug, only if specified in the Drawings.
b. If an existing backflow preventer is present, the Contractor is to leave it, and is
not required to provide an additional horizontal check valve.
c. Provide lead-free horizontal check valves in accordance with the Reduction of
Lead in Drinking Water Act.
14. Service Marker
a. 3 inch wide, 5 mil blue vinyl tape
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections
1. At the City’s option, the manufacturer shall be required to provide certification
records showing conformance of materials, design and testing to these
Specifications.
2. The test procedures shall conform to AWWA C800.
a. In the event that a chosen valve fails the City’s hydrostatic test, the cost of the
test shall be at the expense of the supplier.
b. Proof testing of the remainder of the valves shall be at the cost and
responsibility of the supplier.
c. These tests will be the basis of acceptance or rejection of the remainder of the
shipment by the City.
3. The City reserves the right to select products at random for testing. The failure of
materials to conform to the applicable Specification may result in the rejection of
the entire shipment.
B. Marking
1. Service saddle castings shall be clearly marked by letters and numerals cast thereon
showing:
a. Manufacturer’s name
b. Type
c. Size of Pipe
33 12 10 - 14
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 14 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS
A. A licensed plumber is required for installations on the outlet side of the service meter.
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Install Water Services and appurtenances in accordance with AWWA C800.
2. Install Water Service Lines 5 feet north or east of center of lot frontage on lots 75
feet or wider, or where shown on Drawings.
3. Install Water Service Lines on lot center line on lots less than 75 feet wide, unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings.
4. Install services at a minimum depth of 36 inches below final grade/proposed top of
curb, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
5. Perform leak tests in accordance with Section 33 04 40.
6. Replace existing ¾-inch Service Lines with 1-inch new Service Line, tap, and
corporation.
7. Install replaced or relocated services with the service main tap and service line
being in line with the service meter, unless otherwise directed by the City.
8. Excavate, embed and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
B. Handling
1. Haul and distribute Service Lines fittings at the project site and handle with care to
avoid damage.
a. Inspect each segment of Service Line and reject or repair any damaged pipe
prior to lowering into the trench.
b. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the pipe.
2. At the close of each operating day:
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash – during and after
the laying operation.
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap.
C. Service Line Installation
1. Service Taps
a. Only ductile iron pipe may be directly tapped.
b. Install service taps and/or tap assemblies of the specified size as indicated on
the Drawings, or as specified by the Engineer.
c. Perform taps on a water system that is either uncharged or under pressure.
d. Taps consist of:
1) For Concrete Pressure Pipe or Steel Pipe
a) Standard internal pipe threaded holes in the pipe walls
(1) Made during pipe fabrication
(2) Provide tapered threaded outlet with cc threads for up to 2-inch.
33 12 10 - 15
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 15 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
(3) Provide flange outlet with flange to thread insulator adaptor kits for
4-inch and larger taps.
2) Other pipe materials
a) Bronze service clamp with a sealed, threaded port through which the
pipe wall is drilled to complete a service port
e. Tap Assemblies
1) Consist of corporation stop with iron to copper connection attached to:
a) Copper tubing terminating as shown on the City’s Standard Detail
b) May be required adjacent to gate valves
c) Install as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer.
d) When required, shall be included in the unit price bid for installing gate
valve.
2) Chlorination and testing purposes
a) No separate payment will be made for taps required for testing and
chlorination.
2. Installation of Water Services
a. Install tap and Service Line in accordance with City Details.
b. Install meter box in accordance with City Details.
1) Adjustment of the Service Line to proper meter placement height shall be
considered as part of the Meter Box installation.
3. Trenching
a. Provide a trench width sufficiently wide to allow for 2 inches of granular
embedment on either side of the Service Line.
4. Bored Services
a. Services shall be bored utilizing a pilot hole having a diameter ½ inch to ¾
inches larger than the Service Line.
5. Arrangement
a. Arrange corporation stops, branches, curb stops, meter spuds, meter boxes and
other associate appurtenances as shown in the City Detail, and to the approval
of the Engineer.
6. Service Marker
a. When Meter Box is not installed immediately subsequent to service installation:
1) Mark Curb Stop with a strip of blue vinyl tape fastened to the end of the
service and extending through the backfill approximately 6 inches above
ground at the Meter Box location.
b. Installation of service taps only:
1) Attach service marker tape to the corporation stop or plug and extend
upward and normal to the main through the backfill at the adjacent trench
edge to at least 6 inches above ground to flag the tap location.
7. Corporation stops
a. Fully open corporation stop prior to backfill.
D. Removal of Existing Water Meters
1. Remove, tag and collect existing Water Service meter for pickup by the City for
reconditioning or replacement.
2. After installation of the Water Service in the proposed location and receipt of a
meter from the City inspector, install the meter.
33 12 10 - 16
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 16 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
3. Reset the meter box as necessary to be flush with existing ground or as otherwise
directed by the City.
4. All such work on the outlet side of the service meter shall be performed by a
licensed plumber.
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field Tests and Inspections
1. Check each Water Service installation for leaks and full flow through the curb stop
at the time the main is tested in accordance with Section 33 04 40.
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
33 12 10 - 17
WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH
Page 17 of 17
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 14, 2017
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson
Added Blue Text for clarification
1.2 A. – Revision to items included in price bid
Specification modified to be in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking
Water Act – All materials shall be lead free in accordance with this Act.
1.2.A.3 – Water Meter Service Relocate was renamed Water Meter Service
Reconnect
1.6.B. – added certification submittals for compliance with regulatory requirements
2/13/2013 F. Griffin
Added the phrase ‘, including grass’ to lines;
Part 1, 1.2.A.1.c.14, Part1, 1.2.A.2.c.13, Part 1, 1.2.A.2.c.13, Part 1,1.2.A.3.c.11,
Part1, 1.2.A.4.c.11
Added the phrase ‘and replacement’ to line Part 1,1.2.A.4.c.7
4/26/2013 F. Griffin
Revised lines with ‘including grass’ replacing with ‘excluding grass (seeding,
sodding or hydromulching paid separately)’
Included in Part 1, 1.2, A, 1, c, 14; Part 1, 1.2, A, 2, c, 13; Part 1, 1.2, A, 3, c, 11;
Part 1, 1.2, A, 4, 2, 11
6/19/2013 D. Johnson 1.2.A.4.c – Addition of private water service appurtenances relocation to being
included in the linear foot price of private water services
11/21/2016 W. Norwood Require meter box suitable for AMI meter. 2.2,C, 11 & 2.2,C,12
11/21/2016 W. Norwood Require service saddle with double straps. 2.2,C,9,b
2/14/17 W. Norwood 2.2, C, 9.a.3 Remove table “Fit Contour of pipe…”
2/14/17 W. Norwood 3.4, C, 1.d.(2) Remove nylon sleeve inserts, require cc threads.
33 12 20 - 1
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 12 20 1
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves 4-inch through 48-inch for use with potable 6
water mains 7
a. 24-inch and larger valves may require an integral bypass 8
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract 13
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 14
3. Section 33 11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 15
4. Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Gate Valve 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 23
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Gate Valve” installed 24
for: 25
a) Various sizes 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves with connections as specified in the 28
Drawings 29
2) Valve box 30
3) Extension 31
4) Extensions for valves in vaults 32
5) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 33
6) Petrolatum tape for connections to steel flanges 34
7) 2-inch risers (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 35
8) Isolation kits when installed with flanged connections 36
9) Polyethylene encasement 37
10) Pavement removal 38
11) Excavation 39
12) Hauling 40
33 12 20 - 2
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
13) Disposal of excess material 1
14) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 2
15) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 3
16) Clean-up 4
17) Cleaning 5
18) Disinfection 6
19) Testing 7
2. Cut-in Gate Valve 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 12
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Cut-in Gate Valve” 13
installed for: 14
a) Various sizes 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves with connections as specified in the 17
Drawings 18
2) System dewatering 19
3) Connections to existing pipe materials 20
4) Valve box 21
5) Extension 22
6) Extensions for valves in vaults 23
7) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 24
8) Petrolatum tape for connections to steel flanges 25
9) 2-inch risers (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 26
10) Isolation kits when installed with flanged connections 27
11) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 28
12) Polyethylene encasement 29
13) Pavement removal 30
14) Excavation 31
15) Hauling 32
16) Disposal of excess material 33
17) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 34
18) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 35
19) Clean-up 36
20) Cleaning 37
21) Disinfection 38
22) Testing 39
1.3 REFERENCES 40
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 41
1. NRS – Non Rising Stem 42
2. OS&Y – Outside Screw and Yoke 43
B. Reference Standards 44
33 12 20 - 3
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 1
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 2
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 3
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 4
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 5
a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125, and 250). 6
4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 7
5. ASTM International (ASTM): 8
a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 9
b. A242, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel. 10
c. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi 11
Tensile Strength. 12
d. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 13
e. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 14
f. B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and 15
Steel. 16
6. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 17
a. C509, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 18
b. C515, Reduced-Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 19
c. C550, Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 20
d. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN 21
through 12 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution. 22
7. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 23
(AWWA/ANSI): 24
a. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 25
b. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and 26
Fittings. 27
c. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron 28
Threaded Flanges. 29
8. NSF International (NSF): 30
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 31
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 32
1.5 SUBMITTALS 33
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 36
A. Product Data 37
1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve noting the pressure rating and coating system 38
supplied, including: 39
a. Dimensions, weights, material list, and detailed drawings 40
b. Joint type 41
c. Maximum torque recommended by the manufacturer for the valve size 42
2. Polyethylene encasement and tape 43
33 12 20 - 4
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
a. Whether the film is linear low density or high density cross linked polyethylene 1
b. The thickness of the film provided 2
3. Thrust Restraint, if required by contract Documents 3
a. Retainer glands 4
b. Thrust harnesses 5
c. Any other means 6
4. Instructions for field repair of fusion bonded epoxy coating 7
5. Gaskets 8
B. Certificates 9
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves meet 10
the provisions of this Section, each valve meets Specifications, all inspections have 11
been made and that all tests have been performed in accordance with AWWA C509 12
or AWWA C515. 13
2. Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B117. 14
3. Furnish affidavit that Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer has five 15
years experience manufacturing Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar service and 16
size with experience record. 17
4. Furnish affidavit that Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer owns or 18
controls any foreign factory/foundry that supplies valve casings and can certify that 19
the Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer is in control of quality 20
control at the foreign factory/foundry. 21
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 24
A. Qualifications 25
1. Manufacturers 26
a. Valves 16-inch and larger shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each 27
project. 28
1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different 29
manufacturer upon City approval. 30
b. For valves less than 16-inch, valves of each size shall be the product of 1 31
manufacturer, unless approved by the City. 32
1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different 33
manufacturer upon City approval. 34
c. Valves shall meet or exceed AWWA C509 or AWWA C515. 35
d. For valves equipped with a bypass, the bypass valve must be of the same 36
manufacturer as the main valve. 37
e. Resilient Seated Gate Valves shall be new. 38
f. Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer shall not have less than 5 years of 39
successful experience manufacturing of Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar 40
service and size, and indicated or demonstrate an experience record that is 41
satisfactory to the Engineer and City. This experience record will be thoroughly 42
investigated by the Engineer, and acceptance will be at the sole discretion of the 43
Engineer and City. 44
33 12 20 - 5
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
g. Casings for Resilient Seated Gate Valve, such as valve body, wedge, and 1
bypass; that are not manufactured within the United States of America, shall be 2
manufactured by factories/foundries that are owned or controlled (partial 3
ownership) such that the Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer can control 4
and guarantee quality at the foreign factory/foundry. 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 6
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 7
1. Protect all parts so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 8
delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 9
equipment are ready for operation. 10
2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 11
site. 12
3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges, 13
strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 14
4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 15
5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 16
extremes in temperature. 17
6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 18
66 00. 19
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 20
1.12 WARRANTY 21
A. Manufacturer Warranty 22
1. Manufacturer’s Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 23
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 26
A. Manufacturers 27
1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 28
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 29
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 30
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 31
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 32
B. Description 33
1. Regulatory Requirements 34
a. Valves shall be new and meet or exceed AWWA C509 or AWWA C515 and 35
shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. 36
b. All valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the 37
requirements of NSF 61. 38
C. Materials 39
33 12 20 - 6
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Valve Body 1
a. Valve body: ductile iron per ASTM A536 2
b. Flanged ends: Furnish in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15. 3
c. Mechanical Joints: Furnish with outlets which conform to AWWA/ANSI 4
C111/A21.11. 5
d. Valve interior and exterior surfaces: fusion bonded epoxy coated, minimum 5 6
mils, meeting AWWA C550 requirements 7
e. Buried valves: Provide with polyethylene encasement in accordance with 8
AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5. 9
1) Polyethylene encasement: Furnish in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 10
2. Wedge (Gate) 11
a. Resilient wedge: rated at 250 psig cold water working pressure 12
b. The wedge (gate) for all valve sizes shall be 1 piece, fully encapsulated with a 13
permanently bonded EPDM rubber. 14
3. Bypass 15
a. For gate valves using a double roller, track and scrapper system, an integrally 16
cast bypass on the body of the valve is required. 17
1) Orient the bypass on the same side of the gate valve as the spur gear to 18
allow operation of both valves from the manhole opening. 19
2) The bypass shall be a minimum 4-inch in size. 20
4. Gate Valve Bolts and Nuts 21
a. Bonnet, Stuffing Box and Gear Box - Hex head bolt, and hex nut: Steel ASTM 22
A307 Gr. B, Zinc Plate per ASTM B633, SC3 for non-buried service (4-inch 23
through 12-inch valves) or as specified in 2.2.C.4.b. 24
b. Hex head bolt and hex nut: AISI 304 stainless steel for buried service (all 25
sizes) and for valves 16-inch through 36-inch (non-buried service) 26
5. Bolts and Nuts 27
a. Mechanical Joints 28
a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 29
b. Flanged Ends 30
1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe 31
material. 32
2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 33
3) Flanged isolation kits shall be provided when connecting to buried steel or 34
concrete pressure pipe. Kits shall conform to Section 33 04 10. 35
6. Joints 36
a. Valves: flanged, or mechanical-joint or any combination of these as specified 37
on the Drawings or in the project Specifications 38
1) Flanged-joints: AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 39
a) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B16.1, 40
Class 125. 41
b) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 42
2) Steel or concrete pressure pipe 43
a) Use flange-joints unless otherwise specified in the Contract 44
Documents. 45
3) Ductile Iron or PVC pressure pipe 46
a) Use mechanical joints with mechanically restrained retainer glands 47
unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 48
33 12 20 - 7
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
7. Operating Nuts 1
a. Supply for buried service valves 2
b. 1-15/16-inch square at the top, 2-inch at the base, and 1-3/4-inch high 3
c. Cast an arrow showing the direction of opening with the word “OPEN” on the 4
operating nut base. 5
d. To open, the operating nut shall be turned to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE) 6
direction. Nut shall be painted red per AWWA specifications 7
e. Connect the operating nut to the shaft with a shear pin that prevents the nut 8
from transferring torque to that shaft or the gear box that exceeds the 9
manufacturer’s recommended torque. 10
f. Furnish handwheel operators for non-buried service, or when shown in the 11
Drawings. 12
8. Gearing 13
a. Gate valves that are 24 inch and larger: Equip with a spur gear. 14
b. Bevel gears for horizontally mounted valves are not allowed. 15
c. The spur gear shall be designed and supplied by the manufacturer of the valve 16
as an integral part of the gate valve. 17
9. Gaskets 18
a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 19
2.3 ACCESSORIES 20
A. All gate valves shall have the following accessories provided as part of the gate valve 21
installation: 22
1. A keyed solid extension stem of sufficient length to bring the operating nut up to 23
within 1 foot of the surface of the ground, when the operating nut on the gate valve 24
is 3 feet or more beneath the surface of the ground. Extension Stems are: 25
a. Not required on City stock orders 26
b. Not to be bolted or attached to the valve-operating nut 27
c. To be of cold rolled steel with a cross-sectional area of 1 square inch, fitting 28
loosely enough to allow deflection 29
2. Furnish joint components such as gaskets, glands, lubricant, bolts, and nuts in 30
sufficient quantity for assembly of each joint. 31
3. Cast Iron Valve Boxes: provide for buried service gate valves, cast iron valve 32
boxes and covers 33
a. Each valve box for 4-inch through 12-inch valves shall be 2-piece, 5 ¼-inch 34
shafts, screw type, consisting of a top section and a bottom section. 35
b. Valve boxes shall be as listed in the City of Fort Worth Standard Products List 36
in attached in Section 01 60 00. 37
c. Valve box covers shall be so designed that they can be easily removed to 38
provide access to valve operating nut. 39
d. Valve box covers must be designed to stay in position and resist damage under 40
AASHTO HS 20 traffic loads. 41
e. Each cover shall be casted with the word “WATER” or “RECLAIMED” in 42
raised letters on the upper surface. 43
f. Cast iron valve boxes and covers shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 35B. 44
1) Valve box covers shall be round for potable water applications and square 45
for reclaimed water applications. 46
33 12 20 - 8
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
g. Box extension material shall be AWWA C900 PVC or ductile iron. 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. General 8
1. All valves shall be installed in vertical position when utilized in normal pipeline 9
installation. 10
2. Valves shall be placed at line and grade as indicated on the Drawings. 11
3. Polyethylene encasement installation shall be in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 12
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 13
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 15
A. Field Inspections 16
1. Before acceptance of the installed valve, the City Field Operations Staff shall have 17
the opportunity to operate the valve. 18
2. The City shall be given the opportunity to inspect all buried flanges before they are 19
covered. 20
3. The Operator will be assessing the ease of access to the operating nut within the 21
valve box and ease of operating the valve from a fully closed to fully opened 22
position. 23
4. If access and operation of the valve meet the City’s criteria, then the valve will be 24
accepted as installed. 25
B. Non-Conforming Work 26
1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet the City’s 27
criteria, the Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets the City’s criteria, at 28
the Contractor’s expense. 29
33 12 20 - 9
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7
8
33 12 20 - 10
RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson
1.1.A – Modified acceptable size range and added requirement for bypass in 30-inch
gate valves, Blue text added for exceptions
1.2 Measurement and Payment – Added Cut-In Gate Valve
1.2.A.1.c and 1.2.A.2.c – added additional items to be included in price bid
1.6.A – removed requirement for product data for bolts and nuts because it is to be
included under Section 33 11 05.
1.9.A.1 – Added requirement for bypass valve manufacturing
2.2.C. – Added requirement for 30-inch gate valves to have a bypass and bypass
material requirements; Added reference to Section 33 11 05 and removed material
specification for bolts, nuts and gaskets; Added requirement for flanged isolation
kits; Added restraint requirements for mechanical joint connections with ductile iron
or PVC pressure pipe.
2.3.3 – Modified acceptable cast iron from Class 40 to Class 35B; Added
requirements for reclaimed water applications
6/24/2014 D. Townsend
1.1.A.2 Revision - Gate valves larger than 24-inches may be approved by the City on
a case-by-case basis
1.6.B.3 Added Section. Requires Affidavit for 5 years of experience in
manufacturing RS Gate valves of similar size and type.
1.6.B.4 Added Section – Requires Affidavit on Gate Valve manufacturers ownership
in foreign factories/foundries providing components to certify on-site quality control.
1.9.A.1.f Added Section. Requirement for 5 years of experience in manufacturing
RS Gate valves of similar size and type.
1.9.A.1.g Added Section. Requirement for Gate Valve manufacturers ownership (or
control) in foreign factories/foundries providing components to certify on-site quality
control
5/6/2015 D. Townsend
1.1.A.1 Revised maximum allowable Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve from
30-inch to 48-inch
1.1.A.1.a Revised minimum size gate valve requiring bypass from 30-inch to 24-
inch.
2.2.C.3. Changed requirement for an integrally cast bypass from 30-inch and above
resilient seated gate valves to all double roller, track and scrapper system resilient
seated gate valves
2.2.C.3.2 Added the minimum size bypass shall be 4 -inches.
2.2.C.7.d Added that nut shall be painted red per AWWA specifications
3
33 12 25 - 1
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
SECTION 33 12 25 1
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Connection to existing water mains to include, but not limited to: 6
a. Cutting in a tee for a branch connection 7
b. Extending from an existing water main 8
c. Installing a tapping sleeve and valve 9
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract 14
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 15
3. Section 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 16
4. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 17
5. Section 33 05 30 – Location of Existing Utilities 18
6. Section 33 11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 19
7. Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Connection to an existing unpressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System 23
Main that does not require the City to take part of the water system out of service 24
a. Measurement 25
1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the water pipe being installed. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 28
Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water pipe 29
complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 30
2. Connection to an existing pressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main 31
that requires a shutdown of some part of the water system 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each connection completed. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 36
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Connection to Existing 37
Water Main” installed for: 38
a) Various sizes of existing water distribution main 39
33 12 25 - 2
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but 1
not limited to: 2
1) Preparing submittals 3
2) Dewatering 4
3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 5
4) Coordination and notification 6
5) Remobilization 7
6) Temporary lighting 8
7) Polyethylene encasement 9
8) Make-up pieces 10
9) Linings 11
10) Pavement removal 12
11) Excavation 13
12) Hauling 14
13) Disposal of excess material 15
14) Clean-up 16
15) Cleaning 17
16) Disinfection 18
17) Testing 19
3. Connection to an existing pressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main 20
by Tapping Sleeve and Valve: 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each connection completed. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 25
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Tapping Sleeve and 26
Valve” installed for: 27
a) Various sizes of connecting main 28
b) Various sizes of existing water distribution main 29
c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but 30
not limited to: 31
1) Preparing submittals 32
2) Dewatering 33
3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 34
4) Coordination and notification 35
5) Tapping Sleeve and Tapping Valve 36
6) Remobilization 37
7) Temporary lighting 38
8) Polyethylene encasement 39
9) Make-up pieces 40
10) Linings 41
11) Pavement removal 42
12) Excavation 43
13) Hauling 44
14) Disposal of excess material 45
15) Clean-up 46
16) Cleaning 47
17) Disinfection 48
18) Testing 49
33 12 25 - 3
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 3
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 4
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 6
a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Classes 25, 125 and 250) 7
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 8
a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 9
b. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for 10
High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose 11
Applications 12
c. A194, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High 13
Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both 14
d. A242, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel. 15
e. A283, Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength 16
Carbon Steel Plates. 17
f. A285, Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- 18
and Intermediate-Tensile Strength. 19
g. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 20
h. D2000, Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive 21
Applications. 22
4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 23
a. C200, Steel Water Pipe - 6 IN and Larger. 24
b. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service – Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 25
c. C213, Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel 26
Water Pipelines. 27
d. C223, Fabricated Steel and Stainless Steel Tapping Sleeves. 28
5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 29
(AWWA/ANSI): 30
a. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 31
b. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and 32
Fittings. 33
c. C115A21/15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron or Gray-Iron 34
Threaded Flanges. 35
6. NSF International (NSF): 36
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 37
7. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry Inc. 38
(MSS): 39
a. SP-60, Connecting flange Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves. 40
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 41
A. Pre-installation Meetings 42
1. Required for any connections to an existing, pressurized 16-inch or larger City 43
water distribution system main that requires a shutdown of some part of the water 44
system 45
33 12 25 - 4
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
2. May also be required for connections that involve shutting water service off t o 1
certain critical businesses 2
3. Schedule a pre-installation meeting a minimum of 3 weeks prior to proposed time 3
for the work to occur. 4
4. The meeting shall include the Contractor, City Inspector and City Valve Crew. 5
5. Review work procedures as submitted and any adjustments made for current field 6
conditions. 7
6. Verify that all valves and plugs to be used have adequate thrust restraint or 8
blocking. 9
7. Schedule a test shutdown with the City. 10
8. Schedule the date for the connection to the existing system. 11
B. Scheduling 12
1. Schedule work to make all connections to existing 16-inch and larger mains: 13
a. During the period from November through April, unless otherwise approved by 14
the City 15
b. During normal business hours from Monday through Friday, unless otherwise 16
approved by the City 17
2. Schedule City Valve Crew by 1:00 P.M. a minimum of 1 business day prior to 18
planned disruption to the existing water system. 19
a. In the event that other water system activities do not allow the existing main to 20
be dewatered at the requested time, schedule work to allow the connection at an 21
alternate time acceptable to the City. 22
1) If water main cannot be taken out of service at the originally requested 23
time, coordination will be required with the City to discuss rescheduling 24
and compensation for mobilization. 25
2) No additional payment will be provided if the schedule was altered at the 26
Contractor’s request. 27
1.5 SUBMITTALS 28
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 29
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 30
specials. 31
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 32
A. Product Data, if applicable 33
1. Tapping Sleeve noting the pressure rating and coating system supplied including: 34
a. Dimensions, weights, material list, and detailed drawings 35
b. Maximum torque recommended by the manufacturer for the valve by size 36
B. Submittals 37
1. Provide a detailed sequence of work for 16-inch, or larger, connections if required 38
by City that includes: 39
a. Results of exploratory excavation 40
b. Dewatering 41
c. Procedure for connecting to the existing water main 42
33 12 25 - 5
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
d. Time period for completing work from when the water is shut down to when 1
the main is back in service 2
e. Testing and repressurization procedures 3
2. Welders that are assigned to work on connection to concrete cylinder or steel pipe 4
must be certified and provide Welding Certificates, upon request, in accordance 5
with AWWA C200. 6
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 9
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 10
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 11
1. Protect parts so that no damage or deterioration occurs during a prolonged delay 12
from the time of shipment until installation is completed. 13
2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 14
site. 15
3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges using wooden flanges, strongly 16
built and securely bolted thereto. 17
4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 18
5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and 19
extremes in temperature. 20
6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 21
66 00. 22
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 23
1.12 WARRANTY 24
A. Manufacturer Warranty 25
1. Manufacturer’s warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 26
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 29
A. Manufacturers 30
1. Only the manufacturers as listed by the City’s Standard Products List will be 31
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 32
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 33
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 34
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 35
B. Description 36
1. Regulatory Requirements 37
33 12 25 - 6
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
a. Tapping Sleeves shall meet or exceed AWWA C223 and the requirements of 1
this Specification. 2
b. All valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the 3
requirements of NSF 61. 4
C. Tapping Sleeve Materials 5
1. Body 6
a. Body: Carbon Steel per ASTM A283 Grade C, ASTM A285 Grade C, ASTM 7
A36 Steel or equal 8
b. Finish: fusion bonded epoxy coating to an average 12 mil thickness. Fusion 9
applied per AWWA C213. 10
c. All buried tapping sleeves shall be provided with polyethylene encasement in 11
accordance with AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5. 12
1) Polyethylene encasement shall be in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 13
2. Flange 14
a. Carbon Steel per ASTM A36 in accordance with AWWA C207 and ASME 15
B16.1 Class 125. 16
b. Recessed for tapping valve per MSS SP-60 17
3. Bolts and Nuts 18
a. Flanged Ends 19
1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe 20
material. 21
2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 22
4. Gaskets 23
a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 24
5. Test Plug 25
a. ¾-inch NPT carbon steel with square head and fusion bonded epoxy coating 26
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 27
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28
PART 3 - EXECUTION 29
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30
3.2 EXAMINATION 31
A. Verification of Conditions 32
1. Verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing water main is as depicted 33
in the Drawings and that the location is suitable for a connection to the existing 34
water main. 35
a. Excavate and backfill trench for the exploratory excavation in accordance with 36
33 05 10. 37
2. Verify that all equipment and materials are available on–site prior to the shutdown 38
of the existing main. 39
3. Pipe lines shall be completed, tested and authorized for connection to the existing 40
system in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 41
33 12 25 - 7
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 1
3.4 INSTALLATION 2
A. General 3
1. Upon disruption of the existing water main, continue work until the connection is 4
complete and the existing water main is back in service. 5
B. Procedure 6
1. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 7
2. Dewater the existing water line so the chlorinated water is not unlawfully 8
discharged. 9
3. Maintain the water that may bleed by existing valves or plugs during installation 10
within the work area to a reasonable level. 11
a. Control the water in such a way that it does not interfere with the proper 12
installation of the connection or create a discharge of chlorinated water. 13
4. If any discharge of chlorinated water occurs, discharged water shall be de-14
chlorinated in accordance with Section 33 04 40 15
5. Cut and remove existing water main in order to make the connection. 16
6. Verify that the existing pipe line is suitable for the proposed connection. 17
7. Place trench foundation and bedding in accordance with 33 05 10. 18
8. In the event that a tapping sleeve and valve is used, the coupon from the existing 19
water main shall be submitted to the City. 20
9. Prevent embedment, backfill, soil, water or other debris form entering the pipeline. 21
10. Establish thrust restraint as provided for in the Drawings. 22
11. Clean and disinfect the pipeline associated with the connection in accordance with 23
Section 33 04 40. 24
12. Place embedment to the top of the pipe zone. 25
13. Request that the City Valve Crew re-pressurize the pipeline. 26
14. Directionally flush the connection in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 27
15. Request that City Valve Crew open all remaining valves. 28
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 29
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 30
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 35
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 36
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 37
33 12 25 - 8
CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 6, 2013
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.C.3 and 4 – Added reference to Section 33 11 05 and removed bolt, nut and
gasket material specification
2/6/2013 D. Townsend 3.4.B.4 Modified to refer to Section 33 04040
4
33 12 30 - 1
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 12 30 1
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. 2-inch through 8-inch Combination Air-Release and Air/Vacuum Valve Assemblies 6
(Combination Air Valves) for potable water systems including: 7
a. Combination air-release and air/vacuum valve 8
b. Tap to water main 9
c. Lead-free Inlet piping and appurtenances 10
d. Vent piping and appurtenances 11
e. Vault enclosure and appurtenances 12
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16
Contract 17
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 18
3. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings 19
4. Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe 20
5. Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings 21
6. Section 33 11 14 – Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 22
7. Section 33 12 10 – Water Services 1-Inch to 2-Inch 23
8. Section 33 12 20 – Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve 24
9. Section 33 39 20 – Precast Concrete Manholes 25
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26
A. Measurement and Payment 27
1. Measurement 28
a. Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 29
2. Payment 30
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 31
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price 32
bid per each “Water Air Release Valve & Vault” installed for: 33
1) Various inlet sizes 34
3. The price bid shall include: 35
a. Furnishing and installing Combination Air Valves with appurtenances as 36
specified in the Drawings 37
b. Air valve vault and appurtenances 38
c. Tapping the main 39
d. Isolation valves 40
33 12 30 - 2
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
e. Fittings 1
f. Vent piping 2
g. Vent cover and/or enclosure 3
h. Vent enclosure and/or pipe bollard protection, if required 4
i. Excavation and backfill 5
1.3 REFERENCES 6
A. Definitions 7
1. Combination Air Valve: A device having the features of both an air-release valve 8
and an air/vacuum valve 9
2. Inlet: The opening at the base of the Combination Air Valve mechanism through 10
which air and water from the pipeline enters 11
3. Inlet Piping: The piping and appurtenances between the pipeline and the valve inlet 12
4. Lead-free: Lead-free pipes and plumbing fittings and fixtures shall contain less 13
than 0.25 percent lead in accordance with the reduction of Lead in Drinking Water 14
Act (P.L. 111-380). 15
5. Orifice: The opening in the Combination Air Valve mechanism through which air 16
is expelled from or admitted into the pipeline or piping system. Some valves may 17
have multiple orifices. 18
6. Outlet: The opening at the top of Combination Air Valve mechanism, including the 19
orifice, through which air enters or exits the Air Valve 20
7. Vent Piping: The piping and appurtenances from the Combination Air Valve outlet 21
to its termination point outside the vault 22
B. Reference Standards 23
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 24
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 25
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 26
2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 27
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 28
a. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 29
4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 30
a. C512, Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves for Waterworks 31
Service. 32
b. M51, Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves. 33
5. NSF International (NSF): 34
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 35
6. Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act 36
a. Public Law 111-380 (P.L. 111-380) 37
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 38
1.5 SUBMITTALS 39
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 40
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 41
33 12 30 - 3
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1
A. Product Data 2
1. Combination Air Valves 3
a. Application type 4
b. Working pressure rating 5
c. Test pressure rating 6
d. Surge pressure rating 7
e. Inlet size 8
f. Small orifice size 9
g. Large orifice size 10
2. Valve vault and appurtenances 11
3. Tapping appurtenances 12
4. Isolation valves 13
5. Fittings 14
6. Vent piping 15
7. Vent cover and/or enclosure 16
8. Vent enclosure and/or pipe bollard protection 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 20
A. Qualifications 21
1. Manufacturers 22
a. Combination Air Valves of the same size shall be the product of 1 23
manufacturer, unless approved by the City. 24
b. Combination air valves shall be in conformance with AWWA C512. 25
B. Certifications 26
1. Obtain an Affidavit of Compliance from the valve manufacturer in accordance with 27
AWWA C512. 28
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 31
delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 32
equipment are ready for operation. 33
2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 34
site. 35
3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges, 36
strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 37
4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 38
5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 39
extremes in temperature. 40
33 12 30 - 4
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with 1
Section 01 66 00. 2
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 3
1.12 WARRANTY 4
A. Manufacturer Warranty 5
1. Manufacturer’s Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 9
A. Manufacturers 10
1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 11
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 12
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related sections. 13
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 14
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 15
3. The Combination Air Valve shall be new and the product of a manufacturer 16
regularly engaged in the manufacturing of air release/air vacuum valves having 17
similar service and size. 18
B. Description 19
1. Regulatory Requirements 20
a. Combination Air Valves shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of 21
AWWA C512 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. 22
b. All Combination Air Valve components in contact with potable water shall 23
conform to the requirements of NSF 61. 24
c. All materials shall conform to the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water 25
Act (P.L. 111-380). This Act defines “Lead-free” for pipes and other 26
appurtenances to be less than 0.25 percent lead. 27
C. Performance / Design Criteria 28
1. Capacities 29
a. Water Application = Potable Water 30
b. Working Pressure from 10 psi to 150 psi 31
c. Test Pressure = 225 psi 32
d. Surge Pressure = 100 psi minimum, unless stated otherwise in the Contract 33
Documents 34
e. Size 35
1) Each orifice size must be sufficient to meet the requirements set forth in 36
AWWA M51 and indicated on the Drawings. 37
2. Function 38
a. High volume discharge during pipeline filling 39
b. High volume intake through the large orifice 40
c. Pressurized air discharge 41
d. Surge Dampening/Controlled discharge rates 42
33 12 30 - 5
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) The valve shall have an integral surge alleviation mechanism which shall 1
operate automatically to limit transient pressure rise or shock induced by 2
closure due to high velocity air discharge or the subsequent rejoining of the 3
separated water columns. The limitation of the pressure rise shall be 4
achieved by decelerating the approaching water prior to valve closure. 5
D. Materials 6
1. Combination Air Valve 7
a. Internal parts 8
1) Non-corroding material such as stainless steel or high density polyethylene 9
b. Valve body 10
1) AISI 304 stainless steel or ASTM A536 ductile iron 11
2) Equipped with intake and discharge flanges 12
c. Inlet/Discharge orifice area 13
1) Equal to the nominal size of the valve 14
E. Finishes 15
1. Finish Materials 16
a. Supply all ductile iron Combination Air Valves with a factory applied fusion 17
bonded epoxy coating with a final coating thickness of 16 mils minimum. 18
2.3 ACCESSORIES 19
A. For 2-inch Combination Air Valve Assemblies: 20
1. Tap 21
a. Tapping saddle and 2-inch corporation valve (C.C. thread with flare) in 22
accordance with Section 33 12 10 23
2. Inlet Piping 24
a. 2-inch outlet between the tap and the isolation valve with the following: 25
1) Threaded, lead-free brass piping 26
2) Threaded, lead-free brass tee 27
3) Threaded, lead-free brass hand wheel valves 28
3. Vent Piping 29
a. 4-inch minimum diameter, in accordance with the Drawings 30
4. Vent Screen 31
a. Stainless Steel (AISI 304) 32
5. Dropover Enclosure 33
a. Channell SPH-1420 thermoplastic enclosure, or approved equal 34
6. Vault 35
a. Provide a flat top 4-foot diameter concrete manhole in accordance with Section 36
33 39 20. 37
b. Provide a 32-inch hinged cover with frame and grade ring in accordance with 38
Section 33 05 13. 39
c. Secure Air Valve to vault wall using a galvanized or stainless steel bracket 40
manufactured by Grinell, or equal, in accordance with the Drawings 41
B. For 3-inch to 8-inch Combination Air Valve Assemblies: 42
1. Tap 43
a. For 24-inch diameter mains: 44
1) Provide 24-inch blind flange outlet 45
33 12 30 - 6
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b. For mains with 30-inch and greater diameter: 1
1) Provide 30-inch blind flange outlet 2
c. For ductile iron and PVC mains, provide mechanical joint x flange tee with 3
tapped flange. 4
2. Inlet Piping 5
a. Flanged ductile iron or steel, depending on main material, in accordance with 6
Drawings 7
b. Corporation stops shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 10 and with 8
Drawings. 9
3. Isolation Valves 10
a. Gate valve (flanged) in accordance with Section 33 12 20 with: 11
1) 2-inch operating nut, non-rising stem with enclosed miter gearing for 3-12
inch and larger gate valves 13
4. Vent Piping 14
a. 4-inch minimum, ductile iron pipe, in accordance with Drawings 15
5. Vent Screen 16
a. Stainless Steel (AISI 304) 17
6. Dropover Enclosure 18
a. Channell SPH-1420 thermoplastic enclosure, or approved equal 19
7. Vault 20
a. Provide a flat top, concrete manhole in accordance with Section 33 39 20. 21
b. Manhole dimensions shall be in accordance with Drawings. 22
c. Provide a 32-inch hinged cover with frame and grade ring in accordance with 23
Section 33 05 13. 24
d. Secure Air Valve to vault wall using a galvanized or stainless steel bracket 25
manufactured by Grinell, or equal, in accordance with the Drawings 26
C. Finishes 27
1. Primer Materials 28
a. Prime Vent Piping within vault, as well as above ground, for finish with a 29
product listed in on the City’s Standard Products List in Section 01 60 00, 30
unless otherwise stated in the Drawings. 31
2. Finish Materials 32
a. Paint Vent Piping within vault, as well as above ground, with a product listed in 33
on the City’s Standard Products List in Section 01 60 00, unless otherwise 34
stated in the Drawings. 35
b. Color to be selected by the City. 36
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 37
A. Tests and Inspections 38
1. Testing and inspection of Combination Air Valves shall be in accordance with 39
AWWA C512. 40
B. Markings 41
1. Each Combination Air Valve shall be marked in accordance with AWWA C512. 42
33 12 30 - 7
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 INSTALLATION 5
A. General 6
1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and as shown on the 7
Drawings. 8
2. Above ground and vault interior ductile iron piping and valves shall be painted in 9
accordance with City requirements, unless otherwise stated in the Drawings. 10
3. Wrap all buried ductile iron pipe and fittings with polyethylene encasement in 11
accordance with Section 33 11 10 and Section 33 11 11 respectively. 12
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 13
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 15
A. Field Inspections 16
1. Pipe the large and small orifices directly to the vent piping. There direct discharge 17
of an orifice to an underground vault. 18
2. The valve shall perform as intended with no deformation, leaking or damage of any 19
kind for the pressure ranges indicated. 20
3. Before acceptance of the installed valve, the City Field Operations Staff shall have 21
the opportunity to inspect and operate the valve. 22
4. The City will assess the ease of access to the operating nut and ease of operating the 23
corporation stop. 24
5. If access and operation of the valve and its appurtenances meet the City Standard 25
Detail, then the valve will be accepted as installed. 26
6. The Combination Air Valve assembly shall be free from any leaks. 27
B. Non-Conforming Work 28
1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet the City’s 29
criteria, the Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets the City’s criteria, at 30
the Contractor’s expense. 31
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 35
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 36
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 37
33 12 30 - 8
COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson General: Modified specification to reflect materials and equipment in City Standard
Detail; Removed cast-in-place manhole references
4
33 12 40 - 1
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 3, 2014
SECTION 33 12 40 1
FIRE HYDRANTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Dry-barrel fire hydrants with 51/4-inch main valve for use with potable water mains 6
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
3. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 12
4. Section 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 13
5. Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe 14
6. Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings 15
7. Section 33 11 14 – Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 16
8. Section 33 12 20 – Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Measurement 20
a. Fire Hydrant and Extension 21
1) Measurement for this item shall be by the each hydrant, complete in place. 22
2. Payment 23
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 24
measured under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit prices bid per each 25
“Fire Hydrant” installed. 26
3. The price bid shall include: 27
a. Furnishing and installing Fire Hydrants with appurtenances as specified in the 28
Drawings 29
b. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant assembly from base to operating nut 30
c. Extension barrel and stem 31
d. Adjusting hydrant to the appropriate height 32
e. Painting 33
f. Pavement Removal 34
g. Excavation 35
h. Freight, loading, unloading and handling 36
i. Disposal of excess material 37
j. Furnish, placement and compaction of embedment 38
k. Furnish, placement and compaction of backfill 39
l. Blocking, Braces and Rest 40
m. Clean up 41
33 12 40 - 2
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 3, 2014
n. Disinfection 1
o. Testing 2
1.3 REFERENCES 3
A. Definitions 4
1. Base: The lateral connection to the fire hydrant lead; also called a shoe 5
B. Reference Standards 6
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 7
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 8
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 9
2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 10
a. C502, Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants 11
b. Manual of Water Supply Practices M17 (AWWA Manual M17) – Installation, 12
Field Testing, and Maintenance of Fire Hydrants 13
3. NSF International 14
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects 15
4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 16
a. 1963, Standard for Fire Hose Connections 17
5. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 18
a. 246, Hydrants for Fire-Protection Service 19
6. Factory Mutual (FM) 20
a. Class Number 1510, Approval Standard for Fire Hydrant (Dry Barrel Type) for 21
Private Fire Service 22
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 23
1.5 SUBMITTALS 24
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 25
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction. 26
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 27
A. Product Data 28
1. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant stating: 29
a. Main valve opening size 30
b. Nozzle arrangement and sizes 31
c. Operating nut size 32
d. Operating nut operating direction 33
e. Working pressure rating 34
f. Component assembly and materials 35
g. Coatings and Finishes 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 39
A. Qualifications 40
1. Manufacturers 41
a. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 42
33 12 40 - 3
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 3, 2014
1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different 1
manufacturer upon City approval. 2
2. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants shall be in conformance with AWWA C502, UL 246 and 3
FM 1510. 4
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 5
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 6
1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA C502 and 7
AWWA Manual M17. 8
2. Protect all parts so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 9
delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 10
equipment are ready for operation. 11
3. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 12
site. 13
4. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges, 14
strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 15
5. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 16
6. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 17
extremes in temperature. 18
7. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 19
66 00. 20
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 21
1.12 WARRANTY 22
A. Manufacturer Warranty 23
1. Manufacturer’s Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 24
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 27
A. Manufacturers 28
1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 29
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 30
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 31
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 32
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 33
3. The Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant shall be new and the product of a manufacturer 34
regularly engaged in the manufacturing of Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants having similar 35
service and size. 36
B. Description 37
1. Regulatory Requirements 38
a. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA 39
C502 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. 40
33 12 40 - 4
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 3, 2014
b. All Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant components in contact with potable water shall 1
conform to the requirements of NSF 61. 2
C. Performance / Design Criteria 3
1. Capacities 4
a. Rated working pressure of 250 psi or greater 5
2. Design Criteria 6
a. Operating nut 7
1) Uniformly tapered square nut measuring: 8
a) 1 inch at the base 9
b) 7/8 inch at the top 10
2) Open by turning the operating nut to the right (clockwise) 11
a) Provide operating direction clearly marked with an arrow and the word 12
“OPEN”. 13
3) Provide weather shield with operating nut. 14
b. Main Valve 15
1) Minimum 51/4-inch opening 16
2) Compression type 17
a) Opening against pressure 18
b) Closing with pressure 19
c. Nozzles 20
1) ‘T’ shape, 3 nozzle arrangement 21
2) Nozzle sizes, threads and configuration in accordance with NFPA 1963 22
a) Hose nozzles 23
(1) 2 x 21/2-inch (nominal size of connection) 24
(a) 180 degrees apart 25
(b) Thread Designation 2.5-7.5 NH (NFPA 1963) 26
b) Pump nozzle 27
(1) 4-inch (nominal size of connection) 28
(a) Thread Designation 4-4 NH (NFPA 1963) 29
d. Hydrant Barrel Configuration 30
1) Upper barrel 31
2) Breakable flange and stem 32
a) To be installed above ground at the connection to the upper barrel 33
3) Extension barrel (if needed) and lower barrel 34
a) Extension barrel and stem 35
(1) Lengthen in 6-inch increments 36
e. Drain Valve 37
1) Non-corrodible material 38
2) Spring operated drain valves are not allowed. 39
D. Function 40
1. Drain Valve 41
a. Drain fire hydrant barrels when main valve is closed. 42
E. Materials 43
1. Furnish materials in accordance with AWWA C502. 44
2. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant Assembly 45
a. Internal parts 46
1) Threads 47
33 12 40 - 5
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 3, 2014
a) Provide operating thread designed to avoid metal such as iron or steel 1
threads against iron or steel parts. 2
2) Stem 3
a) Stem Nuts 4
(1) Provide bronze stem nuts. 5
(a) Grades per AWWA C502 6
b) Where needed, stem shall be grooved and sealed with O-rings. 7
3. Provide crushed rock for placement around base conforming to Section 33 05 10. 8
F. Finishes 9
1. Primer Materials 10
a. Furnish primer for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA C502. 11
2. Finish Materials 12
a. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant 13
1) Exterior 14
a) Above grade 15
(1) Furnish exterior coating for above grade Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant 16
assembly components in accordance with AWWA C502. 17
(2) Coating shall be Flynt Aluminum Paint in Silver. 18
b) Below grade 19
(1) Furnish exterior coating for below grade Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant 20
assembly components in accordance with AWWA C502. 21
2) Interior 22
a) Interior coating for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants assemblies in accordance 23
with AWWA C502 24
2.3 ACCESSORIES 25
A. Polyethylene Encasement 26
1. Provide polyethylene encasement in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 27
B. Embedment 28
1. Provide crushed rock and filter fabric in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 29
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 30
A. Tests and Inspections 31
1. Testing and inspection of Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA 32
C502. 33
B. Markings 34
1. Provide each Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant marked in accordance with AWWA C502. 35
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 36
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 37
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 38
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 39
3.4 INSTALLATION 40
A. General 41
33 12 40 - 6
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 3, 2014
1. Install in accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, 1
manufacturer’s recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. 2
2. Provide vertical installation with braces, rest and blocking in accordance with City 3
Standard Details. 4
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 10. 5
4. Embed Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant assemblies in accordance with 33 05 10. 6
a. At the location of the weep holes, wrap barrel with polyethylene encasement 7
and crushed rock with filter fabric to prevent dirt and debris from entering the 8
fire hydrant. 9
5. Polyethylene encasement installation shall be in accordance with the applicable 10
portion of Section 33 11 10. 11
6. Install concrete blocking and rest in accordance with Section 03 30 00 as indicated 12
in the Drawings. 13
7. A minimum 1/3 cubic yard of crushed rock shall be placed around the base, in 14
accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, to allow drain 15
outlets to operate. 16
a. The crushed rock should extend 6 inches above the drain outlets and a 17
minimum of 1 foot on all sides of the fire hydrant base. 18
8. Fire hydrant lead line shall be installed with a maximum cover of 7 feet. 19
a. Cover is measured from the invert at the fire hydrant base, vertical to ground 20
elevation. 21
b. Fittings may be used along fire lead line to ensure minimum and maximum 22
cover requirements are met. 23
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 24
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25
3.7 FIELD CONTROL 26
A. Field Inspections 27
1. The Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant and assembly shall perform as intended with no 28
deformation, leaking or damage of any kind for the pressure ranges indicated. 29
2. City inspector will issue final inspection notice to City staff. 30
3. City Field Operations Staff and Fire Department Staff shall have the opportunity to 31
inspect and operate the hydrant, to ensure that the fire hydrant was installed in 32
accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17. This includes but 33
is not limited to: 34
a. Operation of Nozzles and operating nut are not obstructed. 35
b. Drain valve is not obstructed or plugged 36
4. Keep fire hydrant wrapped or covered to identify that it is out of service until the 37
water line it’s connected to is put in service. 38
B. Non-Conforming Work 39
1. If access and operation of the Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant or its appurtenances do not 40
meet the criteria of the AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, the 41
Contractor will remedy the situation criteria, at the Contractor’s expense. 42
33 12 40 - 7
FIRE HYDRANTS
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 3, 2014
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE 6
3.14 ATTACHMENTS 7
END OF SECTION 8
9
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson
2.2.F.2.a.1).a).(2) Added paint manufacturer specification
2.2.C.2.c Revised pumper nozzle nominal diameter and added NFPA 1963 Thread
Designations
11/27/2013 D. Townsend
Specification Modified to be in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking
Water Act (P.L. 111-380) – All material s to be lead-free in accordance with this act.
Sections modified are 1.1.A.1, 1.9.A.2, and 2.2.E.1
Sections added are 1.3.A.2, 1.3.B.7, 1.6.B.1, 2.2.B.1.c, 2.4.B.2
1/3/2014 D. Townsend
H.R. 3588 (P.L. 113-64) signed into law 1/2/2014 waived Reduction of Lead in
Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380) requirement for fire hydrant. All previous
revisions related to “lead-free” requirement are now deleted including those revisions
made 11/27/2013, those being:
Sections modified are 1.1.A.1, 1.9.A.2, and 2.2.E.1
Sections added are 1.3.A.2, 1.3.B.7, 1.6.B.1, 2.2.B.1.c, 2.4.B.2
10
33 12 60 - 1
STANDARD BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLY
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 19, 2013
SECTION 33 12 60 1
STANDARD BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLY 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Standard Blow-off Assembly (6-inch thru 12-inch) 6
B. Products Installed but Not Furnished Under This Section 7
1. None 8
C. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9
1. None. 10
D. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract 13
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 14
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 15
4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 16
5. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 17
6. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings 18
7. Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe 19
8. Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings 20
9. Section 33 11 13 – Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type 21
10. Section 33 11 14 – Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 22
11. Section 33 12 20 – Resilient Seated Gate Valve 23
12. Section 33 39 10 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 24
13. Section 33 39 20 – Precast Concrete Manholes 25
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26
A. Measurement and Payment 27
1. Measurement 28
a. Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 29
b. Measurement includes gate valves, piping, appurtenances, manhole and cast-in-30
place concrete bases. 31
1) Tee or outlet from water main is measured and paid for separately. 32
2. Payment 33
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 34
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Blow Off Valve” installed for: 35
1) Various sizes 36
3. The price bid shall include: 37
33 12 60 - 2
STANDARD BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLY
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 19, 2013
a. Excavation 1
b. Pre-cast or cast-in-place concrete manhole and appurtenances 2
c. Cast-in-place concrete gate valve bases 3
d. Crushed rock foundation 4
e. Hinged frame and cover 5
f. Piping, valves and appurtenances 6
g. Fittings (excluding tee or outlet on water main) 7
h. Horizontal thrust blocking 8
i. Backfill 9
j. Pavement removal 10
k. Hauling 11
l. Disposal of excess material 12
m. Placement and compaction of backfill 13
n. Clean-up 14
o. Surface restoration associated with blow-off valve manhole and piping 15
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17
1.5 SUBMITTALS 18
A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 19
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 20
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21
A. Product Data 22
1. Precast Concrete Manhole 23
2. Piping 24
3. Isolation Valves 25
4. Frame and Cover 26
5. Concrete mix design for gate valve bases 27
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 30
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 31
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 32
1.12 WARRANTY 33
A. Manufacturer Warranty 34
1. Manufacturer’s warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 35
33 12 60 - 3
STANDARD BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLY
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 19, 2013
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 3
A. Materials 4
1. Cast-in-Place or Precast Concrete Manholes – Conform to Sections 33 39 10 or 33 5
39 20 6
2. Gate Valves – Conform to Section 33 12 20 7
3. Ductile Iron Pipe – Conform to Section 33 11 10 8
4. Ductile Iron Fittings – Conform to Section 33 11 11 9
5. Hinged Frame and Cover – Conform to Section 33 05 13 10
6. Concrete Mix Design – Conform to Section 03 30 00 11
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13
PART 3 - EXECUTION 14
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 15
3.2 EXAMINATION 16
A. Evaluation and Assessment 17
1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. 18
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 19
3.4 INSTALLATION 20
A. Install blow-off assembly in accordance with respective manufacturer’s 21
recommendations. 22
B. Pipe Penetrations 23
1. Conform to Section 03 80 00. 24
33 12 60 - 4
STANDARD BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLY
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 19, 2013
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
33 31 20 - 1
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 19, 2013
SECTION 33 31 20 1
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe 4-inch through 27-inch for gravity sanitary sewer 6
applications 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13
3. Section 33 01 30 – Sewer and Manhole Testing 14
4. Section 33 01 31 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 15
5. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 16
6. Section 33 05 26 – Utility Markers/Locators 17
7. Section 33 31 50 – Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Measurement 21
a. Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of the 22
manhole or appurtenance 23
2. Payment 24
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 25
measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid 26
per linear foot of “PVC Pipe” installed for: 27
1) Various sizes 28
2) Various Standard Dimension Ratios 29
3) Various embedments 30
4) Various depths, for miscellaneous projects only 31
3. The price bid shall include: 32
a. Furnishing and installing PVC gravity pipe with joints as specified by the 33
Drawings 34
b. Pavement removal 35
c. Excavation 36
d. Hauling 37
e. Disposal of excess material 38
f. Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 39
g. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 40
33 31 20 - 2
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 19, 2013
h. Trench water stops 1
i. Clean-up 2
j. Cleaning 3
k. Testing 4
1.3 REFERENCES 5
A. Reference Standards 6
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 7
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 8
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 9
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO). 10
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 11
a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 12
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 13
b. D2412, Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading 14
Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading. 15
c. D3034, Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 16
Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 17
d. D3212, Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes 18
Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 19
e. F679, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter 20
Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 21
4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ): 22
a. Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.53 – Pipe Design. 23
b. Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.54 – Criteria for Laying 24
Pipe. 25
c. Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.57 – Testing 26
Requirements for Installation of Gravity Collection System Pipes. 27
5. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 28
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 29
1.5 SUBMITTALS 30
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 31
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 32
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 33
A. Product Data 34
1. Product data sheet 35
2. Manufacturer 36
3. Nominal pipe diameter 37
4. Standard dimension ratio (SDR) 38
5. Cell classification 39
6. Laying lengths 40
B. Certificates 41
33 31 20 - 3
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 19, 2013
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all PVC Gravity Pipe meets the provisions of 1
this Section and has been air and deflection tested and meets the requirements of 2
ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679. 3
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 6
A. Qualifications 7
1. Manufacturers 8
a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size per project, 9
unless otherwise approved by the City. 10
1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different 11
manufacturer upon City approval. 12
b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 13
manufacturer. 14
c. All pipe furnished shall be in conformance with ASTM D3034 (4-inch through 15
15-inch) and ASTM F679 (18-inch through 27-inch). 16
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 17
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 18
1. Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s 19
guidelines. 20
2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with 21
Section 01 66 00. 22
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 23
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 27
A. Manufacturers 28
1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City’s Standard Products List will be 29
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 30
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 31
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 32
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 33
B. Performance / Design Criteria 34
1. Pipe 35
a. Meet all requirements of TCEQ. 36
b. Design in accordance with ASTM D3034 for 4-inch through 15-inch SDR 26 37
and ASTM F679 for 18-inch through 27-inch 46PS/115PS. 38
c. PVC Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe shall be approved by the UL. 39
33 31 20 - 4
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 19, 2013
d. Assume a standard lay length of 14 feet and 20 feet except for special fittings or 1
closure pieces necessary to comply with the Drawings. 2
e. Use green coloring for ground identification as sanitary sewer pipe. 3
f. PVC meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 4
12454 or 12364 5
g. Deflection Design 6
1) Base pipe design on pipe stiffness, soil stiffness and load on the pipe. 7
2) Design pipe according to the Modified Iowa Formula as detailed by the 8
Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association in the Handbook of PVC Pipe, using the 9
following parameters: 10
a) Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pounds per cubic foot 11
b) Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 12
c) Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings 13
d) Maximum (E’) = 1,000 max 14
e) Deflection Lag Factor (DL) = 1.0 15
f) Bedding Factor constant (K) = 0.1 16
g) Mean radius of the pipe (r), inches, as indicated in Drawings 17
h) Marston’s load per unit length (W), pounds per inch, calculate per 18
Drawings 19
i) PVC modulus of elasticity (E) = 400,000 psi 20
j) Moment of inertia of pipe wall per unit length, (I) = t3/12, (in4/in), per 21
pipe type and size 22
(1) Where (t) = pipe thickness, inches 23
k) Maximum Calculated Deflection = 5 percent 24
h. Pipe Flotation: If the pipe is buried in common saturated soil (about 120 pounds 25
per cubic foot) with at least 1½ pipe diameters of cover, pipe is generally not 26
subject to flotation. If shallower, check groundwater flotation potential. 27
Flotation will occur if: 28
29
Fb > Wp + Wf + Wd 30
31
Where: Fb = buoyant force, pound per foot 32
Wp = empty pipe weight, pound per foot 33
Wf = weight of flooded soil, pound per foot 34
Wd = weight of dry soil, pound per foot 35
36
Values and formulas for the above variables can be obtained from the pipe 37
manufacturer and site specific soil conditions. 38
i. Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. 39
j. Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or 40
other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. 41
k. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 42
2. Minimum pipe stiffness of 46 psi at 5 percent deflection when test in accordance 43
with ASTM D2412. 44
3. Pipe markings 45
a. Meet the minimum requirements of ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679. 46
b. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 47
1) Manufacturer’s Name or Trademark and production record 48
2) Nominal pipe size 49
33 31 20 - 5
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 19, 2013
3) PVC cell classification 1
4) ASTM or Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) designation 2
5) Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe 3
4. Joints 4
a. Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot, push-on type conforming to 5
ASTM D3212. 6
b. Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push-on joints; gaskets 7
shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. 8
5. Connections 9
a. Only use manufactured fittings. 10
b. See Section 33 31 50. 11
6. Detectable Metallic Tape 12
a. See Section 33 05 26. 13
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15
PART 3 - EXECUTION 16
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 17
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 18
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 19
3.4 INSTALLATION 20
A. General 21
1. Install pipe, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in Section 22
33 05 10, and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 23
2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 24
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 25
4. Embed PVC pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 26
B. Pipe Handling 27
1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 28
2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 29
a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 30
lowering into the trench. 31
b. Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the 32
surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 33
3. At the close of each operating day: 34
a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash – during and after 35
the laying operation. 36
b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 37
C. Pipe Joint Installation 38
a. Clean dirt and foreign material from the gasketed socket and the spigot end. 39
33 31 20 - 6
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised June 19, 2013
b. Assemble pipe joint by sliding the lubricated spigot end into the gasketed bell 1
end to the reference mark. 2
c. Install such that identification marking on each joint are oriented upward toward 3
the trench opening. 4
d. When making connection to manhole, use an elastomeric seal or flexible boot to 5
facilitate a seal. 6
D. Connection Installation 7
1. See Section 33 31 50. 8
E. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 9
1. See Section 33 05 26. 10
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 11
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Field Tests and Inspections 14
1. Video Inspection 15
a. Provide a Post-CCTV inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 16
2. Air Test and Deflection (Mandrel) Test 17
a. Perform in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 18
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 19
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 20
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 21
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 22
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 23
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 24
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 25
END OF SECTION 26
27
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
6/18/13 D. Johnson 2.2.B.1.b – Pipe Material Clarification
28
33 31 50 - 1
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised April 26, 2013
SECTION 33 31 50 1
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Sanitary sewer service connection, service line and 2-way cleanout from the main 6
to the right-of-way, as shown on the Drawings, directed by the Engineer and 7
specified herein for: 8
a. New Service 9
b. New Service (Bored) 10
c. Private Service Relocation 11
d. Service Reinstatement 12
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 17
3. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 18
4. Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe 19
5. Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings 20
6. Section 33 31 20 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe 21
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22
A. Measurement and Payment 23
1. New Sewer Service 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each “Sewer Service” complete in 26
place. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 29
will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Sewer Service” installed for: 30
a) Various sizes 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Furnishing and installing New Sanitary Sewer Service Line as specified by 33
the Drawings 34
2) Pavement removal 35
3) Excavation 36
4) Hauling 37
5) Disposal of excess material 38
6) Tee connection to main 39
7) Fittings 40
8) 2-way cleanout and cap with concrete pad 41
33 31 50 - 2
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised April 26, 2013
9) Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid 1
separately) 2
10) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 3
11) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 4
12) Clean-up 5
2. New Ductile Iron Sewer Service 6
a. Measurement 7
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Ductile Iron Sewer Service 8
complete in place. 9
b. Payment 10
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 11
will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “DIP Sewer Service” installed 12
for: 13
a) Various sizes 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Furnishing and installing New DIP Sanitary Sewer Service Line as 16
specified by the Drawings 17
2) Pavement removal 18
3) Excavation 19
4) Hauling 20
5) Disposal of excess material 21
6) Tee connection to main 22
7) Fittings 23
8) 2-way cleanout and cap with concrete pad 24
9) Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid 25
separately) 26
10) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 27
11) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 28
12) Clean-up 29
3. New Bored Sewer Service 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Bored Sewer Service complete 32
in place. 33
b. Payment 34
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 35
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 36
price bid per each “Bored Sewer Service” installed for: 37
a) Various sizes 38
b) Various materials 39
c. The price shall include: 40
1) Furnishing and installing New Sanitary Sewer Service Line as specified by 41
the Drawings 42
2) Pavement removal 43
3) Excavation 44
4) Hauling 45
5) Disposal of excess material 46
6) Tee connection to main 47
7) Service Line 48
8) Fittings 49
33 31 50 - 3
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised April 26, 2013
9) 2-way cleanout and cap with concrete pad 1
10) Surface restoration surrounding 2-way cleanout 2
11) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill 3
12) Clean-up 4
4. Private Service Relocation 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 7
the fitting, manhole or appurtenance 8
b. Payment 9
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 10
Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 11
unit price bid per linear foot for “Private Sewer Service” installed for: 12
a) Various sizes 13
b) Various materials 14
c. The price shall include: 15
1) Obtaining appropriate Permit 16
2) Obtaining Right of Entry 17
3) Performing relocation as specified in the Drawings 18
4) Excavation 19
5) Hauling 20
6) Disposal of excess material 21
7) Service Line - private side by plumber 22
8) Fittings 23
9) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 24
10) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 25
11) Clean-up – surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-26
mulch paid separately) 27
5. Sewer Service Reconnection 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each “Sewer Service Reconnection” 30
complete in place from public service line connection to private service line 31
connection. 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed in conjunction with the relocation of a sewer service, 34
associated with private service line, fittings and cleanout 5 feet or less in 35
any direction from the centerline of the existing service line and the 36
materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit 37
price per each “Sewer Service, Reconnection” performed for: 38
a) Various service sizes 39
c. The price bid shall include: 40
1) Private service line 41
2) Fittings 42
3) Private connection to sewer service 43
4) Pavement removal 44
5) Excavation 45
6) Hauling 46
7) Disposal of excess material 47
8) Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid 48
separately) 49
33 31 50 - 4
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised April 26, 2013
9) 1
10) 2
11) Clean-up 3
6. 2-way Cleanout 4
a. Measurement 5
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each when only a “2-way Cleanout” 6
is installed. 7
b. Payment 8
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 9
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “2-way Cleanout” 10
installed for: 11
a) Various sizes 12
b) Various materials 13
c. The price bid shall include: 14
1) Furnishing and installing the 2-way Cleanout and cap as specified in the 15
Drawings 16
2) Pavement removal 17
3) Concrete pad 18
4) Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid 19
separately) 20
5) Hauling 21
6) Disposal of excess material 22
7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 23
8) Clean-up 24
7. Service Reinstatement 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Reinstatement of Service 27
associated with the sewer main being rehabilitated by a trenchless method. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per each “Sewer Service, Reinstatement” for: 32
a) Various sizes 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Tap to existing main (if required) 35
2) Pavement removal 36
3) Excavation 37
4) Hauling 38
5) Disposal of excess material 39
6) Tee connection to main 40
7) Service line (if required) 41
8) Fittings 42
9) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill 43
10) Clean-up – surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-44
mulch paid separately)references 45
B. Definitions 46
1. New Service 47
a. New service applies to the installation of a service with connection to a new or 48
existing sewer main. 49
33 31 50 - 5
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised April 26, 2013
b. The service materials would include service line, fittings and cleanout. 1
2. Bored Service 2
a. Bored service applies to the installation of a service with connection to a new or 3
existing sewer main including a bore under an existing road. 4
b. The service materials would include service line, fittings and cleanout. 5
3. Private Service Relocation 6
a. Private service relocation applies to the replacement of the existing sewer 7
service line on private property typically associated with the relocation of the 8
existing main. 9
b. Typical main relocation will be from a rear lot easement or alley to the street. 10
4. Service Reinstatement 11
a. Service reinstatement applies to the reconnection of an existing service to an 12
existing main that has been rehabilitated by trenchless methods such as pipe 13
enlargement (pipe bursting), slip lining or CIPP. 14
C. Reference Standards 15
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 16
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 17
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 18
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 19
a. ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) 20
(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings 21
b. ASTM D1785 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic 22
Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120. 23
c. ASTM D2321 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic 24
Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications 25
d. ASTM D2412 Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading 26
Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading 27
e. ASTM D3212 Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic 28
Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 29
3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality 30
a. Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.54 – Criteria for Laying 31
Pipe and Rule 32
b. Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, 217.55 – Manholes and Related 33
Structures 34
1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 35
A. Scheduling 36
1. Provide advance notice for service interruption to property owner and meet 37
requirements of Division 0. 38
1.4 SUBMITTALS 39
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 40
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 41
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 42
A. Product data shall include, if applicable: 43
1. Tee connection or saddle 44
33 31 50 - 6
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised April 26, 2013
2. Fittings (including type of cleanout) 1
3. Service line 2
B. Certificates 3
1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that service line and fittings meet the provisions of 4
this Section. 5
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 8
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 9
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 10
1. Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s 11
guidelines. 12
2. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 13
delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 14
equipment are ready for operation. 15
3. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 16
site. 17
4. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 18
extremes in temperature. 19
5. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 20
66 00. 21
1.10 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 22
1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 23
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 25
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 26
A. Manufacturers 27
1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 28
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 29
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 30
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 31
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 32
3. The services and appurtenances shall be new and the product of a manufacturer 33
regularly engaged in the manufacturing of services and appurtenances having 34
similar service and size. 35
B. Materials/Design Criteria 36
1. Service Line and Fittings (including tee connections) 37
33 31 50 - 7
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised April 26, 2013
a. PVC pipe and fittings on public property shall be in accordance with Section 33 1
31 20. 2
b. PVC pipe and fittings on private property shall be Schedule 40 in accordance 3
with ASTM D1785. 4
c. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be coated with ceramic epoxy in accordance 5
with Section 33 11 10 and Section 33 11 11. 6
2. Service saddle 7
a. Service saddles shall only be allowed when connecting a new service to an 8
existing sanitary sewer main and shall: 9
1) Be a 1-piece prefabricated saddle, either polyethylene or PVC, with 10
neoprene gasket for seal against main 11
2) Use saddle to fit outside diameter of main 12
3) Use saddle with grooves to retain band clamps 13
4) Use at least 2 stainless steel band clamps for securing saddles to the main 14
b. Inserta tees service connections may not be used. 15
3. Cleanout 16
a. Cleanout stack material should be in accordance with City Standard Details or 17
as shown on Drawings. 18
b. For paved areas, provide a cast iron cleanout and cast iron lid. 19
c. For unpaved areas, provide PVC cleanout and polyethylene lid. 20
4. Coupling 21
a. For connections between new PVC pipe stub out and existing service line, use 22
rubber sleeve couplings with stainless steel double-band repair sleeves to 23
connect to the line. 24
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 25
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 27
3.1 INSTALLERS 28
A. A licensed plumber is required for installations of the service line on private property. 29
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 30
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 31
3.4 INSTALLATION 32
A. General 33
1. Install service line, fittings and cleanout as specified herein, as specified in Section 34
33 05 10 and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 35
B. Handling 36
1. Haul and distribute service lines, fittings and cleanouts at the project site and handle 37
with care to avoid damage. 38
a. Inspect each segment of service line and reject or repair any damaged pipe 39
prior to lowering into the trench. 40
2. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the pipe. 41
33 31 50 - 8
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised April 26, 2013
C. Service Line 1
1. Lay service line at a minimum grade of 2 percent, as shown on City Standard 2
details, or at lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 3
2. If service line is installed by bore as an alternative to open cut, the cost associated 4
with open cut installation, such as pavement removal, trenching, embedment and 5
backfill and pavement patch will not be included as part of the bore installation. 6
3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 10. 7
4. Embed PVC Pipe in accordance with 33 05 10. 8
D. Cleanout 9
1. Install out of traffic areas such as driveways, streets and sidewalks whenever 10
possible. 11
a. When not possible, install cast iron cleanout stack and cap. 12
2. Install 2-way cleanout in non-paved areas in accordance with City Standard Details. 13
3. Install 2-way cleanout in paved areas in accordance with City Standard Details. 14
E. Service line connection to main 15
1. New service on new or replacement main 16
a. Determine location of service connections before main installation so the 17
service fittings can be installed during main installation. 18
b. Connect service line to main with a molded or fabricated tee fitting. 19
2. Reconnection to main after pipe enlargement 20
a. Tapping the existing main and installing a strap on tee connection may be used. 21
b. Allow the new main to recover from imposed stretch before tapping and service 22
installation. 23
1) Follow manufacturer’s recommendation for the length of time needed. 24
c. Tap main at 45 degree angle to horizontal when possible. 25
1) Avoid tapping the top of main. 26
d. Extend service line from main to property line or easement line before 27
connecting to the existing service line. 28
3. New service on existing main 29
a. Connect service line to main with a molded or fabricated tee fitting if possible. 30
b. Tapping the existing main and installing a strap on tee connection may be used. 31
F. Private Service Relocation 32
1. Requirements for the relocation of service line on private property 33
a. A licensed plumber must be used to install service line on private property. 34
b. Obtain permit from the Development Department for work on private property. 35
c. Pay for any inspection or permit fees associated with work on private property. 36
d. Verify (by Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities) the elevations at the 37
building cleanout and compare to data on the Drawings before beginning 38
service installation. 39
e. Submit elevation information to the City inspector. 40
f. Verify that the 2 percent slope installation requirement can be met. 41
1) If the 2 percent slope cannot be met, verify with the Engineer that line may 42
be installed at the lesser slope. 43
33 31 50 - 9
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised April 26, 2013
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 2
A. Service Relocation 3
1. All relocations that are not installed as designed or fail to meet the City code shall 4
be reinstalled at the Contractor’s expense. 5
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 6
A. Inspections 7
1. Private property service line requires approval by the City plumbing inspector 8
before final acceptance. 9
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 11
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 12
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 13
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 14
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 15
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16
END OF SECTION 17
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson
Throughout – Deep Sewer Service was removed
1.2 – Measurement and Payment Items were revised to include relocation and
reconnection; Blue text was added for guidance in applying the bid Items; Price bid
lists revised to include clean-out caps, pads and surface restoration.
2/13/2013 F. Griffin
Added the phrase ‘, including grass’ to lines;
Part 1, 1.2.A.1.c.9, Part1, 1.2.A.2.c.9, Part 1,1.2.A.5.c.8, Part1, 1.2.A.6.c.4
Added the phrase ‘- surface restoration, including grass’ to lines;
Part 1, 1.2.A.4.c.11, Part 1, 1.2.A.7.10
Removed the phrase ‘surrounding 2-way cleanout’ from lines;
Part 1, 1.2.A.1.c.9, Part 1, 1.2.A.2.c.9, Part 1, 1.2.A.6.c.4
4/26/2013 F. Griffin
Revised lines with ‘including grass’ replacing with ‘excluding grass (seeding,
sodding or hydromulching paid separately)’
Included in Part 1, 1.2, A, 1, c, 9; Part 1, 1.2, A, 2, c, 9; Part 1, 1.2, A, 4, c, 11; Part 1,
1.2, A, 5, c, 8; Part 1, 1.2, A, 6, c, 4; Part 1, 1.2, A, 7, c, 10
19
33 39 10 - 1
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 39 10 1
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Sanitary Sewer Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 6
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In -Place Concrete 13
4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 14
5. Section 33 01 30 – Sewer and Manhole Testing 15
6. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 16
7. Section 33 39 60 – Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Manhole 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 24
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Manhole” installed for: 25
a) Various sizes 26
b) Various types 27
c. The price bid will include: 28
1) Manhole structure complete in place 29
2) Excavation 30
3) Forms 31
4) Concrete 32
5) Backfill 33
6) Foundation 34
7) Drop pipe 35
8) Stubs 36
9) Frame 37
10) Cover 38
11) Grade rings 39
12) Pipe connections 40
13) Pavement removal 41
33 39 10 - 2
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
14) Hauling 1
15) Disposal of excess material 2
16) Placement and compaction of backfill 3
17) Clean-up 4
2. Extra Depth Manhole 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measurement for added depth beyond 6 feet will be per vertical foot, 7
measured to the nearest 1/10 foot. 8
b. Payment 9
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 10
Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 11
unit price bid per vertical foot for “Extra Depth Manhole” specified for: 12
a) Various sizes 13
c. The price bid will include: 14
1) Manhole structure complete in place 15
2) Excavation 16
3) Forms 17
4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 18
5) Concrete 19
6) Backfill 20
7) Foundation 21
8) Drop pipe 22
9) Stubs 23
10) Frame 24
11) Cover 25
12) Grade rings 26
13) Pipe connections 27
14) Pavement removal 28
15) Hauling 29
16) Disposal of excess material 30
17) Placement and compaction of backfill 31
18) Clean-up 32
3. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each Sewer Junction Structure being 35
installed. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 39
lump sum bid per each “Sewer Junction Structure” location. 40
c. Price bid will include: 41
1) Junction Structure complete in place 42
2) Excavation 43
3) Forms 44
4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 45
5) Concrete 46
6) Backfill 47
7) Foundation 48
8) Drop pipe 49
33 39 10 - 3
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
9) Stubs 1
10) Frame 2
11) Cover 3
12) Grade rings 4
13) Pipe connections 5
14) Pavement removal 6
15) Hauling 7
16) Disposal of excess material 8
17) Placement and compaction of backfill 9
18) Clean-up 10
1.3 REFERENCES 11
A. Definitions 12
1. Manhole Type 13
a. Standard Manhole (See City Standard Details) 14
1) Greater than 4 feet deep up to 6 feet deep 15
b. Standard Drop Manhole (See City Standard Details) 16
1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection (s) 17
c. Type “A” Manhole (See City Standard Details) 18
1) Manhole set on a reinforced concrete block placed around 39-inch and 19
larger sewer pipe 20
d. Shallow Manhole (See City Standard Details) 21
1) Less than 4 feet deep with formed invert for sewer pipe diameters smaller 22
than 39-inch 23
2. Manhole Size 24
a. 4 foot diameter 25
1) Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 15-inch 26
b. 5 foot diameter 27
1) Used with pipe ranging from 18-inch to 36-inch 28
c. See specific manhole design on Drawings for pipes larger than 36-inch. 29
B. Reference Standards 30
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 31
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 32
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 33
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 34
a. D4258, Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. 35
b. D4259, Standard Practice for Abrading Concrete. 36
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 37
1.5 SUBMITTALS 38
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 39
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 40
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 41
A. Product Data 42
1. Drop connection materials 43
33 39 10 - 4
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Pipe connections at manhole walls 1
3. Stubs and stub plugs 2
4. Admixtures 3
5. Concrete Mix Design 4
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 7
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 8
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 13
A. Manufacturers 14
1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 15
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 16
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 17
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 18
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 19
B. Materials 20
1. Concrete – Conform to Section 03 30 00. 21
2. Reinforcing Steel – Conform to Section 03 21 00. 22
3. Frame and Cover – Conform to Section 33 05 13. 23
4. Grade Ring – Conform to Section 33 05 13. 24
5. Pipe Connections 25
a. Pipe connections can be premolded pipe adapter, flexible locked-in boot 26
adapter, or integrally cast gasket channel and gasket. 27
6. Interior Coating or Liner – Conform to Section 33 39 60, if required. 28
7. Exterior Coating 29
a. Use Coal Tar Bitumastic for below grade damp proofing. 30
b. Dry film thickness shall be no less than12 mils and no greater than 30 mils. 31
c. Solids content is 68 percent by volume ± 2 percent. 32
33 39 10 - 5
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION 5
A. Evaluation and Assessment 6
1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. 7
3.3 PREPARATION 8
A. Foundation Preparation 9
1. Excavate 8 inches below manhole foundation. 10
2. Replace excavated soil with course aggregate, creating a stable base for the 11
manhole construction. 12
a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of course aggregate base a 2-inch 13
mud slab may be substituted. 14
3.4 INSTALLATION 15
A. Manhole 16
1. Construct manhole to dimensions shown on Drawings. 17
2. Cast manhole foundation and wall monolithically. 18
a. A cold joint with water stop is allowed when the manhole depth exceeds 12 19
feet. 20
b. No other joints are allowed unless shown on Drawings. 21
3. Place, finish and cure concrete according to Section 03 30 00. 22
a. Manholes must cure 3 days before backfilling around structure. 23
B. Pipe connection at Manhole 24
1. Do not construct joints of sewer pipe within wall sections of manhole. 25
C. Invert 26
1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 27
at pipe-manhole connections. 28
2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 29
possible radius of curvature. 30
a. Provide curves for side inlets. 31
3. Sewer pipe may be laid through the manhole and the top ½ of the pipe removed to 32
facilitate manhole construction. 33
4. For all standard manholes provide full depth invert. 34
5. For example, if 8-inch pipe is connected to manhole, construct the invert to full 8 35
inches in depth. 36
D. Drop Manhole Connection 37
33 39 10 - 6
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Install drop connection when sewer line enters manhole higher than 24 inches 1
above the invert. 2
E. Final Rim Elevation 3
1. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment. 4
a. Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole. 5
b. Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings. 6
2. Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant. 7
3. Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal. 8
4. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the 9
final surface elevation of the manhole frame. 10
F. Internal coating 11
1. Internal coating application will conform to Section 33 39 60, if required by 12
Drawings. 13
G. External coating 14
1. Remove dirt, dust, oil and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of 15
the coating. 16
2. Cure for 3 days before backfilling around structure. 17
3. Coat the same date the forms are removed. 18
4. Prepare surface in accordance with ASTM D4258 and ASTM D4259. 19
5. Application will follow manufacturer’s recommendation. 20
H. Modifications and Pipe Penetrations 21
1. Conform to Section 03 80 00. 22
I. Junction Structures 23
1. All structures shall be installed as specified in Drawings. 24
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 25
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 27
A. Field Tests and Inspections 28
1. Perform vacuum test in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 29
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 33
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 34
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 35
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 36
33 39 10 - 7
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.1.c. – reinforcing steel removed from items to be included in price bid
3
33 39 20 - 1
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 39 20 1
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Sanitary Sewer, Water Appurtenance, or Reclaimed Water Appurtenance Precast 6
Concrete Manholes 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 14
4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 15
5. Section 33 01 30 – Sewer and Manhole Testing 16
6. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 17
7. Section 33 39 60 – Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Manhole 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each concrete manhole installed. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 25
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Manhole” installed for: 26
a) Various sizes 27
b) Various types 28
c. The price bid will include: 29
1) Manhole structure complete in place 30
2) Excavation 31
3) Forms 32
4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 33
5) Concrete 34
6) Backfill 35
7) Foundation 36
8) Drop pipe 37
9) Stubs 38
10) Frame 39
11) Cover 40
12) Grade rings 41
33 39 20 - 2
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
13) Pipe connections 1
14) Pavement removal 2
15) Hauling 3
16) Disposal of excess material 4
17) Placement and compaction of backfill 5
18) Clean-up 6
2. Extra Depth Manhole 7
a. Measurement 8
1) Measurement for added depth beyond 6 feet will be per vertical foot, 9
measured to the nearest 1/10 foot. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per vertical foot for “Extra Depth Manhole” specified for: 14
a) Various sizes 15
c. The price bid will include: 16
1) Manhole structure complete in place 17
2) Excavation 18
3) Forms 19
4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 20
5) Concrete 21
6) Backfill 22
7) Foundation 23
8) Drop pipe 24
9) Stubs 25
10) Frame 26
11) Cover 27
12) Grade rings 28
13) Pipe connections 29
14) Pavement removal 30
15) Hauling 31
16) Disposal of excess material 32
17) Placement and compaction of backfill 33
18) Clean-up 34
1.3 REFERENCES 35
A. Definitions 36
1. Manhole Type 37
a. Standard Manhole (See City Standard Details) 38
1) Greater than 4 feet deep up to 6 feet deep 39
b. Standard Drop Manhole (See City Standard Details) 40
1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s) 41
c. Type “A” Manhole (See City Standard Details) 42
1) Manhole set on a reinforced concrete block placed around 39-inch and 43
larger sewer pipe. 44
d. Shallow Manhole (See City Standard Details) 45
1) Less than four 4 deep with formed invert for sewer pipe diameters smaller 46
than 39-inch 47
2. Manhole Size 48
33 39 20 - 3
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. 4 foot diameter 1
1) Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 15-inch 2
b. 5 foot diameter 3
1) Used with pipe ranging from 18-inch to 36-inch 4
2) See specific manhole design on Drawings for pipes larger than 36-inch. 5
B. Reference Standards 6
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 7
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 8
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 9
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 10
a. C443, Standard Specification for Joint for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using 11
Rubber Gaskets 12
b. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole 13
Sections. 14
c. C923, Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced 15
Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 16
d. D1187, Standard Specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsion for Use as Protective 17
Coatings for Metal 18
e. D1227, Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective 19
Coating for Roofing 20
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21
1.5 SUBMITTALS 22
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 23
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 24
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 25
A. Product Data 26
1. Precast Concrete Manhole 27
2. Drop connection materials 28
3. Pipe connections at manhole walls 29
4. Stubs and stub plugs 30
5. Admixtures 31
6. Concrete Mix Design 32
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 36
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 37
1.12 WARRANTY 38
A. Manufacturer Warranty 39
33 39 20 - 4
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Manufacturer’s Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 4
A. Manufacturers 5
1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 6
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 7
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 8
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 9
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 10
B. Materials 11
1. Precast Reinforced Concrete Sections – Conform to ASTM C478. 12
2. Precast Joints 13
a. Provide gasketed joints in accordance with ASTM C443. 14
b. Minimize number of segments. 15
c. Use long joints at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. 16
d. Include manufacturer’s stamp on each section. 17
3. Lifting Devices 18
a. Manhole sections and cones may be furnished with lift lugs or lift holes. 19
1) If lift lugs are provided, place 180 degrees apart. 20
2) If lift holes are provided, place 180 degrees apart and grout during manhole 21
installation. 22
4. Frame and Cover – Conform to Section 33 05 13. 23
5. Grade Ring – Conform to Section 33 05 13 and ASTM C478. 24
6. Pipe Connections 25
a. Utilize either an integrally cast embedded pipe connector or a boot-type 26
connector installed in a circular block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. 27
7. Steps 28
a. No steps are allowed. 29
8. Interior Coating or Liner – Conform to Section 33 39 60. 30
9. Exterior Coating 31
a. Coat with non-fibered asphaltic emulsion in accordance with ASTM D1187 32
Type I and ASTM D1227 Type III Class I. 33
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 34
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 35
33 39 20 - 5
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION 3
A. Evaluation and Assessment 4
1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. 5
3.3 PREPARATION 6
A. Foundation Preparation 7
1. Excavate 8 inches below manhole foundation. 8
2. Replace excavated soil with course aggregate; creating a stable base for manhole 9
construction. 10
a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of course aggregate base a 2-inch 11
mud slab may be substituted. 12
3.4 INSTALLATION 13
A. Manhole 14
1. Construct manhole to dimensions shown on Drawings. 15
2. Precast Sections 16
a. Provide bell-and-spigot design incorporating a premolded joint sealing 17
compound for wastewater use. 18
b. Clean bell spigot and gaskets, lubricate and join. 19
c. Minimize number of segments. 20
d. Use long joints used at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. 21
B. Invert 22
1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 23
at pipe-manhole connections. 24
2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 25
possible radius of curvature. 26
a. Provide curves for side inlets. 27
3. For all standard manholes provide full depth invert. 28
4. For example, if 8-inch pipe in connected to manhole construct the invert to full 8 29
inches in depth. 30
C. Drop Manhole Connection 31
1. Install drop connection when sewer line enters manhole higher than 24 inches 32
above the invert. 33
D. Final Rim Elevation 34
1. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment. 35
a. Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole. 36
b. Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings. 37
2. Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant. 38
3. Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal. 39
33 39 20 - 6
PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
4. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the 1
final surface elevation of the manhole frame. 2
E. Internal coating 3
1. Internal coating application will conform to Section 33 39 60, if required by 4
Drawings. 5
F. External coating 6
1. Remove dirt, dust, oil and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of 7
the coating. 8
2. Cure manhole for 3 days before backfilling around the structure. 9
3. Application will follow manufacturer’s recommendation. 10
G. Modifications and Pipe Penetrations 11
1. Conform to Section 03 80 00. 12
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 13
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 15
A. Field Tests and Inspections 16
1. Perform vacuum test in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 17
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24
END OF SECTION 25
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson
1.1.A.1 – Modified to include precast manholes for water and reclaimed water
applications
1.3.B.2 – Modified to include ASTM C443, D1187 and D1227 as references
2.2.B.1-3 – Modified in accordance with new ASTM references
2.2.B.10 – Modified in accordance with new ASTM references
26
33 39 60 - 1
EPOXY LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 39 60 1
EPOXY LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Application of a high-build epoxy coating system to concrete utility structures such 6
as manholes, lift station wet wells, junction boxes or other concrete facilities that 7
may need protection from corrosive materials 8
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 11
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract 13
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 14
3. Section 33 01 30 – Sewer and Manhole Testing 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Manholes 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per vertical foot of coating as measured 20
from the bottom of the frame to the top of the bench. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per vertical foot of “Epoxy Manhole Liner” applied. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 27
2) Hauling 28
3) Disposal of excess material 29
4) Clean-up 30
5) Cleaning 31
6) Testing 32
2. Non-Manhole Structures 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per square foot of area where the 35
coating is applied. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 39
unit price bid per square foot of “Epoxy Structure Liner” applied. 40
c. The price bid shall include: 41
1) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 42
33 39 60 - 2
EPOXY LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2) Hauling 1
3) Disposal of excess material 2
4) Clean-up 3
5) Cleaning 4
6) Testing 5
1.3 REFERENCES 6
A. Reference Standards 7
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 8
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 9
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 10
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 11
a. D543, Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical 12
Reagents. 13
b. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 14
c. D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. 15
d. D790, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and 16
Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 17
e. D4060, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by 18
the Taber Abraser. 19
f. D4414, Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch 20
Gages. 21
g. D4541, Standard Test Method for Pull-off Strength of Coatings Using Portable 22
Adhesion Testers. 23
3. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 24
4. NACE International (NACE). 25
5. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 26
6. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, (RCRA). 27
7. The Society for Protective Coatings/NACE International (SSPC/NACE): 28
a. sp 13/NACE No. 6, Surface Preparation of Concrete. 29
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 30
1.5 SUBMITTALS 31
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 32
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 33
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 34
A. Product Data 35
1. Technical data sheet on each product used 36
2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each product used 37
3. Copies of independent testing performed on the coating product indicating the 38
product meets the requirements as specified herein 39
4. Technical data sheet and project specific data for repair materials to be topcoated 40
with the coating product including application, cure time and surface preparation 41
procedures 42
33 39 60 - 3
EPOXY LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
B. Contractor Data 1
1. Current documentation from coating product manufacturer certifying Contractor’s 2
training and equipment complies with the Quality Assurance requirements specified 3
herein 4
2. 5 recent references of Contractor indicating successful application of coating 5
product(s) of the same material type as specified herein, applied by spray 6
application within the municipal wastewater environment 7
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10
A. Qualifications 11
1. Contractor 12
a. Be trained by, or have training approved and certified by, the coating product 13
manufacturer for the handling, mixing, application and inspection of the coating 14
product(s) to be used as specified herein 15
b. Initiate and enforce quality control procedures consistent with the coating 16
product(s) manufacturer recommendations and applicable NACE or SSPC 17
standards as referenced herein 18
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 19
A. Keep materials dry, protected from weather and stored under cover. 20
B. Store coating materials between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 21
C. Do not store near flame, heat or strong oxidants. 22
D. Handle coating materials according to their material safety data sheets. 23
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 24
A. Provide confined space entry, flow diversion and/or bypass plans as necessary to 25
perform the specified work. 26
1.12 WARRANTY 27
A. Contractor Warranty 28
1. Contractor’s Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 0. 29
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 32
A. Repair and Resurfacing Products 33
1. Compatible with the specified coating product(s) in order to bond effectively, thus 34
forming a composite system 35
2. Used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations 36
3. The repair and resurfacing products must meet the following: 37
33 39 60 - 4
EPOXY LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. 100 percent solids, solvent-free epoxy grout specifically formulated for epoxy 1
topcoating compatibility 2
b. Factory blended, rapid setting, high early strength, fiber reinforced, non-shrink 3
repair mortar that can be toweled or pneumatically spray applied and 4
specifically formulated to be suitable for topcoating with the specified coating 5
product used 6
B. Coating Product 7
1. Capable of being installed and curing properly within a manhole or concrete utility 8
environment 9
2. Resistant to all forms of chemical or bacteriological attack found in municipal 10
sanitary sewer systems; and, capable of adhering to typical manhole structure 11
substrates 12
3. The 100 percent solids, solvent-free ultra high-build epoxy system shall exhibit the 13
following characteristics: 14
a. Application Temperature – 50 degrees F, minimum 15
b. Thickness – 125 mils minimum 16
c. Color – White, Light Blue, or Beige 17
d. Compressive Strength (per ASTM D695) – 8,800 psi minimum 18
e. Tensile Strength (per ASTM D638) – 7,500 psi minimum 19
f. Hardness, Shore D (per ASTM D4541) – 70 minimum 20
g. Abrasion Resistance (per ASTM D4060 CS 17F Wheel) – 80 mg loss 21
maximum 22
h. Flexural Modulus (per ASTM D790) – 400,000 psi minimum 23
i. Flexural Strength (per ASTM D790) – 12,000 psi minimum 24
j. Adhesion to Concrete, mode of failure (ASTM D4541): Substrate (concrete) 25
failure 26
k. Chemical Resistance (ASTM D543/G20) all types of service for: 27
1) Municipal sanitary sewer environment 28
2) Sulfuric acid, 30 percent 29
3) Sodium hydroxide, 5 percent 30
C. Coating Application Equipment 31
1. Manufacturer approved heated plural component spray equipment 32
2. Hard to reach areas, primer application and touch-up may be performed using hand 33
tools. 34
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 35
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 36
1. Testing 37
a. Take wet film thickness gauge per ASTM D4414 at 3 locations within the 38
manhole, 2 spaced equally apart along the wall and 1 on the bench. 39
1) Document and attest measurements and provide to the City. 40
b. After coating has set, repair all visible pinholes by lightly abrading the surface 41
and brushing the lining material over the area. 42
c. Repair all blisters and evidence of uneven cover according to the 43
manufacturer’s recommendations. 44
d. Test manhole for final acceptance according to Section 33 01 30. 45
33 39 60 - 5
EPOXY LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS 2
A. All installers shall be certified applicators approved by the manufacturers. 3
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4
3.3 PREPARATION 5
A. Manhole Preparation 6
1. Stop active flows via damming, plugging or diverting as required to ensure all 7
liquids are maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated. 8
2. Maintain temperature of the surface to be coated between 40 and 120 degrees F. 9
3. Shield specified surfaces to avoid exposure of direct sunlight or other intense heat 10
source. 11
a. Where varying surface temperatures do exist, coating installation should be 12
scheduled when the temperature is falling versus rising. 13
B. Surface Preparation 14
1. Remove oils, grease, incompatible existing coatings, waxes, form release, curing 15
compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts or other contaminants which may affect the 16
performance and adhesion of the coating to the substrate. 17
2. Remove concrete and/or mortar damaged by corrosion, chemical attack or other 18
means of degradation so that only sound substrate remains. 19
3. Surface preparation method, or combination of methods, that may be used include 20
high pressure water cleaning, high pressure water jetting, abrasive blasting, 21
shotblasting, grinding, scarifying, detergent water cleaning, hot water blasting and 22
others as described in SSPC SP 13/NACE No. 6. 23
4. All methods used shall be performed in a manner that provides a uniform, sound, 24
clean, neutralized, surface suitable for the specified coating product. 25
3.4 INSTALLATION 26
A. General 27
1. Perform coating after the sewer line replacement/repairs, grade adjustments and 28
grouting are complete. 29
2. Perform application procedures per recommendations of the coating product 30
manufacturer, including environmental controls, product handling, mixing and 31
application. 32
B. Temperature 33
1. Only perform application if surface temperature is between 40 and 120 degrees F. 34
2. Make no application if freezing is expected to occur inside the manhole within 24 35
hours after application. 36
C. Coating 37
1. Spray apply per manufacturer’s recommendation at a minimum film thickness of 38
125 mils. 39
2. Apply coating from bottom of manhole frame to the bench/trough, including the 40
bench/trough. 41
33 39 60 - 6
EPOXY LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3. After walls are coated, remove bench covers and spray bench/trough to at least the 1
same thickness as the walls. 2
4. Apply any topcoat or additional coats within the product’s recoat window. 3
a. Additional surface preparation is required if the recoat window is exceeded. 4
5. Allow a minimum of 3 hours of cure time or be set hard to touch before reactivating 5
flow. 6
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 7
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 9
A. Each structure will be visually inspected by the City the same day following the 10
application. 11
B. The inspector will check for deficiencies, pinholes and thin spots. 12
C. If leaks are detected they will be chipped back, plugged and coated immediately with 13
protective epoxy resin coating. 14
1. Make repair 24 hours after leak detection. 15
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 18
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 19
A. Upon final completion of the work, the manufacturer will provide a written certification 20
of proper application to the City. 21
B. The certification will confirm that the deficient areas were repaired in accordance with 22
the procedure set forth in this Specification. 23
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 24
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 25
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 26
END OF SECTION 27
28
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
29
33 41 10 - 1
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS
Page 1 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 33 41 10 1
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnishing and installing reinforced concrete storm drain pipe and culverts, 6
including: 7
a. Pipe or box fittings 8
b. Connection of drain lines to curb inlets 9
c. All joints 10
d. All connections to new or existing pipe or headwalls, manholes, etc., to the 11
lines and grades shown on the Drawings 12
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 17
3. Section 33 01 31 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 18
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 19
5. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 20
6. Section 33 05 23 – Hand Tunneling 21
7. Section 03 34 13 - Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Reinforced Concrete Storm Drain Pipe 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured along the longitudinal centerline of the pipe from the initial 27
beginning point as shown on Drawings to the end of construction as shown 28
on Drawings, excluding inside diameters of any manholes encountered 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per linear foot of “RCP” installed for: 33
a) Various sizes 34
b) Various classes 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing the specified diameter pipe and appurtenant 37
fittings 38
2) Mobilization 39
3) Pavement removal 40
4) Excavation 41
33 41 10 - 2
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS
Page 2 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
5) Hauling 1
6) Disposal of excess material 2
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 3
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 4
9) Gaskets 5
10) Clean-up 6
11) Cleaning 7
12) Jointing 8
13) Connections to all drainage structures 9
2. Reinforced Concrete Storm Drain Culverts 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measured along the longitudinal centerline of the pipe from the initial 12
beginning point as shown on Drawings to the end of construction as shown 13
on Drawings, excluding inside diameters of any manholes encountered 14
b. Payment 15
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 16
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17
price bid per linear foot of “Box Culvert” installed for: 18
a) Various sizes 19
c. The price bid shall include: 20
1) Furnishing and installing the specified diameter pipe and appurtenant 21
fittings 22
2) Mobilization 23
3) Pavement removal 24
4) Excavation 25
5) Hauling 26
6) Disposal of excess material 27
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 28
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 29
9) Gaskets 30
10) Clean-up 31
11) Cleaning 32
12) Jointing 33
13) Connections to all drainage structures 34
1.3 REFERENCES 35
A. Reference Standards 36
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 37
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 38
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 39
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 40
a. T111, Inorganic Matter or Ash in Bituminous Materials. 41
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 42
a. A185, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for 43
Concrete. 44
b. A497, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, 45
Deformed, for Concrete. 46
c. C76, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and 47
Sewer Pipe. 48
33 41 10 - 3
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS
Page 3 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
d. C361, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low-Head Pressure 1
Pipe. 2
e. C443, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using 3
Rubber Gaskets. 4
f. C497, Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile. 5
g. C506, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm 6
Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 7
h. C507, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm 8
Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 9
i. C990, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and 10
Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. 11
j. C1433, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Monolithic Box 12
Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers. 13
k. D4, Standard Test Method for Bitumen Content. 14
l. D6, Standard Test Method for Loss on Heating of Oil and Asphaltic 15
Compounds. 16
m. D36, Standard Test Method for Softening Point of Bitumen (Ring-and-Ball 17
Apparatus). 18
n. D71, Standard Test Method for Relative Density of Solid Pitch and Asphalt 19
(Displacement Method). 20
o. D92, Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup 21
Tester. 22
p. D113, Standard Test Method for Ductility of Bituminous Materials. 23
q. D217, Standard Test Methods for Cone Penetration of Lubricating Grease. 24
4. TxDOT Test Procedures (Tex): 25
a. Tex-704-I, Making, Curing, and Testing Compression Test Specimens for 26
Precast Concrete 27
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 28
1.5 SUBMITTALS 29
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 30
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 31
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATION SUBMITTALS 32
A. Certificates 33
1. Furnish manufacturer’s certificate of compliance that their product meets the 34
physical testing requirements of this Specification for the materials referenced 35
including, but not limited to: 36
a. Reinforced concrete pipe 37
b. Concrete box culvert 38
c. Jointing materials 39
33 41 10 - 4
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS
Page 4 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 4
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 5
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6
66 00. 7
2. Keep pipe clean and fully drained during storage. 8
3. Transport, handle and store pipe and fittings as recommended by manufacturer. 9
4. Repair or replace any damaged pipe before installation per the manufacturer’s 10
recommendation. 11
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 12
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 13
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 14
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 15
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 16
A. Fabrication 17
1. Precast Reinforced Concrete Pipe 18
a. Provide precast storm sewer pipe that conforms to ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or 19
ASTM C507 for circular, arch or elliptical pipe respectively. 20
b. Utilize a machine made process or cast by a process that will provide uniform 21
placement of a mixture of cement, aggregate and water proportional to provide 22
a homogeneous concrete meeting the specified strength requirements. 23
c. Mix concrete in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility where 24
the quality and uniformity of the concrete is assured. 25
d. Do not use transit mixed concrete to manufacture precast concrete pipe. 26
2. Concrete Box Culvert 27
a. Cast-in-Place 28
1) Conform to Section 03 30 00. 29
b. Precast 30
1) Furnish machine made precast boxes in accordance with ASTM C1433. 31
2) Utilize a machine made process or cast by a process that will provide 32
uniform placement of a mixture of cement, aggregate, and water 33
proportional to provide a homogeneous concrete meeting the specified 34
strength requirements. 35
3) Concrete water to cement ratio not to exceed 0.53 by weight 36
4) Utilize minimum 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard of concrete unless 37
mix designs with lower cement content demonstrate that the quality and 38
performance of the sections meet the requirements of this Specification. 39
33 41 10 - 5
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS
Page 5 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
5) Mix concrete in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility 1
where the quality and uniformity of the concrete is assured. 2
6) Do not use transit mixed concrete to manufacture precast concrete box 3
culvert. 4
7) Utilize welded wire fabric steel reinforcement conforming to ASTM A185 5
or ASTM A497. 6
3. Jointing Materials 7
a. Use any of the materials described in this Section for the making of joints. 8
1) Furnish a manufacturer’s certificate of compliance for all jointing materials. 9
2) Cold Applied Preformed Plastic Gaskets/Flexible Joint Sealants 10
a) Provide flexible joint sealants that meet the requirements of 11
ASTM C990. 12
b) Utilize 1 continuous gasket conforming to the joint shape for each joint. 13
c) Plastic gasket shall be produced from blends of refined hydrocarbon 14
resins and plasticizing compounds reinforced with inert mineral filler 15
and shall contain no solvents, irritating fumes or obnoxious odors. 16
d) Use flexible joint sealants that do not depend on oxidizing, evaporating 17
or chemical action for its adhesive or cohesive strength. 18
e) Supply in extruded rope form of suitable cross section and size as to fill 19
the joint space when the pipes are joined. 20
f) Provide a size of the pre-formed flexible joint sealant in accordance 21
with the manufacturer's recommendations and large enough to properly 22
seal the joint and obtain the squeeze out as described under 23
construction methods. 24
g) The gasket joint sealer shall be protected by a suitable removable 2-25
piece wrapper, and the 2-piece wrapper shall be so designed that ½ may 26
be removed longitudinally without disturbing the other ½ to facilitate 27
application as noted below. 28
h) The chemical composition of the gasket joint sealing compound as 29
shipped shall meet the requirements of Table 1 when tested in 30
accordance with the test methods shown. 31
32
Table 1. Sealing Compound Chemical Composition 33
Composition Test Method Percent by Weight
Bitumen ASTM D4 Bitumen Content 50-70
Ash-Inert Mineral Matter AASHTO T111 30-50
Volatile Matter at 325 degrees F ASTM D6 Loss on Heating of
Oil and Asphaltic Compounds
2.0 Max
34
i) Gasket joint sealing compound when immersed for 30 days at ambient 35
room temperature separately in 5 percent solution of caustic potash, a 36
mixture of 5 percent hydrochloric acid, a 5 percent solution of sulfuric 37
acid and a saturated hydrogen sulfide (H2S) solution shall show no 38
visible deterioration. 39
j) The physical properties of the gasket joint sealing compound as 40
shipped shall meet the requirements in Table 2 when tested in 41
accordance with the test methods shown. 42
43
33 41 10 - 6
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS
Page 6 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
Table 2. Sealing Compound Physical Properties 1
Property Test Method Typical Analysis
Specific Gravity at 77 degrees F ASTM D71 1.20 to 1.35
Ductility at 77 degrees F ASTM D113 5.0 centimeters minimum
Softening Point at 77 degrees F ASTM D36 320 degrees F minimum
Penetration
32 degrees F (300-gms) 60-seconds
ASTM D217
75 minimum
77 degrees F (150-gms) 5-seconds 50 to 120
115 degrees F (150-gms) 5-seconds 150 max
Flash Point C.O.C. ASTM D92 600 degrees F
Fire Point C.O.C 625 degrees F
3) Rubber Gaskets 2
a) Provide gaskets that conform to ASTM C361 or ASTM C443. 3
b) Meet the requirements of ASTM C443 for design of the joints and 4
permissible variations in dimensions. 5
B. Design Criteria 6
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 7
a. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, furnish Class III concrete pipe 8
with shell thickness, circumferential reinforcement and strength conforming to 9
the requirements of ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507 for circular, arch 10
or elliptical pipe respectively, except as modified below: 11
1) Manufacture pipes larger than 60-inch diameter by using 2 lines of circular 12
reinforcement. 13
2) For Class III pipes larger than 60-inch diameter, manufacturer may, at its 14
option, furnish pipe manufactured with either Wall "B" or Wall "C" 15
minimum thicknesses and the applicable minimum steel area as listed for 16
circular cages in Table II of ASTM C76, provided test strength 17
requirements for Class III pipe are satisfactorily met. 18
b. Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling 19
1) Design pipe for jacking, boring or tunneling conforming to the 20
requirements of Section 33 05 23. 21
2) When requested, provide design notes and drawings signed and sealed by a 22
Texas licensed professional engineer. 23
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 24
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 25
A. Tests and Inspections 26
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 27
a. Acceptance of pipe will be determined by the results of the following tests: 28
1) Material tests required in ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507. 29
2) Absorption tests in accordance with ASTM C497. 30
3) 3-edge bearing tests in accordance with ASTM C497. 31
a) Testing Rate 32
(1) If tested for 0.01-inch crack only: 33
(a) Test 0.8 percent of pipe sections for each size included in order 34
(2) If tested for 0.01-inch crack and ultimate load: 35
33 41 10 - 7
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS
Page 7 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
(a) Test 0.2 percent of pipe sections for each size included in order 1
b) Pipes that have been tested only to the formation of a 0.01 inch crack 2
and that meet the 0.01 inch test load requirements shall be accepted for 3
use. 4
c) Failed Pipe 5
(1) Test 2 consecutive joints in the same mix series if a specimen fails 6
to meet test requirements. 7
(2) Entire pipe series will be rejected if 1 of the consecutive joints fails 8
to meet test requirements. 9
d) Pipes larger than 1 inch in diameter may be accepted on the basis of 10
material tests and inspection of completed product as an alternate to 3-11
edge bearing test, at the option of the manufacturer. 12
(1) Acceptance of pipe will be determined by the results of the material 13
tests as required in ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507. 14
(a) Perform crushing tests on cores taken from barrel of completed 15
and cured pipe. 16
(b) Perform absorption tests on samples from pipe wall. 17
(c) Inspect finished pipe including amount and placement of 18
reinforcement. 19
(2) Manufacturer will furnish facilities and personnel for taking core 20
samples from pipe barrel and for determining compressive strength 21
of samples. 22
(3) Manufacturer will plug and seal core holes if samples meet strength 23
requirements. 24
(a) Plug and seal sections in a manner that the pipe section will 25
meet all test requirements of ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or 26
ASTM C507. 27
(b) Pipe sections plugged and sealed as described above will be 28
accepted for use. 29
4) Inspect the finished pipe to determine its conformance with the required 30
design. 31
2. Cast-in-Place Concrete Box Culvert 32
a. Provide test specimens that meet the requirements of Division 03. 33
3. Precast Box Culvert 34
a. Make test specimens in test cylinders at the same time and in the same manner 35
as the box sections they represent. 36
b. Make a minimum of 4 test cylinders for each day’s production run and each 37
mix design. 38
c. Cure test cylinders in the same manner and for the same times as the boxes they 39
represent. 40
d. Test the specimens in accordance with Tex-704-I. 41
B. Sizes and Permissible Variations 42
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 43
a. Ensure that variations in diameter, size, shape, wall thickness, reinforcement, 44
placement of reinforcement, laying length and the permissible under run of 45
length are in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type 46
of pipe as referred to previously. 47
33 41 10 - 8
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS
Page 8 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
b. Where rubber gasket pipe joints are to be used, the design of joints and 1
permissible variations in dimensions shall be in accordance with ASTM C443, 2
Sections 7 and 8. 3
2. Cast-in-Place or Precast Box Culvert 4
a. Ensure that precast sections of either type meet the following requirements: 5
1) The inside vertical and horizontal dimensions do not vary from Drawing 6
requirements by more than 1/2 inch or 1 percent, whichever is greater. 7
2) The horizontal or vertical plane at each end of the box section does not vary 8
from perpendicular by more than 1/2 inch or 1 percent, whichever is 9
greater, measured on the inside faces of the section. 10
3) The sides of a section at each end do not vary from being perpendicular to 11
the top and bottom by more than 1/2 inch or 1 percent, whichever is greater, 12
when measured diagonally between opposite interior corners. 13
b. Ensure that wall and slab thicknesses are not less than shown on the Drawings 14
except for occasional deficiencies not greater than 1/4 inch or 5 percent, 15
whichever is greater. 16
1) If proper jointing is not affected, thicknesses in excess of Drawing 17
requirements are acceptable. 18
c. Deviations from the above tolerances will be acceptable if the sections can be 19
fitted at the plant or job site and the joint opening at any point does not exceed 20
1 inch. 21
1) Use match marks for proper installation on sections that have been accepted 22
in this manner. 23
C. Workmanship and Finish 24
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 25
a. Ensure that pipe is substantially free from fractures, large or deep cracks and 26
surface roughness. 27
b. Ensure that ends of pipe are normal to the walls and centerline of the pipe 28
within the limits of variations allowed as stated previously. 29
2. Cast-in-Place or Precast Box Culvert 30
a. Fine cracks on the surface of the member that do not extend to the plane of the 31
nearest reinforcement are acceptable unless the cracks are numerous and 32
extensive. 33
b. Repair cracks that extend into the plane of the reinforcing steel in an approved 34
manner. 35
c. Excessive damage, honeycomb or cracking will be subject to structural review. 36
d. The City may accept boxes with repairs that are sound, properly finished and 37
cured in conformance with pertinent Specifications. 38
e. When fine cracks on the surface indicate poor curing practices, discontinue 39
further production of precast sections until corrections are made and proper 40
curing is provided. 41
D. Curing 42
1. Cure pipe/box in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type 43
of pipe as referred to above. 44
E. Marking 45
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 46
a. Clearly mark the following information on each section of pipe: 47
33 41 10 - 9
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS
Page 9 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
1) Class of pipe 1
2) ASTM designation 2
3) Date of manufacture 3
4) Identification of plant 4
5) Name or trademark of the manufacturer 5
6) Pipe to be used for jacking and boring 6
b. For pipe with elliptical reinforcement, in addition to above, clearly mark 1 end 7
of each section during the process of manufacture or immediately after with the 8
following: 9
1) The location of the top or bottom of the pipe as it should be installed, 10
unless the external shape of the pipe is such that the correct position of the 11
top and bottom is obvious 12
2) Mark the pipe section by indenting or painting with waterproof paint. 13
2. Cast-in-Place or Precast Box Culvert 14
a. Mark precast boxes with the following: 15
1) Name or trademark of the producer 16
2) Date of manufacture 17
3) Box size 18
4) Minimum and maximum fill heights 19
b. For boxes without lifting holes, mark 1 end of each box section on the inside 20
and outside walls to indicate the top or bottom as it will be installed. 21
c. Indent markings into the box section or paint them on each box with waterproof 22
paint. 23
F. Pipe/Box Rejection 24
1. Individual sections of pipe/box may be rejected if any of the Specification 25
requirements are not met or if any of the following exist: 26
a. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, with the exception of a single end 27
crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint 28
b. Defects that indicate imperfect proportioning, mixing and molding 29
c. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture 30
d. Damaged ends which would prevent making a satisfactory joint 31
e. Any continuous crack having a surface width of 0.01 inch or more and 32
extending for a length of 12 inch or more 33
2. Mark rejected pipe/box with painted “REJECTED”. 34
3. Remove rejected pipe/box immediately from job site and replace with pipe/box 35
meeting the requirements of this Specification. 36
PART 3 - EXECUTION 37
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 38
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 39
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 40
3.4 INSTALLATION 41
A. General 42
33 41 10 - 10
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS
Page 10 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
1. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 05 10 for excavation and embedment for 1
open-cut type installation. 2
2. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 05 23 when jacking, boring or tunneling 3
methods are specified on Drawings. 4
3. Establish and maintain lines and grades. 5
B. Pipe/Box Laying – Trench Installation 6
1. Ensure that pipe/box and fittings are laid and jointed in firm trench bottom 7
conditions. 8
2. Start laying pipe/box on the bedding at the outlet or downstream end with the spigot 9
or tongue end of the pipe joint pointing downstream, and proceed toward the inlet 10
or upstream end with the abutting sections properly matched, true to the established 11
lines and grades. 12
3. Provide appropriate facilities for hoisting and lowering the sections of pipe/box 13
according to manufacturer’s recommendation. 14
4. Lift and lower sections of pipe/box into trench without damaging pipe or disturbing 15
the prepared bedding or sides of trench. 16
5. Carefully clean pipe/box ends before pipe is placed in trench. 17
6. Protect pipe/box open end to prevent entrance of earth or bedding material as each 18
length of pipe/box is laid. 19
7. Fit, match and lay pipe/box to form a smooth, uniform conduit. 20
8. When elliptical pipe with circular reinforcing or circular pipe with elliptical 21
reinforcing is used, lay the pipe in trench so that the markings for top or bottom are 22
not more than 5 degrees from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the 23
pipe 24
9. Remove and re-lay, without extra compensation, pipe/box that is not in alignment 25
or that shows excessive settlement after laying. 26
C. Multiple Barrel Box Culvert Placement 27
1. Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock or CLSM 28
according to 03 34 13. 29
a. Water jetting will not be allowed between parallel boxes. 30
2. Start the laying of boxes on the bedding at the outlet end and proceed toward the 31
inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched. 32
3. Fit, match and lay boxes to form a smooth, uniform conduit true to the established 33
lines and grades. 34
D. Jointing 35
1. Cold Applied Preformed Plastic Gaskets/Flexible Joint Sealants 36
a. Brush-apply a suitable primer, recommended by the manufacturer of the gasket 37
joint sealer, to tongue and groove joint surfaces and end surfaces. 38
1) Ensure that surface to be primed is clean and dry when primer is applied. 39
2) Ensure that primer is not applied over mud, sand, dirt or sharp cement 40
protrusions. 41
3) Allow primer to dry and harden. 42
b. Attach plastic gasket sealer around tapered tongue or tapered groove near the 43
pipe joint hub or shoulder, before laying pipe in trench. 44
33 41 10 - 11
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS
Page 11 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
c. Remove paper wrapper from 1 side only of the 2-piece wrapper on gasket and 1
press it firmly to the clean, dry pipe joint surface. 2
1) Do not remove the outside wrapper until immediately before pushing pipe 3
into its final position. 4
d. Align the tongue correctly with the flare of the groove. 5
e. Remove outside wrapper on the gasket and pull or push pipe home with 6
sufficient force (back hoe shovel, chain hoist, ratchet hoist or winch) to cause 7
evidence of gasket material squeeze-out on inside or outside around complete 8
pipe joint circumference. 9
1) Remove any joint material that pushed out into the interior of pipe. 10
2) Ensure that pipe is pulled home in a straight line with all parts of pipe on 11
line and grade at all times. 12
f. Proceed with backfilling of pipe laid with plastic gasket joints as soon as joint 13
has been inspected and approved by the Engineer or Inspector. 14
1) Take special precautions in placing and compacting backfill to avoid 15
damage to joints. 16
g. When the atmospheric temperature is below 60 degrees F, store pre-formed 17
flexible joint sealants in an area warmed to above 70° degrees F or artificially 18
warmed to this temperature in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 19
1) Apply gaskets to pipe joints immediately prior to placing pipe in trench, 20
followed by connection to previously laid pipe. 21
2. Rubber Gaskets 22
a. Make the joint assembly according to the recommendations of the gasket 23
manufacturer. 24
b. When using rubber gaskets, make joints watertight. 25
c. Backfill after the joint has been inspected and approved. 26
E. Backfill 27
1. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 05 10 for backfilling pipe/box trenches. 28
F. Pipe fittings 29
1. Poured Concrete Pipe Collars 30
a. Provide collars for locations shown on Drawings. 31
b. Collar cost is considered subsidiary to bid price for furnishing and installing 32
reinforced concrete pipe. No extra payment will be made for installation of 33
concrete pipe collars shown on the Drawings. 34
2. Shop and Field-Fabricated Wyes, Tees, Crosses and Bends 35
a. Furnish and install shop or field-fabricated wyes, tees, crosses or bends as 36
indicated on Drawings or required by the Engineer. 37
b. Shop-fabricate fittings for maximum pipe size less than 24-inches in diameter 38
for the larger pipe. 39
c. Field-fabricate fittings with 24-inch or greater diameter for the larger pipe. 40
d. Field-fabricate fittings for box culverts. 41
e. Take care in fabrication that concrete walls of pipe are broken back only 42
enough to provide the required finished opening. 43
f. Join reinforcing mesh or bars by bending, twisting or spot welding to provide a 44
rigid connection. 45
33 41 10 - 12
REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS
Page 12 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
g. Concrete or mortar (as specified in this segment) shall be wiped over the 1
reinforcing wires connecting the 2 pipe joints, compacted by light blows, 2
shaped to the contour of the pipe barrels, lightly brushed for finish and cured 3
under wet burlap. 4
3. Poured Concrete Pipe Plugs 5
a. Plug pipe ends with a fabricated unit as shown on Drawings, when conduit lines 6
terminate at locations with no connection to drainage structures. 7
b. Concrete pipe plug cost is considered subsidiary to bid price for furnishing and 8
installing reinforced concrete pipe. No extra payment will be made for 9
installation of concrete pipe plugs shown on the Drawings. 10
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 11
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Field Tests and Inspections 14
1. Video Inspection 15
a. Perform post-construction TV inspection of all installed reinforced concrete 16
pipes/boxes conforming to the requirements of Section 33 01 31. 17
2. Ensure that pipes/boxes are installed correctly and are free of significant debris. 18
a. At the City’s discretion, replace any pipe/box that is determined to have 19
jointing problems, cracking or significant debris. 20
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 23
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 24
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 25
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 26
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 27
END OF SECTION 28
29
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
30
33 49 10 - 1
CAST-IN-PLACE STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 49 10 1
CAST-IN-PLACE STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Storm drain cast-in-place concrete manholes and junction boxes 6
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
3. Division 3 – Concrete 13
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete 14
5. Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation 15
6. Section 31 50 00 – Excavation Support and Protection 16
7. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 17
8. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Storm Drain Manhole Risers 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Manhole Riser complete, or 23
completed to the stage of construction required by Drawings. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 26
and will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Manhole Riser” installed 27
for: 28
a) Various Sizes 29
c. The price bid shall include: 30
1) Mobilization 31
2) Excavation 32
3) Hauling 33
4) Disposal of excess materials 34
5) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 35
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 36
7) Manhole construction 37
8) Manhole frames 38
9) Steps 39
10) Ring and Cover 40
11) Clean-up 41
33 49 10 - 2
CAST-IN-PLACE STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Storm Junction Boxes 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Junction Box complete, or 3
completed to the stage of construction required by Drawings. 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 6
will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Storm Junction Box” 7
installed for: 8
a) Various sizes 9
c. The price bid shall include: 10
1) Mobilization 11
2) Excavation 12
3) Hauling 13
4) Disposal of excess materials 14
5) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 15
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 16
7) Junction Box construction 17
8) Junction Box frames 18
9) Steps 19
10) Ring and Cover 20
11) Clean-up 21
3. Storm Junction Structure 22
a. Measurement 23
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Junction Structure complete, or 24
completed to the stage of construction required by Drawings. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 27
will be paid for at the lump sum price bid per each “Storm Junction 28
Structure” location. 29
c. The price bid shall include: 30
1) Mobilization 31
2) Excavation 32
3) Hauling 33
4) Disposal of excess materials 34
5) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 35
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 36
7) Junction Box construction 37
8) Junction Box frames 38
9) Steps 39
10) Ring and Cover 40
11) Clean-up 41
1.3 REFERENCES 42
A. Reference Standards 43
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 44
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 45
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 46
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 47
33 49 10 - 3
CAST-IN-PLACE STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
a. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole 1
Sections. 2
b. D4101, Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion 3
Materials. 4
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 5
1.5 SUBMITTALS 6
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 7
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 8
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATION SUBMITTALS 9
A. Certificates 10
1. Furnish manufacturer’s certificate of compliance that their product meets the 11
physical testing requirements of this Specification for the materials referenced. 12
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 16
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 21
A. Concrete 22
1. Furnish concrete that conforms to the provisions of Section 03 30 00. 23
B. Reinforcing Steel 24
1. Furnish reinforcing steel that conforms to the requirements of Section 03 30 00. 25
C. Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers 26
1. Provide frames, grates, rings and covers that conform to dimensions and materials 27
shown on Drawings and Section 33 05 13. 28
2. Ensure that covers and grates fit properly into frames and seat uniformly and 29
solidly. 30
D. Steps 31
1. Provide polypropylene supports and steps to the shape and dimensions shown on 32
Drawings that meet the requirements of ASTM D4101 and ASTM C478, Section 33
16, “Steps and Ladders.” 34
33 49 10 - 4
CAST-IN-PLACE STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. General 8
1. Perform all concrete work in accordance with Division 3. 9
2. Use of forms is required for all concrete walls, except where the nature of the 10
surrounding material is such that it can be trimmed to a smooth vertical face 11
a. Outside form for concrete bases supporting brick walls may be omitted with 12
approval from the Engineer. 13
3. Cast polypropylene supports and steps into concrete walls when concrete is placed 14
or drill and grout steps in place after concrete placement. 15
B. Excavation and Embedment 16
1. Conform to the requirements of Section 31 23 16, Section 31 50 00 and Section 33 17
05 10, where applicable. 18
C. Manholes for Precast Concrete Drain Pipes 19
1. Construct manholes for precast concrete pipe drains as soon as is practicable after 20
drain lines into or through the manhole locations are completed. 21
2. Neatly cut all drain pipes at the inside face of the walls of the manhole and point up 22
with mortar. 23
D. Manholes for Monolithic Drain Pipes 24
1. Construct bases for manholes on monolithic drain pipes either monolithically with 25
the drain pipe or after the pipe is constructed. 26
E. Manholes for Box Drains 27
1. Cast bases for manholes for box drains as an integral part of the drainage system. 28
2. Manholes may be constructed prior to backfilling or, if the Contractor so elects, 29
manhole opening may be temporarily covered with timber to facilitate compaction 30
of backfill for the pipe system as a whole with tractor equipment. 31
a. Perform required excavation for manhole, construct manhole and backfill in 32
accordance with Drawings. 33
3. For manholes that are over 5-feet deep, include all manhole steps required in the 34
wall of the box drain. 35
F. Junction Structures 36
1. All structures shall be installed as specified in Drawings. 37
G. Inverts 38
33 49 10 - 5
CAST-IN-PLACE STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Shape and route floor inverts passing out or through the manhole as shown on the 1
Drawings. 2
2. Shape by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is cast or by placing 3
the required additional material with the base. 4
H. Curing 5
1. Cure all exposed concrete as required in Division 3. 6
I. Finishing 7
1. Finish all concrete as required in Division 3. 8
J. Form Removal 9
1. Remove concrete form as required in Division 3. 10
K. Placement and Treatment of Castings, Frames, and Fittings 11
1. Place castings, frames and fittings in positions indicated on Drawings or as directed 12
by Engineer, true to line and correct elevation. 13
2. Frames or fittings set in new concrete or mortar 14
a. Place and position anchors or bolts before concrete mortar is placed. 15
b. Do not disturb unit until mortar or concrete has set. 16
3. Frames or fittings placed upon previously constructed masonry 17
a. Bring bearing surface or masonry true to line and grade, and present an even 18
bearing surface, so that entire face or back of unit will come in contact with 19
masonry. 20
b. Set unit in mortar beds or anchor to masonry, as indicated on Drawings or as 21
directed and approved by the Engineer. 22
4. Ensure that units are set firm and secure. 23
5. Allow concrete or mortar to harden for a minimum 7 days. 24
6. Replace and fasten down grates or covers. 25
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 26
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 29
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 30
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 31
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 32
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 33
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 34
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 35
END OF SECTION 36
33 49 10 - 6
CAST-IN-PLACE STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
2
33 49 20 - 1
CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 33 49 20 1
CURB AND DROP INLETS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Construction of inlets, complete in place or to the stage detailed 6
a. Including furnishing and installing frames, grates, rings and covers 7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
3. Division 3 – Concrete 13
4. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition 14
5. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete 15
6. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 16
7. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 17
8. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings 18
9. Section 33 05 14 – Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes and Other Structures 19
to Grade 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Measurement 23
a. Measurement for this Item shall be per each inlet complete in place. 24
2. Payment 25
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 26
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Inlet” installed for: 27
1) Various types 28
2) Various sizes 29
3. The price bid shall include: 30
a. Furnishing and installing the specified Inlet 31
b. Mobilization 32
c. Excavation 33
d. Hauling 34
e. Disposal of excess materials 35
f. Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 36
g. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 37
h. Concrete 38
i. Reinforcing steel 39
j. Mortar 40
33 49 20 - 2
CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
k. Aluminum and castings 1
l. Frames 2
m. Grates 3
n. Rings and covers 4
o. Clean-up 5
1.3 REFERENCES 6
A. Reference Standards 7
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 8
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 9
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 10
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 11
a. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole and 12
Inlet Sections. 13
b. D4101, Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion 14
Materials. 15
c. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for 16
Curing Concrete. 17
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT). 18
a. Departmental Materials Specification (DMS): 19
1) 7340, Qualification Procedure for Multi-Project Fabrication Plants of 20
Precast Concrete Manholes and Inlets. 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENT [NOT USED] 22
1.5 SUBMITTALS 23
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 24
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 25
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 26
A. Product Data 27
1. Precast Concrete Inlet 28
2. Pipe connections at inlet walls 29
3. Stubs and stub plugs 30
4. Admixtures 31
5. Concrete Mix Design 32
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 36
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 37
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 38
33 49 20 - 3
CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 3
A. Materials 4
1. Concrete 5
a. Furnish concrete that conforms to the provisions of Section 03 30 00. 6
2. Reinforcing Steel 7
a. Furnish reinforcing steel that conforms to the requirements of Section 03 30 00. 8
3. Mortar 9
a. Furnish mortar per Section 03 80 00. 10
4. Steps 11
a. Provide polypropylene supports and steps conforming to the shape and 12
dimensions shown on the Drawings that meet the requirements of ASTM 13
D4101 and ASTM C478, Section 16, “Steps and Ladders.” 14
5. Curing Materials 15
a. Curing materials shall conform to the provisions of Division 3. 16
6. Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers 17
a. Provide frames, grates, rings and covers that conform to dimensions and 18
materials shown on Drawings and Section 33 05 13. 19
b. Ensure that covers and grates fit properly into frames and seat uniformly and 20
solidly. 21
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23
PART 3 - EXECUTION 24
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26
3.3 PREPARATION 27
A. Removal 28
1. Remove all or portions of existing structures in accordance with Section 02 41 13. 29
2. Drill, dowel, and grout in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 30
3.4 INSTALLATION 31
A. Interface with Other Work 32
1. All types of inlets may be built either in 1 stage or in 2 stages, described as Stage I 33
and Stage II. 34
a. Build inlets designed to match the final roadway surface in stages. 35
2. Construct the Stage I portion of inlets as shown on the Drawings or as specified in 36
this Section. 37
a. Furnish and install a temporary cover as approved by the Engineer. 38
33 49 20 - 4
CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
3. Construct Stage II after the pavement structure is substantially complete unless 1
otherwise approved by the Engineer. 2
a. For Stage II, construct the remaining wall height and top of inlet and furnish 3
and install any frames, grates, rings and covers, manhole steps, curb beams or 4
collecting basins required. 5
B. Cast-In -Place Inlets 6
1. Construct cast-in-place inlets in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 7
a. Forms will be required for all concrete walls. 8
b. Outside wall forms for cast-in-place concrete may be omitted with the approval 9
of the Engineer if the surrounding material can be trimmed to a smooth vertical 10
face. 11
2. Cast polypropylene steps into the concrete walls when the concrete is placed, or 12
drill and grout steps in place after concrete placement. 13
C. Inlets for Precast Concrete Drain Pipes 14
1. Construct inlets for precast concrete drain pipes as soon as is practicable after storm 15
drain lines into or through the inlet locations are completed. 16
a. Neatly cut all pipes at the inside face of the walls of the inlet and point up with 17
mortar. 18
D. Inlets for Monolithic Drain Pipes 19
1. Construct bases for inlets on monolithic drain pipes either monolithically with the 20
storm drain or after the storm drain is constructed. 21
E. Inverts 22
1. Shape and route floor inverts passing out or through the inlet as shown on the 23
Drawings. 24
2. Shape by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is cast or by placing 25
the required additional material with the base. 26
F. Finishing Complete Inlets 27
1. Complete inlets in accordance with the Drawings. 28
2. Backfill to original ground elevation in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 29
G. Finishing Stage I Construction 30
1. Complete Stage I construction by constructing the walls to the elevations shown on 31
the Drawings and backfilling to required elevations in accordance with Section 33 32
05 10. 33
H. Stage II Construction 34
1. Construct subgrade and base course or concrete pavement construction over Stage I 35
inlet construction, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 36
2. Excavate to expose the top of Stage I construction and complete the inlet in 37
accordance with the Drawings and these Specifications, including backfill and 38
cleaning of all debris from the bottom of the manhole or inlet. 39
I. Form Removal 40
1. Forms used in the construction of “Inlets” which support vertical loads will remain 41
in place at least 24 hours after the concrete is placed. 42
33 49 20 - 5
CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Other forms shall remain in place for a minimum time 24 hours after concrete is 1
placed, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 2
J. Curing 3
1. Cure all exposed concrete as required in Section 03 30 00. 4
K. Finishing 5
1. Conform to Section 03 30 00. 6
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10
3.9 ADJUSTING 11
A. Refer to Section 33 05 14. 12
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 13
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 14
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 15
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 16
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 17
END OF SECTION 18
19
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
20
34 41 20 - 1
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 1 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 34 41 20 1
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Roadway illumination assemblies 6
2. Roadway illumination foundations 7
3. Removal of roadway illumination assemblies 8
4. Relocation of roadway illumination assemblies 9
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 13
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 14
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 15
4. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 16
5. Section 33 05 30 – Location of Existing Utilities 17
6. Section 34 41 10 – Traffic Signals 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Roadway Illumination Assemblies 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Roadway Illumination 23
Assembly installed. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 26
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Rdwy Illum Assmbly” 27
installed for: 28
a) Various types 29
c. The price bid shall include: 30
1) Furnishing Roadway Illumination Assembly, if required 31
2) Assembling and installing each Roadway Illumination Assembly 32
3) Poles 33
4) Arms 34
5) Anchor bolts 35
6) Fixtures 36
7) Internal electrical conductors 37
8) Connection and mounting hardware 38
9) Bases 39
10) Lamps 40
34 41 20 - 2
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 2 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
11) Preparing submittals 1
12) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 2
13) Coordination and notification 3
14) Assembly and transportation of all items 4
15) Excavation, hauling, disposal of excess material 5
16) Protection of the excavation 6
17) Clean-up 7
18) Testing 8
2. Ornamental Illumination Assemblies 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Ornamental Assembly 11
installed. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 14
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Ornamental Assmbly” 15
installed for: 16
a) Various types 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Furnishing Ornamental Illumination Assembly, if required 19
2) Assembling and installing each Ornamental Assembly 20
3) Poles 21
4) Arms 22
5) Anchor bolts 23
6) Fixtures 24
7) Internal electrical conductors 25
8) Connection and mounting hardware 26
9) Bases 27
10) Lamps 28
11) Preparing submittals 29
12) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 30
13) Coordination and notification 31
14) Assembly and transportation of all items 32
15) Excavation, hauling, disposal of excess material 33
16) Protection of the excavation 34
17) Clean-up 35
18) Testing 36
3. Lighting Fixtures 37
a. When a pay item for Illumination Assembly exists: 38
1) Measurement 39
a) This Item is considered subsidiary to Illumination Assembly 40
installation. 41
2) Payment 42
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 43
Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each “Rdwy Illum 44
Assmbly” or “Ornamental Assmbly” bid, and no other compensation 45
will be allowed. 46
b. When a pay item for Illumination Assembly does not exist: 47
1) Measurement 48
a) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Lighting Fixture installed. 49
34 41 20 - 3
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 3 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2) Payment 1
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 2
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Lighting Fixture” 3
installed for: 4
(1) Various types 5
(2) Various power 6
3) The price bid shall include: 7
a) Furnishing Lighting Fixture, if required 8
b) Assembling Lighting Fixture 9
c) Wiring connections 10
d) Disposal of any unused or replaced materials 11
e) Clean-up 12
4. Roadway Illumination Foundations 13
a. Measurement 14
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Roadway Illumination 15
Foundation installed. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 18
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Rdwy Illum Foundation” 19
installed for: 20
a) Various types 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Installing each Roadway Illumination Foundation 23
2) Reinforcing steel 24
3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 25
4) Grounding rods 26
5) Coordination and notification 27
6) Excavation, hauling, disposal of excess material 28
7) Protection of the excavation 29
8) Clean-up 30
9) Testing 31
5. Contact Enclosure 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Contact Enclosure installed. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 36
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Contact Enclosure” installed 37
for: 38
a) Various mounting methods 39
c. The price bid shall include: 40
1) Furnishing and installing Contact Enclosure 41
2) Mounting materials 42
3) Clean-up 43
6. Furnishing and Installing Wood Light Pole 44
a. Measurement 45
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each 40’ Wood Light Pole furnished 46
and installed. 47
b. Payment 48
34 41 20 - 4
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 4 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 1
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Furnish/Install 40’ Wood 2
Light Pole”. 3
c. The price bid shall include: 4
1) Excavation 5
2) Furnishing and installing each 40’ Wood Light Pole 6
3) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7
4) Clean-up 8
7. Furnishing and Installing Wood Light Pole Arm 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each 8’ Wood Light Pole Arm 11
furnished and installed. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 14
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Furnish/Install 8’ Wood 15
Light Pole Arm”. 16
c. The price bid shall include: 17
1) Furnishing and installing each 8’ Wood Light Pole Arm 18
2) Clean-up 19
8. Aluminum Electrical Conductors 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of Aluminum Electrical 22
Conductor installed. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per linear foot of “Alum Elec Conductor” installed for: 27
a) Various Sizes 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Furnishing and installing Aluminum Electrical Conductor 30
2) Testing 31
9. Conductor Reconnection 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each conductor reconnected. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 36
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Reconnect Conductor”. 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Reconnection of conductors using City approved method 39
2) Testing of connection 40
10. Street Light Pole Removal and Salvage 41
a. Measurement 42
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Street Light removed and 43
salvaged. 44
b. Payment 45
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 46
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Street Light Pole” 47
performed. 48
c. The price bid shall include: 49
34 41 20 - 5
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 5 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) Removal and salvage of Street Light Pole 1
2) Maintain existing street light circuit including new ground box and 2
reconnection of circuits (if required by City) 3
3) Removal of existing street light pole foundation 2’ below grade, back fill 4
with like surrounding material 5
4) Delivery of salvaged materials to appropriate location 6
5) Clean-up 7
11. Street Light Pole Relocation 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Street Light Pole removed and 10
salvaged. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 13
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Relocate Street Light Pole” 14
performed. 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Removal and salvage of Street Light Pole 17
2) Delivery of salvaged materials to appropriate location 18
3) Replacement of pole to new location 19
4) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill material 20
5) Clean-up 21
1.3 REFERENCES 22
A. Reference Standards 23
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 24
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 25
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 26
2. National Electric Code (NEC) 27
3. Texas State Law, Article 1426C 28
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 29
A. Coordination 30
1. Notify City at (817) 392-7738 a minimum of 7 days before beginning Work on the 31
Project. 32
2. Notify Inspector prior to pouring roadway illumination assembly foundations. 33
3. Coordinate with Traffic Services Inspector for pole types, template dimensions and 34
anchor bolts, and any questions about installing the foundations and conduit. 35
4. For location of City underground street luminaire cable and conduit call (817) 392-36
7738 or (817) 392-8100. 37
5. Obtain and pay for all permits as required to Work in parkway. 38
B. Preinstallation Meetings 39
1. Attend pre-construction meeting. 40
1.5 SUBMITTALS 41
A. Shop Drawings will be required for each Illumination Assembly and shall include: 42
1. Material Data 43
34 41 20 - 6
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 6 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2. Pole dimensions and data 1
3. Luminaire arm dimensions and data 2
4. Attachment details 3
5. Fixtures 4
6. Base details 5
7. Anchor bolt data 6
8. Wall thickness 7
9. Permissible loading and allowable stress 8
B. Product Data submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9
C. All submittals shall be approved by the Engineer or the City prior to delivery and/or 10
fabrication for specials. 11
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12
A. Product Data Sheets 13
1. Submit product data sheets for roadway illumination assemblies to City for 14
approval prior to ordering materials. 15
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 16
A. Warranty Documentation 17
1. Provide manufacturer warranty information to the City. 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 20
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 21
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 22
1. Parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration occurs during a 23
prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 24
2. Exposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed. 25
3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and 26
extremes in temperature. 27
4. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in 28
accordance with Section 01 50 00. 29
B. Delivery and Acceptance 30
1. Contactor and Inspector shall visually inspect roadway illumination assemblies 31
after removal to determine the condition of the hardware. 32
2. Contractor shall protect all salvable material during transport to City specified 33
storage facility. 34
3. Delivered material must be in the same condition after removal, as agreed upon by 35
Contractor and Inspector after removal. 36
34 41 20 - 7
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 7 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY 2
A. Manufacturer Warranty 3
1. Manufacturer’s warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5
2.1 PRODUCTS TO BE PURCHASED FROM THE CITY 6
A. Refer to Drawings and Contract Documents to determine if any Items are to be 7
purchased from the City and installed by the Contractor. 8
B. Items eligible for purchase from the City include: 9
1. Roadway Illumination poles 10
2. Contactors 11
2.2 ASSEMBLIES, EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 12
A. Manufacturers 13
1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City’s Standard Products List will be 14
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 15
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 16
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 17
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 18
B. Description 19
1. Regulatory Requirements 20
a. All Work related to the installation of roadway illumination assemblies shall be 21
in compliance with the National Electric Code (NEC). 22
2. Roadway Illumination Assemblies 23
a. Poles, arms, light fixtures and lamps shall conform to City Standard Details. 24
b. Ornamental Assemblies 25
1) Refer to Drawings for ornamental pole specifications. 26
c. Lighting Fixtures 27
1) Refer to Drawings for lighting fixture specifications. 28
d. Foundations 29
1) Concrete shall conform to Section 03 30 00. 30
e. Wood Light Poles 31
1) Wood Poles for electrical service shall be ANSI Class 5 treated timber. 32
a) For other applications, Class 2 treated timber is allowed. 33
2) All treated wood poles shall be free from pith holes. 34
a) Trimmed scars are allowable up to a depth of 2-inches in poles up to 10 35
inches in diameter. 36
b) Scars 1/5 of the pole diameter at the scar location will be allowable for 37
wood poles larger than 10-inches. 38
3) Wood poles shall not deviate from straight more than 1 inch in 10 feet of 39
length. 40
a) Only a single sweep shall be permitted. 41
34 41 20 - 8
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 8 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
b) A straight line adjoining the midpoint of the pole at the butt with the 1
midpoint of the pole at the top shall not at any intermediate pass 2
through the external surface of the pole. 3
c) Only a single twist of spiral grain will be permitted. 4
4) Butt slivering due to felling shall be permitted if the distance from the 5
outside circumference is not less than ¼ inch and the height is not more 6
than 1 foot. 7
5) Timber shall be treated for preservation in accordance with AWPA C4 8
pressure treatment methods. 9
a) The poles shall have the minimum net retention of preservative 10
treatment shown in the following table: 11
Treatment
Minimum Retention
(pounds per cubic foot)
Creosote 9.0
Pentachlorophenol 0.45
ACA/CCA 0.6
6) Pole Markings 12
7) All markings shall be in accordance with the following table: 13
a) The bottom brand shall be placed squarely on the face of each pole 10 14
feet from the butt. 15
Marking Description of Marking
PTC Supplier’s code or trademark (ie. Pole Treating
Company)
F-01 Plant location and year of treatment (ie. Forestville,
2001)
SPC Species and preservative code (ie. southern pine,
creosote)
5-35 Class-length (ie. Class 5, 35-foot pole)
8) A treatment certification will be required with each shipment of treated 16
timber poles including: 17
a) Name of treatment company 18
b) Location of treatment plant 19
c) Applicable product standard (AWPA C4) 20
d) Charge number 21
e) Date of treatment 22
f) Contents of charges (poles) 23
g) Preservative treatment 24
h) Measured preservative retention values 25
f. Wood Light Pole Arms 26
1) Refer to City Standard Detail Drawings for light pole arm specifications. 27
g. Aluminum Electrical Conductors 28
1) Refer to Drawings for conductor sizes 29
2) Use stranded insulated conductors that are rated for 600 volts 30
3) Approved for wet locations 31
4) Marked in accordance with UL, NEC, and CSA requirements 32
3. Roadway illumination pole foundations 33
a. Foundations shall be Class C (3000 PSI) concrete. 34
34 41 20 - 9
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 9 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1) Refer to Section 03 30 00. 1
b. Foundation shall be 24 or 30 inches in diameter unless shown otherwise in the 2
Drawings. 3
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 5
A. Tests and Inspections 6
1. Notify the Traffic Services Division Inspector 24 hours in advance (between 8:00 7
am and 5:00 pm) of all concrete pours at (817) 392-7738. 8
a. Inspector must be present when concrete is placed on the Project Site. 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION 10
3.1 EXAMINATION 11
A. Verification of Conditions 12
1. Contractor shall verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing 13
underground utilities are not in conflict with proposed foundations. 14
a. All exploratory excavation shall conform to Section 33 05 30. 15
2. Contractor shall contact the following entities at least 48 hours in advance of 16
excavation: 17
a. DIG TESS 18
b. City of Fort Worth Water Department 19
c. City of Fort Worth T/PW Department 20
3. No additional payment will be made for relocation of any foundations or conduit 21
due to location of existing utilities. 22
4. The Engineer may shift an assembly’s location, if necessary, to avoid conflict with 23
utilities. 24
3.2 PREPARATION 25
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 26
1. Contractor shall be responsible for the following at no additional cost to the City: 27
a. Prevent any property damage to property owner's poles, fences, shrubs, 28
mailboxes, etc. Any damaged property will be restored as directed by 29
Engineer. 30
b. Adjust and repair any existing landscaping and the sprinkler systems as directed 31
by the Engineer to allow for the placement of all roadway illumination 32
equipment. This shall be done in a manner equal to or better than the areas 33
adjacent to the damaged areas. 34
c. Provide access to all driveways during construction, unless authorized by the 35
inspector. 36
d. Protect all underground and overhead utilities and repair any damages. 37
3.3 INSTALLATION 38
A. Foundations 39
34 41 20 - 10
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 10 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1. Dimensions shown on Drawings for locations of street light foundations, conduit 1
and other items may be varied to meet local conditions; subject to approval of 2
Engineer. 3
2. Foundation piers shall be drilled plumb. 4
3. The top of foundation shall be poured level. 5
4. The top 3 inches of the exposed pier (height) above finished grade shall have the 6
sonotube removed. 7
5. Anchor bolts shall extend above the top of the foundation concrete as shown on 8
Anchor Bolt Detail. 9
6. Anchor bolts, ground rod, reinforcing, and conduit shall be in place before pouring 10
concrete in pier foundations. 11
7. Pier foundations shall have 1 continuous concrete pour. 12
8. Foundations shall have a chamfered edge (beveled) at the top. 13
9. Top of foundation shall be 3 inches above the finished grade unless shown different 14
on Drawings. 15
10. Foundations in medians shall be placed in the center of the median between the 2 16
curbs. 17
11. Foundations shall not be drilled within 3 feet of a water line or fire hydrant. 18
12. In residential areas foundations shall be placed in the street right of way (R.O.W.) 19
in line with the property line between lots and at the break of the radius point of the 20
street curb at street intersections. 21
13. Foundations shall not be placed in sidewalks (or location of future sidewalks) or 22
sidewalk ramps. 23
14. No street light poles shall be placed on foundations prior to 7 days following 24
pouring of concrete. 25
B. Roadway Illumination Assemblies 26
1. Roadway Illumination Assemblies 27
a. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing poles 28
located near overhead or underground utilities. Consult with the appropriate 29
utility company before beginning work. 30
b. Prevent scarring or marring of poles, mast arm, and fixtures. 31
c. Stake, install, and align each assembly as shown on the plans. 32
d. Do not use screw-in type foundations. 33
e. Install anchor bolts and coat anchor bolt threads. 34
f. Erect structures after foundation has attained its design strength as required in 35
Section 03 30 00. 36
g. Tighten anchor bolts for poles with shoe bases. 37
h. Do not place grout between base plate and foundation. 38
i. Test installed roadway illumination assembly with City inspector present. 39
2. Wood Light Pole 40
a. All light pole installations should be coordinated with all appropriate utility 41
companies prior to Work beginning. 42
b. Drill holes for setting poles shall be a minimum of 1.5 diameters of the pole 43
butt. 44
c. Poles shall be set plumb, unless otherwise specified on the Drawings. 45
34 41 20 - 11
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 11 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
d. Unless otherwise shown in Drawings, poles should be set to the minimum 1
depths shown in the following table: 2
Pole Length
(feet)
Minimum Setting Depth
(feet)
≤ 25 4.5
26-30 5.0
31-35 5.5
36-40 6.0
41-45 6.5
46-50 7.0
e. Backfill the hole around the pole thoroughly by tamping 6-inch lifts of backfill 3
material until reaching natural grade. 4
1) Once grade is met, apply a last 6-inch lift in a cone shape around the pole to 5
allow for settling. 6
2) Backfill in accordance to Section 33 05 10. 7
f. Repair and clean-up surrounding area to a condition that is equal to or better 8
than its condition prior to installation. 9
3.4 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 10
3.5 RELOCATION AND REMOVAL 11
A. Relocation 12
1. Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits. 13
2. Remove abandoned circuit or ducts to a point 6 inches below final grade. 14
3. Reconnect conduit, ducts, conductors to be reused. 15
4. Replace damaged conduit, ducts, and conductors. 16
5. Do not use screw-in type foundations. 17
6. Install existing structures on new foundations. 18
7. Do not place grout between base plate and foundation. 19
8. Furnish and install new internal conductors, fused and unfused connectors, and 20
fixtures. 21
9. Test installed roadway illumination assembly with City inspector present 22
10. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials and dispose of in accordance with 23
federal, state, and local regulations. 24
B. Removal 25
1. Remove roadway illumination assembly components in accordance with 26
established industry and utility safety practices. 27
2. Remove transformer bases from transformer base poles. 28
3. Remove luminaires and mast arms from the pole shaft. 29
4. Stockpile pole shafts, mast arms, and assembly hardware at a location designated 30
by the City. 31
5. Pole shafts, mast arms, and assembly hardware will remain City property unless 32
otherwise shown on the plans or directed. 33
6. Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits. 34
34 41 20 - 12
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 12 of 12
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
7. Remove abandoned conduit and ducts to a point 6 inches below final grade. 1
8. Destroy existing transformer bases to prevent reuse. 2
9. Remove abandoned concrete foundations to a point 2 ft. below final grade. 3
10. Backfill the hole with material that is equal in composition and density to the 4
surrounding area. 5
11. Replace surfacing material with similar material to an equivalent condition. 6
12. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials and dispose of in accordance with 7
federal, state, and local regulations. 8
3.6 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
3.7 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10
3.8 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 11
3.9 CLEANING 12
A. Contractor shall clean up and remove all loose material resulting from construction 13
operations. 14
3.10 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.11 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.12 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.13 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
21
34 41 30 - 1
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 12, 2013
SECTION 34 41 30 1
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Aluminum signs installed on mast arms, signal poles, or steel posts. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Furnishing and Installing Mast Arm or Signal Pole Mounted Aluminum Signs 14
a. Measurement 15
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each sign installed. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 18
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Furnish/Install Alum Sign 19
Mast Arm Mount” installed for: 20
a) Various types 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Fabricating the aluminum sign 23
2) Treatment of sign panels required before application of background 24
materials 25
3) Application of the background materials and messages to the sign panels 26
4) Furnishing and fabricating frames, windbeams, stiffeners, or required joint 27
backing strips 28
5) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 29
support connections 30
6) Assembling and erecting the signs 31
7) Preparing and cleaning the signs 32
2. Installing Mast Arm or Signal/Street Light Pole Mounted Aluminum Signs 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each sign installed. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 37
shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each “Install Alum Sign Mast Arm 38
Mount” installed. 39
c. The price bid shall include: 40
1) Installing each Aluminum Sign 41
34 41 30 - 2
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 12, 2013
2) Furnishing and fabricating frames, windbeams, stiffeners, or required joint 1
backing strips 2
3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 3
support connections 4
4) Assembling and erecting the signs 5
5) Preparing and cleaning the signs 6
3. Furnishing and Installing Ground Mounted Aluminum Sign and Post Assemblies 7
a. Measurement 8
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each assembly furnished and 9
installed. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 12
shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each “Furnish/Install Alum Sign 13
Ground Mount” installed for: 14
a) Various types 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Fabrication of signs and posts 17
2) Treatment of sign panels required before application of background 18
materials 19
3) Application of the background materials and messages to the sign panels 20
4) Scheduling utility line locates 21
5) Furnishing and fabricating frames, windbeams, stiffeners, or required joint 22
backing strips 23
6) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 24
support connections 25
7) Assembling and erecting the signs and posts 26
8) Preparing and cleaning the signs 27
4. Installing Ground Mounted Aluminum Sign and Post Assemblies 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each assembly installed. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 32
shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each “Install Alum Sign Ground 33
Mount” installed. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Scheduling utility line locates 36
2) Assembling and erecting the signs and posts 37
3) Preparing and cleaning the signs 38
5. Furnishing and Installing Aluminum Signs Mounted on Existing Poles 39
a. Measurement 40
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each sign furnished and installed. 41
b. Payment 42
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 43
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Furnish/Install Alum Sign 44
Ex. Pole Mount” furnished and installed. 45
c. The price bid shall include: 46
1) Furnishing and installing the aluminum sign 47
2) Furnishing and fabricating frames, windbeams, stiffeners, or required joint 48
backing strips 49
34 41 30 - 3
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 12, 2013
3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 1
support connections 2
4) Assembling and erecting the signs 3
5) Preparing and cleaning the signs 4
6. Installing Aluminum Signs Mounted on Existing Poles 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each sign installed. 7
b. Payment 8
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 9
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Install Alum Sign Ex. Pole 10
Mount” installed. 11
c. The price bid shall include: 12
1) Fabricating the aluminum sign 13
2) Furnishing and fabricating frames, windbeams, stiffeners, or required joint 14
backing strips 15
3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 16
support connections 17
4) Assembling and erecting the signs 18
5) Preparing and cleaning the signs 19
7. Removal of Signs 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each sign panel removed, each sign 22
panel and post removed, and each sign panel and post removed and 23
reinstalled. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 26
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Remove Sign” for: 27
a) Various types 28
b) Various configurations 29
c. The price bid shall include: 30
1) Removal of sign panel and post 31
2) Removal of sign panel 32
3) Backfill 33
4) Excavation 34
5) Returning materials to the City as specified in the plans 35
6) Cleaning sign panel if sign is to be reinstalled 36
1.3 REFERENCES 37
A. Reference Standards 38
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 39
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 40
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 41
2. American Standard Testing Materials (ASTM) 42
a. ASTM B209-07– “Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy 43
Sheet and Plate”. 44
b. ASTM D4956 – 09e1 – “Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for 45
Traffic Control”. 46
34 41 30 - 4
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 12, 2013
c. ASTM A1011 / A1011- 10 – “Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, 1
Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-2
Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength”. 3
d. ASTM B117-09 – “Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) 4
Apparatus”. 5
e. AASHTO M 120-08 – “Standard Specification for Zinc”. 6
3. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 7
4. Item 644, Small Roadside Sign Supports and Assemblies, Texas Department of 8
Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of 9
Highways, Streets, and Bridges. 10
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 11
1.5 SUBMITTALS 12
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 13
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 14
specials. 15
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 16
A. Shop Drawings 17
1. Submit 5 sets of sign shop drawings to City Traffic Services Department for 18
approval prior to fabrication. 19
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 24
1. Signs and parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration 25
occurs during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 26
2. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in 27
accordance with Section 01 50 00. 28
B. Storage and Handling 29
1. Ship, handle, and store completed sign blanks and completed signs so that corners, 30
edges, and faces are not damaged. 31
2. Damage to the sign face that is not visible when viewed at a distance of 50 feet, 32
night and day, will be acceptable. 33
3. Replace unacceptable signs. 34
4. Store all finished signs off the ground and in a vertical position until erected. 35
5. Store finished signs 60 inches x 60 inches or smaller in a weatherproof building. 36
6. Larger signs may be stored outside. 37
34 41 30 - 5
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 12, 2013
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 PRODUCTS TO BE PURCHASED FROM THE CITY 4
A. Refer to Drawings and Contract Documents to determine if any Items are to be 5
purchased from the City and installed by the Contractor. 6
B. Items eligible for purchase from the City include: 7
1. Aluminum Signs 8
2.2 MATERIALS 9
A. Manufacturers 10
1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City’s Standard Products List will be 11
considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 12
a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 13
2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 14
substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 15
B. Sign blanks 16
1. Sign blanks shall be new, unweathered, milled, rolled and finished aluminum alloy 17
meeting Specifications for 5052H38 as outlined in ASTM B 209 – 02a. 18
2. Sign blanks shall be free of buckle, crevice, warp, dent, cockles, burrs, corrosion, 19
dirt, grease, oil, white rust, fingerprints and/or other irregularities. 20
3. Sign blanks shall be degreased and etched according to industry standards and shall 21
have an alodined finish applied per MIL-C5541 Class 1A. 22
4. The thickness of each sign blank shall be uniform throughout. 23
C. Sign sheeting 24
1. Acrylic overlay film 25
a. This film shall be applied to Type I, Type II, Type IV, Type IX, and other 26
retroreflective sheeting for permanent signing. 27
b. The film shall be equal to or better than 3M Scotchlite ElectroCut Film Series 28
1170. 29
c. Film shall be: 30
1) Durable 31
2) Transparent 32
3) Acrylic 33
4) Electronic-cuttable 34
5) Coated with a transparent, pressure sensitive adhesive 35
6) Have a removable synthetic liner – paper liner is not acceptable 36
d. Film colors can include yellow, green, blue, brown, red, and orange. 37
2. Non-reflective vinyl film 38
a. This film shall be applied to Type IV, Type XI (DG3) retroreflective sheeting 39
for permanent signing. The film shall be equal to or better than 3M Scotchcal 40
ElectroCut Film Series 7725. 41
34 41 30 - 6
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 12, 2013
b. Film shall be: 1
1) Durable 2
2) 2 mil opaque cast vinyl 3
3) Coated with a transparent, pressure-sensitive adhesive 4
4) Have a removable synthetic liner – paper line is not acceptable 5
c. Film colors can include yellow, green, blue, brown, red, and orange. 6
3. High intensity prismatic retroreflective sheeting with adhesive backing shall: 7
a. Be combined with other components for permanent signing 8
b. Typically be an unmetallized microprismatic lens retroreflective element 9
material 10
c. Have a smooth outer surface that essentially has the property of the 11
retroreflector over its entire surface 12
1) The adhesive backing shall be pressure-sensitive, require no heat, solvent or 13
other preparation for the adhesion to smooth, clean surfaces. 14
d. Be equal to or better than 3M Series 3930 15
e. Be of colors including white, yellow, green, red, blue, and brown 16
4. Super-high efficiency full cube retroreflective sheeting with pressure sensitive 17
adhesive shall: 18
a. Be combined with other components for permanent signing 19
b. Be a super-high efficiency, full cube retroreflective sheeting having the highest 20
retroreflectivity characteristics at medium and short road distances. 21
c. Typically be a microprismatic retroreflective element material 22
d. Have a smooth outer surface that essentially has the property of retroreflector 23
over its entire surface 24
1) The adhesive backing shall be pressure-sensitive, require no heat, solvent or 25
other preparation for adhesion to smooth, clean surfaces. 26
e. Be equal to or better than 3M Series 4000 27
f. Be of colors including white, yellow, green, red, blue, brown, fluorescent 28
yellow, fluorescent yellow green, and fluorescent orange 29
D. Telescoping Steel Sign Post 30
1. Posts and anchors shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Hot Rolled 31
Carbon Sheet Steel, Structural Quality ASTM designation A1011 / A1011- 10. 32
2. Posts and anchors shall carry minimum certifiable 60,000 psi yield strength. 33
3. All posts and anchors shall be manufactured from raw steel, formed and welded on 34
the corner prior to receiving a triple coat protection of inline hot-dipped, galvanized 35
zinc per AASHTO M-120-08 (0.8 ounces per square foot) followed by a chromate 36
conversion coating and a cross-linked polyurethane acrylic exterior coating. 37
4. The interior shall receive a double coat of zinc based organic coating, tested in 38
accordance with ASTM B-117-09. 39
E. Hardware 40
1. Use galvanized steel, stainless steel, or dichromate-sealed aluminum for bolts, nuts, 41
washers, lock washers, screws, and other sign assembly hardware. 42
2. Use plastic or nylon washers to avoid tearing the reflective sheeting. 43
34 41 30 - 7
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 12, 2013
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6
3.4 FABRICATION 7
A. Sign blanks 8
1. Furnish sign blanks to the sizes and shapes shown on the Drawings and that are free 9
of buckles, warps, burrs, dents, cockles, or other defects. 10
2. Do not splice individual extruded aluminum panel. 11
3. Complete the fabrication of sign blanks, including the cutting and drilling or 12
punching of holes, before cleaning and degreasing. 13
4. After cleaning and degreasing, ensure that the substrate does not come into contact 14
with grease, oils, or other contaminants before the application of the reflective 15
sheeting. 16
B. Sign sheeting 17
1. Use reflective sheeting from the same manufacturer for the entire face of a sign. 18
2. Apply sheeting to sign blanks in conformance with the recommended procedures of 19
the sheeting manufacturer. 20
3. Clean and prepare the outside surface of extruded aluminum flanges in the same 21
manner as the sign panel face. 22
4. Minimize the number of splices in the sheeting. 23
5. Overlap the lap-splices by at least 1/4 inch. 24
6. Provide a 1-foot minimum dimension for any piece of sheeting. 25
7. Do not splice sheeting for signs fabricated with transparent screen inks or colored 26
transparent films. 27
C. Sign messages 28
1. Fabricate sign messages to the sizes, types, and colors shown on the Drawings. 29
2. Use sign message material from the same manufacturer for the entire message of a 30
sign. 31
3. Ensure that the screened messages have clean, sharp edges and exhibit uniform 32
color and reflectivity. 33
4. Prevent runs, sags, and voids. 34
D. Telescoping steel sign posts 35
1. Permissible variation in straightness is 1/16 inch in 3 feet. 36
2. Tolerances are on the outside size. 37
34 41 30 - 8
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 12, 2013
Measurements for outside dimensions shall be made at least 2 inches from end of 1
tube. 2
3
Nominal Outside
Dimensions
(inches)
Outside Tolerance
at all Side Corners
(inches)
1 ½ X 1 ½ ±0.006
1 ¾ X 1 ¾ ±0.008
2 X 2 ±0.008
2 ¼ X 2 ¼ ±0.010
2 ½ X 2 ½ ±0.010
4
3. Permissible variation in wall thickness is plus 0.011 inches, minus 0.008 inches. 5
4. Measured in the center of the flat side tolerance is ± 0.01 inch applied to the 6
specific size determined at the corner. 7
5. Squareness of Sides and Twist 8
9
10
11
Nominal
Outside
Dimensions
(inches)
Squareness
Tolerance
(inches)
Twist Permissible in 3
inches Lengths
(inches)
1 ½ X 1 ½ ±0.009 0.050
1 ¾ X 1 ¾ ±0.010 0.062
2 X 2 ±0.012 0.062
2 ¼ X 2 ¼ ±0.014 0.062
2 ½ X 2 ½ ±0.015 0.075
12
6. All top posts must be capable of fracturing at the point of connection with a single 13
anchor, when impacted, in such a manner that the piece inside of the anchor can be 14
removed so as to allow the anchor to receive a new top post. 15
7. The shape of all posts and anchors shall be square and straight with smooth tubing 16
welded in one corner with a tolerance that permits telescoping of the next larger or 17
small size, in ¼-inch increments. 18
8. All anchors shall be 12 gauge with holes that are fully perforated 7/16-inch 19
diameter on 1-inch centers for at least the top 4 inches of the anchor while being 20
truly aligned in the center of the section. 21
34 41 30 - 9
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 12, 2013
9. All top posts shall be 14 gauge with holes that are die embossed knockouts on 1-1
inch centers for the entire length of the post and truly aligned in the center of 2
section. 3
4
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 5
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 6
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9
3.10 CLEANING 10
A. Wash completed signs with a biodegradable cleaning solution acceptable to the 11
manufacturers of the sheeting, colored transparent film, and screen ink to remove 12
grease, oil, dirt, smears, streaks, finger marks, and other foreign material. 13
B. Wash again before final inspection after erection. 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11/22/13 S. Arnold Changes to vinyl film, added sign removal bid item
21